Solution Mechanics of Materials Vable Part 2

M.
Vable Mechanics of Materials, 2nd edition, Solutions Manual: Chapter 6 January 2014
6.1 The rigid plate that is welded to the two bars is rotated about the z-axis causing the two bars to bend.The nor-
mal strains in bar 1 and 2 were found to be ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in and ε 2 = – 1500 μ in ⁄ in respectively. Determine the
angle of rotation ψ.
y D Bar 2 C
4 in
B Bar 1 A
x
z
ψ
48 in
Solution ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in ε 2 = – 1500 μ in ⁄ in ψ=?

------------------------------------------------------------
We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below.
O
R
R-4 ψ
B1 D1
Ba
ψ B a r2
r1
C
A
From the above deformed geometry we obtain the following.
AB 1 – AB
ε 1 = ------------------------- = Rψ – 48- = 2000 ( 10 –6 )
------------------- (1)
AB 48
= (---------------------------------
R – 4 )ψ – 48- = – 1500 ( 10 –6 )
CD 1 – CD
ε 2 = ------------------------- (2)
CD 48
4ψ –6 o
Subtracting Eq. (2) from Eq. (1), we obtain: ------- = 3500 ( 10 ) or ψ = 0.042 rads or ψ = 2.41
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.2 Determine ‘h’, the location at which a third bar in problem 6.1 must be placed so that there in no normal strain
in the third bar.
y D Bar 2 C
F E 4 in
x B Bar 1 A h
z
ψ
48 in
Solution ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in ε 2 = – 1500 μ in ⁄ in h=? where ε 3 = 0

------------------------------------------------------------
This manual is for instructors only. If you are a student then you have an illegal copy. 6-1
M. Vable Mechanics of Materials, 2nd edition, Solutions Manual: Chapter 6 January 2014
We draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below.
O
R
R-h ψ
R-4
B1 FD
1
1
Ba
ψ BB r2
arar 3
1 C
E
A
From the deformed geometry we obtain the following.
EF 1 – EF ( R – h )ψ – 48- = 0
ε 3 = ----------------------
- = --------------------------------- (1)
EF 48
Subtracting the above equation from Eq. (1) in problem 6.1, we obtain: hψ h = 0.096
–6
------- = 2000 ( 10 ) or ------------- . From the
48 ψ
solution of problem 6.1 we have ψ = 0.042 rads , which on substitution yields h = 0.096
------------- = 2.2857 in or
0.042
h = 2.29 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.3 The two rigid plates that are welded to six bars are rotated about the z-axis causing the six bars to bend. The
normal strains in bar 2 and 5 were found to be zero. What are the strains in the remaining bars?
y E Bar 3 F Bar 6 I
C Bar 2 D Bar 5 H 15 mm
x A Bar 1 B Bar 4 G 25 mm
z
ψ2=2.5o
ψ1=1.25o
3.0 m 2.5 m
Solution ε2 = 0 ε5 = 0 ε1 = ? ε3 = ? ε4 = ? ε6 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The rotation of the rigid plates can be written in radians as shown below.
ψ 1 = ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠ π = 0.02182 rads ψ 2 = ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ π = 0.04363 rads
1.25 2.5
(1)
180 180
We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below
O1
ψ1 Bar 6
Bar 5
Bar 4 ψ2
R2- 0.015 I1
R2+ 0.025 R2 H
F1
D1B G1 1
1ψ
1 5
r3 .01
Baar 2 1 ψ1 ψ2 + 0
5
E B ar
B R 5 R 5 0. 02
C -
O2 R 5
A
From the deformed geometry, we obtain the following.

CD 1 – CD R2 ψ1 – 3
ε 2 = ------------------------- = ---------------------
- = 0 or R2 ψ1 = 3 (2)
CD 3
AB 1 – AB ( R 2 + 0.025 )ψ 1 – 3 R 2 ψ 1 + ( 0.025 )ψ 1 – 3
ε 1 = ------------------------- = ----------------------------------------------
- = -----------------------------------------------------
- (3)
AB 3 3
Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (3) we obtain: ε 1 = (------------------------------------------

0.025 ) ( 0.02182 )- = 181.8 ( 10 –6 ) or ε 1 = 182μ m ⁄ m
3
EF 1 – EF ( R 2 – 0.015 )ψ 1 – 3 R 2 ψ 1 – ( 0.015 )ψ 1 – 3
ε 3 = ----------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------- = -----------------------------------------------------
- (4)
EF 3 3
Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (4) we obtain: ε 3 = – (------------------------------------------

0.015 ) ( 0.02182 ) –6
- = – 109.1 ( 10 ) or
3
ε 3 = – 109.1 μ m ⁄ m
D 1 H 1 – DH R 5 ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) – 2.5
ε 5 = ----------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------
- = 0 or R 5 ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) = 2.5 (5)
DH 2.5
B 1 G 1 – BG ( R 5 – 0.025 ) ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) – 2.5 R 5 ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) – ( 0.025 ) ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) – 2.5
ε 4 = ---------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (6)
BG 2.5 2.5
Substituting Eq. (5) into Eq. (6) we obtain: ε 4 = – (--------------------------------------------------------------------

0.025 ) ( 0.02182 + 0.04363 )- = – 654.49 ( 10 – 6 ) or
2.5
ε 4 = – 654 μ m ⁄ m
F 1 I 1 – FI ( R 5 + 0.015 ) ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) – 2.5 R 5 ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) + ( 0.015 ) ( ψ 1 + ψ 2 ) – 2.5
ε 6 = ---------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- (7)
FI 2.5 2.5
Substituting Eq. (5) into Eq. (7) we obtain: ε 6 = (--------------------------------------------------------------------

0.015 ) ( 0.02182 + 0.04363 )- = 392.7 ( 10 – 6 ) or ε = 393 μ m ⁄ m
6
2.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.4 The strain in bar 1 and 3 were found to be ε 1 = 800 μ and ε 3 = 500 μ . Determine the strains in the
remaining bars.
A Bar 1 B Bar 3 E
25 mm
C Bar 2 D Bar 4 F
3.0 m 2.5 m
2.0o 3.5o
Figure P6.4
Solution ε 1 = 800 μ ε 3 = 500 μ ε2 = ? ε4 = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The rotation of the rigid plates can be written in radians as shown below.
ψ 1 = ⎛ ---------⎞ π = 0.03491 rads ψ 2 = ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ π = 0.06109 rads

2.0 3.5
⎝ 180⎠
(1)
180
We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below

A B ar
1
C Ba B1
r2
Ba
D1 Ba r 3
R1 r4 ψ2
R1- 0.025 ψ1
E1
F1
ψ1
5
O1 .02
ψ2 3
-0
R
(ψ2 - ψ1) R3
O2

AB 1 – AB R1 ψ1 – 3 –6
ε 1 = ------------------------- - = 800 ( 10 )
= --------------------- (2)
AB 3
CD 1 – CD ( R 1 – 0.025 )ψ 1 – 3 R 1 ψ 1 – 3 0.025ψ 1
ε 2 = ------------------------- = ---------------------------------------------- = ---------------------
- – -------------------- (3)
CD 3 3 3
Substituting Eqs. (1), (2) and ψ1 into Eq. (3), we obtain the following.
( 0.03491 )- = 509.11 ( 10 – 6 ) or
ε 2 = 800 ( 10 ) – 0.025
–6
------------------------------------- ε 2 = 509 μm/m
3
B 1 E 1 – BE R 3 ( ψ 2 – ψ 1 ) – 2.5 –6
ε 3 = -------------------------- - = 500 ( 10 )
- = ------------------------------------------- (4)
BE 2.5
D 1 F 1 – DF ( R 3 – 0.025 ) ( ψ 2 – ψ 1 ) – 2.5 R 3 ( ψ 2 – ψ 1 ) – 2.5 0.025 ( ψ 2 – ψ 1 )
ε 4 = --------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------
- – -------------------------------------- (5)
DF 2.5 2.5 2.5
Substituting Eqs. (1),(4), ψ1 and ψ2 into Eq. (5), we obtain the following.
( 0.06109 – 0.03491 )- = 238.2 ( 10 –6 ) or
ε 4 = 500 ( 10 ) – 0.025
–6
-------------------------------------------------------------- ε 4 = 238 μm/m
2.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.5 Due to the action of the external moment Mz and force P, the rigid plate was observed to rotate by 2o and the
normal strain in bar 1 was found ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in . Both bars have an area of cross-section of A = 1/2 in2 and a
Modulus of Elasticity of E = 30,000 ksi. Determine the applied moment Mz and force P.
y Bar 2
P 4 in
x 2 in Bar 1
z
Mz 48 in
Figure P6.5
Solution ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in ψ = 2o E = 30,000 ksi A = 1/2 in2 Mz = ? P= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strain calculations: The rotation of the rigid plates can be written in radians as shown below.
ψ = ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ π = 0.03491 rads
2.0
(1)
180
We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below in figure (a).
(a) (b)
O
R
R-4 ψ 13.63 kips
4 in P o
2 in 30 kips
B1 D 1
Mz
Ba
ψ Ba r2
r1
C
A
AB 1 – AB Rψ – 48 –6
ε 1 = ------------------------- = -------------------- = 2000 ( 10 ) (2)
AB 48
CD 1 – CD ( R – 4 )ψ – 48- = Rψ – 48- – 4ψ
ε 2 = ------------------------- = --------------------------------- ------------------- ------- (3)
CD 48 48 48
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (2) into Eq. (3), we obtain:
( 0.03491 )- = – 908.88 ( 10 – 6 )
ε 2 = 2000 ( 10 ) – 4--------------------------
–6
(4)
48
2. Stress calculations: From Hooke’s Law we can find the normal stresses in the bar as shown below.
–6
σ 1 = Eε 1 = ( 30, 000 ) ( 2000 ) ( 10 ) = 60 ksi or σ 1 = 60 ksi ( T )
–6
σ 2 = Eε 2 = ( 30, 000 ) ( – 908.88 ) ( 10 ) = – 27.27 ksi or σ 2 = 27.27 ksi ( C )
3. Internal force calculations: The internal normal force in each bar can be found as shown below.
N 1 = σ 1 A = ( 60 ) ( 1 ⁄ 2 ) = 30 kips ( T ) N 2 = σ 2 A = ( 27.27 ) ( 1 ⁄ 2 ) = 13.63 kips ( C )
4. External forces and moments calculations: The free body diagram of the rigid plate can be drawn by making imagi-
nary cuts through the rods as shown in Figure (b).
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: P + 13.63 – 30 = 0 or P = 16.37 kips
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z – ( 13.63 ) ( 2 ) – ( 30 ) ( 2 ) = 0 or

M z = 87.26 in – kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.6 The rigid plate was observed to rotate 1.25o due to the action of the external moment Mz and Force P. All three
bars have an area of cross-section of A= 100 mm2 and a Modulus of Elasticity E=200 GPa. If the strain in bar 2 was
measured as zero determine the external moment Mz and Force P.
E Bar 3 F
y P
C Bar 2 D 15 mm
x A Bar 1 25 mm
B
z
Mz
3.0 m
Solution ε 2 = 0 ψ = 1.25o E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2 Mz = ? P= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
1. Strains calculations: The rotation of the rigid plates can be written in radians as shown below.
ψ = ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠ π = 0.02182 rads
1.25
(1)
180
We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown in figure (a).
(a) (b)
O F
R+0.025 2182N
ψ 0.015 m P
R D
R-0.015
0.025 m
3636N B
F1 Mz
D1 B1
r3
Ba r 2 ψ
E Ba a r 1
B
C
A
From the deformed geometry, we obtain the following.

CD 1 – CD
= Rψ – 3- = 0
ε 2 = ------------------------- ---------------- or Rψ = 3 (2)
CD 3
= (-----------------------------------------
AB 1 – AB R + 0.025 )ψ – 3- = ---------------------------------------------
Rψ + ( 0.025 )ψ – 3-
ε 1 = ------------------------- (3)
AB 3 3
- = (-----------------------------------------
EF 1 – EF R – 0.015 )ψ – 3 = Rψ – ( 0.015 )ψ – 3-
ε 3 = ---------------------- --------------------------------------------- (4)
EF 3 3
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (2) into Eq. (3) we obtain: ε 1 = (------------------------------------------
0.025 ) ( 0.02182 )- = 181.8 ( 10 – 6 )
3
(------------------------------------------
0.015 ) ( 0.02182 )- –6
Substituting Eqs.(1) and (2) into Eq. (4) we obtain: ε 3 = – = – 109.1 ( 10 )
3
9 –6 6 2 6 2
σ 1= Eε 1 = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 181.8 ) ( 10 ) = 36.36 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ 1 = 36.36 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m ( T )
9 –6 6 2 6 2
σ 2 = Eε 2 =( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 109.1 ) ( 10 ) =– 21.82 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or σ 2 = 21.82 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m ( C )
6 –6 6 –6
N 1 = σ 1 A = ( 36.36 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 3636N ( T ) N 2 = σ 2 A = ( 21.82 ) ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 10 ) = 2182N ( C )
4. External forces and moments calculations: The free body diagram of the rigid plate can be drawn by making imagi-
nary cuts through the rods as shown in figure (b)
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: P + 2182 – 3636 = 0 or P = 1454 N
By equilibrium of moment about point D we obtain: M z – ( 2182 ) ( 0.015 ) – ( 3636 ) ( 0.025 ) = 0 or M z = 123.6 N – m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.7 The rigid plates BD and EF were observed to rotate by 2o and 3.5o in the direction of applied moments. All
bars have an area of cross-section of A= 125 mm2. Bars 1 and 3 are made of steel ES= 200 GPa. and bars 2 and 4 are
made of aluminum Eal = 70 GPa. If the strains in bar 1 and 3 were found to be ε 1 = 800 μ and ε 3 = 500 μ deter-
mine the applied moment M1 and M2 and the forces P1 and P2 that act at the center of the rigid plates.
A Bar 1 B Bar 3 E
25 mm
C Bar 2 D P2 Bar 4 F
P1
3.0 m 2.5 m
M2 M1
Figure P6.7
Solution ε 1 = 800 μ ε 3 = 500 μ ψ1 = 2o ψ1 = 3.5o E1 = E3 =200 GPa

E2 = E4 = 70 GPa A = 125 mm2 M1 = ? P 1= ? M2 = ? P2= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
1. Strain calculations: From problem 6.4 we have: ε 4 = 238.2 ( 10 ) and ε 2 = 509.11 ( 10 )
9 –6 6 2
σ 1 = E 1 ε 1 = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 800 ) ( 10 ) = 160 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (T)
9 –6 6 2
σ 2 = E 2 ε 2 = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 509.11 ) ( 10 ) = 35.64 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (T)
9 –6 6 2
σ 3 = E 3 ε 3 = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 500 ) ( 10 ) = 100 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (T)
9 –6 6 2
σ 4 = E 4 ε 4 = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 238.2 ) ( 10 ) = 16.67 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (T)
6 –6 3
N 1 = σ 1 A = ( 160 ) ( 10 ) ( 125 ) ( 10 ) = 20 ( 10 )N = 20kN ( T )
6 –6 3
N 2 = σ 2 A = ( 35.64 ) ( 10 ) ( 125 ) ( 10 ) = 4.46 ( 10 )N = 4.46kN ( T )
6 –6 3
N 3 = σ 3 A = ( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 125 ) ( 10 ) = 12.5 ( 10 )N = 12.5kN ( T )
6 –6 3
N 4 = σ 4 A = ( 16.67 ) ( 10 ) ( 125 ) ( 10 ) = 2.08 ( 10 )N = 2.08kN ( T )
4. External forces and moments calculations: The free body diagram of the rigid plates can be drawn by making imagi-
nary cuts through the rods as shown below.
(a) E (b) 20 kN
B E
12.5 kN 0.0125 m 0.0125 m
O1 P1 O2 P2 O1 P1
0.0125 m D 0.0125 m
2.08 kN 4.46 kN F
F
M1 M2 M1
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (a) we obtain: P 1 – 12.5 – 2.08 = 0 or P 1 = 14.58kN
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 we obtain: M 1 – ( 12.5 ) ( 0.0125 ) + ( 2.08 ) ( 0.0125 ) = 0 or
M 1 = 0.1303 kN – m M 1 = 130.3N – m
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (b) we obtain: P 2 + P 1 – 20 – 4.46 = 0 or P 2 = 9.88kN
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 we obtain: M 2 + M 1 – ( 20 ) ( 0.0125 ) + ( 4.46 ) ( 0.0125 ) = 0 or
M 2 = 0.06395 kN – m M 2 = 64.0N – m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.8 Three wooden beams are glued to form a beam with the cross-section shown in Figure 6.8. The normal strain
at due to bending about the z axis is εxx = -0.012y, where y is measured in meters. The modulus of elasticity of wood
is 10 GPa. Determine the equivalent internal moment acting at the cross-section. Use tW =20 mm, h =250 mm,
tF = 20 mm, and d= 125 mm.
d
d
y
tF
h
tW
z
tF Figure P6.8
Solution Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = - 0.012y

tW =20 mm h =250 mm tF = 20 mm df= 125 mm. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Hooke’s law we can write:
9 6 2
σ xx = E wood ε xx = ( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.012y ) = – 120y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
The differential area dA in the flange is the area of a strip whose width is 2d = 0.25 m and thickness dy i.e., in
dA = 0.25dy . The differential area dA in the web is the area of a strip whose width is tW =0.02 m and thickness dy i.e.,
in wood dA = 0.02dy .
The normal stress and dA across the cross-section can be written as shown below.
⎧ 6 2
⎪ – 120y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m dA = 0.25dy 0.250 < y ≤ 0.270
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 120y ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.02 dy – 0.250 < y < 0.250 (2)
⎪
⎪ – 120y ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.25dy – 0.270 ≤ y < – 0.250
⎩
Noting the symmetry with respect to y, the moment equation can be written twice the sum of integrals over the upper
half (y>0) of the cross-section.
0.250 0.270
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( –120y ) ( 0.02 ) dy ∫ y ( –120y ) ( 0.25 ) dy

6
+ ( 10 ) or
A 0 0.250
0.250 0.270
3 3
y y 6 3
M z = – 2 – 2.4 ----- – 30 ----- ( 10 ) = – 2 [ – 12.5 – 40.58 ] ( 10 ) or
3 0
3 0.250
M z = 106.2 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
at the cross due to bending about the z axis is εxx = -0.015y, where y is measured in meters. The modulus of elasticity
of wood is 10 GPa. Determine the equivalent internal moment acting at the cross-section. Use tW =10 mm, h =50 mm,
tF = 10 mm, and d= 25 mm.
d
d
y
tF
h
tW
z
tF Figure P6.9
Solution Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = - 0.15y

tW =10 mm h =50 mm tF = 10 mm df= 25 mm. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
9 9 2
σ xx = E wood ε xx = ( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.15y ) = – 1.5y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
The differential area dA in the flange is the area of a strip whose width is 2d = 0.05 m and thickness dy i.e.,
dA = 0.05dy . The differential area dA in the web is the area of a strip whose width is tW =0.01 m and thickness dy i.e.,
dA = 0.01dy .
⎧ 9 2
⎪ – 1.5y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m dA = 0.05 dy 0.05 < y ≤ 0.06
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 1.5y ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.01 dy – 0.05 < y < 0.05 (2)
⎪
⎪ – 1.5y ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.05 dy – 0.06 ≤ y < – 0.05
⎩
Noting the symmetry with respect to y, the moment equation can be written as twice the sum of integrals in the upper
0.05 0.06
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( –1.5y ) ( 0.01 ) dy ∫ y ( –1.5y ) ( 0.05 ) dy

9
+ ( 10 ) or
A 0 0.05
0.05 0.06
3 3
y y 9
M z = – 2 – 0.015 ----- – 0.075 ----- ( 10 ) = – 2 [ – 625 – 2275 ] N – m or
3 0
3 0.05
M z = 5.8 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
at the cross due to bending about the z axis is εxx = 0.02y, where y is measured in meters. The modulus of elasticity of
wood is 10 GPa. Determine the equivalent internal moment acting at the cross-section. Use tW =15 mm, h =200 mm,
tF = 20 mm, and d= 150 mm.
d
d
y
tF
h
tW
z
tF Figure P6.10
Solution Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = 0.02y

tW =15 mm h =200 mm tF = 20 mm d= 150 mm. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
9 9 2
σ xx = E wood ε xx = ( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02y ) = 0.2y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
The differential area dA in the flange is the area of a strip whose width is 2d= 0.3 m and thickness dy i.e., dA = 0.3dy .
The differential area dA in the web is the area of a strip whose width is tW =0.015 m and thickness dy i.e.,
dA = 0.015dy .
⎧ 9 2
⎪ 0.2y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m dA = 0.3 dy 0.20 < y ≤ 0.22
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ 0.2y ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.015 dy – 0.20 < y < 0.20 2
⎪
⎪ 0.2y ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.3 dy – 0.22 ≤ y < – 0.20
⎩
Noting the symmetry with respect to y, the moment equation can be written twice the sum of integrals over the upper
0.20 0.22
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( 0.2y ) ( 0.015 ) dy ∫ y ( 0.2y ) ( 0.3 ) dy

9
+ ( 10 ) or
A 0 0.20
0.20 0.22
3 3
y y 9 3
M z = – 2 0.003 ----- + 0.06 ----- ( 10 ) = – 2 [ 8 + 52.96 ] ( 10 ) or
3 0
3 0.20
M z = – 121.9 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.11 Steel (Esteel = 30,000 ksi) strips are securely attached to a wooden (Ewood = 2,000 ksi) beam as shown. The
normal strain εxx at the cross-section due to bending about the z-axis, and the dimensions of the cross-section are as
given below. Determine the equivalent internal moment Mz.
εxx = - 100y μ. where y is measured in inches. Use d =2 in, hW =4 in and hS= (1/8) in.
y
d
Steel hS
z
hW
Wood
Steel hS
x
Solution Esteel = 30,000 ksi Ewood = 2,000 ksi εxx = - 100y μ.
d =2 in hW =4 in hS= (1/8) in. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
( σ xx ) steel = E steel ε xx = ( 30000 ) ( – 100y ) ( 10 ) = – 3.0y ksi (1)
–6
( σ xx ) wood = E wood ε xx = ( 2000 ) ( – 100y ) ( 10 ) = – 0.2y ksi (2)
The normal stress across the cross-section can be written as shown below.
⎧ – 3.0y ksi 2.0 < y ≤ 2.125
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 0.2y ksi – 2.0 < y < 2.0 (3)
⎪
⎩ – 3.0y ksi – 2.125 ≤ y < – 2.0
The differential area dA is the area of a strip whose width is d = 2 inch and thickness dy i.e., dA = 2dy . We can write:
– 2.0 2.0 2.125
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y ( – 3.0y ) ( 2 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 0.2y ) ( 2 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 3.0y ) ( 2 ) dy or

A – 2.125 – 2.0 2.0
– 2.0 2.0 2.125
3 3 3
y y y
M z = – – 6 ----- – 0.4 ----- – 6 ----- = – [ – 3.191 – 2.133 – 3.191 ] or M z = 8.52 in-kips
3 – 2.125
3 – 2.0
3 2.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
given below. Determine the equivalent internal moment Mz

εxx = - 50 y μ. where y is measured in inches. Use d =1 in, hW =6 in and hS= (1/4) in.
y
d
Steel hS
z
hW
Wood
Steel hS
x
Solution Esteel = 30,000 ksi Ewood = 2,000 ksi εxx = - 50 y μ.

d =1 in hW =6 in hS= (1/4) in. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
( σ xx ) steel = E steel ε xx = ( 30000 ) ( – 50y ) ( 10 ) = – 1.5y ksi (1)
–6
( σ xx ) wood = E wood ε xx = ( 2000 ) ( – 50y ) ( 10 ) = – 0.1y ksi (2)
⎧ – 1.5y ksi 3.0 < y ≤ 3.25
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 0.1y ksi – 3.0 < y < 3.0 (3)
⎪
⎩ – 1.5y ksi – 3.25 ≤ y < – 3.0
The differential area dA is the area of a strip whose width is d = 1 inch and thickness dy i.e., dA = ( 1 )dy . We can
write:
– 3.0 3.0 3.25
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y ( – 1.5y ) ( 1 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 0.1y ) ( 1 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 1.5y ) ( 1 ) dy or

A – 3.25 – 3.0 3.0
– 3.0 3.0 3.25
3 3 3
y y y
M z = – – 1.5 ----- – 0.1 ----- – 1.5 ----- = – [ – 3.664 – 1.800 – 3.664 ] or M z = 9.13 in-kips
3 – 3.25
3 – 3.0
3 3.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
given below.Determine the equivalent internal moment Mz
εxx = 200 y μ. where y is measured in inches. Use d =1 in, hW =2 in and hS= (1/16) in.
y
d
Steel hS
z
hW
Wood
Steel hS
x
Solution Esteel = 30,000 ksi Ewood = 2,000 ksi εxx = 200 y μ.

d =1 in hW =2 in hS= (1/16) in. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–6
( σ xx ) steel = E steel ε xx = ( 30000 ) ( 200y ) ( 10 ) = 6y ksi (1)
–6
( σ xx ) wood = E wood ε xx = ( 2000 ) ( 200y ) ( 10 ) = 0.4y ksi (2)
⎧ 6y ksi 1.0 < y ≤ 1.0625

⎪
σ xx = ⎨ 0.4y ksi – 1.0 < y < 1.0 (3)
⎪
⎩ 6y ksi – 1.0625 ≤ y < – 1.0
The differential area dA is the area of a strip whose width is d = 1 inch and thickness dy i.e., dA = ( 1 )dy . We can
write:
– 1.0 1.0 1.0625
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y ( 6y ) ( 1 ) dy + ∫ y ( 0.4y ) ( 1 ) dy + ∫ y ( 6y ) ( 1 ) dy or
A – 1.0625 – 1.0 1.0
– 1.0 1.0 1.0625
3 3 3
y y y
M z = – 6 ----- + 0.4 ----- + 6 ----- = – [ 0.3989 + 0.2667 + 0.3989 ] or M z = – 1.06 in.-kips
3 – 1.0625
3 – 1.0
3 1.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.14 The flanges made from steel (Esteel = 200 GPa) are securely attached to the wooden (Ewood = 10 GPa) beam as
shown. The normal strain εxx at the cross-section due to bending about the z-axis and the dimensions of the cross-sec-
tion are as given below. Determine the equivalent internal moment Mz
εxx = 0.02y, where y is measured in meters. Use tW =15 mm in, hW =200 mm, tf = 20 mm, and df= 150 mm.
df
df
el
Stey
tF
hW
Wood
tW
z
hW el
Ste x
tF
Solution Esteel = 200 GPa Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = 0.02y

tW =15 mm hW =200 mm tf = 20 mm df= 150 mm. Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
9 9 2
( σ xx ) steel = E steel ε xx = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02y ) = 4y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (1)
9 9 2
( σ xx ) wood = E wood ε xx = ( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02y ) = 0.2y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (2)
The differential area dA in the steel is the area of a strip whose width is 2df = 0.3 m and thickness dy i.e., in steel
dA = 0.3dy . The differential area dA in the wood is the area of a strip whose width is tW =0.015 m and thickness dy
i.e., in wood dA = 0.015dy . The normal stress and dA across the cross-section can be written as shown below.
⎧ 9 2
⎪ 4y ( 10 ) N ⁄ m dA = 0.3 dy 0.20 < y ≤ 0.22
⎪
σ xx = ⎨ 0.2y ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.015 dy – 0.20 < y < 0.20 (3)
⎪
⎪ 4y ( 10 9 ) N ⁄ m 2 dA = 0.3 dy – 0.22 ≤ y < – 0.20
⎩
Noting the symmetry with respect to y, the integral can be written as twice the sum of integrals over steel and wood in
the upper half (y>0) of the cross-section.
0.20 0.22
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( 0.2y ) ( 0.015 ) dy ∫ y ( 4y ) ( 0.3 ) dy

9
+ ( 10 ) or
A 0 0.20
0.20 0.22
3 3
y y 9 3
M z = – 2 0.003 ----- + 1.2 ----- ( 10 ) = – 2 [ 8 + 1059.2 ] ( 10 ) or M z = – 2134 kN – m
3 0
3 0.20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.15 A beam of rectangular cross section shown in Figure 6.15 is made from elastic- perfectly plastic material. If
the stress distribution across the cross section is as shown determine the equivalent internal bending moment
y 30 ksi
z σxx
4 in
30 ksi
0.5 in Figure P6.15
Solution Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the stress distribution across the cross-section.
30 ksi y = 2.0
y = a = 1.5
(a) dA = 0.5 dy
y
σxx
y = a = - 1.5
y = - 2.0
0.5 in 30 ksi
The stress distribution in the linear region is: σ = – 30y

--------- = – 20y ksi . We can write the stress expression and value of
1.5
dA for each interval as:
σ xx = 30 ksi dA = 0.5dy – 2 ≤ y < – 1.5
σ xx = – 20y ksi dA = 0.5dy – 1.5 < y < 1.5 1

σ xx = – 30 ksi dA = 0.5dy 1.5 < y < 2
From the symmetry we conclude that the equivalent internal moment in the lower half ( y < 0 )is same as that in the
upper half ( y > 0 ). The integral can be written as twice the integral in the positive y half as shown below.
1.5 2
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫ y [ σxx ] ( 0.5 dy ) + ∫ y [ σxx ] ( 0.5 dy ) (2)

A 0 1.5
Substituting the stress distribution we obtain:
1.5 2 1.5 2
3 2
y y
Mz = –2 ∫ y [ – 20y ] ( 0.5 dy ) + ∫ y [ – 30 ] ( 0.5 dy ) = – 2 – 10 -----
3 0
– 15 -----
2 1.5
= 2 [ 11.25 + 13.125 ] or
0 1.5
M z = 48.75 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.16 A rectangular beam cross section has the dimensions shown in Figure 6.16. The normal strain due to bending
about the z-axis was found to vary as ε xx = – 0.01y with y measured in meters. Determine the equivalent internal
moment that produced the given state of strain. The beam is made from elastic-perfectly plastic material that has a yield
stress of σyield= 250 MPa, and a modulus of elasticity E = 200 GPa. Assume material behaves in a similar manner in
tension and compression (see problem 3.152)

y
100 mm 100 mm
150mm
z
150 mm
Figure P6.16
Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σyield=250MPa E=200GPa Mz = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The strain at yield point is:
σ yield ( 10 6 ) = 1.25 ( 10 – 3 )
- = 250
ε yield = ------------- ---------------------- (1)
E 200 ( 10 6 )
For positive values of y we have contraction, and for negative values of y we have tension. With geometry being sym-
metric in y, the elastic-plastic boundary will be on both sides
ε yield = ± 1.25 ( 10 –3 ) = – 0.01y yield or
y yield = ± 0.125m = ± 125mm (2)
In the linear region
σ xx = Eε xx = ( 200 ) ( 10 9 ) ( – 0.01y ) = – 2000y y in meters. (3)
We have the following stress-distribution for the given state of strain and material.
⎧ – 250 MPa 0.125m < y < 0.150m

⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 2000y MPa – 0.125m < y < 0.125m (4)
⎪
⎩ 250 MPa – 0.150m < y < – 0.125m
Substituting the stress distribution and dA = 0.2 dy in moment equation, we obtain:

– 0.125 0.125 0.15
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ ∫ ∫
6
y ( 250 ) ( 0.2 dy ) + y ( – 2000y ) ( 0.2 dy ) + y ( – 250 ) ( 0.2 dy ) ( 10 ) or
A – 0.15 – 0.125 0.125
– 0.125 0.125 0.15
2 3 2
y y y 6 3
M z = – 50 ----- – 400 ----- – 50 ----- ( 10 ) = 864.5 ( 10 ) N – m
2 – 0.15
3 – 0.125
2 0.125
M z = 864.5 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
moment that would produce the given strain. The beam is made from a bi-linear material that has a yield stress of
σyield= 200 MPa, Modulus of Elasticity E1 = 250 GPa and E2= 80 GPa. Assume material behaves in a similar manner
in tension and compression (see problem 3.153).

y
100 mm 100 mm
150mm
z
150 mm
Figure P6.17
Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σyield=250MPa E1 = 200 GPa E2= 80 GPa Mz = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The strain at yield point is:
σ yield ( 10 6 ) = 1.25 ( 10 – 3 )
- = 250
ε yield = ------------- ---------------------- (1)
E 200 ( 10 6 )
For positive values of y we have contraction, and for negative values of y we have tension. With geometry being sym-
metric in y, the elastic-plastic boundary will be on both sides
ε yield = ± 1.25 ( 10 –3 ) = – 0.01y yield or
y yield = ± 0.125m = ± 125mm (2)
In linear region:
9
σ 1 = E 1 ε 1 = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.01y ) = – 2000y MPa (3)
For y < – 0.125m i.e., on the tensile side
6 9
σ 2 = σ yield + E 2 ( ε xx – ε yield ) = 250 ( 10 ) + ( 80 ) ( 10 ) [ – 0.01y – 1.25 ( 10 –3 ) ] = ( 150 – 800y )MPa
For y > 0.125m i.e., on the compressive side
6 9
σ 2 = – σ yield + E 2 ( ε xx – ( – ε yield ) ) = ( – 250 ) ( 10 ) + ( 80 ) ( 10 ) [ – 0.01y + 1.25 ( 10 – 3 ) ] = ( – 150 – 800y )MPa
⎧ ( – 150 – 800y )MPa 0.125m < y < 0.150m

⎪
σ xx = ⎨ – 2000yMPa – 0.125m < y < 0.125m (4)
⎪ – 0.150m < y < – 0.125m
⎩ ( 150 – 800y )MPa
Substituting the stress distribution and dA = 0.2 dy in moment equation, we obtain:
– 0.125 0.125 0.15
∫ ∫ ∫
6
Mz = – y ( 150 – 800y ) ( 0.2 dy ) + y ( – 2000y ) ( 0.2 dy ) + y ( – 150 – 800y ) ( 0.2 dy ) ( 10 ) or
– 0.15 – 0.125 0.125
– 0.125 0.125 0.15
2 3 3 2 3
M z = – ⎛⎝ 30 ----- – 40 -----⎞⎠ + ⎛⎝ – 30 ----- – 40 -----⎞⎠
y y y y y 6 3
– 400 ----- ( 10 ) = 765.0 ( 10 ) N – m or
2 3 – 0.15
3 – 0.125
2 3 0.125
M z = 765 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
moment that would produce the given strain. The beam material has a stress strain relationship given by
0.2
σ = 952ε MPa . Assume material behaves in a similar manner in tension and compression (see problem 3.154).
y
100 mm 100 mm
150mm
z
150 mm
Figure P6.18
Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σ = 952ε

0.2
MPa Mz = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
As the material behavior in tension and compression is the same, we have:
0.2
⎧ 952ε MPa
σ xx = ⎨ ε>0
⎩ – 952 ( – ε ) 0.2 MPa ε<0 (1)
0.2
⎧ 379 ( – y ) MPa
σ xx = ⎨ y<0 (2)
⎩ – 379 ( y ) 0.2 MPa y>0
From the symmetry we conclude that the equivalent internal moment in the lower half ( y < 0 )is same as that from the
upper half ( y > 0 ). The integral in moment equation can be written as twice the integral in the positive y half as shown
below.
0 0.15 0.15
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 0.2 dy ) + ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 0.2 dy ) = – 2 ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 0.2 dy ) (3)

A – 0.15 0 0
Substituting the stress distribution we obtain:
0.15 0.15 0.15
2.2
dy ( 10 ) = 151.6 ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠
y
∫ ∫
0.2 6 1.2 6 6 3
Mz = –2 y [ – 379 ( y ) ] ( 0.2 dy ) ( 10 ) = 151.6 y ( 10 ) = 1061 ( 10 )
2.2 0
0 0
M z = 1061 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.19 A solid and a hollow square beam have the same cross-sectional area A. Show that the ratio of second area
moment of inertia for the hollow beam (IH) to that of the solid beam (IS) is as given below:
2
IH α +1
----- = ---------------
IS 2
α –1
aH
y y
aS z α aH z aH
aS α aH
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The lengths aS and aH in terms of area can be found as shown below:
2
AS = a S = A or aS = A
2 2 2 2 A
A H = ( αa H ) – a H = ( α – 1 )a H = A or aH = --------------------
2
(α – 1)
Let IS and IH represent the area moment of inertias about the z-axis for the solid cross-section and the hollow cross-sec-
tion respectively. We can find IS and IH in terms of the area A as shown below using the formula for rectangles in Table
A2.
1 3 1 2
I S = ------ a S a S = ------ A
12 12
1 ⎛ α + 1-⎞ 2
4 4 2
1 3 1 3 (α – 1) 4 (α – 1) A - 2
I H = ------ ( αa H ) ( αa H ) – ------ a H a H = -------------------- a H = -------------------- ------------------- = ------ ⎜ -------------- ⎟A
12 12 12 12 2
(α – 1) 12 ⎝ α 2 – 1⎠
2 2
The ratio of the two area moment of inertias is: IH ⁄ IS = ( α + 1 ) ⁄ ( α – 1 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.20 Figure 6.20(a) shows four separate wooden strips that bend independently about the neutral axis passing
through the centroid of each strip. Figure 6.20(b) shows the four strips are glued together and bend as a unit about the
centroid of the glued cross-section. (a) Show that I G = 16I S , where IG is the area moment of inertias for the glued
cross-section and IS is the total area moment of inertia of the four separate beams. (b) Also show σ G = σ S ⁄ 4 , where σG
and σS are the maximum bending normal stress at any cross-section for the glued and separate beams, respectively.
P (b) Glued Beams P
(a) Separate Beams
b
2b
2b
l AAx is s
tra al Ax xi
s
eu t r l A
xi is
xi
Figure P6.20
s
N eu utratral
lA
a a
N e u
tra
N Ne
eu
N
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The total area moment of inertia for separate beams is four times the area moment of inertia for the individual beam.
3
1 3 ab -
Using the formula for rectangles in Table A2, Is can be written as: I S = 4 ------ ab = -------
12 3
3
1
The glued beams act as a unit and IG can be written as: I G = ------ a ( 4b ) = 16ab
3
-------------- or I G = 16I S
12 3
The maximum bending normal stress σS for separate beams will be at the top and bottom of each beam, i.e. ymax = b/2.
From flexure stress formula, the magnitude of the maximum bending normal stress σS for separate beams can be written
as:
MZ ( b ⁄ 2 ) MZ ( b ⁄ 2 ) 3 ⎛ M Z⎞
σ S = ---------------------- - = --- ⎜ -------2-⎟
- = ----------------------
IS 3
( ab ⁄ 3 ) 2 ⎝ ab ⎠
The maximum bending normal stress σG for glued beams will be at the top and bottom of the glued unit i.e., ymax = 2b.
From flexure stress formula, the magnitude of the maximum bending normal stress σG for separate beams can be writ-
ten as:
M Z ( 2b ) M Z ( 2b ) 3 ⎛ M Z⎞
σ G = ------------------- = -------------------------- = --- ⎜ -------2-⎟ or σG = σS ⁄ 4
IG ( 16ab ⁄ 3 )
3 8 ⎝ ab ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.21 The cross-section of the beam shown are constructed from thin sheet metal of thickness ‘t’.Assume that the
thickness t<<a and obtain the second area moment of inertia about an axis passing through the centroid in terms of ‘a’
and ‘t’.
600 600
a
Figure P6.21
Solution IT = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The height of the triangle in terms of ‘a’ is h = ( a ) sin 60 = ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ a . The second area moment of inertia about an axis
3
2
passing through the centroid of a triangle can be found using the formula in Table A2 as shown below.
3 3
I T = ------ a ⎛ -------⎞ a – ------ ( a – t ) ⎛ -------⎞ ( a – t ) = ⎛ -------⎞ [ a – ( a – t ) ] = ⎛ -------⎞ [ a – ( a – 2at + t ) ]
1 3 1 3 3 4 4 3 4 2 2 2
36 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 36 ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 24 ⎠ ⎝ 24 ⎠
As t<<a, the t2 term can be neglected and the remainder expanded as shown below.
I T = ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ [ a – ( a – 2at ) ] ≈ ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ [ a – ( a – 4a t + t ) ]

3 4 2 2 3 4 4 3 2
24 24
3
Once more neglecting the t2 term we obtain: I T ≈ ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ [ a – a + 4a t ] ≈ ------- a t or
3 4 4 3 3 3 a t
I T ≈ ----------
24 6 2 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and ‘t’.
a
Figure P6.22
Solution IS = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The second area moment of inertia about an axis passing through the centroid of a rectangle can be found using the for-
mula in Table A2 as shown below.
1 3 1 3 1 4 4 1 4 2 2 2
I S = ------ aa – ------ ( a – t ) ( a – t ) = ------ [ a – ( a – t ) ] = ------ [ a – ( a – 2at + t ) ]
12 12 12 12
1 4 2 2 1 4 4 3 2 2
I S = ------ [ a – ( a – 2at ) ] ≈ ------ [ a – ( a – 4a t + 4a t ) ]
12 12
3
1 4 4 3 1 3 a t
Once more neglecting the t2 term we obtain: I S ≈ ------ [ a – a + 4a t ] ≈ --- a t or I S ≈ -------
12 3 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
and ‘t’.
Figure P6.23
Solution IC = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The second area moment of inertia about an axis passing through the centroid of a circle can be found using the formula
in Table A2 as shown below.
π 4 π 4 π 4 2 2 2
I C = --- ( a ) – --- ( a – t ) = --- [ a – ( a – 2at + t ) ]
4 4 4
π 4 2 2 π 4 4 3 2
I C = --- [ a – ( a – 2at ) ] ≈ --- [ a – ( a – 4a t + t ) ]
4 4
3
π 4 4 3 3 πa t
Once more neglecting the t2 term we obtain: I C ≈ --- [ a – a + 4a t ] ≈ a t or I C ≈ ----------
4 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.24 The same amount of material is used for constructing each cross-section shown in Figure P6.21, Figure P6.22,
and Figure P6.23. Let the maximum bending normal stress be σT, σS, and σC for the triangular, square, and circular
cross-section. For the same moment carrying capability determine the proportional ratio of maximum bending normal
stress, i.e., σT: σS:σC.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The material area for a thin-walled cross-section can be approximated as the product of the perimeter and the thickness.
Let aT, aS, and aC represent the dimension shown in Figure P6.21, Figure P6.22, and Figure P6.23, respectively. aT, aS,
and aC can be found in terms of the material area as shown below.
A-
( 3a T )t = A or a T = ---- (1)
3t
A-
( 4a S )t = A or a S = ---- (2)
4t
A-
( 2πa C )t = A or a C = ------- (3)
2πt
The maximum bending normal stress exists at point furthest from the centroid. The maximum values of y for the three
cases are: yT = 2aT/3, yS = aS/2, and yC = aC. The magnitude maximum bending normal stress for the three cases can be
found using the flexure stress formula, the results of problems 6.21, 6.22, and 6.23, and the above three equations as
shown below.
Mz yT M z ( 2a T ⁄ 3 ) 4 3 Mz - 4 3 Mz Mz t ⎛ M z t⎞
σ T = ------------- - = ---------- -----------
= --------------------------- = ---------- -------------------------- - = 20.78 ⎜ --------
- = 12 3 -------- -⎟ (4)
IT 3
( aT t ⁄ 2 3 ) 3 2
( aT t ) 3 [ ( A ⁄ 3t ) t ]
2
A
2
⎝ A2 ⎠
Mz yS Mz ( aS ⁄ 2 ) 3 Mz Mz Mz t
σ S = ------------
- = ------------------------ - = 3--- --------------------------
- = --- ----------- - = 24 --------
- (5)
IS 3 2 2 2 2 2
( aS t ⁄ 3 ) ( aS t ) [ ( A ⁄ 4t ) t ] A
Mz yC Mz ( aC ) 3 Mz 3 Mz Mz t ⎛ M z t⎞
σ C = ------------- - = --- ------------
- = ---------------------- - = 37.7 ⎜ --------
- = 12π --------
= --- ------------------------------ -⎟ (6)
IC 2
( πa C t ⁄ 3 ) π 2
( aC t ) π [ ( A ⁄ 2πt ) t ]
2
A
2
⎝ A2 ⎠
The ratio of the maximum bending normal stresses is: σT: σS:σC = 20.78 : 24 : 37.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.25 Due to bending about the z axis the normal strain at point A on the cross section shown in Figures P6.25 is εxx =
200 μ. The modulus of elasticity of the beam material is E = 8000 ksi. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive
normal stress on the cross-section.

4 in
y
B
A 1 in
z C
4 in
1 in
Figure P6.25
Solution σA= ? σT= ? σC= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The location of the centroid from the bottom of the cross-section shown in figure (a) can be found as shown below.
∑ ηi Ai
( 4 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) + ( 4 ) ( 1 ) ( 4.5 )- = 3.25 in
η c = -----------------
i - = ---------------------------------------------------------- (1)
( 4 )( 1 ) + ( 4 )( 1 )
∑ Ai
i
The bending normal stress at point A is:
–6
σ A = Eε A = ( 8000 ) ( 200 ) ( 10 ) = 1.6 ksi ( T ) (2)
The bending normal stress is zero at the centroid C and is a linear function of y. Figure (b) below shows the stress distri-
bution across the cross-section as a function of y.
(a) 4 in (b)
y
B
y
σT
A 1 in σA
σxx
z C (ksi)
4 in
η ηC
1 in σC
. Using similar triangle in figure (b) we obtain:

σT σC σA
-----------------------
- = ---------
- = -----------------------
- (1)
( 5 – 3.25 ) 3.25 ( 4 – 3.25 )
σ T = (---------------------------
1.75 ) ( 1.6 )- = 3.73 (2)
0.75
σ C = (---------------------------
3.25 ) ( 1.6 )- = 6.93
(3)
0.75
The maximum tensile and compressive stress are:
σ T = 3.73ksi ( T ) σ C = 6.93ksi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.26 Due to bending about the z axis the maximum bending normal stress the cross section shown in Figures P6.26
due to bending was found to be 40 ksi (C). The modulus of elasticity of the beam material is E = 30,000 ksi. Determine
(a) the bending normal strain at point A. (b) the maximum tensile stress.
Figure P6.26
Solution σmax = 40ksi(C εA =? σT =
------------------------------------------------------------
The location of the centroid from the bottom of the cross-section shown in figure (a) can be found as shown below.
4 in
y
A
z
C 2.5 in
2 in
0.5 in 0.5 in
∑ ηi Ai
2 [ ( 2.0 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 1.0 ) ] + ( 4 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 2.25 )- = 1.625 in
η c = -----------------
i - = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (1)
2 [ ( 2.0 ) ( 0.5 ) ] + ( 4 ) ( 0.5 )
∑ Ai
The bending normal stress is zero ati the centroid C and is a linear function of y. Figure (b) below shows the stress distri-
bution across the cross-section as a function of y.
(a) y
(b) y
4 in σT
A σA
z
C 2.5 in
σxx
η 2 in (ksi)
ηC
σmax
0.5 in 0.5 in
Using similar triangle in figure (b), we obtain
σT σ max σA
------------------------------- = ------------
- = --------------------------
- (2)
( 2.5 – 1.625 ) 1.625 ( 2 – 1.625 )
( 40 )- = 21.54ksi
σ T = 0.875
----------------------- (3)
1.625
( 40 )- = 9.23ksi
σ A = 0.375
----------------------- (4)
1.625
The strain at A is:
σA 9.23 - –6
ε A = ------
- = -------------- = 307.69 ( 10 ) (5)
E 30000
ε A = 307.69 μ σ T = 21.54 ksi ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.27 A composite beam cross section is shown in Figure 6.27. The modulus of elasticity of the two materials are E1
= 200 GPa, E2 = 70 GPa. Due to bending about the z axis the bending normal strain at point A was found to be εxx = −
200 μ. Determine the maximum bending stress in each of the two materials
50 mm
y
E1 10 mm
A
z
C 50 mm
10 mm E2
E1 10 mm
B
Figure P6.27
Solution (εxx)A = -200μ E1 = 200 GPa E2 = 70 GPa
(σ1)max = ? (σ2)max = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
At yA = 0.025 m. the strain is -200μ and is zero at C. Noting the bending normal strain varies linearly with y, we obtain:
ε xx = (-------------------
– 200 )y- = – 8000 y μ (1)
( 0.025 )
The strain at top or bottom surface is:
( ε xx ) B = – 8000 ( ± 0.035 ) = −
+ 280 μ (2)
The maximum stress in each material is:
( σ 1 ) max = E 1 ( ε xx )B = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( −
+ 280 ) ( 10 ) = ( −
9 –6 6 2
+ 56 ) ( 10 )N ⁄ m (3)
− 200 ) ( 10 ) = ( +
( σ 2 ) max = E 2 ( ε xx ) A = ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( +
9 − 14 )y ( 10 )N ⁄ m
–6 6 2
(4)
The maximum bending normal stress in material 1 is at y = + 0.035.
Its value is: ( σ 1 ) max = 56 MPa ( T ) or (C)
The maximum bending normal stress in material 2 is at y = + 0.025.
Its value is: ( σ 2 ) max = 14 MPa ( T ) or (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.28 A composite beam cross section is shown in Figure P6.28. The modulus of elasticity of the two materials are
E1 = 30,000 ksi, E2 = 20,000 ksi. Due to bending about the z axis the bending normal strain at point A was found to be
εxx = 300 μ. Determine the maximum bending stress in each of the two materials.
4 in
y
D
E1
A
z
C 2.5in
1.75 in 2 in
E2 E2
B
0.5 in 0.5 in
Figure P6.28
Solution (εxx)A = 300μ E1 = 30,000 ksi E2 = 20,000 ksi
(σ1)max = ? (σ2)max = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
At yA = 0.25 in. the strain is 30μ and is zero at C. Noting the bending normal strain varies linearly with y, we obtain:
ε xx = (----------------
300 )y- = 1200y μ (1)
( 0.25 )
The strain at B and D is:
( ε xx ) B = 1200 ( – 1.75 ) μ = 2100 μ (2)
( ε xx ) D = 1200 ( 0.75 ) μ = 900 μ (3)
The maximum stress in each material is:
3 –6
( σ 1 ) max = E 1 ( ε xx ) D = ( 30000 ) ( 10 ) ( 900 ) ( 10 ) = 27000 psi = 27 ksi (4)
3 –6
( σ 2 ) max = E 2 ( ε xx )B = ( 20000 ) ( 10 ) ( 2100 ) ( 10 ) = 42000 psi = 42 ksi (5)
The maximum bending normal stress in material 1 is at y = 0.75 in.
Its value is: ( σ 1 ) max = 27 ksi(T)
The maximum bending normal stress in material 2 is at y = -1.75

Its value is: ( σ 2 ) max = 42 ksi(C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.29 The cross-section of a beam with a coordinate system that has an origin at the centroid C of the cross-section is
shown. The internal moment at a beam cross-section is M z = 20 in – kips . Determine the bending normal stresses at
points A, B, and D.
y
4 in
A 1 in
B
z 1.5 in
C
2.5 in
1 in
D
1 in
2 in
Figure P6.29
Solution σA= ?σB= ? σD= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The second area moment of inertia about the z-axis can be found as shown below.
1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 4
I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 1 ) + ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( 3 ) + ------ ( 1 ) ( 4 ) + ( 1 ) ( 4 ) ( 0.5 ) + ------ ( 4 ) ( 1 ) + ( 4 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 40.833in (1)
12 12 12
Substituting Mz = 20 in-kips, and Izz = 40.833 in4 in Eq. 6.12, we find bending normal stress as
Mz y ( 20 )y
σ xx = – ---------- = – ---------------- = – 0.4898y (2)
I zz 40.833
Substituting yA=2.5inch into Eq. 1, we obtain: σ A = – 0.4898 ( 2.5 ) = – 1.224ksi or σ A = 1224 psi(C)
Substituting yB=1.5inch into Eq. 1, we obtain: σ B = – 0.4898 ( 1.5 ) = – 0.735ksi or σ B = 735 psi (C);
Substituting yD=-3.5inch into Eq. 1, we obtain: σ A = – 0.4898 ( – 3.5 ) = 1.714ksi or σ D = 1714 ksi (T)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shown. The internal moment at a beam cross-section is M z = 10 kN – m . Determine the bending normal stresses at
points A, B, and D.
50 mm
y
A
10 mm
B
z
10 mm C 50 mm
D
10 mm
Figure P6.30
Solution σA= ? σB= ? σD= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From symmetry, the centroid is at 35 mm from the bottom. The second area moment of inertia about the z-axis is:
1 3 1 3 2 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.01 ) ( 0.05 ) + 2 ------ ( 0.05 ) ( 0.01 ) + ( 0.05 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.005 – 0.035 ) = 1.0125 ( 10 )m (1)
12 12
Substituting Mz = 10 (103) N-m, and Izz = 1.0125(10-6) m4 in flexure stress equation, we obtain
3
Mz y ( 10 ) ( 10 )y 9
σ xx = – ---------- = – --------------------------------
–6
= – 9.8765 ( 10 )y (2)
I zz 1.0125 ( 10 )
Substituting yA= 0.035 m into Eq. 1, we obtain:

9 6 2
σ A = – 9.8765 ( 10 ) ( 0.035 ) = – 345.7 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (3)
σ A = 346 MPa ( C )
Substituting yB= 0.025 m into Eq. 1, we obtain:
9 6 2
σ B = – 9.8765 ( 10 ) ( 0.025 ) = – 246.9 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m (4)
σ B = 247 MPa ( C )
9 6 2
Substituting yD=-0.035 m into Eq. 1, we obtain σ D = – 9.8765 ( 10 ) ( – 0.035 ) = 345.7 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or
σ D = 346 MPa ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shown. The internal moment at a beam cross-section is M z = – 12 kN – m . Determine the bending normal stresses at
points A, B, and D
y
A
10 mm
B
z
C 100 mm
70.6 mm
D
10 mm 100 mm 10 mm
Figure P6.31
Solution σA= ?
σB= ? σD= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The second area moment of inertia about the z-axis can be found as shown below.
1 3 2 1 3 2
I zz = 2 ------ ( 0.01 ) ( 0.10 ) + ( 0.01 ) ( 0.1 ) ( 0.0206 ) + ------ ( 0.12 ) ( 0.01 ) + ( 0.12 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.0344 )
12 12
–6 4
or I zz = 3.9463 ( 10 )m .
Substituting Mz = -15(103) N-m, and Izz = 3.9463(10-6) m4 in Eq. 6.12, we find bending normal stress as
3
Mz y ( – 12 ) ( 10 )y 9
σ xx = – ---------- = – ---------------------------------
–6
- = 3.0408 ( 10 )y (1)
I zz 3.9463 ( 10 )
9 6 2
Substituting yA= (0.11-0.0706)= 0.0394 m into Eq. 1, we obtain: σ A = 3.0408 ( 10 ) ( 0.0394 ) = 119.8 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m
or σ A = 120 MPa ( T )
Substituting yB= (0.100-0.0706)= 0.0294 m into Eq. 1, we obtain:
9 6 2
σ B = 3.0408 ( 10 ) ( 0.0294 ) = 89.44 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ B = 89.4 MPa ( T )
Substituting yD=-0.0706 m into Eq. 1, we obtain:
9 6 2
σ D = 3.0408 ( 10 ) ( – 0.0706 ) = – 214.6 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ D = 214.6 MPa ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.32 A beam and loading in three different coordinate system is shown. Determine the internal shear force and
bending moment at the section containing point A for the three cases shown using the sign convention described in Sec-
tion 6.2.6.
5 kN/m 5 kN/m 5 kN/m
x x
A A A x
0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m
y y y
Figure P6.32 Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
Solution Vy = ? Mz = ? for the three cases
------------------------------------------------------------
By making an imaginary cut through he section containing point A and taking the right part we obtain the free body dia-
grams shown on the top for each case. The internal shear force and internal bending moment are drawn as per the sign
convention. The distributed loads can be replace by an equivalent load at the centroid of the distribution as shown on the
bottom of each case below.
Case I: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 0.25 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = 0.0625 kN-m
Case 1 Case 2 Case 3
Mz 5 kN/m
Mz 5 kN/m Mz 5 kN/m
x
x A x
A A
Vy 0.5 m
Vy 0.5 m Vy 0.5 m
y y
y
Mz 0.25 kN 0.25 kN
Mz 0.25 kN
Mz
A A A
Vy
0.25 m Vy 0.25 m Vy 0.25 m
Case II: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 0.25 kN
Case III: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = – 0.25 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
tion 6.2.6.
y y
20 kN-m 20 kN-m 20 kN-m
x A x A x A
0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m

y
Figure P6.33
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire beam is shown below.

20 kN-m
A
RRx
0.5 m 0.5 m
RL RRy
By moment equilibrium at the right end we obtain: R L ( 1 ) – 20 = 0 or R L = 20 kN
By making an imaginary cut through the section containing point A and taking the left part we obtain the free body dia-
grams shown below. The internal shear force and internal bending moment are drawn as per the sign convention.
Case I: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = – 20 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = 10 kN – m
Case II: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 20 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = 10 kN – m

y y Mz y Mz
Mz
x x
x A A A
Vy
0.5 m 0.5 m Vy 0.5 m
RL=20 kN Vy RL=20 kN RL=20 kN
Case III: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 20 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = – 10 kN – m

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
tion 6.2.6.
y y
x Ax
A Ax
0.5 m 0.5 m 10 kN
0.5 m 10 kN 10 kN 0.5 my
0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m
Case 1
Case 1 Case 1
Figure P6.34
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire beam is shown below.
RRx
0.5 m 0.5 m 10 kN
0.5 m
RL RRy
By moment equilibrium at the right support we obtain: R L ( 1 ) – ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) = 0 or R L = 5 kN

By making an imaginary cut through the section containing point A and taking the left part we obtain the free body dia-
grams shown below. The internal shear force and internal bending moment are drawn as per the sign convention.
Case 1 Case 2 Mz Case 3 Mz
Mz y y
x
A A A
x x V y
0.5 m
y
0.5 m 0.5 m Vy
RL=5 kN Vy RL=5 kN RL=5kN
Case I: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = – 5 kN

Case II: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 5 kN
Case III: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = – 5 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = – 2.5 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.35 .For the beam and loading shown, draw an approximate deformed shape of the beam. By inspection determine
whether the bending normal stress is tensile or compressive at points A and B.
A
Figure P6.35
Solution σA= (T) or (C) ? σB= (T) or (C) ?
------------------------------------------------------------
An approximate deformed shape of the beam is shown below
B
A
By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is ( C ) and σ B is ( T )

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.36 For the beam and loading shown, draw an approximate deformed shape of the beam. By inspection determine
M B
A
Figure P6.36
------------------------------------------------------------
B
A
By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is (C); and σ B is (T);

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
B
Figure P6.37
------------------------------------------------------------
There are two possibilities, depending upon the length of the overhang. Approximate deformed shape of the beam for
both possibilities are shown below.
Short Overhang Long Overhang
B A
A
B
By inspection, the bending normal stresses for short overhang are: σ A is (C); and σ B is (T);
By inspection, the bending normal stresses for long overhang are: σ A is (T); and σ B is (T);
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
B
Figure P6.38
------------------------------------------------------------
A
By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is (T); and σ B is (C);

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A
B
Figure P6.39
------------------------------------------------------------
A
B
By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is (C); and σB = 0

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure P6.40
------------------------------------------------------------
A
By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is (T); and σ B is (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.41 A W 150 x 24 steel beam is simply supported over a length of 4 m and supports a distributed load of 2 kN/m.
At the mid-section of the beam, determine (a) the bending normal stress at a point 40 mm above the bottom surface. (b)
the maximum bending normal stress.
Solution W 150 x 24 L=4m p = 2 kN/m σ40 = ? and σmax = ? @ x=L/2
------------------------------------------------------------
A simply supported beam with uniform distributed load will have a reaction force at each end whose value is half of the
total force acting on the beam, i.e., R = (pL)/2 = 4kN
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after making an imaginary cut at the mid-section. Internal shear force and bending
moment are drawn as per our sign convention. Fig. (b) is the statically equivalent free body diagram.
(a) (b) (c) y
4 kN
p= 2kN/m Mz
Mz
y
o o z
x 160mm
1m 1m Vy
z 2m
Vy A
80 mm
R= 4 kN
R= 4 kN
40 mm
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig. (b) we obtain:
Mz – ( 4 ) ( 2 ) + ( 4 ) ( 1 ) = 0 or M z = 4 kN – m (1)
From Appendix Table E.2, we obtain the geometry and dimension of W150 x 24 beam cross-section shown in Fig. (c)
6 4 –6 4
and I zz = 13.36 ( 10 ) mm . Substituting y= -(0.08 - 0.04)= - 0.04 m, Eq.(1) and I zz = 13.36 ( 10 ) m , into Eq. 6.12,
we obtain the following.
3
Mz yA ( 4 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.04 ) 6 2
σ 40 = – -------------- = – ---------------------------------------
–6
- = 11.98 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ 40 = 12.0 MPa ( T )
I zz 13.36 ( 10 )
The maximum bending normal stress will be on the top and bottom surface i.e., ymax = +0.08 m. From Eq. 6.12, we
obtain:
3
M z y max ( 4 ) ( 10 ) ( ± 0.08 ) − 23.95 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2 or
σ max = – ------------------- = – ----------------------------------------
–6
= + σ max = 24.0 MPa (T) or (C)
I zz 13.36 ( 10 )
Intuitive check: For a simply supported beam under a uniform distributed load, the visualization of the deformed shape
shows that all points below the neutral axis will be in tension and all points above the neutral axis will be in compres-
sion, which is consistent with our answers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.42 A W10 x 30 steel beam is simply supported over a length of 10 ft and supports a distributed load of 1.5 kips /
ft. At the mid-section of the beam, determine (a) the bending normal stress at a point 3 inches below the top surface. (b)
the maximum bending normal stress.
Solution W10 x 30 L = 10 ft p = 1.5 kips /ft σ3.0 = ? and σmax = ? @ x=L/2
------------------------------------------------------------
A simply supported beam with uniform distributed load will have a reaction force at each end whose value is half of the
total force acting on the beam, i.e., R = (pL)/2 = 7.5 kips
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after making an imaginary cut at the mid-section. Internal shear force and bending
moment are drawn as per our sign convention. Fig. (b) is the statically equivalent free body diagram.
(a) p= 1.5 kips /ft (b) 7.5 kips (c) 3.0 in y
Mz Mz
y 5.235 in
A
o z
o Vy 10.47 in.
5ft 2.5 ft 2.5 ft. Vy
x
z R= 7.5 kips
R= 7.5 kips
M z – ( 7.5 ) ( 5 ) + ( 7.5 ) ( 2.5 ) = 0 or M z = 18.75 ft – kips (1)
From Appendix Table E.2, we obtain the geometry and dimension of W10 x 30 beam cross-section shown in Fig. (c)
4
and I zz = 170 in . Substituting yA= (5.235 - 3)= 2.235 inch, I zz , and M z = ( 18.75 ) ( 12 ) = 225in – lbs , into Eq. 6.12,
we obtain the following.
Mz yA ( 225 ) ( 2.235 )
σ 3.0 = – -------------- = – -------------------------------- = – 2.958 ksi or σ 3.0 = 2.96 ksi ( C )
I zz 170
The maximum bending normal stress will be on the top and bottom surface i.e., ymax = +5.235 inch. From Eq. 6.12, we
obtain:
M z y max ( 225 ) ( ± 5.235 )
σ max = – ------------------- = – ------------------------------------ = −
+ 6.928 ksi or σ max = 6.93 ksi ( C ) or ( T )
I zz 170
Intuitive check: For a simply supported beam under a uniform distributed load, the visualization of the deformed shape
shows that all points below the neutral axis will be in tension and all points above the neutral axis will be in compres-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.43 An S12 x 35 steel cantilever beam has a length of 20 ft. At the free end a force of 3 kips acts downwards. At
the section near the built-in end, determine (a) the bending normal stress at a point 2 inches above the bottom surface.
(b) the maximum bending normal stress.
Solution S12 x 35 L = 20 ft F = 3 kips σ2.0 = ? and σmax = ? @ x=0
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after making an imaginary cut just right of the built in end. Internal shear force and
bending moment are drawn as per our sign convention.

(b) y
(a)
F= 3 kips
Mz
y
z
o 12 in
x Vy 6 in A
z 20 ft
2 in
M z + ( 3 ) ( 20 ) = 0 or M z = – 60 ft – kips (1)
From Appendix Table E.2, we obtain the geometry and dimension of S12 x 35 beam cross-section shown in Fig. (b) and
4
I zz = 229 in . Substituting yA= - (6 - 2)= -4 inch, I zz , and Mz = ( – 60 ) ( 12 ) = – 720 in – lbs , into Eq. 6.12, we
obtain the following.
Mz yA ( – 720 ) ( – 4 )
σ 2.0 = – -------------- = – ---------------------------- = – 12.58 ksi or σ 2.0 = 12.58 ksi (C)
I zz 229
The maximum bending normal stress will be on the top and bottom surface i.e., ymax = +6 inch. From Eq. 6.12, we
obtain:
M z y max ( – 720 ) ( ± 6 )
σ max = – ------------------- = – ---------------------------- = ± 18.86 ksi or σ max = 18.86 ksi (T) or (C)
I zz 229
Intuitive check: For a cantilever beam with a downward load at the free end, the visualization of the deformed shape
shows that all points below the neutral axis will be in compression and all points above the neutral axis will be in ten-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.44 An S250 x 52 steel cantilever beam has a length of 5 m. At the free end a force of 15 kN acts downwards. At
the section near the built-in end, determine (a) the bending normal stress at a point 30 mm below the top surface. (b) the
maximum bending normal stress.
Solution S250 x 52 L=5m F = 15 kN
σ30= ? and σmax = ? @ x=0
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after making an imaginary cut just right of the built in end. Internal shear force and
bending moment are drawn as per our sign convention.
y
(a) (b) 30 mm
y F= 15 kN
Mz
127 mm A
x o z
z 254 mm
Vy 5m

M z + ( 5 ) ( 15 ) = 0 or M z = – 75 kN – m (1)
From Appendix Table E.2, we obtain the geometry and dimension of S250 x 52 beam cross-section shown in Fig. (b)
6 4 –6 4
and I zz = 61.20 ( 10 ) mm . Substituting yA= (0.127 - 0.030)= 0.097 m, I zz = 61.20 ( 10 ) m , and Eq.(1), into
Eq. 6.12, we obtain the following.
3
Mz yA ( – 75 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.097 )- 6 2
σ 30 = – -------------- = – ---------------------------------------------
–6
= 118.87 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or σ 30 = 118.9 MPa(T)
I zz 61.20 ( 10 )
The maximum bending normal stress will be on the top and bottom surface i.e., ymax = +0.127 m. From Eq. 6.12, we
obtain:
3
M z y max ( – 75 ) ( 10 ) ( ± 0.127 )- 6 2
σ max = – ------------------- = – -------------------------------------------------
–6
= ± 155.63 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m or
I zz 61.20 ( 10 )
σ max = 155.6 MPa (T) or (C)
Intuitive check: For a cantilever beam with a downward load at the free end, the visualization of the deformed shape
shows that all points below the neutral axis will be in compression and all points above the neutral axis will be in ten-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.45 The beam, loading and the cross-section of the beam are as shown. Determine the bending normal stress at
point A and the maximum bending normal stress in the section containing point A.
y 500 lbs. / in y
2 in
x A A
z 6 in
z
10 ft 10 ft
2 in
Figure P6.45
Solution: σA = ?
σmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The second area moment of Inertia can be found out as
1 3 4
I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 6 ) = 36 in (1)
12
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam with distributed load replaced by an equivalent load
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig.(a) we obtain:
R B ( 20 ) – 5000 ( 5 ) = 0 or R B = 1250 lbs
5000 lbs
(a) (b) Mz
B A
B A C
10 ft Vy
15ft RB
RB 5ft
By making an imaginary cut through section containing point A, we obtain the free body diagram shown in Fig.(b). By
equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain.
·
M z = 10R B = 12500ft – l bs = 150 in – kips (2)
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (2) and yA = 1 inch into Eq. 6.12, we obtain.
- = – (---------------------
–Mz yA 150 ) ( 1 )- = – 4.17 ksi ( C )
σ A = ---------------- σ A = 4.17 ksi (C);
I zz 36
Top and bottom surfaces are equally distant from the centroid. Substituting Eqs. (1), (2) and ymax = +3 in Eq. 6-12, we
obtain
( 150 ) ( ± 3 )- = − 12.5 ksi ( C )
σ max = – ------------------------ + σ max = 12.5 ksi (C) or (T)
36
Intuitive check: By visualizing the deformed shape of the beam, we can say that points below the neutral axis (bottom
surface) will be in tension and the points above the neutral axis (top surface) will be in compression
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 mm 5 mm
20 kN-m
y y 5 mm
x A z
z 100 mm
0.5 m 0.5 m A 5 mm
20 mm
60 mm
Figure P6.46
Solution: σA =?, σmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
1 3 1 3 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.06 ) ( 0.1 ) – ------ ( 0.05 ) ( 0.09 ) = 1.9625 in (1)
12 12
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam.
20 kN-m Mz
(a) (b)
B A C B A
RCy
0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m

RB RCx Vy
RB
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig. (a) we obtain:
R B ( 1 ) – 20 = 0 or R B = 20 kN
By making an imaginary cut through section containing point A, we obtain the free body diagram shown in Fig.(b). By
equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain.
M z = ( 0.5 )R B = 10 kN – m = 10, 000 N – m (2)
Substituting Eqs. (1), (2) and yA = 0.03 m, we obtain.
–Mz yA ( 10000 ) ( – 0.03 ) = 152.87 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 )
σ A = ----------------
- = – -------------------------------------- or σ A = 152.9 MPa (T)
I zz –6
1.9625 ( 10 )
Top and bottom surfaces are equally distant from the centroid. Substituting Eqs. (1), (2) and ymax = +0.05 in Eq. 6-12,
we obtain
( 10000 ) ( ± 0.05 ) = − 6 2
σ max = – --------------------------------------
- + 254.77 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) or σ max = 254.8 MPa (C) ot (T)
–6
1.9625 ( 10 )
Intuitive check: By visualizing the deformed shape of the beam, we can say that points below the neutral axis (bottom
surface) will be in tension and the points above the neutral axis (top surface) will be in compression.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
y 5 kN/m
z
x A
A
z
3m 3m
80 mm
100 mm
Figure P6.47
Solution: σA =? σmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------

π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ [ ( 0.1 ) – ( 0.08 ) ] = 2.8916 ( 10 ) m (1)
64
By making an imaginary cut through section containing point A and replacing the distributed load by an equivalent
force we obtain the free body diagram shown below.
Vy 15 kN
Mz
1.5 m
By equilibrium of moment about point A, we obtain.
M z = – ( 15 ) ( 1.5 ) = – 22.5KN – m = – 22500 N – m (2)
Substituting Eqs. (1) and (2) and yA = -0.04 m, we obtain
- = – (-----------------------------------------
–Mz yA – 22500 ) ( – 0.04 )- = – 310.5 ( 10 6 ) ( N ⁄ m 2 ) or
σ A = ---------------- σ A = 310.5 MPa (C)
I zz –6
2.8916 ( 10 )
Top and bottom surfaces are equally distant from the centroid. Substituting Eqs. (1), (2) and ymax = +0.05 in Eq. 6-12,
we obtain.
σ max = – (-----------------------------------------
– 22500 ) ( ± 0.05 -) = ± 388.18 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) or 6 2
σ max = – 388.2 MPa (T) or (C)
–6
2.8916 ( 10 )
Intuitive check: By visualizing the deformed shape of the beam, we can say that points above the neutral axis (top sur-
face) will be in tension and the points below the neutral axis (bottom surface) will be in compression.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.48 A simply supported beam with its cross section is shown in Figure P6.48. The intensity of distributed load reaches a maxi-
mum value of 5 kN/m. Determine the bending normal stress at point A and the maximum bending normal stress in the section con-
taining point A.
50 mm
y 5 kN/m 10 mm
y
x z
A
z 10 mm 50 mm
0.5 m 0.5 m A
10 mm
Figure P6.48
σA =? σmax =?
6 4
Solution: I zz = 1.01 ( 10 )mm
------------------------------------------------------------
By symmetry the reaction force of each support is half the total force.
1 1
R A = R C = --- --- ( 5 ) ( 1.0 ) = 1.25kN (1)
2 2
The free body diagram after the imaginary cut through the section at A in Fig. (a). The distributed load is replaced by an
equivalent load as shown in Fig. (b).
1---
(a)
5 kN/m ( 5 ) ( 0.5 ) = 1.25 kN
Mz (b) 2
Mz
O
O
0.5 m
Vy
0.5/ 3 V
RB = 1.25 kN 0.5 m y
RB = 1.25 kN
By equilibrium of moment about point O. M z – ( 1.25 ) ( 0.5 ) + ( 1.25 ) ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ = 0 or

0.5
M z = 0.4167kN – m
3
The bending normal stress at A is
3
- = – (--------------------------------------------------------
Mz yA 0.4167 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.025 ) 6 N
σ A = – ------------- - = 10.31 ( 10 ) ------2- or σ A = 10.3 MPa (T)
I zz –6
1.01 ( 10 ) m
The bending normal stress in the section is
3
- = – (--------------------------------------------------------
M z y max 0.4167 ) ( 10 ) ( ± 0.035 )- N
= −
6
σ A = – ------------------ + 14.44 ( 10 ) ------2- or σ max = 14.4 MPa (C) or (T)
I ZZ –6
1.01 ( 10 ) m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.49 A cantilever beam with cross section is shown in Figure P6.49. The distributed load reaches its maximum intensity of
300 lb/in. Determine the bending normal stress at point A and the maximum bending normal stress in the section containing point A
for the beam and loading .
36 in 36 in 4 in
y
y A 1 in
x A z
z
3.25 4 in
300 lbs/ in
4
I zz = 18.2 in 1 in
Figure P6.49
Solution: I zz = 18.2 in , σa =?, σmax =?

4
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam. By force and moment equilibrium in Fig. (a) we obtain:
3
R B = 10, 800 lbs and M B = ( 48 ) ( 10800 ) = 518.4 ( 10 ) in – lbs
Fig. (b) is the free body diagram after the imaginary cut through the section at A. The distributed load is replaced by
equivalent load in Fig.(c). By equilibrium of moment about point O.
M z – M B + R B ( 36 ) – ( 2700 ) ( 12 ) = 0 or M z = 162000 in – lbs
(a) R (b) (c)
B 12 in
RB RB
48 in
36 in Mz Mz
O O
Vy Vy
MB
MB MB
1 150 lbs/ in
--- ( 300 ) ( 72 ) = 10800lbs 1
2 --- ( 150 ) ( 36 ) = 2700lbs
2
Mt yA ( 162000 ) ( 0.75 )- = – 6675.8 psi or
σ A = – ------------- = – ------------------------------------- σ A = 6.68 ksi (C);
I zz 18.2
The maximum bending normal stress in the section is
- = – (-----------------------------------------
M max y max 162000 ) ( – 3.25 ) = 28929 psi or
σ max = – ------------------------- σ max = 28.9 ksi (T)
I zz 18.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 in
10 in kips 2 kips
y A A y
z
x
2.5 in
z 2 in
24 in 24 in
0.5 in 0.5 in
Figure P6.50
σa =?, σmax =?
4
Solution: I zz = 2.27in
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam.
(a) 10 in kips 2 kips 10 in kips
(b) Mz
O
Vy
48 in MC 24 in
RB RB
By equilibrium of force we obtain we obtain R B = 2 kips
Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut through section containing point (a). By equilibrium of
moment about point O we obtain: Mz + 10 – ( 24 ) ( R B ) = 0 or Mz = 38 in – lbs
- = – (----------------------------
Mz yA 38 ) ( 0.375 )- = – 6.28 ksi or
σ A = – ------------- σ A = 6.3 ksi (C)
I zz 2.27
The maximum bending normal stress in the section is
- = – (--------------------------------
M z y max 38 ) ( – 1.625 ) = 27.2 ksi or
σ max = – ------------------ σ max = 27.2 ksi (T)
I zz 2.27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.51 A wooden (E = 10 GPa) rectangular beam, loading and cross-section are as shown. If the distributed force
w = 5 kN/m, determine the normal strain εxx at point A.
w kN/m
y
y
z
100 mm
x
A
z
0.5 m 0.5 m 25mm
Figure P6.51
Solution: E = 10 GPa w = 5 kN ⁄ m εa =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of Inertia is
1 3 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.025 ) ( 0.1 ) = 2.083 ( 10 ) m (1)
12
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the beam after the imaginary cut. The distributed load is replaced by equivalent
load in Fig. (b)

(a) w (b) wL
Mz
Mz
O
O
Vy
Vy
0.5 m 0.25 m
By equilibrium of moment about point O.

M z + ( 0.25 ) ( 0.5w ) = 0 or M z = ( – 0.125 )w (2)
Substituting w = 5 kN ⁄ m we obtain M z = ( – 0.625 ) kN ⁄ m
- = – (-----------------------------------
Mz yA – 625 ) ( – 0.05 )- = – 15 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2
σ A = – -------------
I zz –6
2.083 ( 10 )
σ ( 15 ) ( 10 ) –3
6
The bending normal strain at A is ε A = ------A- = – -----------------------
- = – 1.5 ( 10 ) or ε A = – 1500 μ
E 9
( 10 ) ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.52 A wooden (E = 10 GPa) rectangular beam, loading and cross-section are as shown. The normal strain at point
A was measured as ε xx = – 600 μ . Determine the distributed force w that is acting on the beam.
w kN/m
y y
z
x 100 mm
z A
0.5 m 0.5 m 25mm

Figure P6.52
Solution: E = 10 GPa ε A = – 600 μ w =?

------------------------------------------------------------
–6 4
From Eqs. (1) and (2) in problem 6.45 we have I zz = 2.083 ( 10 ) m and M z = ( – 0.125w ) kN – m
- = – (---------------------------------------
Mz yA – 125w ) ( – 0.05 )- = – 3.0w ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2
The bending normal stress of A is σ A = – -------------
I zz –6
2.083 ( 10 )
σ 3.0w ( 10 )
6
The bending normal strain at A is ε A = ------A- = – –----------------------------
–6
- = – 600 ( 10 ) or w = 2 kN/m
E 9
( 10 ) ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.53 A wooden beam (E = 8,000 ksi), loading, and the cross-section of the beam are as shown. If the applied load
P = 6 kips in, determine the normal strain εxx at point A.
1 in 1 in
y P y
xA z 6 in 7 in
z
2 ft. 4 ft. 4 ft.
8 in
Figure P6.53
εa =?
4
Solution: E = 8000 ksi I zz = 95.47 in P = 6 kips
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the entire beam is shown in Fig. (a).
RB RB
(a) P (b) Mz
6 ft. 4 ft. 2 ft. Vy

RC
By equilibrium about point B, we obtain R B ( 6 ) – P ( 4 ) = 0 or R B = 2P ⁄ 3
Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram of the beam after the imaginary cut through A. By equilibrium of moment about
point O, we obtain,
–4 P
M z + ( 2 )R B = 0 or M z = --------- ft – kips (1)
3
Substituting P = 6 kips, we obtain M z = ( – 8 ) ft – kips or M z = – 96 in – kips
Mz yA ( – 96 ) ( – 2.6 )
The bending normal stress at A is σ A = – -------------- = – ------------------------------ = ( – 2.614 ) ksi
I zz 95.47
σ – 2.614 = – 0.3268 ( 10 –3 ) or
The bending normal strain at A is ε A = ------A- = ---------------- ε A = – 327 μ
E ( 8000 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.54 A wooden beam (E = 8,000 ksi), loading, and the cross-section of the beam are as shown.The normal strain at
point A was measured as ε xx = – 250 μ . Determine the load P.
1 in 1 in
y y
P
z 6 in 7 in
xA
2.6 in
z
2 ft. 4 ft. 4 ft. 8 in
4
I zz = 95.47 in
Figure P6.54
4
Solution: E = 8000 ksi I zz = 95.47 in ε A = 250 P =?
------------------------------------------------------------
–4 P
From Eq. (1) of problem 6.47 we have M z = --------- ft – kips = – 16 P in – kips
3
- = – (--------------------------------
Mz yA – 16 P ) ( – 2.6 )- = – 0.4357 P
The bending normal stress of A is σ A = – -------------
I zz 95.47
σ
The bending normal strain at A is ε A = ------A- = –----------------------
0.4357 P- –6
= – 250 ( 10 ) or P = 4.59 kips
E 8000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.55 A composite beam made from n materials is shown in Figure 6.55. If Assumptions 1 through 7 are valid,
show that the location of neutral axis ηc is given by the following equation.
n
∑ ηj Ej Aj
η c = --------------------------
j=1 (6.14)
n
∑ Ej Aj
j=1
where ηj, Ej, and Aj are location of the centroid, the modulus of elasticity, and cross sectional area of the jth material.
y
En
y
z Ei
η
E2 ηc
Figure P6.55 E1
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From condition of zero axial force we have:
∫ yE dA = 0 (1)
A
We can now establish the relation between y and η as shown below.
y = η – ηc (2)
Substituting Equation (2) into Equation (1) we can obtain:
∫ ηE dA – ∫ η c E dA = 0 (3)
A A
Noting that ηc is a constant we obtain the following equation:
⎛ ⎞ ⎛ ⎞
η c = ⎜ ∫ ηE dA⎟ ⁄ ⎜ ∫ E dA⎟ (4)
⎝A ⎠ ⎝A ⎠
Writing the integration over the area as the sum of integration over each material and noting that Ei is a constant within
each Ai, Equation (4) can be written as:
n n
∑∫ ηE i dA ∑ ∫ E i ηdA
ηc = = 1 Ai
i-------------------------------
- = = 1 Ai
i-------------------------------
- (5)
n n
∑ ∫ Ei dA ∑ Ei ∫ dA
i = 1 Ai i=1 Ai
From definition of centroid for ηi we note that ∫ ηdA = η i Ai and ∫ dA = Ai . Substituting these two identities into
Ai Ai
Equation (5) we obtain Equation 6.14.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.56 A composite beam made from n materials is shown in Figure 6.55. If Assumptions 1 through 7 are valid,
show that the moment curvature relationship and the equation for bending normal stress ( σ xx ) i in the ith material are
as given below.
2 n
dv
Mz =
dx
2 ∑ Ej ( Izz )j (6.15)
j=1
Mz
( σ xx ) i = – E i y ---------------------------------- (6.16)
n
∑ Ej ( Izz )j
j=1
where Ej and (Izz)j are the modulus of elasticity and cross sectional area, and second area moment of inertia of the jth mate-
rial. Show that if E1=E2=.....En=E then Equations (6.15) and (6.16) reduce to Equations (6.11) and (6.12).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The bending normal strain is:
2
dv
ε xx = – y 2
(x) (1)
dx
The bending normal stress is
2
dv
σ xx = – Ey 2
(2)
dx
The internal moment can be written as:
2 2 2
2d v dv dv
∫ Ey ∫ Ey ∫ E1 y ∫ E2 y ∫ En y
2 2 2 2
Mz = 2
dA = 2
dA = 2
dA + dA + ⋅ + ⋅ + dA (3)
A dx dx A dx A1 A2 An
Ei is a constant in each integral and can be taken outside the integral. The remaining integral is the second area moment
of inertia (Izz)i of the ith material. We thus obtain:
2 2 n
Mz = dv
2
[ E1 ( I zz ) + E2 ( Izz ) + ⋅ + ⋅ + E N ( I zz ) ] = dv
∑ Ej ( Izz )j (4)
dx 1 2 N dx
2
j=1
Substituting Equation (4) into Equation (2) we obtain:
n
σ xx = – E yM z ⁄ ∑ Ej ( Izz )j (5)
j=1
where, E in the numerator is the modulus of elasticity at the point at which the stress σxx is being evaluated. For the ith
material we can write:
n
( σ xx ) i = – E i yM z ⁄ ∑ Ej ( Izz )j (6)
j=1
Equations (4) and and (6) are same as Equations (6.15) and (6.16).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.57 The stress–strain curve in tension for a material is given by σ = Kε0.5. For the rectangular cross section shown
in Figure P6.57 show that the bending normal stress is given by
y
⎧ – 5 2 ⎛ y⎞ 0.5 y>0
⎪ ------------- --- Mz z
2 ⎝ ⎠
⎪ bh h h
σ xx = ⎨
⎪ 5 2 ⎛ – y⎞ 0.5
⎪ ---------2- ⎝ ------
⎠
Mz
y<0
⎩ bh h
b
Figure P6.57
Solution σ = K ε 0.5 σxx = f(y, h, b, Mz) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal strain in bending is:
2
dv
ε xx = – y 2
(x) (1)
dx
⎧ 0.5
⎪ Kε xx ε xx ≥ 0 (2)
σ xx = ⎨
⎪ – K ( – ε xx ) 0.5 ε xx ≤ 0
⎩
Noting that for positive y we have contraction and for negative y we have extension, the stress distribution can be writ-
ten as shown below.
⎧ 2 0.5
⎪ ⎛ d v⎞ y<0
⎪ K ⎜ – y ⎟
⎪ ⎝ dx ⎠
2
σ xx = ⎨
⎪ ⎛ d 2v ⎞ 0.5
(3)
⎪ –K ⎜ y ⎟ y>0
⎪ ⎝ d x2 ⎠
⎩
upper half ( y > 0 ). The integral can be written as twice the integral in the positive y half as shown below. Noting that
2
dv
is only a function of x we obtain:
2
dx
⎧h ⁄ 2 2 0.5 ⎫ 2 0.5 h⁄2 2 0.5 h⁄2
⎪ ⎛ d v⎞ ⎪ ⎛d v ⎞ ⎛d v ⎞ 2.5
y -
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ⎨ ∫ y – K ⎜ y 2 ⎟ ∫
1.5
( b dy ) ⎬ = 2bK ⎜ 2 ⎟ y dy = 2bK ⎜ 2 ⎟ -------- or
⎪ ⎝ dx ⎠ ⎪ ⎝dx ⎠ ⎝dx ⎠ 2.5 0
A
⎩ 0 ⎭ 0
2 0.5 2 0.5 2 0.5

⎛d v ⎞ (h ⁄ 2)
2.5
2 - ⎛d v ⎞ 2.5 1 ⎛d v ⎞ 2.5
M z = 2bK ⎜ 2 ⎟ -------------------- = -------------------- bK ⎜ 2 ⎟ h = ---------- bK ⎜ 2 ⎟ h or
⎝dx ⎠ 2.5 2.5 ( 2 ) ⎝ d x ⎠
2.5
5 2 ⎝dx ⎠
2 0.5
⎛d v ⎞ 5 2M
⎜ 2⎟ = -----------------z- (4)
⎝dx ⎠ bh K
2.5
Substituting Eq. (4) into Eq. (2) we obtain:
⎧⎛ ⎧⎛
⎪ ⎜ 5---------2-⎞⎟ ⎛ –-----y-⎞ M
0.5 0.5
5 2M z⎞
⎪ ⎜ ----------------- y<0
-⎟ ( – y ) y<0 ⎪⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ h ⎠
⎪ ⎝ 2.5 ⎠ z
⎪ bh K ⎪ bh
σ xx = ⎨ σ xx = ⎨
⎪ ⎛ 5 2M z⎞
or ⎪ ⎛ 5 2⎞ ⎛ y⎞ 0.5
⎪ – ⎜ ------------------⎟ ( y )
0.5
y>0 ⎪ – ⎜ ---------2-⎟ ⎝ ---⎠ M z y>0
⎪ ⎝ bh 2.5 K ⎠ ⎪ ⎝ bh ⎠ h
⎩ ⎩
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.58 The hollow square beam shown in Figure P6.58 is made from a material that has a stress–strain relation given
by σ = Kε0.4. Assume the same behavior in tension and in compression. In terms of K, L, a, and Mext determine the
bending normal strain and stress at point A.
y
y
Mext
A
z a 2a
x
a
L
z 2a
Figure P6.58
.
σA = f(K, L, a, Mext) = ?
0.4
Solution σ = Kε
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal strain in bending is:
2
dv
ε xx = – y 2
(x) (1)
dx
⎧ 0.4
⎪ Kε xx ε xx ≥ 0
σ xx = ⎨ (2)
⎪ – K ( – ε xx ) 0.4 ε xx ≤ 0
⎩
Noting that for positive y we have contraction and for negative y we have extension, the stress distribution can be writ-
ten as shown below.
⎧ 2 0.4
⎪ ⎛ d v⎞ y<0
⎪ K ⎜ – y ⎟
⎪ ⎝ dx ⎠
2
σ xx = ⎨
⎪ ⎛ d 2v ⎞ 0.4 (3)
⎪ –K ⎜ y ⎟ y>0
⎪ ⎝ d x2 ⎠
⎩
upper half ( y > 0 ). The integral can be written as twice the integral in the positive y half as shown below.
a⁄2 a
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( a dy ) + ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 2a dy )
A 0 a⁄2
2
Substituting the stress distribution and noting that d v is only a function of x we obtain:
2
dx
a⁄2 2 0.4 a 2 0.4
⎛ d v⎞ ⎛ d v⎞
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫ y –K ⎜ y 2 ⎟ ( a dy ) + ∫ y –K ⎜ y 2 ⎟ ( 2a dy ) or
⎝ dx ⎠ ⎝ dx ⎠
A 0 a⁄2
2 0.4 a ⁄ 2 2 2 0.4 a⁄2 a

⎛d v ⎞ ⎛d v ⎞ y -
2.4
y
2.4
∫ ∫
1.4 1.4
M z = 2aK ⎜ 2 ⎟ y dy + 2 y dy = 2aK ⎜ 2 ⎟ -------- + 2 --------- or
⎝dx ⎠ ⎝dx ⎠ 2.4 0
2.4 a⁄2
0 a⁄2
2 0.4 2 0.4
⎛d v ⎞ 2.4 2.4
( a ⁄ 2 ) - + 2 ⎛ (------------
a ) - – (-------------------
a ⁄ 2 ) -⎞
2.4
3.4 ⎛d v ⎞
M z = 2aK ⎜ 2 ⎟ ------------------- = 1.509a K⎜ 2⎟ or
⎝dx ⎠ 2.4 ⎝ 2.4 2.4 ⎠ ⎝dx ⎠
2 0.4
⎛d v ⎞ Mz
⎜ 2⎟ = --------------------------
- (4)
⎝dx ⎠ 1.509a K
3.4
⎧⎛ M ⎞ 0.4
⎪ ⎜ ---------------------
z
-⎟ ( – y ) y<0
⎪⎝
⎪ 1.509a ⎠
3.4
σ xx = ⎨
⎪ ⎛ Mz ⎞ (5)
⎪ – ⎜ ----------------------⎟ ( y ) 0.4 y>0
⎪ ⎝ 1.509a 3.4⎠
⎩
The internal moment Mz = Mext across the beam and yA = a. Substituting these values into Eq. (5) we obtain the stress
at point A as:
⎛ M ext ⎞ ⎛ M ext ⎞ ⎛ M ext ⎞
- ( a ) 0.4⎟ = – ⎜ ------------------
σ A = – ⎜ --------------------- -⎟ or σ A = ⎜ ------------------3-⎟ compression
⎝ 1.509a 3.4
⎠ ⎝ 1.509a 3⎠ ⎝ 1.509a ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.59 (a) Write the equations for shear force and bending moments as a function of x for the entire beam. (b) Show
your results satisfy Equations 6.17 and 6.18.
y
5 kN/m
x
3m
Figure P6.59
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam with the distributed load replaced by an equivalent load.
(a) 15 kN (b) 5 kN/m (c) 5x
Bx Mz Mz
A B A
A O O
1.5 m 1.5 m
Ay By x
Ay Vy Ay x/2 x/2 Vy
By equilibrium of moment about point B in Fig.(a) we obtain.

A y ( 3 ) – 15 ( 1.5 ) = 0 or A y = 7.5 kN (1)
We can make an imaginary cut at a distance x and take the left part as a free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy
and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (b). The distributed load is
replaced by equivalent load as shown in Fig. (c).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (c) we obtain: V y + A y – 5x = 0 or
V y = ( 5x – 7.5 ) kN (2)
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig. (c) we obtain: M z – A y ( x ) + ( 5x ) ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0

x
or
2
2
M z = ( 7.5x – 2.5x ) kN-m (3)
Taking the first derivative of Eq. (2) we obtain:
dV y
= 5 = –py (4)
dx
dM z
= 7.5 – ( 2 ) ( 2.5 )x = ( 7.5 – 5x ) = – V y (5)
dx
Eqs. (4) and (5) confirm that shear force and bending moment satisfy equations of equilibrium.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
72 in
x
3 kips / in
Figure P6.60
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
We can make an imaginary cut at a distance x and take the right part to avoid calculating the wall reactions.The internal
shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (a). The distrib-
uted load is replaced by equivalent load as shown in Fig. (b).
(a) Mz (72-x)
(b) Mz (72-x)/2 (72-x)/2
Vy O
Vy O
3(72-x)
3 kips/in
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (a) we obtain: – V y + 3 ( 72 – x ) = 0 or

V y = 3 ( 72 – x ) kips; (1)
M z – 3 ( 72 – x ) ⎛⎝ ---------------⎞⎠ = 0
72 – x
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig. (b) we obtain: or
2
2
M z = 1.5 ( 72 – x ) in-kips (2)
dV y
= 3 ( –1 ) = –3 = –py (3)
dx
dM z
= ( 1.5 ) ( 2 ) ( – 1 ) ( 72 – x ) = – 3 ( 72 – x ) = – V y (4)
dx
Eqs. (3) and (4) confirm that shear force and bending moment expressions satisfy equations of equilibrium.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
5 kN/m
x
3m
Figure P6.61
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) 1--- (b) (c) 1--- (d)
( 5 ) ( 3 ) = 7.5 kN (p )( 3 – x)
2 p
2
Bx=0 Mz Mz
A B B B 5
O O p
Vy Vy A O B
Ay 1.0 m 2.0 m By x (3-x)

(3- x) (3-x)/3 2(3-x)/3
By By 3
By equilibrium of moment about point A in Fig.(a) we obtain.
B y ( 3 ) – ( 7.5 ) ( 1 ) = 0 or B y = 2.5 kN (1)
We can make an imaginary cut at a distance x and take the right part as a free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy
replaced by equivalent load as shown in Fig. (c). The intensity of distributed load at the imaginary cut (point O) can be
found from similar triangle shown in Fig. (d) as:
p 5
---------------- = 5--- or p = --- ( 3 – x ) (2)
(3 – x) 3 3
1
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (c) we obtain: – V y + B y – --- ( p ) ( 3 – x ) = 0 or
2
5 2
V y = 2.5 – --- ( 3 – x ) kN (3)
6
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig. (c) we obtain:
M z – B y ( 3 – x ) + --- ( p ) ( 3 – x ) ⎛ ------------⎞ = 0
1 3–x 1 2
or M z = B y ( 3 – x ) – --- p ( 3 – x ) or
2 ⎝ 3 ⎠ 6
5 3
M z = 2.5 ( 3 – x ) – ------ ( 3 – x ) kN-m (4)
18
dV y
= – ⎛ ---⎞ ( 2 ) ( – 1 ) ( 3 – x ) = --- ( 3 – x ) = – p y
5 5
⎝ 6⎠
(5)
dx 3
dM z 5 2 5 2
= 2.5 ( – 1 ) – ------ ( 3 ) ( – 1 ) ( 3 – x ) = – 2.5 – --- ( 3 – x ) = – V y (6)
dx 18 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
72 in
x
3 kips / in
Figure P6.62
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Ay (b) A (c) A (d)
y x y x
MA Mz MA Mz 72
A B x
Ax=0 A O Vy A O Vy
A O B
MA p
48 in 24 in p 3
1
--- ( 3 ) ( 72 ) = 108 kips 1---
(p)(x)
x/3
2
2
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (a) we obtain
A y = 108 kips (1)
By equilibrium of moment about point A in Fig.(a) we obtain.
M A – ( 108 ) ( 48 ) = 0 or M A = 5184 in – kips (2)
We can make an imaginary cut at a distance x and take the left part as a free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy
replaced by equivalent load as shown in Fig. (c). The intensity of distributed load at the imaginary cut (point O) can be
found from similar triangle shown in Fig. (d) as:
p--- = -----
3- x-
or p = ----- (3)
x 72 24
1
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (c) we obtain: V y – A y + --- ( p ) ( x ) = 0 or
2
1 2
V y = [ 108 – -----
48
- x ] kips; (4)
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig. (c) we obtain: Mz + A y ( x ) – --- ( p ) ( x ) ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ – M A = 0 or

1 x
2 3
1 3
M z = [ 5184 – 108x + --------
144
- x ] in-kips (5)

dV y
= – ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ ( 2 ) ( x ) = – ------ ( x ) = – p y
1 1
(6)
dx 48 24
dM z 1 2 1 2
= – 108 + --------- ( 3 )x = – 108 – ------ x = – V y (7)
dx 144 48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y 5 kN/m
A x B C
Figure P6.63
0.5 m 0.5 m
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From the symmetry in the problem we conclude that the reaction forces at A and C in the y-direction are equal.
A y = C y = 1.25 kN (1)
1---
p
Mz
(b) ( p ) ( x ) x/3 (c)
(a) 2 Mz
3
A p
O A O B
A O Vy
Vy x
Ay 0.5
x
Ay x
We can make an imaginary cut in AB in Figure P6.63. That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by:
0 ≤ x < 0.5 . We take the left part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and internal
bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (a). The distributed load is replaced by
equivalent load as shown in Fig. (b). The intensity of distributed load at the imaginary cut (point O) can be found from
similar triangle shown in Fig. (c) as:
p--- = ------
5- or p = 10x (2)
x 0.5
1
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: V y + A y – --- ( p ) ( x ) = 0 or
2
2
V y = [ 5x – 1.25 ] kN 0 ≤ x < 0.5 (3)
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z + --- ( p ) ( x ) ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ – A y ( x ) = 0 or

1 x
2 3
5 3
M z = 1.25x – --- x kN-m 0 ≤ x < 0.5 (4)
3
dV y
= 10x = – p y (5)
dx
dM z
= 1.25 – ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ ( 3 )x = – V y
5 2
(6)
dx 3
Eqs. (5) and (6) confirm that shear force and bending moment expressions satisfy equations of equilibrium.To obtain the
shear force and bending moment expressions in segment BC we can repeat the above procedure by making an imagi-
nary cut and taking the right part for free body diagram. A simpler process is to recognize the symmetry of the problem
and replace x by (1-x) in Eqs. (3) and (4) to obtain the following.
2
V y = [ 5 ( 1 – x ) – 1.25 ] kN 0.5 < x ≤ 1 (7)
5 3
M z = 1.25 ( 1 – x ) – --- ( 1 – x ) kN-m 0.5 < x ≤ 1 (8)
3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y w
wL2 in-kips
A B C
L in L in
Figure P6.64
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam with the distributed load replaced by an equivalent load.
(a) (b) Mz (c) w(x-L)
Mz
wL2 wL wL2
Mc wL2 A O1 O2
A B C A B
Ax= 0 Vy
Vy
Ay (x-L)/2 (x-L)/2
Ay L L/2 L/2 x Ay L
x
By equilibrium of forces in Fig.(a) we obtain.
A y = wL kips (1)
0 ≤ x < L . We take the left part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and internal
bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (b).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: V y = – A y or
V y = – wL kips 0 ≤ x < L; (2)
2
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z – A y ( x ) + wL = 0 or
2
M z = ( wLx – wL ) in-kips 0 ≤ x < L; (3)
Taking the first derivative of Eq. (2) we obtain.
dV y
= 0 (4)
dx
dM z
= wL = – V y (5)
dx
Eqs. (4) and (5) confirm that shear force and bending moment expressions satisfy equilibrium equations.
We can make an imaginary cut in BC in Figure P6.64. That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by:
L ≤ x < 2L . We can take the left part of the cut and after replacing the distributed force, draw the free body diagram. The
internal shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (c).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (c) we obtain: V y + A y – w ( x – L ) = 0 or
V y = [ w ( x – L ) – wL ] kips L < x ≤ 2L; (6)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain: M z + ( w ) ( x – L ) ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠ – A y ( x ) + wL = 0 or

x–L 2
2
2 2
M z = [ wLx – w
---- ( x – L ) – wL ] in-kips
2
L < x ≤ 2L (7)

dV y
= w = –py (8)
dx
dM z w
= wL – ---- ( 2 ) ( x – L ) = – V y (9)
dx 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
w kips / in
y
L in L in
Figure P6.65
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig.(a) we obtain.
A y ( 2L ) – wL ⎛ ---⎞ = 0
L wL
⎝ 2⎠
or A y = -------- kips (1)
4
Mz w(x-L)
(a) wL (b) (c) Mz
A O1 A B O2
A B C
Ax= 0 Vy Vy
Ay (x-L)/2 (x-L)/2
Ay L L/2 L/2 Cy x Ay L
x
V y = – ⎛⎝ --------⎞⎠ kips
wL
0≤x<L (2)
4
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z – A y ( x ) = 0 or
M z = ⎛ -------- x⎞ in.-kips
wL
0≤x<L (3)
⎝ 4 ⎠

dV y
= 0 (4)
dx
dM z
= wL
-------- = – V y (5)
dx 4
V y = w ( x – L ) – wL
-------- kips L < x ≤ 2L (6)
4
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain: M z + ( w ) ( x – L ) ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠ – A y ( x ) = 0 or

x–L
2
wL w 2
M z = -------- x – ---- ( x – L ) in.-kips L < x ≤ 2L (7)
4 2
dV y
= w = –py (8)
dx
dM z w
= wL
-------- – ---- ( 2 ) ( x – L ) = – V y (9)
dx 4 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y w kips / in
A x B C
L in L in
Figure P6.66
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) (b) Mz (c) w(x-L)
wL Mz
MA MA
MA A O1 O2
A B C A B
Ax= 0 Vy
Vy
Ay (x-L)/2 (x-L)/2
Ay L L/2 L/2 x Ay L
x
By equilibrium of forces in Fig.(a) we obtain.
A y = wL kips (1)
By equilibrium of moment about point A in Fig. (a) we obtain: MA – wL ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ = 0 or

3L
2
3 2
M A = --- wL (2)
2
V y = – wL kips 0≤x<L (3)
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z – A y ( x ) + MA = 0 or
M z = ⎛⎝ wLx – --- wL ⎞⎠ in.- kips

3 2
0≤x<L (4)
2
dV y
= 0 (5)
dx
dM z
= wL = – V y (6)
dx
Eqs. (5) and (6) confirm that shear force and bending moment expressions of Eqs. (3) and (4) satisfy equations of equi-
librium.
V y = [ w ( x – L ) – wL ] kips L < x ≤ 2L (7)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain:
M z + ( w ) ( x – L ) ⎛ ------------⎞ – A y ( x ) + M A = 0 or
x–L
⎝ 2 ⎠
w 2 3 2
M z = wLx – ---- ( x – L ) – --- wL in.- kips L < x ≤ 2L (8)
2 2
dV y
= w = –py (9)
dx
dM z w
= wL – ---- ( 2 ) ( x – L ) = – V y (10)
dx 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.67 For the beam shown (a) Write the shear force and moment equation as a function of x in segment AB and seg-
ment BC. (b) Show that your results satisfy Equations 6.17 and 6.18. (c) What are the shear force and bending moment
value just before and just after point B.
y
12 kN
12 kN / m
x 10 kN-mC 16 kN-m E
A B D
12 kN / m
3m 2m 4m 3m
Figure P6.67
Solution Vy(x) = ? Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam with the distributed loads replaced by an equivalent loads.
Ey 36 kN
(a) 36 kN 12 kN
(b) 12x
(c)
Mz
Mz
10 kN-m
10 kN-m 16 kN-m A O1 A B O2
A B C D E
Vy
Vy
x/2 x/2 1.5 m 1.5 m B (x-3)
1.5 m 1.5 m B 2 m 2m 2m 3m y
y
48kN x
By equilibrium of moment about point E in Fig. (a) we obtain:
B y ( 9 ) – ( 36 ) ( 10.5 ) + 10 + ( 48 ) ( 5 ) – ( 12 ) ( 3 ) – 16 = 0 or
B y = 20 kN (1)
By equilibrium of forces in Fig.(a) we obtain. B y – E y – 36 + 48 – 12 = 0 or
E y = 20 kN (2)
0 ≤ x < 3m . We take the left part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and internal
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain:
V y = 12x kN 0 ≤ x < 3m (3)
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z + ( 12x ) ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = 0

x
or
2
2
M z = – 6x kN-m 0 ≤ x < 3m (4)
dV y
= 12 = – p y (5)
dx
dM z
= – 12x = – V y (6)
dx
3m < x < 5m . We can take the left part of the cut and after replacing the distributed force, draw the free body diagram.
The internal shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (c).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (c) we obtain: V y + B y – 36 = 0 or
V y = 16 kN 3m < x < 5m (7)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain: Mz + ( 36 ) ( x – 1.5 ) – B y ( x – 3 ) – 10 = 0 or
M z = ( 4 – 16x ) kN-m 3m < x < 5m (8)
dV y
= 0 (9)
dx
dM z
= – 16 = – V y (10)
dx
Point B is at x = 3m. Substituting x = 3 in Eqs. (3) and (4) we obtain the value of Vy and Mz just before point B as:
Vy(3-) = 36 kN and Mz(3-) = - 54 kN-m
where the superscript - refers to just before x=3. Substituting x=3 in Eqs, (7) and (8) we obtain the value of Vy and Mz
just after point B as:
Vy(3+) = 16 kN and Mz(3+) = - 44 kN-m
where the superscript + refers to just after x=3. The differences in values for shear force and bending moment just
before and after B are equal to the value of concentrated force By and the applied moment of 10 kN-m at B.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.68 For the beam shown (a) write the shear force and moment equation as a function of x in segment CD and seg-
ment DE. (b) Show that your results satisfy Equations 6.17 and 6.18. (c) What are the shear force and bending moment
value just before and just after point D.
y
12 kN
12 kN / m
x 10 kN-mC 16 kN-m E
A B D
12 kN / m
3m 2m 4m 3m
Figure P6.68
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eqs. (1) and (2) in 6.67 we have the support reactions as:
B y = 20 kN (1)
E y = 20 kN (2)
We can make an imaginary cut in CD in Figure P6.68. That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by:
5m < x < 9m . We take the right part of the cut and after replacing the distributed force, draw the free body diagram. The
internal shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (a).
12 kN Ey Ey
(a) Mz (b)
Mz
Vy O1 16 kN-m
D E Vy O2 E
(9-x)/2 (9-x)/2 3m
(12-x)
12(9-x)
(12-x)
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (a) we obtain: – V y – E y – 12 + 12 ( 9 – x ) = 0 or
V y = ( 76 – 12x ) kN 5 m < x < 9 m; (3)
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (a) we obtain:
(9 – x)
M z – 12 ( 9 – x ) ---------------- + 12 ( 9 – x ) + E y ( 12 – x ) – 16 = 0 or
2
2
M z = ( 6x – 76x + 154 ) kN-m 5m < x < 9m (4)
dV y
= – 12 = – p y (5)
dx
dM z
= ( 12x – 76 ) = – V y (6)
dx
We can make an imaginary cut in DE in Figure P6.68. That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by:
9m < x < 12m . We can take the right part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and
internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (b).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: V y = – E y or
V y = – 20 kN 9m < x < 12m (7)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z + E y ( 12 – x ) = 0 or

M z = ( 20x – 240 ) kN-m 9m < x < 12m (8)
dV y
= 0 (9)
dx
dM z
= 20 = – V y (10)
dx
Point D is at x = 9m. Substituting x = 9 in Eqs. (3) and (4) we obtain the value of Vy and Mz just before point D as:
Vy(9-) = -32 kN and Mz(9-) = - 44 kN-m
just after point D as:
Vy(9+) = -20 kN and Mz(9+) = - 60 kN-m
before and after D are equal to the value of concentrated force of 12 kN and the applied moment of 16 kN-m at D.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.69 For the beam shown (a) write the shear force and moment equation as a function of x in segment AB and seg-
ment BC. (b) Show that your results satisfy Equations 6.17 and 6.18. (c) What are the shear force and bending moment
value just before and just after point B.
10 kN 6 kN/m
x 10 kN-m
A B C D E
6 kN/m 6 kN
3m 2m 4m 3m
Figure P6.69
Solution Vy(x) = ?Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
0 ≤ x < 3m . We take the left part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and internal
bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (a).
(a) 10 kN
Mz (b)
Mz
A O1
10 kN-m
Vy A B O2
Vy
x/2 6x x/2
1.5 m 1.5 m (x-3)
18 kN
x
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (a) we obtain:

V y = – 6x kN 0 ≤ x < 3m (1)
x
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (a) we obtain: M z – ( 6x ) --- = 0 or
2
2
M z = 3x kN-m 0 ≤ x < 3m (2)
dV y
= –6 = –py (3)
dx
dM z
= 6x = – V y (4)
dx
3m < x < 5m . We can take the left part of the cut and after replacing the distributed force, draw the free body diagram.
The internal shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig.
(b).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: V y + 18 – 10 = 0 or
V y = – 8 kN 3m < x < 5m (5)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain: Mz – ( 18 ) ( x – 1.5 ) + 10 ( x – 3 ) + 10 = 0 or
M z = ( 8x – 7 ) kN-m 3m < x < 5m (6)
dV y
= 0 (7)
dx
dM z
= 8 = –Vy (8)
dx
Point B is at x = 3m. Substituting x = 3 in Eqs. (1) and (2) we obtain the value of Vy and Mz just before point B as:
Vy(3-) = - 18 kN and Mz(3-) = 27 kN-m

just after point B as:
Vy(3+) = - 8 kN and Mz(3+) = 17 kN-m
before and after B are equal to the value of concentrated force of 10 kN and the applied moment of 10 kN-m at B.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.70 For the beam shown (a) write the shear force and moment equation as a function of x in segment CD and seg-
ment DE. (b) Show that your results satisfy Equations 6.17 and 6.18. (c) What are the shear force and bending moment
value just before and just after point D.
10 kN 6 kN/m
x 10 kN-m
A B C D E
6 kN/m 6 kN
3m 2m 4m 3m
Figure P6.70
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam with the distributed loads replaced by an equivalent loads.
(a) (b) 6 (9-x)
10 kN
(c)
24 kN Mz ME
Mz ME
ME
10 kN-m Vy O1 E Vy O2 E
D
A B C D E
(9-x)/2 (9-x)/2 3m Ey (12-x)

1.5 m1.5 m 2 m 2m 2m Ey Ey
3m 6 kN
18 kN 6 kN
(12-x)
By equilibrium of forces in Fig.(a) we obtain. E y + 18 – 10 – 24 + 6 = 0 or

E y = 10 kN (1)
By equilibrium of moment about point E in Fig. (a) we obtain:
M E + ( 18 ) ( 10.5 ) – ( 10 ) ( 9 ) – 10 – ( 24 ) ( 5 ) + ( 6 ) ( 3 ) = 0 or
M E = 13 kN – m (2)
We can make an imaginary cut in CD in Figure P6.70. That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by:
5m < x < 9m . We take the right part of the cut and after replacing the distributed force, draw the free body diagram. The
internal shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (b).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (a) we obtain: – V y + E y – 6 ( 9 – x ) + 6 = 0 or
V y = ( 6x – 38 ) kN 5m < x < 9m (3)
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (b) we obtain:
(9 – x)
M z + 6 ( 9 – x ) ---------------- – 6 ( 9 – x ) – E y ( 12 – x ) + M E = 0 or
2
2
M z = ( – 3 x + 38x – 82 ) kN-m 5m < x < 9m (4)
dV y
= 6 = –py (5)
dx
dM z
= ( – 6 x + 38 ) = – V y (6)
dx
We can make an imaginary cut in DE in Figure P6.70. That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by:
9m < x < 12m . We can take the right part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and
internal bending moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (b).
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (b) we obtain: V y = E y or
V y = 10 kN 9m < x < 12m (7)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (b) we obtain: M z + M E – E y ( 12 – x ) = 0 or
M z = ( 107 – 10x ) kN-m 9m < x < 12m (8)
dV y
= 0 (9)
dx
dM z
= 10 = – V y (10)
dx
Point D is at x = 9m. Substituting x = 9 in Eqs. (3) and (4) we obtain the value of Vy and Mz just before point D as:
Vy(9-) = 16 kN and Mz(9-) = 17 kN-m

just after point D as:
Vy(9+) = 10 kN and Mz(9+) = 17 kN-m
where the superscript + refers to just after x=9. The difference in values for shear force just before and after D are equal
to the value of concentrated force of 6 kN. As no moment is applied at D, the internal moment are continuous.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.71 During skiing, the weight of a person is often all on one ski. The ground reaction p(x), when the weight is on
one ski, is modeled as shown. (a) Find shear force and bending moment as a function of x across the ski. (b) The ski is
50 mm wide and the thickness of the ski varies as shown. Determine the maximum bending normal stress in the ski. Use
of spread sheet recommended.
792 N
x
1.5 m 0.9 m P
Thickness
A B 25 mm 7 mm C
7 mm
Figure P6.71
Solution Vy(x) = ?
Mz(x) = ? σmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
A schematic of the beam representing the ski and loading are shown in Fig. (a). The taper in the ski is not shown as it
does not affect the bending moment distribution. Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram with distributed force replaced
by an equivalent force. By moment equilibrium about point C in Fig. (b) we obtain:
1--- 1
( p ) ( 1.5 ) ( 1.4 ) + --- ( p ) ( 0.9 ) 0.6 – ( 792 ) ( 0.9 ) = 0 or p = 540 N ⁄ m (1)
2 2
(a) 792 N (b) 792 N
A B C A B C
x x
p
1.5 m 0.9 m P P
1.0 m 0.6 m
1--- 0.5 m 0.3 m
( p ) ( 1.5 ) 1 --- ( p ) ( 0.9 )
2 2
By force equilibrium in Fig. (b) we obtain:
1 1
P – 792 + --- ( p ) ( 1.5 ) + --- ( p ) ( 0.9 ) = 0 or P = 144 N (2)
2 2
(c) Mz
(d) Mz
A (e) 1.5
x O1 A
x O1
p1 Vy p1 Vy
x
A O1 B
x x/3 p1 p =540
2x/3
1---
(p )(x)
2 1
We can make an imaginary cut in AB in Fig. (a). That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by: 0 ≤ x < 1.5 . We
take the left part of the cut and draw the free body diagram.The internal shear force Vy and internal bending moment Mz
are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (c). The distributed load is replaced by equivalent load as shown
in Fig. (d). The intensity of distributed load at the imaginary cut (point O1) can be found from similar triangle shown in
Fig. (e) as:
p1
----- = 540
--------- or p 1 = 360x N ⁄ m (3)
x 1.5
1
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (d) we obtain: V y + --- ( p 1 ) ( x ) = 0 or
2
2
V y = – 180x N 0 ≤ x < 1.5 (4)
1
By equilibrium of moment about point O1 in Fig. (d) we obtain: M z – --- ( p 1 ) ( x ) ⎛ x---⎞ = 0 or
2 ⎝ 3⎠
3
M z = 60x N-m 0 ≤ x < 1.5 (5)
We can make an imaginary cut in BC in Fig. (a). That is the location of the imaginary cut is defined by: 1.5 < x < 2.4 .
We take the left part of the cut and draw the free body diagram. The internal shear force Vy and internal bending
moment Mz are drawn as per our sign convention and shown in Fig. (f). The distributed load is replaced by equivalent
load as shown in Fig. (g). The intensity of distributed load at the imaginary cut (point O2) can be found from similar tri-
angle shown in Fig. (h) as:
p2
- = 540
-------------------- --------- or p 2 = 600 ( 2.4 – x ) (6)
( 2.4 – x ) 0.9
(f) Mz (2.4- x) (g) Mz (h) 0.9
O2 C (2.4-x)
Vy Vy
O2 C B O2 C
p2
p2 (2.4- x)/3 2(2.4- x)/3 p=540
1---
( p ) ( 2.4 – x )P
P 2 2
1
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction in Fig. (f) we obtain: – V y + --- ( p 2 ) ( 2.4 – x ) + P = 0 or
2
2
V y = [ 300 ( 2.4 – x ) – 144 ] N 1.5 < x < 2.4 (7)
M z – --- ( p 2 ) ( 2.4 – x ) ⎛ ----------------⎞ – 144 ( 2.4 – x ) = 0

1 2.4 – x
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (g) we obtain: ⎝ 3 ⎠
2
or
3
M z = [ 100 ( 2.4 – x ) + 144 ( 2.4 – x ) ] N-m 1.5 < x < 2.4 (8)
The thickness t(x) of the ski is a two part linear function. Equation of straight line for each part can be found and written
as shown below.
⎧ 0.007 + 0.012x 0 ≤ x < 1.5

t(x) = ⎨
⎩ 0.055 – 0.020x 1.5 < x < 2.4
(9)
1 3
The area moment of inertia for rectangular cross-section of width b = 0.05 m and thickness t(x) I zz = ------ b [ t ( x ) ] . The
12
maximum bending normal stress will exist at top and bottom surface, i.e., ymax = t(x)/2. Thus, the section modulus is
I zz 1 2 0.05 2
S ( x ) = ----------- = --- b [ t ( x ) ] = ---------- [ t ( x ) ] (10)
y max 6 6
The maximum bending normal stress at any section is: σ = M z ⁄ S ( x ) . Substituting Eqs. 5, 8,9, and 10 we obtain the
following expression for the maximum bending normal stress at any x as:
3 3
60x x 2
σ = ------------------------------------------------------
- = 7200 -------------------------------------------2- N ⁄ m 0 ≤ x < 1.5 (11)
0.05 2 [ 0.007 + 0.012x ]
---------- [ 0.007 + 0.012x ]
6
3 3
100 ( 2.4 – x ) + 144 ( 2.4 – x )- = 12000 ( 2.4 – x ) + 17280 ( 2.4 – x -) 2
σ = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
N⁄m 1.5 < x < 2.4 (12)
0.05 2 [ ]
---------- [ 0.055 – 0.020x ] 0.055 – 0.020x
6
Eqs. 11 and 12 are evaluated for various values of x on a spread sheet and the results shown in the table below.
x (m) σ (N/m2) x (m) σ (N/m2) x (m) σ (N/m2) x (m) σ (N/m2)
0 0.000E+00 0.6 7.713E+06 1.2 2.717E+07 1.8 8.975E+06
0.1 1.071E+05 0.7 1.041E+07 1.3 3.097E+07 1.9 6.488E+06
0.2 6.519E+05 0.8 1.338E+07 1.4 3.488E+07 2 4.267E+06
0.3 1.730E+06 0.9 1.657E+07 1.5 3.888E+07 2.1 2.396E+06
0.4 3.309E+06 1 1.994E+07 1.6 1.452E+07 2.2 9.917E+05
0.5 5.325E+06 1.1 2.349E+07 1.7 1.167E+07 2.3 1.852E+05
2.4 0.000
The maximum bending normal stress is: σ max = 38.9 MPa (T) or (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.72 Draw the shear and moment diagram for the beam and loading shown. Determine the maximum values of
shear force Vy and bending moment Mz..
y P P
A x B
L L L
Figure P6.72
Solution Plot of Vy and Mz (Vy)max = ? (Mz)max = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By symmetry the reactions at the support are equal. The beam with the reactions and imaginary extensions LA and BR
are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig. (c).
(a) y P P
L A x B R
A 1 = A 2 = PL
L L L
(b) Ay=P By=P
V= -Vy P P
A1 x
A2
PL PL P P
(c) Mz
x
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = ± P
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = PL

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
M M
x
L L L
Figure P6.73
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the beam is shown in Fig. (a). By equilibrium of moment about point B we obtain:
3A y L = 2M or A y = 2M ⁄ 3L (1)
By force equilibrium in the y direction we obtain:
B y = A y = 2M ⁄ 3L (2)
The beam with the reactions and imaginary extensions LA and BR are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is
drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig. (c).
(a) M M
L A x B R M1 Mext M2
Ay L L L By ε ε
(b)
2M/3L 2M/3L 2M/3L M 2 = M 1 – M ext Template Equations
V= -Vy 2M/3L
A1 A2 A3 x
(c)
2M/3
M/3
Mz
M/3 x A 1 = A 2 = A 3 = 2M ⁄ 3
2M/3
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = – 2 M ⁄ 3L
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = 2M ⁄ 3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.74 For the beam shown in Figure P6.59, draw the shear force bending moment diagram. Determine the maximum
values of shear force Vy and bending moment Mz..
------------------------------------------------------------
The reactions at the support were calculated in problem Figure P6.59. The beam with the reactions and imaginary exten-
sions LA and BR are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is
drawn in Fig. (c).
y
5 kN/m
L A x B R
3m 1
Ay=7.5kN By=7.5kN A 1 = A 2 = --- ( 7.5 ) ( 1.5 ) = 5.625
2
V= -Vy 7.5
kN A1
A2
5.625 7.5
Mz
kN-m
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = ± 7.5 kN;
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = 5.625 kN-m

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.75 For the beam shown in Figure P6.60, draw the shear force bending moment diagram. Determine the maximum
values of shear force Vy and bending moment Mz..
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows free body diagram of the beam with distributed force replaced by an equivalent force. By equilibrium of
forces in the y-direction we obtain: A y = 216 kips . By equilibrium of moment about point A, we obtain:
M A = ( 216 ) ( 36 ) = 7776 in – k ips

Ay
(a) Ay = 216 kips
(b) 72 in
MA
A B MA = 7776 in-kips
Ax= 0
36 36 L A x B R
216 kips 3 kips / in

(e) V1 Fext V2 x
(c) V= -Vy
M1 Mext M2 kips A1
1 216
ε ε A 1 = --- ( 216 ) ( 772 ) = 776
2 7776
V 2 = V 1 + F ext (d) Mz
Template Equations in-kips x

M = M –M
2 1 ext
The beam with the reactions and imaginary extensions LA and BR are drawn in Fig. (a). Using the template shown in
Fig. (e), the shear force diagram is drawn in Fig. (c) and bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig. (d).
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = 216 kips
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = 7776 in-kips

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.76 A man whose mass is 80 kg is sitting in the middle of a flat bottom boat as shown in Figure 6.76. The weight
of the boat per unit length between A and B is 130 N/m. To a first approximation assume the resisting water pressure
acts between A and B and is uniform. Draw the shear force and bending moment diagram between A and B.
A B
4.5 m
Figure P6.76
y
w
x
L L L
Figure P6.77
------------------------------------------------------------
moment about point B, we obtain: A y ( 3L ) – ( wL )3 ( L ⁄ 2 ) = 0 or Ay = wL ⁄ 2 . By equilibrium of forces in the
y-direction we obtain: A y + B y – wL = 0 or B y = wL ⁄ 2 .
wL
(a) A B
Bx = 0
L L/2 L/2 L
Ay By
The beam with the reactions and imaginary extensions LA and BR are drawn in Fig. (b). The shear force diagram is
drawn in Fig. (c) and bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig. (c).
y
w
(b) L A x 2
B R
A 1 = A 4 = wL
----------
2
Ay
L L L By 2
A 2 = A 3 = --- ⎛ --------⎞ ⎛ ---⎞ = ----------
1 wL L wL
wL/2 wL/2 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ 8
V= -Vy L/2
A1
(c) A2 x
A3 A4
L/2
wL/2 wL/2
5wL2/8
(d) wL2/2 wL2/2
Mz x
wL
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = ± --------
2
5 2
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = --- wL
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
y
w w
x
L L L
Figure P6.78
------------------------------------------------------------
moment about point B, we obtain: A y ( 3L ) – ( wL ) ( 5L ⁄ 2 ) – ( wL ) ( L ⁄ 2 ) = 0 or A y = wL . By equilibrium of
forces in the y-direction we obtain: A y + B y – 2wL = 0 or B y = wL .
The beam with the reactions and imaginary extensions LA and BR are drawn in Fig. (a). The shear force diagram is
drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig. (c).
y
(a) wL (b)
wL
w w
L A x B R
A B
Bx= 0 Ay 1 2
Ay
(c) L L L By A 1 = A 2 = --- wL
By wL 2
L/2 L/2 L L/2 L/2
V= -Vy A1 x
AA22
(d) wL
wL2/2 wL2/2
Mz x
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = ± wL

1 2
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = --- wL
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.79 Draw the shear and moment diagram for the beam shown in Figure P6.67. Determine the maximum values of
------------------------------------------------------------
sions LA and ER are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is
drawn in Fig. (c). The template and equations are shown in Fig. (d).
Ey = 20 kN
(a) y (d) M2
12 kN M1 Mext
12 kN / m
x ε ε
L A B 10 kN-mC D16 kN-m E R
12 kN / m M = M –M Template Equations
2 1 ext
3m 2m 4m 3m
By = 20 kN 32
(b)
h 20 20 h 4–h
A4 x ------ = ------------ or h = 1.333m
V= -V A5 16 32
kNy 1
A1 A2 A3
(4-h) A 1 = --- ( 36 ) ( 3 ) = 54
2
16 16 A 2 = ( 16 ) ( 2 ) = 32
(c) 36 x 1
A 3 = --- ( 16 ) ( h ) = 10.67
2
1
Mz 44 44 A 4 = --- ( 32 ) ( 4 – h ) = 42.67
kN-m 54 2
60 A 5 = ( 20 ) ( 3 ) = 60
76
86.67
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = 36 kN;
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = – 86.67 kN-m

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.80 Draw the shear and moment diagram for the beam shown in Figure P6.70 determine the values of maximum
shear force and bending moment.
------------------------------------------------------------
sions LA and ER are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is
drawn in Fig. (c). The template and equations are shown in Fig. (d).
(a) (d)
10 kN 6 kN/m ME= 13 kN-m M1 M2
Mext
x 10 kN-m E
L A B C D R ε ε
6 kN/m 6 kN
M = M –M Template Equations
3m 2m 4m 3m Ey = 10 kN 2 1 ext
(b) 18
8 8 h 4–h
--- = ------------ or h = 1.333m
V= -Vy 8 16
A1 A2 A3 (4-h) x
kN 1
A5 A 1 = --- ( 18 ) ( 3 ) = 27
A4 2
h 10 10 A 2 = ( 8 ) ( 2 ) = 16
(c) 38.33 16 1
33 A 3 = --- ( 8 ) ( h ) = 5.333
2
1
Mz 27 A 4 = --- ( 16 ) ( 4 – h ) = 21.333
17 17 2
kN-m
x A 5 = ( 10 ) ( 3 ) = 30
13
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = – 18 kN

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.81 Draw the shear and moment diagram and determine the values of maximum shear force and bending moment.
16 kN-m 3 kN/m.
x 8 kN-m
3m.
2 kN/m
4 kN 4m. 4m.
Figure P6.81
------------------------------------------------------------
The beam with imaginary extensions LA and ER are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is drawn in Fig. (b) and
bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig.(c). The template and equations are shown in Fig.(d).
(a) 3 kN/m. (d)
16 kN-m M2
M1 Mext
x 8 kN-m ε ε
L A B R
2 kN/m M = M –M Template Equations

2 1 ext
3m. 4m. 4m.
(b) 4 kN
4 (4-h)
A1 x
V= -Vy h 4–h
--- = ------------ or h = 1.333m
kN A2 A3 4 8
h 1
A 1 = --- ( 4 ) ( h ) = 2.667
(c) 2
18.67 8
16 16 16 1
Mz A 2 = --- ( 8 ) ( 4 – h ) = 10.667
2
kN-m 8 1
x A 3 = --- ( 8 ) ( 4 ) = 16
2
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = 8 kN

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 kips 2 ft 3 ft 4 ft
2 kips
5 ft-kips 2 ft-kips
2 kips/ft
Figure P6.82
------------------------------------------------------------
The beam with the reactions and imaginary extensions LA and ER are drawn in Fig. (a), the shear force diagram is
drawn in Fig. (b) and bending moment diagram is drawn in Fig. (c). The template and equations are shown in Fig. (d).
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = 4 kips
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = – 12 in.-kips

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 kN
3 kN/m.
x 4.5 kN-m
3m. 4 kN/m
4m. 4m.
(a) 4 kips 2 ft 3 ft 4 ft 2 kips (d)

M1 Mext M2
5 ft-kips 2 ft-kips
L A B R ε ε
2 kips/ft M 2 = M 1 – M ext Template Equations

V= -Vy
(b)kips h 2 2
x
A3 A4
A2 h 3–h
A1 (3-h) --- = ------------ or h = 2ft
4 4 4 2
2 A1 = ( 4 ) ( 2 ) = 8
(c) x
Mz 1
A 2 = --- ( 4 ) ( h ) = 4
in-kips 2
6 1
A 3 = --- ( 2 ) ( 3 – h ) = 1
8 2
11
12 A4 = ( 2 ) ( 4 ) = 8
Figure P6.83
------------------------------------------------------------
3 kN RB
(a) 3 kN/m. MB M1 Mext M2
L A
4.5 kN-m
B R (d) ε ε
4 kN/m
3m. 4m. M = M –M Template Equations
4m. 2 1 ext
(b)V= -V 7
y h 4 4
kN A3 A4 x
A1 A2 h 4–h
(4-h) --- = ------------ or h = 2.25m
9 7
1
(c) 9 3 x A 1 = --- ( 9 ) ( 3 ) = 13.5
2
Mz
kN-m 1
A 2 = --- ( 9 ) ( h ) = 10.125
13.5 2
13.0 13 1
A 3 = --- ( 7 ) ( 4 – h ) = 6.125
17.5 2
A 4 = ( 4 ) ( 4 ) = 16
23.625
To check the results we draw the free body diagram of the entire beam with distributed forces replaced by equivalent
forces as shown in Fig. (e).
By equilibrium of forces in the y direction we obtain: – R B – 9 + 16 – 3 = 0 or R B = 4kN .
(e) 1.5 9kN 3 kN RB
A 4.5 kN-m B
MB
3m. 2m 2m 4m
16kN
By moment equilibrium about point B we obtain: M B + ( 9 ) ( 9.5 ) – ( 16 ) ( 6 ) + ( 3 ) ( 4 ) – 4.5 = 0 or M B = 3kN – m . These
values of RB and MB ensure that shear force and bending moment in the imaginary extension BR are zero.
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = – 23.625 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 kN
40 kN 40 kN/m
20 kN/m
75 kN-m
45 kN-m
1m 1m 2m 2m 1m
100 kN 150 kN
Figure P6.84
------------------------------------------------------------
90 kN
40 kN 40 kN/m
20 kN/m (d) M1 Mext M2
75 kN-m
(a) ε ε
L A 45 kN-m B R
1m 1m 2m 2m 1m M 2 = M 1 – M ext Template Equations
100 kN 150 kN
(b)
100
60 60 (2-h) h 2–h
V= -Vy A1 ------ = ------------ or h = 1.5m
kN A2 A3 x 60 20
h A4 A5 A 1 = ( 100 ) ( 1 ) = 100
20
60 A6
A 2 = ( 60 ) ( 1 ) = 60
205 150 150
(c) 160
200 1
A 3 = --- ( 60 ) ( h ) = 45
Mz 155
kN-m 2
100 1
75 A 4 = --- ( 20 ) ( 2 – h ) = 5
x 2
1
A 5 = --- ( 60 + 20 ) ( 2 ) = 80
2
75
A 6 = ( 150 ) ( 1 ) = 150

The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = 205 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.85 Draw the shear and moment diagram for the beam and loading shown in Figure 6.85 and determine the maxi-
mum value of the shear force and bending moment.
4 kips
2 kips/ft
A B C D E
4 kips
1 ft 1 ft 1 ft 1 ft 1 ft 1 ft
Figure P6.85
4 kips 2 kips 2 kips/ft
5 ft-kips 2 ft-kips
2 kips/ft
3 ft 6 ft 3 ft
Figure P6.86
------------------------------------------------------------
4 kips 2 kips 2 kips/ft
M1 Mext M2
5 ft-kips 2 ft-kips
L A B R ε ε
(a)
2 kips/ft M = M –M Template Equations
2 1 ext
3 ft 6 ft 3 ft
(b) 6
V= -Vy
kips 3 ft A3 A4 x A 1 = ( 4 ) ( 3 ) = 12
1
A1 A2 A 2 = --- ( 6 ) ( 3 ) = 9
3 ft 2
(c) 4 4
6 1
Mz x A 3 = --- ( 6 ) ( 3 ) = 9
2
ft-kips 1
A 4 = --- ( 6 ) ( 3 ) = 9
7 7 9 2
12 16
The maximum value of shear force is: ( V y ) max = ± 6 kips;
The maximum value of bending moment is: ( M z ) max = – 16 in-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.87 A diver weighing 200 lb stands at the edge of the diving board as shown in Figure 6.87. The diving board cross
section is 16 in.x 1 in. Determine the maximum bending normal stress in the diving board.
y y
A x
B C 1in
56 in. 64 in. z
16in
Figure P6.87
Solution σmax=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertia is:
1 3 4
I zz = ------ ( 16 ) ( 1 ) = 1.333 in (1)
12
The maximum moment will be at B. Its magnitude is:
M max = ( 200 ) ( 64 ) = 12800 in – lb (2)
The maximum bending stress is:
- = (-------------------------------
M max y max 12800 ) ( 0.5 )- = 4800 psi
σ max = ------------------------- (3)
I zz 1.333
By inspection tension will be on top and compression will be at bottom.

σ max = 4800 psi (T) or (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.88 A diver weighing 200 lb stands at the edge of the diving board as shown in Figure 6.88. The diving board cross
section is 16 in.x 1 in. and has a weight of 60 lb. Model the weight of the diving board as a uniform distributed load of
0.5 lb/in. along the length. Determine the maximum bending normal stress in the diving board.
y y
A x
B C 1in
56 in. 64 in. z
16in
Figure P6.88
6.89 The diving board shown in Figure 6.89 has a cross section of 18 in.x 1 in. The allowable bending normal stress
10 ksi. What is the maximum force to the nearest pound that the board can sustain when the diver jumps on it before a
dive. Neglect the weight of the diving board.
y y
A x
B C 1in
56 in. 64 in. z
18 in
Figure P6.89
6.90 A father and his son are playing on a seesaw as shown in Figure 6.90. The wooden plank of the see saw is
12ft x 10 in.x 1.5 in. and is hinged in the middle. The weights of the father and son are 225 lb and 80 lb, respectively.
The mass of the father mF and mass of the son ms times the accelration a are the inertial forces acting on them at the
time the plank is horizontal. Neglecting the weight of the plank, determine the maximum bending normal stress.
m Fa msa
Son
Father
Figure P6.90
6.91 A mother and her daughter are on either side of the seesaw with the teenager son standing in the middle as
shown in Figure 6.91. The wooden plank of the seesaw is 3.5 m x 250 mm x 40 mm and is hinged in the middle. The
mass of the mother, son, and daughter are mm= 70 kg, ms= 80 kg, and md= 40 kg, respectively. At the time the plank is
horizontal, inertial forces of mass times the acceleration a acts on the mother and daughter. Neglecting the weight of the
plank, determine the maximum bending normal stress.
mma mda
Son
Mother Daughter
Figure P6.91
6.92 The beam, loading and the cross-section are as shown Figure P6.92. Determine the intensity w of the distrib-
uted load, if the maximum bending normal stress is limited to 10 ksi (C) and 6 ksi (T). The second area moment of iner-
tia is Izz = 47.73in4.
1 in
w kips / in y
z 6 in
2.6 in
1 in
50 in 50 in
4 in
Figure P6.92
Solution σ C ≤ 10 ksi ( C ) σ T ≤ 6 ksi ( T ) wmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. By equilibrium of moment about point B in Fig.(a) we obtain.
A y ( 100 ) – ( 50w ) ( 75 ) = 0 or A y = 37.5w kips (1)
By equilibrium of forces in the y direction we obtain:
A y + B y – ( 50w ) = 0 or B y = 12.5w kips (2)
The shear force and bending moment diagrams are shown in Fig. (b)
w kips / in
(a) (b)
50w
h - = --------------
50 – h- or h = 37.5in
--------------
A B 37.5w 12.5w
Bx= 0 50 in 50 in 1
37.5w A 1 = --- ( 37.5w ) ( h ) = 703.125w
Ay 25 25 50 By 2
V= -Vy
(50-h)
kips A1 x 1
A2 A3 A 2 = --- ( 12.5w ) ( 50 – h ) = 78.125w
2
Mz h 12.5w 12.5w
in-kips 703.125w A 3 = ( 12.5w ) ( 50 ) = 625
625w
x
The maximum bending moment is M max = 703.125w

– M max y D ( 703.125w ) ( 4.4 )- = – 64.82w or
The maximum bending normal stress at point D is σ D = -----------------------
- = – ----------------------------------------
I zz 47.73
σ D = 64.82w ksi ( C ) ≤ 10 ksi ( C ) or w ≤ 0.1543 kips ⁄ ( in ) (3)
– M max y E ( 703.125w ) ( – 2.6 )
The maximum bending normal stress at point E is σ E = ----------------------- = – --------------------------------------------- = – 38.3w or
I zz 47.73
σ E = 38.3w ksi ( T ) ≤ 6ksi ( T ) or w ≤ 0.1566kips ⁄ in (4)
The maximum value of w that satisfies Eqs. (3) and (4) is w max = 154.3 lb ⁄ in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.93 Two pieces of lumber are glued together to form the beam shown Figure P6.92. Determine the intensity w of
the distributed load, if the maximum tensile bending normal stress in the glue is limited to 800 psi (T) and maximum
bending normal stress in wood is limited to 1200 psi.
2 in
w lb / in
y
z
4 in
2.5 in
30 in 70 in 1 in
Figure P6.93
Solution: σ G ≤ 800 psi ( T ) σ w ≤ 1200 psi wmax =?

------------------------------------------------------------
A y ( 70 ) – ( 100w ) ( 50 ) = 0 or A y = 71.43w kips (1)
A y + B y – ( 100w ) = 0 or B y = 28.57w kips (2)
(a) 100 w
(b) w kips / in
50 in
h 70 – h
------------------ = ------------------ or h = 41.43in
Bx= 0 41.43w 28.57w
30 in 70 in By 1
30 in 70 in By Ay A 1 = --- ( 30w ) ( 30 ) = 450w
Ay 2
41.43w 1
V= -Vy (70-h) A 2 = --- ( 41.43w ) ( h ) = 858.22w
kips A2 x 2
1
A3 A 3 = --- ( 28.57w ) ( 70 – h ) = 408.12w
A1 2
Mz h 28.57w
30w 408.12w
in-kips x
450w
The maximum bending moment of M max = – 450w

1 3 4
The area moment of Inertia is I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 5 ) = 20.83 in
12
– M max y max ( – 450w ) ( ± 2.5 -) = ± 54w psi
The maximum bending normal stress in wood is σ W = ----------------------------- = – -------------------------------------
I zz 20.83
The magnitude of the bending normal stress in wood should be less than 1200 psi i.e.,
σ w = 54w ≤ 1200 or w ≤ 22.2 lbs ⁄ in (3)
The maximum bending normal stress in glue is
- = – (------------------------------------
– M max y G – 450w ) ( – 1.5 )- = – 43.2w
σ G = ----------------------- (4)
I zz 20.83
The normal stress in Eq.(4) is compressive and our limit is only on tensile normal stress. We consider the maximum
positive moment i.e. M = 408.12 w. The maximum tensile stress in glue is
– My ( – 408.12w ) ( – 1.5 )
σ G = --------------G- = --------------------------------------------- = 29.38w or σ G = 29.38w psi ( T ) ≤ 800 psi ( T ) or w ≤ 27.2 lbs ⁄ in (5)
I zz 20.83
The maximum value of w that satisfies Eqs. (4) and (5) is w max = 22.2 lbs/in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.94 The beam shown in Figure P6.64 has a load of w = 25 lb/in and L = 72 inches. Select the lightest W or S shape
beams from the ones given in Section C.6 if the allowable bending normal stress is 21 ksi in tension and compression.
Solution: w = 25 lbs ⁄ in L = 72 σ max ≤ 12 ksi Lightest W or S shape =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The reaction forces were found out in problem 6.54. The shear and moment diagrams can be drawn as shown in Fig (a).
2 2 3
The maximum moment is M max = wL = – ( 25 ) ( 72 ) = 129.6 ( 10 ) in – lbs
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is:
3
M max 129.6 ( 10 ) 3 3
σ max = -------------
- = --------------------------- ≤ 12 ( 10 ) or S ≥ 10.8 in (1)
S S
w MC
(a)
wL2 in-kips
A B C 2
A 1 = wL ( L ) = wL
L in L in
wL
wL wL 1 1 2
V= -Vy A 2 = --- ( wL ) ( L ) = --- ( wL )
A1 A2 2 2
wL2/2
Mz
wL2
From appendix E, shapes with a section modulus just greater than 10.8 in3 are W 8 x 15 and S 7 x20. Thus the lightest
beam is W8x15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.95 The beam shown in Figure P6.65 has a load of 0.4 kips/inch and L = 48 inches. Select the lightest W or S
shape beams from the ones given in Section C.6 if the allowable bending normal stress is 16 ksi in tension and compres-
sion.
Solution: w = 0.4 ( kips ) ⁄ in , L = 48 , σ max ≤ 16 ksi Lightest W or S shape =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The reaction forces were found out in problem 6.54. The shear and moment diagrams can be drawn as shown in Fig (a).
2 2
( 0.4 ) ( 48 )
9wL - = 9----------------------------
The maximum bending moment is M max = ------------- - = 259.2 in – kips
32 32
M max 259.2 3
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is σ max = -------------
- = ------------- ≤ 16 or S ≥ 16.2 in
S S
w kips / in
h - = -----------------
L – h-
------------------- or h = L⁄4
( wL ⁄ 4 ) 3wL ⁄ 4
wL/4 L L 3wL/4
2
A 1 = ⎛ --------⎞ ( L ) = ----------
wL wL
V= -Vy
wL/4 wL/4 (L-h) ⎝ 4 ⎠ 4
A1 A2
kips x
A3 2
A 2 = --- ⎛ --------⎞ ⎛ ---⎞ = ----------
1 wL L wL
h
Mz 3wL/4 2 ⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 4⎠ 32
in-kips 2
2
wL /4 9wL ⁄ 32 2
A 3 = --- ⎛ -----------⎞ ⎛ 3 ---⎞ = -------------
x 1 3wL L 9wL
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ -
2 4 4 32
From appendix E, shapes with a section modulus just greater than 16.2 in3 are W 10 x 22and S 8x23. Thus the lightest
beam is W10x22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.96 The beam shown in Figure P6.66 has a load of w = 0.15 kips/in and L = 48 in. Select the lightest W or S shape
beams from the ones given in Section C.6 if the allowable bending normal stress is 21 ksi in tension and compression.
Solution: w = 0.15 ( kips ) ⁄ in , L = 48 , σ max ≤ 21 ksi Lightest W or S shape =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum moment will be at the built in end and its magnitude equal to reaction moment. Calculate in problem
2 2
3 ( 0.15 ) ( 48 )
3wL - = -------------------------------
6.58 i.e. M max = ------------- - = 518.4 in – kips
2 2
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is
M max 518.4 3
- = ------------- ≤ 21 or S ≥ 24.68 in
σ max = -------------
S S
From appendix E, shapes with a section modulus just greater than 24.68 in3 are W 10 x 30 and S 10 x25.4. Thus the
lightest beam is S10x25.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.97 Consider the beam shown in Figure P6.68. Select the lightest W or S shape beams from the ones given in Sec-
tion C.6 if the allowable bending normal stress is 180 MPa in tension and compression.
Solution: σ max ≤ 180 MPa Lightest W or S shape =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From the solution in problem 6.68 we have Mmax = – 86.68 kN – m
3
M max 86.67 ( 10 ) 6 –3 3 3 3
σ max = -------------
- = --------------------------- ≤ 180 ( 10 ) or S ≥ 0.4815 ( 10 ) m or S ≥ 481.5 ( 10 ) mm
S S
From appendix E, shapes with a section modulus just greater than 481.5(103) mm3 are W 250 x 44.8 and S 250 x 52.
Thus the lightest beam is W250x44.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.98 Consider the beam shown in Figure P6.70. Select the lightest W or S shape beams from the ones given in Sec-
tion C.6 if the allowable bending normal stress is 225 MPa in tension and compression.
Solution: σ max ≤ 225 MPa Lightest W or S shape =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From the solution in problem 6.69 we have M max = 38.33 kN – m
3
M max 38.33 ( 10 ) 6 –3 3 3 3
σ max = -------------
- = --------------------------- ≤ 225 ( 10 ) or S ≥ 0.1704 ( 10 ) m or S ≥ 170.4 ( 10 ) mm
S S
From appendix E, shapes with a section modulus just greater than 170.4(103) mm3 are W 150 x 29.8 and S 180 x 22.8.
Thus the lightest beam is S180x22.8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.99 The wind pressure on a sign post is approximated as a uniform pressure as shown Figure P6.99. A similar sign
post is to be designed using a hollow-square steel beam for the post. The outer dimension of the square is to be
12 inches. If the allowable bending normal stress is 24 ksi, and the pressure p = 33 lbs/ft.2, determine the inner dimen-
sion of the lightest hollow beam to the nearest 1/8 in.
8.5 ft.
5 ft.
7 ft
Hollow
Square Post
Figure P6.99
2
Solution: p = 33 lbs ⁄ ( ft ) , σ max ≤ 24 ksi , a 0 = 12 in , ai =?nearest 118 inch
------------------------------------------------------------
The maximum bending moment will be at the base of the sign post. Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imagi-
nary cut is made at the base. Internal shear force and moment are drawn as per our sign convention and the distributed
forces are replaced by equivalent forces.
(a) y
(b)
z
p(8.5)(5)= 42.5p
ai
9.5 ft
x 12 in
p(7)(1)= 7p
3.5 ft
z
y Vy Mz
By equilibrium of moment about point O, we have M z + ( 42.5p ) ( 9.5 ) + 7p ( 3.5 ) = 0

or M z = ( 428.25 )p = 14132.25 ft – lbs = 169.6 in – kips
169.6 ( 6 ) M y
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is σ max = -------------------------
max max
- = --------------------- ≤ 24 or
I I zz zz
I zz ≥ 42.397 (1)
The cross section of the beam is shown in Fig (b). The area moment of inertia is
1 3 1 3 4 4
I zz = ------ ( 12 ) ( 12 ) – ------ ( a i ) ( a i ) ≥ 42.397 or ( a i ) ≤ ( 12 ) – ( 12 ) ( 42.397 ) or ( a i ) ≤ 11.925 (2)
12 12
The lightest hollow beam to the nearest 1/8th is a i = 11 7--8- in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.100 The allowable bending normal stress in the stepped circular beam shown is 200 MPa. If P = 200 N, determine
the smallest fillet radius that can be used at section B. Use stress concentration graphs given in Section C.4.
50 mm P
25 mm
A B
1.5 m 1m
Figure P6.100
Solution: σ max = 200 MPa , P = 200 N , r =?

------------------------------------------------------------
An imaginary cut just right of B is made and the free body diagram drawn as shown in Fig (a). By moment equilibrium
about point O, we obtain M z = – P ( 1 ) = – 200 N – m
P
Mz Vy
(a)
1m
π 4 –9 4
The area moment of inertia is I zz = ------ ( 0.025 ) = 19.17 ( 10 ) m
64
–3
– ( – 200 ) ( 12.5 ) ( 10 -) = 130.4 ( 10 6 ) N ⁄ m 2 or
The maximum bending normal stress is ( σ BC ) max = ---------------------------------------------------
–9
19.17 ( 10 )
( σ BC ) max = 130.4 MPa . We have σ max = K conc ( σ BC ) max = 130.4K conc ≤ 200 or K conc ≤ 1.53
From Fig C.4, we obtain the approximate value of r/d corresponding to D/d = 2 and Kcone = 1.53
--r- = 0.15 or r = ( 0.15 ) ( 25 ) or r = 3.75 mm

d
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.101 The allowable bending normal stress in the stepped circular beam shown is 48 ksi. Determine the maximum
intensity of the distributed load w assuming the fillet radius is: (a) 0.3 inches (b) 0.5 inches. Use stress concentration
graphs given in Section C.4.
4 inch
2 inch w
B A
2 ft 6 ft.
Figure P6.101
Solution: σ max = 48 ksi (a) r = 0.3 wmax =? (b) r = 0.5 wmax =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just left of B and the distributed force is replaced by
an equivalent force.
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain
M z + ( 24w ) ( 12 ) = 0 or M z = – 288w in-lb (1)
π 4 4
The area moment of Inertia is I zz = ------ ( 2 ) = 0.7854 in
64
( – 288w ) ( 1 )- = 366.7w
( σ BC ) max = –-------------------------------- (2)
0.7854
(a) From Fig. C4, for r ⁄ d = 0.3 ⁄ 2 = 0.15 and D ⁄ d = 2 we obtain an approximate value of Kconc = 1.55. Thus we
3
have σ max = K conc ( σ BC ) max = ( 1.55 ) ( 366.7 )w or σ max = 568.37w ≤ 48 ( 10 ) psi
or w ≤ 84.45 lbs ⁄ in . The maximum value is w max = 84.4 lbs/in.

(b) From Fig. C4, for r ⁄ d = 0.25 and D ⁄ d = 2 we obtain an approximate value of Kconc = 1.35. Thus we have
3
σ max = K conc ( σ BC ) max = ( 1.35 ) ( 366.7 )w or σ max = 495w ≤ 48 ( 10 ) psi or w ≤ 96.96 lbs ⁄ in
The maximum value is w max = 96.96 lbs/in.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.102 The fillet radius is 5 mm in the stepped aluminum (circular beam shown in Figure P6.100. What should be the
peak value of the cyclic load P to ensure a service life of half-million cycles. Use the SN-curve shown in Figure 3.36.
6
Solution: r = 5 mm , n = ( 0.5 ) ( 10 ) , Aluminium σ max = 200 MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
From Fig. 3.34 the peak stress for half a million cycles in aluminum is approximately σ max = 154 MPa .
For r ⁄ d = 5 ⁄ 25 = 0.2 and D ⁄ d = 2 , the stress concentration factor is approximately K conc = ( 1.4 + 1.45 ) ⁄ 2 = 1.425
σ max 154
The nominal stress in BC can be written as ( σ BC ) max = -------------
- = ------------- = 108.07 MPa
K cone 1.425
–9 4
From problem 6.84 we have M z = – P and I zz = 19.17 ( 10 ) m
The nominal stress in BC can be written as
–3
( – P ) ( 12.5 ) ( 10 )- = 0.652P ( 10 6 ) ≤ 108.07 ( 10 6 ) or P ≤ 165.74
( σ BC ) max = –---------------------------------------------
–9
19.17 ( 10 )
The maximum value of P is P = 165.7 N
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.103 The beam in Figure P6.101 is made from a steel alloy that has the SN-curve shown in Figure 3.36. The peak
intensity of the cyclic distributed load is w = 80lbs./in. and the fillet radius is 0.36. What is the predicted service life of
the beam.
Solution: r = 0.36in , w = 80 lbs ⁄ in , Steel , n =?
------------------------------------------------------------
4
From problem 6.85 we have I zz = 0.7854in and M z = – 288w = – ( 288 ) ( 80 ) = – 23040 in – lb
( – 23040 ) ( 1 )- = 29.34 ( 10 )psi = 29.34 ksi
The nominal stress in BC is: ( σ BC ) max = –---------------------------------
3
0.7854
From Fig. C.4 for r ⁄ d = 0.36 ⁄ 2 = 0.18 and D ⁄ d = 2 , the stress concentration factor is approximately
K conc = ( 1.4 + 1.5 ) ⁄ 2 = 1.5 .
The maximum stress is σ max = K conc ( σ BC ) max = ( 1.475 ) ( 29.34 ) = 43.3 ksi
From Fig. 3.34, for a peak stress of 43.3 ksi in steel the approximate number of cycles is n ≈ 175, 000
n = 175, 000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.104 A simply supported 3-m-long beam has a uniformly distributed load of 10 kN/m over the entire length of the beam.
If the beam has the composite cross section shown in Figure P6.104, determine the maximum bending normal stress in
each of the three materials. Use Eal = 70 GPa, Ew = 10 GPa, and Es = 200 GPa. [Hint: Use Equations (6.14) and (6.16)]
80 mm
y
z Aluminum 10 mm
Wood 100 mm
x
Steel 10 mm
Figure P6.104
Solution: L = 3m p = 10 kN/m Eal = 70 GPa Es = 200 GPa

( σ al )max = ?
( σ w )max = ? ( σ s ) max = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the cross section of the beam. The location of the neutral axis can be found as shown below.
∑ Ei Ai ηci ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 ) ( 5 ) + ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 80 ) ( 60 ) + ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 ) ( 115 )
η c = -------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 40.7mm 1
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 ) + ( 10 ) ( 100 ) ( 80 ) + ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 )
(a)
∑ Ei Ai
y (b) 10 kN/m Mz (c) 15 kN
Mz
Aluminum 10 mm
O O
z Wood 100 mm
ηc 1.5 m Vy 0.75 m 0.75 m Vy

Steel 10 mm
RA = 15 kN RA = 15 kN
80 mm
The area moment of inertias for each material cross section is:
1 3 2 –6 4
( I zz )al = ------ ( 0.08 ) ( 0.01 ) + ( 0.08 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.115 – 0.0407 ) = 4.426 ( 10 )m
12
1 3 2 –6 4
( I zz )w = ------ ( 0.08 ) ( 0.1 ) + ( 0.08 ) ( 0.1 ) ( 0.06 – 0.0407 ) = 9.654 ( 10 )m
12
1 3 2 –6 4
( I zz )s = ------ ( 0.08 ) ( 0.01 ) + ( 0.08 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.0407 – 0.005 ) = 1.025 ( 10 )m
12
The bending rigidity of the cross-section is
∑ Ej ( Izz )j
3 3 2
= [ ( 70 ) ( 4.426 ) + ( 10 ) ( 9.654 ) + ( 200 ) ( 1.025 ) ) ] ( 10 ) = 611.3 ( 10 )N – m 2
By symmetry the reaction on each support of the simply supported beam is half the total load on the beam, i.e.
R A = ( 3 ) ( 10 ) ⁄ ( 2 ) = 15kN . The maximum moment will be at the center of the beam, Fig(b) shows the free body dia-
gram of the beam after the imaginary cut has been made through the center of the beam. Fig(c) shows the free body dia-
gram after the distributed force is replaced by an equivalent force. By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig (c)
we obtain,
M max + 15 ( 0.75 ) – 15 ( 1.5 ) = 0 or M max = 11.25kN – m 3
The maximum bending normal stress in aluminium will be at y = ( 0.12 – 0.0407 ) = 0.0793m . Its value is
– E al ( M max )y 9 3
- = – (------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 ) ( 10 ) ( 11.25 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0793 ) 6 N
( σ al )max = -------------------------------- = – 102.1 ( 10 ) ------2- or ( σ al ) max =102.1 MPa (C)
∑ j zz j
3
E ( I ) 611.3 ( 10 ) m
The maximum bending normal stress in wood will be at y = ( 0.11 – 0.0407 ) = 0.0693m . Its value is
– E w ( M max )y 9 3
- = – (------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 ) ( 10 ) ( 11.25 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0693 ) 6 N
( σ w )max = -------------------------------- = – 12.75 ( 10 ) ------2- or ( σ w ) max = 12.75 MPa (C)
∑ Ej ( Izz )j
3
611.3 ( 10 ) m
The maximum bending normal stress in steel will be at y = -0.0407m. Its value is
– E s ( M max )y 9
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 11.25 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.0407 )
3
6 N
( σ s ) max = ------------------------------- = – ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 149.7 ( 10 ) ------2- or ( σ s ) max = 149.7 MPa (T)
∑ j zz j
3
E ( I ) 611.3 ( 10 ) m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.105 A steel (Esteel = 200 GPa) tube of outside diameter of 240 mm is attached to a brass (Ebrass = 100 GPa) tube to
form the cross section shown in Figure P6.105. Determine the maximum bending normal stress in steel and brass. [Hint:
Use Equation 6.16]

160mm
Steel
3 kN/m.
8 kN-m Brass
2 kN/m
3m. 4m. 4m. 200 mm
240 mm
Figure P6.105
Solution: Es = 200 GPa Ebr = 100 GPa ( σ s ) max =? ( σ br )max =? τ max =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertia of material cross section are:
π 2 2 –6 4 π 2 2 –6 4
( I zz )s = ------ ( 0.24 – 0.20 ) = 84.32 ( 10 )m and ( I zz )br = ------ ( 0.20 – 0.16 ) = 46.37 ( 10 )m
64 64
∑ Ej ( Izz )j
3 6
= [ ( 200 ) ( 84.32 ) + ( 100 ) ( 46.37 ) ] ( 10 ) = 21.5 ( 10 )N – m 1
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam with distributed loads replaced by an equivalent loads. By equi-
librium of forces in the y- direction we obtain R A = 12 – 8 = 4kN . By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain
M A + ( 12 ) ( 5 ) + ( 8 ) – ( 8 ) ( 9 ) = 0 or M A = 4kN – m
(a) 12 kN (b) MA 3 kN/m.
MA h--- = (----------------
4 – h)
8 kN-m 4 8
8 kN-m or h = 1.333
2 kN/m
5m 3m. 4m. 4m. A 1 = ( 4 ) ( 3 ) = 12
RA
8 kN
RA 9m. A2
4 1
V= -Vy
A1
4 (4-h)
x A 2 = --- ( 4 ) ( h ) = 2.667
kN 2
A3 A4
h 1
18.667
16
8 A 3 = --- ( 4 ) ( 4 – h ) = 10.667
Mz 16 2
8
kN-m 4 x 1
A 4 = --- ( 8 ) ( 4 ) = 16
2
Fig (b) shows the shear force and bending moment diagram. The maximum shear force and bending moment are
( V y ) max = 8 kN and M max = 18.667 kN – m
The maximum bending normal stress in steel will be at y = + 0.12 m, its magnitude is.
– E s ( M max )y 9
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 18.666 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.12 )
3
6 2
( σ s ) max = ------------------------------- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 21.5 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) (2)
6
∑ Ej ( Izz )j 21.5 ( 10 )
( σ s ) max = 21.5 MPa (T) or (C)
The maximum bending normal stress in aluminium will be at y = + 0.10 m, its magnitude is.
– E al ( M max )y 9
( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 18.666 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.10 ) =
3
6 2
( σ al ) max = --------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8.681 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m )
6
∑ Ej ( Izz )j 21.5 ( 10 )
( σ al ) max = 8.7 MPa (T) or (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.106 Assuming a positive shear force Vy, (a) sketch the direction of the shear flow along the center-line on the thin
cross-sections shown.(b) At points A, B, C, and D, determine if the stress component is τxy or τxz and if it is positive or
negative.
Solution Shear flow sketch=? τxy or τxz at points A, B, C, and D =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear flow is as shown.
y
B D
z C
A
Point A: negative τxz Point B: positive τxz Point C: positive τxy Point D: negative τxz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
negative.
------------------------------------------------------------
y zero
C D
B z
A
Point A: negative τxz Point B: positive τxy Point C: negative τxz Point D: positive τxz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
negative.
------------------------------------------------------------
y zero
A B D
z C
Point A: negative τxz Point B: negative τxz Point C: positive τxy Point D: positive τxz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
negative.
------------------------------------------------------------

y zero
B C
z D
A
Point A: positive τxy Point B: negative τxz Point C: negative τxz Point D: positive τxy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
negative.
------------------------------------------------------------
y
zero
B
A C
z
D zero
Point A: positive τxy Point B: zero shear stress Point C: positive τxy Point D: zero shear stress
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
negative.
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear flow is as shown
y
zero
C
z A zero
B D
Point A: zero shear stress Point B: positive τxz Point C: zero shear stress Point D: negative τxz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
negative.
------------------------------------------------------------

y zero
B C
D
z A
zero
Point A: positive τxy Point B: negative τxz Point C: zero shear stress Point D: positive τxy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.113 A cross section (not drawn to scale) of a beam that bends about the z axis is shown in Figure 6.113. The shear
force acting at the cross section is 5 kips. Determine the bending shear stress at points A, B, C, and D and report your
answers as positive or negative τxy or τxz. Point B isjust below the flange.
y
4 in
A
1 in
B
z 1 in 1.5 in
C
1 in
D 2.5 in
1 in
1 in
Figure P6.113
2 in
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertia can be found as:
1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 4
I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 1 ) + ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( 3 ) + ------ ( 1 ) ( 4 ) + ( 1 ) ( 4 ) ( 0.5 ) + ------ ( 4 ) ( 1 ) + ( 4 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 40.833 in (1)
12 12 12
The area As for the four points are shown below.
y y y y
s
4 in 4 in 4 in
1 in A 1 in 1 in 1 in
s s s
2 in B
z z 1.5 in z 1.5 in z 1.5 in
1 in C C C C
1 in
1.5 in
D
The first moment of area As for various points can be found and shear stress calculated as shown below.
3 ( 5 ) ( 2 ) - = – 0.2449 ksi
( Q z ) A = ( 1 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 2 in ( τ xs ) A = – ---------------------------- (2)
( 40.833 ) ( 1 )
3 ( 5 ) ( 8 ) - = – 0.980 ksi
( Q z ) B = ( 4 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 8 in ( τ xs ) B = – ---------------------------- (3)
( 40.833 ) ( 1 )
3 ( 5 ) ( 9.125 )- = – 1.117 ksi
( Q z ) C = ( Q z ) B + ( 1.5 ) ( 1 ) ( 0.75 ) = 9.125 in ( τ xs ) C = – ---------------------------- (4)
( 40.833 ) ( 1 )
3 ( 5 ) ( 8 ) - = – 0.980 ksi
( Q z ) D = ( Q z ) C + ( 1.5 ) ( 1 ) ( – 0.75 ) = 8 in ( τ xs ) A = – ---------------------------- (5)
( 40.833 ) ( 1 )
From the figures we note that the s direction is opposite to z direction for point A and opposite to y direction for points
B, C, and D we obtain the following.
( τ xz ) A = 0.2449 ksi ( τ xy ) B = 0.980 ksi ( τ xy ) C = 1.117 ksi ( τ xy ) D = 0.980 ksi

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.114 A cross section (not drawn to scale) of a beam that bends about the z axis is shown in Figure 6.114. The shear
force acting at the cross section is -10 kN. Determine the bending shear stress at points A, B, C, and D and report your
answers as positive or negative τxy or τxz. Point B isjust below the flange.
y
50 mm
A
10 mm
z 10 mm
C
50 mm
10 mm
10 mm
D
10 mm
Figure P6.114
6.115 A cross section of a beam that bends about the z axis is shown in Figure 6.115. The internal bending moment
and shear force acting at the cross section are Mz = 50 in.-kips and Vy = 10 kips, respectively. Determine the bending
normal and shear stress at points A, B, and C and show it on stress cubes.Point B isjust below the flange.
y
4 in
0.5 in
B
0.5 in
z 7 in
C
3.158 in.
0.5 in A
8 in
Figure P6.115
6.116 Determine the magnitude of the maximum bending normal stress and shear stress in the beam.
Cross-section
4 kips 2 ft 2 kips
3 ft 4 ft
6 in
5 ft-kips
2 ft-kips
2 kips/ft.
2 in
Figure P6.116
Solution| |σmax | =? |τmax | =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear and moment diagrams are drawn as shown below

2 kips
(a) 4 kips 2 ft y
3 ft 4 ft h--- = (----------------
3 – h) (b)
4 2 3 in
2 ft-kips or h = 2 z
5 ft-kips
2 kips/ft. A1 = ( 4 ) ( 2 ) = 8
2 in
h A3 2 2
x
V= -Vy A4
1
kips A1 A2 A 2 = --- ( 4 ) ( h ) = 4
(3-h) 2
4 4
2 x
Mz 1
A 3 = --- ( 2 ) ( 3 – h ) = 1
ft-kips 2
6
8 11 A4 = ( 4 ) ( 2 ) = 8
12
From the moment diagram the maximum bending moment is Mmax = -12 ft-kips = -144 in-kips and maximum shear
1 3 4
force is ( V y ) max = 4 kips . The area moment of inertia is: I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 6 ) = 36 in The maximum bending normal
12
M max y max ( – 144 ) ( ± 3 ) = ± 12ksi or
stress in the section is: σ max = – -------------------------
- = – ----------------------------
I zz 36
σ max = 12 ksi
Maximum Qz is at the neutral axis. Fig (b) shows the area As that can be used for finding maximum Qz at the neutral
axis. The maximum Qz is Qmax = (3)(2)(1.5) = 9 in3. The
( V y ) max Q max ( 4 ) ( 9 )- = 0.5 ksi or
The maximum shear stress is: τ max = – ---------------------------------
- = ------------------ τ max = 500 psi
·
I zz ( t ) ( 36 ) ( 2 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.117 For the beam, loading and cross-section shown, determine: (a) the maximum bending normal stress and shear
stress. (b) the bending normal stress and the bending shear stress at point A. Point A is just below the flange on the
cross-section just right of the 4 kN force. Show your result on a stress cube. The area moment of inertia for the beam
was calculated to be Izz = 3.6 (106) mm4
y
3 kN / m.
y
160 mm
8 kN-m 10 mm
x A 16 kN-m B
z. A
2 kN / m C 100 mm
78.4 mm
3 m. 4 m. 4 m.
4 kN
15 mm
Figure P6.117
6 4
Solution: I zz = 3.6 ( 10 )mm
, |τmax | =? |σmax | =? (σxx)A =? (τxy)A =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear and moment diagrams are drawn as shown in Fig. (a).
(a) The maximum moment is Mmax = 16 kN-m. The maximum bending normal stress in the section is
3
- = – (------------------------------------------------
M max y max 16 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.0784 )- = 348.4 ( 10 6 ) ------
N-
σ max = – ------------------------- 2
or σ max = 348.4MPa
I zz –6
3.6 ( 10 ) m
Fig (b) shows the area As that can be used for finding the maximum Qz at the neutral axis.The maximum Qz is
Q max = ( 0.0784 ) ( 0.015 ) ⎛⎝ – 0.0784

----------------⎞⎠ = – 46.10 ( 10 )m
–6 3
2
(a) 3 kN / m. y
y z
8 kN-m h--- = (----------------
4 – h) (b)
x 16 kN-m
4 8 78.4 mm
2 kN / m or h = 1.333
3 m. 4 m. 4 m.
1
4 kN A 1 = --- ( 4 ) ( h ) = 2.67
A1 2 15 mm
4 (4-h) x
V= -Vy 1
kN A2 A3 A 2 = --- ( 8 ) ( 4 – h ) = 10.67
h 2
8
16 1
Mz
8
10.67
x A 3 = --- ( 8 ) ( 4 ) = 16
kN-m 2
The maximum shear force is ( V y ) max = 8kN . The magnitude of maximum shear stress is
Q max V y max 3 –6
( 10 ) ( 46.10 ) ( 10 ) = 6.84 ( 10 6 ) ------
- = – 8---------------------------------------------------
N-
τ max = – ---------------------------- 2
or τ max = 6.84MPa
I zz t – 6
3.6 ( 10 ) ( 0.015 ) m
(b) The moment and shear force at the section containing point A are M A = 8kN – m and ( V y ) A = – 4 kN . The
bending normal stress of point A is:
3
MA yA ( 8 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.0216 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) A = – --------------- = – ------------------------------------------- = – 48 ( 10 ) ------2- or ( σ xx ) A = 48MPa ( C )
I zz –6
3.6 ( 10 ) m
Fig (c) shows the area As that can be used in finding Qz at point A. The value of Qz at point A is
–6 3
Q A = ( 0.160 ) ( 0.010 ) ( 0.0266 ) = 42.56 ( 10 )m . The bending shear stress at point A is
QA ( Vy )A 3 –6
- = – (------------------------------------------------------
– 4 ) ( 10 )42.56 ( 10 )- 6 N
( τ xs )A = – ---------------------- = 3.15 ( 10 ) ------2- . From Fig. (c) we note that s and y are opposite. Thus
I zz t –6
3.6 ( 10 ) ( 0.015 ) m
( τ xy ) A = – ( τ xs ) A = – 3.15 MPa ( τ xy ) A = – 3.2 MPa
The stress cube is shown in Fig. (d).
(d) y
(c) 160 mm 3.2 MPa
y
10 mm 48 MPa
s A
z 21.6 mm
x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.118 For the beam, loading and cross-section shown, determine: (a) the magnitude of the maximum bending normal
stress and shear stress. (b) the bending normal stress and the bending shear stress at point A. Point A is on the cross-sec-
tion 2 m from the right end. Show your result on a stress cube. The area moment of inertia for the beam was calculated
to be Izz = 453 (106) mm4.
y
30 kN 8 kN
y 25 mm
25 mm
x 11 kN-m z 300 mm
6 kN/m A
120 mm 25 mm
3m 4m 20 kN 4 m
300 mm
Figure P6.118
6 4
Solution: I zz = 453 ( 10 )mm , |τmax | =? |σmax | =? (σxx)A =? (τxy)A =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear and moment diagrams are drawn as shown below.
(a) The maximum moment is Mmax = -32kN-m. The maximum bending normal stress in the section is
3
- = – (-------------------------------------------------
M max y max – 32 ) ( 10 ) ( ± 0.175 )- = 12.36 ( 10 6 ) ------
N-
σ max = – ------------------------- 2
or σ max = 12.4 MPa
I zz –6
453 ( 10 ) m
30 kN 8 kN
(a) y (b)
x 11 kN-m 1
A 1 = --- ( 18 ) ( 3 ) = 27
6 kN/m 2 y
3m 4m 20 kN 4 m z
18 A 2 = ( 12 ) ( 4 ) = 48 Neutral Axis
8 8 25 mm 150 mm
V= -Vy A1 A3 x
kN A2
12
A 3 = ( 8 ) ( 4 ) = 32 25 mm
12
2m 2m 300 mm
Mz 27
kN-m x
21
32
Fig. (b) shows the area As that can be used for finding the maximum Qz at the neutral axis.
–3 3
Q max = ( 0.3 ) ( 0.025 ) ( – 0.1625 ) + ( 0.15 ) ( 0.025 ) ( – 0.075 ) = – 1.5 ( 10 )m
The maximum shear force is V y = – 18 kN . The magnitude of maximum shear stress is
Q max V y max 3 –3
- = 18 ( 10 ) ( 1.5 ) ( 10 )- 6 N
τ max = – ---------------------------- ------------------------------------------------ = 2.38 ( 10 ) ------2- τ max = 2.38 MPa
I zz t – 6
( 453 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.025 ) m
(b) The moment and shear force at the section containing point A are M A = – 16 kN – m and ( V y ) A = – 8 kN . The bend-
ing normal stress at point A is
3
MA yA ( – 16 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.055 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) A = – --------------- = – ------------------------------------------------- = – 1.943 ( 10 ) ------2- or ( σ xx ) A = 1.94 MPa (C)
I zz –6
( 453 ) ( 10 ) m
Fig (c) shows the area As that can be used in finding Qz at point A. The value of Qz at point A is
–3 3
Q A = ( 0.3 ) ( 0.025 ) ( – 0.1625 ) + ( 0.095 ) ( 0.025 ) ( – 0.1025 ) = – 1.46 ( 10 )m
QA ( Vy ) 3 –3
The bending shear stress at point A is: ( τ xs ) A = – ----------------------A- = – (-----------------------------------------------------------
– 8 ) ( 10 ) ( – 1.46 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
- = – 1.03 ( 10 ) ------2-
I zz t –6
( 453 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.025 ) m
From Fig. (c) we see that s is in the same direction as y. Thus ( τ xy ) A = ( τ xs )A or ( τ xy ) A = – 1.03 MPa
The stress cube is shown in Fig. (d).
y
(c) (d) y
1.03 MPa
z
A 55 mm
25 mm A 1.94 MPa
s 95 mm
25 mm x
300 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.119 Determine the magnitude of maximum bending normal and shear stress in the beam shown in Figure 6.119a.
The beam cross section is shown in Figure 6.119b.

y
6 in 6 in
(a) (b)
1 in
3 kips 6 kips
3 ft-kips x 3 ft-kips 6 ft-kips 17 in

z
6 kips 3 kips
1.5 ft 1 ft 2 ft 1.5 ft
17 in 4.5 in 4.5 in
Figure P6.119
1 in
Solution σmax = ? τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The second area moment of inertia can be found as:
1 3 1 3 3 4
I zz = ------ ( 12 ) ( 36 ) – ------ ( 9 ) ( 34 ) = 17.178 ( 10 )in (1)
12 12
3 kips 6 kips
3 ft-kips (d) M2
M1 Mext
3 ft-kips 6 ft-kips
L A B R ε ε
(a) 6 kips M = M –M Template Equations
3 kips 2 1 ext
1.5 ft 2 ft 1.5 ft
(b) 1 ft
3 3
V= -Vy
A3
kips x A 1 = ( 3 ) ( 1.5 ) = 4.5
A1 A2 A4
A2 = ( 3 ) ( 1 ) = 3
3 3 3 3 3
(c) 3 4.5
Mz x A3 = ( 3 ) ( 2 ) = 6
ft-kips
1.5 1.5 A 4 = ( 3 ) ( 1.5 ) = 4.5
4.5
7.5
The maximum value of bending moment and shear force are:
( M z ) max = – 7.5 ft – kips ( V y ) max = ± 3 kips (2)
Qz can be calculated using Fig. (e) as shown below.
3
Q z = ( 12 ) ( 1 ) ( 17.5 ) + 3 ( 17 ) ( 1 ) ( 8.5 ) = 643.5 in (3)
(e) 6 in
6 in
1 in
4.5 in 4.5 in
17 in
z
The magnitude of maximum shear stress is:

Q max V y max 3
( 3 ) ( 10 ) ( 643.5 -) = 37.4 psi [
τ max = – ----------------------------
- = --------------------------------------- τ max = 37.4 psi
I zz t 3
17.178 ( 10 ) ( 3 )
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is:
3
M max y max ( – 7.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 12 ) ( ± 18 )- = 94.3 psi
σ max = – -------------------------
- = – ------------------------------------------------------ or σ max = 94.3 psi
I zz 3
17.178 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.120 Two pieces of lumber are nailed together as shown. The nails are uniformly spaced 10 inches apart along the
length. Determine the average shear force in each nail in segment AB and segment BC.
800 lbs 1 in
10 in
4 in
A B C
6 ft 4 ft
2 in
Figure P6.120
Solution: Δs = 10in , VAB =? VBC =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam. By equilibrium of moment about point C we obtain.
R A ( 10 ) – 800 ( 4 ) = 0 or R A = 320lb
10 in 800 lbs
(a) 2 in
A B C (c) y
RA 6 ft 4 ft 1 in
RC s
z 1.5 in
(b) 320
V= -Vy x
lbs
480
Fig (b) shows the shear force diagram. The shear forces in segments AB and BC are ( V y ) AB = – 320lb ,
( V y ) BC = – 480lb . Fig. (c) shows the area As that can be used in finding Qz at the line junction of the wood pieces. Its
3 1 3 4
value is Q z = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 4in . The area moment of inertia is I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 5 ) = 20.83in
12
The shear flow in each segment is
( V y ) AB Q z ( 320 ) ( 4 ) lbs ( V y ) BC Q z ( 480 ) ( 4 ) lbs
- = ---------------------- = 61.44 ------- and q BC = ------------------------
q AB = ------------------------ - = ---------------------- = 92.16 -------
I zz 20.83 in I zz 20.83 in
The average shear forces in nails in each segment are
V AB = q AB Δs = ( 61.44 ) ( 10 ) or V AB = 614.4 lbs;
V BC = q BC Δs = ( 92.16 ) ( 10 ) or V BC = 921.6 lbs

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.121 A cantilever beam is constructed by nailing three piece of lumber. The nails are uniformly spaced at an interval
of 75 mm. Determine the average shear force in each nail.
1.5 kN 200 mm
y
25 mm
200 mm
2.5 m
25 mm 25 mm
Figure P6.121
Solution: Δs = 75mm , Vnail =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in the beam at any location. By equilibrium of forces
V y = – 1.5kN
200 mm
(a) 1.5 kN (c)
(b) y 200 mm
25 mm
Mz z y
200 mm 25 mm
ηc z
Vy 25 mm 25 mm
The location of the centroid is shown in Fig. (b) can be found out as shown below.
η c = (------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 ) ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 100 ) + ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 212.5 )- = 137.5mm
( 2 ) ( 200 ) ( 25 ) + ( 200 ) ( 25 )
The area moment of inertia is
1 3 2 1 3 2
I zz = 2 ------ ( 25 ) ( 200 ) + ( 25 ) ( 200 ) ( 137.5 – 100 ) + ------ ( 200 ) ( 25 ) + ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 212.5 – 137.5 ) or
12 12
6 4
I zz = 75.78 ( 10 )mm
Fig (c) shows the area As that can be used for finding Qz at the junction of the wood pieces
3 3
Q t = ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 212.5 – 137.5 ) = 375 ( 10 ) mm
3 –6
Vy Qt 1.5 ( 10 ) ( 375 ) ( 10 ) 3
The magnitude of shear flow is q = -----------
- = --------------------------------------------------- = 7.42 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
–6
I zz ( 75.78 ) ( 10 )
The shear force is carried by two rows of nails. The average shear force in each nail.
( 7.42 )
V nail = ⎛ ---⎞ Δs = --------------- ( 10 ) ( 0.075 ) = 278.25N or
q 3
V nail = 278 N
⎝ 2⎠ 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.122 A cantilever beam is constructed by nailing three piece of lumber. The nails are uniformly spaced at an interval
of 75 mm. (a) Determine the average shear force in each nail. (b) Which is the better nailing method, the one shown in
problem 6.121 or the one in this problem.
1.5 kN
y
200 mm
25 mm
2.5 m
25 mm 200 mm 25 mm
Figure P6.122
Solution: Δs = 75mm , Vnail =?

------------------------------------------------------------
The location of the centroid is shown in Fig.(b) can be found out as shown below.
η c = (------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 ) ( 200 ) ( 75 ) ( 100 ) + ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 187.5 )- = 129.17mm
( 2 ) ( 200 ) ( 25 ) + ( 200 ) ( 25 )
1 3 2 1 3 2
I zz = 2 ------ ( 25 ) ( 200 ) + ( 25 ) ( 200 ) ( 129.17 – 100 ) + ------ ( 200 ) ( 25 ) + ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 187.5 – 129.17 ) or
12 12
6 4
I zz = 45.66 ( 10 )mm
y 25 mm
(a) (b)
z 200 mm
200 mm y
ηc
25 mm
z
25 mm 200 mm 25 mm
Fig (b) shows the area As that can be used for finding Qt at the junction of the wood pieces
3 3
Q z = ( 200 ) ( 25 ) ( 187.5 – 129.17 ) = 291.65 ( 10 ) mm
The shear force value found in problem is V y = – 1.5 kN
3 –6
Vy Qt
The magnitude of shear flow is q = ----------- ( 1.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 291.65 ) ( 10 )- = 9.58 ( 10 3 )N ⁄ m
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------
–6
I zz 115.66 ( 10 )
The shear flow is carried by two rows of nails. The average shear force in each nail is
( 9.58 )
V nail = ⎛ ---⎞ Δs = --------------- ( 10 ) ( 0.075 ) = 359.2N
q 3
V nail = 359 N
⎝ 2⎠ 2
As the force on the nail in problem 6.99 is smaller, the joining method of problem 6.99 is better.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.123 The planks in a park bench are made from re-cycled plastic and are bolted to concrete supports as shown. For
purpose of design the front plank is modeled as simply supported beam that caries all the weight of two individuals.
Assume that each persons has a mass 100 kg. and the weight acts at one third the length of the plank as shown. The
allowable bending normal stress for the re-cycled plastic is 10 MPa and allowable bending shear stress is 2 MPa. The
width d of the planks that can be manufactured are in increments of 2 cm. from 12 cm to 20 cm. To design the lightest
bench determine the corresponding values of the thickness t to the closest cm for the various values of d.
W W
d
t
40 cm
120 cm
10 cm 10 cm
Figure P6.123
Solution m = 100 kg |σmax | < 10MPa |τmax | < 2MPa
12cm < d < 20cm in steps of 2 cm. Lightest beam t =? nearest cm
------------------------------------------------------------
The weight of each person is W = ( 100 ) ( 9.81 ) = 981 N . The free body diagram of the beam is shown in Fig(a). By
equilibrium of moment about point B, we obtain:
R A ( 1 ) – W ( 0.7 ) – W ( 0.3 ) = 0 or R A = W
Fig. (b) shows the shear and moment diagrams. The maximum value of shear force and bending moment is
( V y ) max = ± W = ± 981N and M max = 0.3W = 294.3N – m
1 3
The area moment of inertia is I zz = ------ dt
12
W W
(a) (c) d (d) d
y
y
t /2
t z
z
(b) RA RB
0.1 m 0.3 m 0.4 m 0.3 m 0.01 m
V= -Vy W W
kN
W W
Mz 0.3 W 0.3 W
kN-m

–6
M max y max ( 294.3 ) ( t ⁄ 2 ) 1765.8 ( 10 )
σ max = ------------------------- - ≤ 10 ( 10 6 )
- = -------------------------------- = ---------------
2
or t ≥ 1765.8
-------------------------------- (1)
I zz 1 3 dt d
------ dt
12
Fig. (d) shows the area As that can be used for finding maximum Qz at the neutral axis. The value of maximum Qz is
2
Q max = ( d ) ( t ⁄ 2 ) ( t ⁄ 4 ) = dt ⁄ 8
The magnitude of maximum shear stress is:
Q max ( V y ) max ( 981 ) ( dt ⁄ 8 )
2
1471.5 735.75 ( 10 )
–6
τ max = --------------------------------- - = ---------------- ≤ 2000
- = – -------------------------------- or t ≥ -------------------------------- (2)
I zz t ma 3
( dt ⁄ 12 ) ( d ) dt d
In Eqs. (1) and (2), d and t are in meters. Table below shows the calculation for the value of t for each corresponding
value of d. The minimum of t must satisfy Eqs. (1) and (2) and is rounded upward to the nearest cm.
d t from Eq. 1 t from Eq.2 tmin
(m) (m) m cm
0.12 0.0384 0.0061 4

0.14 0.0355 0.0053 4
0.16 0.0332 0.0046 4
0.18 0.0313 0.0041 4
0.20 0.0297 0.0037 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.124 Two piece of wood are glued together to form a beam. The allowable bending normal and shear stress in wood
are 3 ksi and 1 ksi, respectively. The allowable bending normal and shear stress in the glue are 600 psi (T) and 250 psi,
respectively. Determine the maximum moment Mext that can be applied to the beam.
Mext 1 in
4 in
100 in 40 in
2 in
Figure P6.124
Solution |σw | < 3ksi
|τw | < 1ksi |σG | < 600psi(T) |τG | < 250psi Mext =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. By equilibrium of moment about point B we obtain
R A ( 100 ) – M ext = 0 or R A = M ext ⁄ 100
(a) Mext
2 in
2 in
(d) (e) y
y 1 in
RA 100 in RB 40 in 2.5 in z 1.5 in
z
(b)
V= -Vy
M ext
-------------
(c) 100
Mz
M ext
Figs. (b) and (c) show the shear and moment diagrams. The maximum values of shear force and bending moment are
( V y ) max = M ext ⁄ 100 and M max = – M ext
1 3 4
The area moment of inertia is I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 5 ) = 20.83in
12
The magnitude of maximum bending stress in wood is
M max y max ( M ext ) ( 2.5 )

- = ----------------------------- ≤ 3000psi
σ w = ------------------------- or M ext ≤ 25000in – lbs (1)
I zz 20.83
The maximum normal stress in glue is:

– M max y G – ( – M ext ) ( 1.5 ) M ext ( 1.5 )
σ G = ----------------------- - = ------------------------ ≤ 600
- = ----------------------------------- or M ext ≤ 8333.33in – lbs (2)
I zz 20.83 20.83
Figs (d) and (e) show the area As that can be used for finding Qz at the neutral axis and the glue as
3 3
Q max = ( 2.5 ) ( 2 ) ( 1.25 ) = 6.25in and Q G = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 4in
The magnitude of maximum shear stress in wood is
Q max ( V y ) max ( M ext ⁄ 100 ) ( 6.25 ) 3
- = – --------------------------------------------- ≤ 1000
τ w = --------------------------------- or M ext ≤ 666.6 ( 10 )in – lbs (3)
I zz t ( 20.83 ) ( 2 )
The magnitude of maximum shear stress in glue is
Q G ( V y ) max ( M ext ⁄ 100 ) ( 4 ) 3
τ G = ---------------------------
- = – -------------------------------------- ≤ 250 or M ext ≤ 260.3 ( 10 )in – lbs (4)
I zz t ( 20.83 ) ( 2 )
The maximum value of Mext that satisfies Eqs.(1) through (4) is M ext = 8333.33 in.-lbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.125 A wooden cantilever beam is to be constructed by nailing two pieces of lumber. The allowable bending normal
and shear stress in the wood are 7 MPa and 1.5 MPa, respectively. The maximum force that the nail can support is
300 N. Determine the maximum value of load P to the nearest Newton and the spacing of the nails to the nearest centi-
meter.
80 mm
P
y
20 mm
s
120 mm
Figure P6.125 3m
20 mm
Solution |σw | < 7MPa |τw | < 1.5MPa | Vnail | < 300 Pmax =? Δs=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The location of the centroid is shown in Fig. (b) can be found out as shown below.
η c = (------------------------------------------------------------------------------
120 ) ( 20 ) ( 60 ) + ( 80 ) ( 20 ) ( 130 )- = 88mm
( 120 ) ( 20 ) + ( 80 ) ( 20 )
1 3 2 1 3 2 6 4
I zz= ------ ( 20 ) ( 120 ) + ( 20 ) ( 120 ) ( 88 – 60 ) + ------ ( 80 ) ( 20 ) + ( 80 ) ( 20 ) ( 130 – 88 ) =7.63 ( 10 )mm
12 12
80 mm y 80 mm
(a) y (b) (c)
y
20 mm z
z 20 mm
z 32 mm
120 mm 88 mm
ηc
20 mm
20 mm
The maximum bending will be at the build in wall. The magnitude of this moment is | Mmax | = 3P. The maximum bend-
ing normal stress in wood is
= – (--------------------------------
– M max y max 3P ) ( – 0.088 ) = 3 6
σ max = ----------------------------- - 34.6P ( 10 ) ≤ 7 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 202.3N (1)
– 6
I zz 7.63 ( 10 )
The shear force is uniform across the beam. Its magnitude is V y = P . Figs. (b) and (c) show the area As that can be
used for calculating Qz at the neutral axis and the junction of the two wood pieces.
Q max = ( 0.088 ) ( 0.02 ) ⎛⎝ – 0.088

-------------⎞⎠ = – 77.44 ( 10 )m and
–6 3 –6 3
Q nail = ( 0.08 ) ( 0.02 ) ( – 0.042 ) = 67.2 ( 10 )m
2
–6
– V y Q max ( P ) ( 77.44 ) ( 10 )- 6
τ w = ----------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------- = 507.5P ≤ 1.5 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 2956N (2)
–6
I zz t ( 7.63 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
–6
Q nail V y ( P ) ( 67.2 ) ( 10 ) = 6
The magnitude of the shear flow at the wood junction is q = ------------------
- = ---------------------------------------
- 8.807P ≤ 1.5 ( 10 )
–6
I zz ( 7.63 ) ( 10 )
The average shear force on each nail is V nail = qΔs = 8.807PΔs ≤ 300 or
PΔs ≤ 34.06 (3)
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eqs. (1) and (2) is P max = 202 N;
Substituting P = 202 N in Eq. (3), we obtain Δs ≤ 0.168m or Δs ≤ 16.8cm

Rounding downwards we obtain Δs = 16 cm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.126 A wooden cantilever box beam is to be constructed by nailing four 1 inch x 6 inch pieces of lumber in one of
the two ways shown. The allowable bending normal and shear stress in the wood are 750 psi and 150 psi, respectively.
The maximum force that the nail can support is 100 lbs. Determine the maximum value of load P to the nearest pound,
the spacing of the nails to the nearest half inch, and the preferred nailing method.
P y
y 1 in
s Joining Method 1
z
6 in
1 in
20 ft. 6 in
P
y y
Joining Method 2
s
z
6 in
20 ft.
1 in 6 in 1 in
Figure P6.126
Solution |σw | < 730psi
|τw | < 150 psi | Vnail | < 100lbs Pmax =? configuration =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The configuration that gives the largest values of Pmax and Δs is the better joining method. The area moment of inertias
for the joining methods are
1 3 1 3 4 1 3 1 3 4
( I zz )1 = ------ ( 6 ) ( 8 ) – ------ ( 4 ) ( 6 ) = 184in and ( I zz )2 = ------ ( 8 ) ( 6 ) – ------ ( 6 ) ( 4 ) = 112in
12 12 12 12
The section modulus for the two joining methods are
( I zz )1 ( I zz )2
- = 184 - = 112
3 3
S 1 = ------------------ --------- = 46in and S 2 = ------------------ --------- = 37.33in
( y max ) 1 4 ( y max ) 2 4
For the same bending moment and shear force, the stresses in configuration 1 will be smaller because the section modu-
lus and area moment of inertia are larger. Use Joining method 1
The maximum bending moment will be at the wall, its magnitude is Mmax = 240P in-lbs. The magnitude of maximum
bending normal stress in wood is
M max 240P
σ w = -------------
- = ------------ = 5.218P ≤ 750 or P ≤ 143.7lbs (1)
S1 46
Figs (a) and (b) show the area As that can be used for finding the value of Qz at the neutral axis and at the junction of the
wood pieces. The values of these Qz’s are
3 3
Q max = ( 2 ) ( 3 ) ( 1 ) ( 1.5 ) + ( 6 ) ( 1 ) ( 3.5 ) = 30in and Q Nail = ( 6 ) ( 1 ) ( 3.5 ) = 21in
y y
(a) (b)
1 in 1 in
z 3 in z 3 in
6 in 6 in
The shear force is uniform across the beam. Its magnitude is V y = P

Q max V y P ( 30 ) –3
τ W = -------------------
- = ---------------------- = 81.52P ( 10 ) ≤ 150 or P ≤ 1840lbs (2)
( I zz ) 1 t ( 184 ) ( 2 )
Q Nail V y P ( 21 )
The magnitude of shear flow at the wood junction is q = -------------------
- = -------------- = 0.114P
( I zz ) 1 ( 184 )
There are two rows of nails, each row supports half the shear flow. The average shear flow in each nail is
V Nail = ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ ΔS = 0.0570PΔS ≤ 100lbs
q
or PΔS ≤ 1752 (3)
2
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eqs. (1) and (2) is P max = 143 lbs
1752
Substituting P = 143 in Eq.(3) we obtain ΔS ≤ ------------ or ΔS ≤ 12.25inch
143
Rounding downwards we obtain ΔS = 12 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.127 Leonardo da Vinci conducted experiments on simply supported beams and drew the following conclusion:
“If a beam 2 barrccia long (L) supports 100 libbre (W), a beam 1 barrccia long (L/2) will sup-
port 200 libbre (2W). As many times as the shorter length is contained in the longer (L/α), so
many times more weight (αW) will it support than the longer one.”
Prove the above statement to be true by considering the two simply supported beams below and showing that W2=αW
for the same allowable bending normal stress.
W W2
FigureP6.127
L L/α
Solution: Show W2 = αW
------------------------------------------------------------
By symmetry each support reaction is half the load on the beam. The shear and moment diagrams can be drawn as
shown below.
W2
(a)
W2 L W2 L
A 1 = A 2 = ⎛ --------⎞ ⎛ -------⎞ = -----------
-
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2α⎠ 4α
L/2α L/2α
W2/2 W2/2
W2/2
V= -Vy A1
A2
( W 2 L ⁄ 4α ) W2/2
Mz
Let S be the section modulus of the beam. The maximum bending moment is M max = W 2 L ⁄ 4α . The maximum bend-
ing normal stress is
M max W2 L
σ max = -------------
- = -----------
- (1)
S 4αS
When α = 1, W2 = W and we obtain
σ max = WL
--------- (2)
4S
The maximum stress for the two beams is same. Equating Eqs.(1) and (2) we obtain
W2 L
------------ = WL
--------- or W 2 = αW
4αS 4S
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.128 Galileo believed that a cantilever beam shown in Figure P6.128 would break at point B which he considered to
be a fulcrum point of a lever with AB and BC as the two arms. He believed that the material resistance (stress) was uni-
form across the cross-section. Show the stress value σ that Galileo obtained from Figure P6.128 is three times larger
than the bending normal stress predicted by Equation 6.12.
σ A
B C
L
Figure P6.128 Galileo’s beam experiment. Fulcrum
P
Solution: Show σ correct = 3σ Galileo
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the assumed rectangular cross section. Fig (b) shows the distributed forces in Galileo’s beam experiment
replaced by an equivalent load.
y ( σ Galileo ) ( bh )
(a) (b) A
z B C
h
L
h/2
P
b
By moment equilibrium about point B, we obtain ( σ Galileo ) ( bh ) ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = ( P ) ( L ) or
h
2
σ Galileo = 2PL
---------- (1)
2
bh
1 3
The area moment of inertia is I zz = ------ ( b ) ( h ) . The moment of section AB is M z = PL
12
The correct stress at B is
yB Mz ( PL ) ( h ⁄ 2 ) 6PL
σ correct = -------------
- = --------------------------- = ---------2- (2)
I zz 1 3
------ ( b ) ( h ) bh
12
Dividing Eqs. (1) by Eqs. (2) we obtain σ Galileo ⁄ σ correct = 1 ⁄ 3 or σ correct = 3σ Galileo
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.129 Galileo concluded that the bending moment due to its weight increases as the square of the length at the built
in end of a cantilever beam. Show Galileo’s statement is correct by deriving the bending moment at the built in end in a
cantilever beam in terms of the specific weight γ, area of cross-section A, and the length of the beam L.
Solution: M z = f ( γ, A, L ) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The distributed force due to gravity acts in the negative y- direction and its magnitude is γΑ force / length as shown in
Fig (a).
γA γA
(a) (b)
Mz Vy
O
L
L/2 L/2
Fig (b) shows the free body diagram of the beam with distributed load replaced by an equivalent force and internal shear
and bending moment drawn as per our sign convention. By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain
2
γAL
M z + ( γAL ) ⎛ ---⎞ = 0 or M z = – ⎛ -------------⎞
L
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
The moment varies with the square of the length as concluded by Galileo before Newton’s law were formulated.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.130 In the simply supported beam, Galileo determined that the bending moment is maximum at the applied load
and its value is proportional to the product ab. He then concludes that to break the beam with the smallest load P, the
load should be placed in the middle.
Prove Galileo’s conclusions by drawing shear force bending moment diagrams and finding the value of maximum bend-
ing moment in terms of P, a, and b and then show that this value is largest when a = b.
a b
Figure P6.130
Solution: Show M is maximum when a = b
------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the beam is shown in Fig. (a). By equilibrium of moment about point C we obtain.
b
RA ( a + b ) – P ( b ) = 0 or R A = ---------------- P
(a + b)
The shear force and bending moment diagrams are drawn as shown below.
(a) P
A 1 = ⎛ ------------⎞ ( a ) = ------------
A B C bP abP
⎝ a + b⎠ a+b
RA
a b RC
A 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠ ( b ) = ------------
bP abP
V= -Vy A1 x a+b a+b
A2
W2/2
abP ⁄ ( a + b )
Mz x
Thus the value of maximum moment in the beam is

Pab
M = ---------------- (1)
(a + b)
Let the length of the beam be L = a + b. Eqs. (1) can be written as
2
( L – a )- = --------------------------
P ( aL – a )
M = Pa
----------------------- (2)
L L
Taking the first derivative of Eq. (2) with respect to a and setting it to zero we obtain
dM P ( L – 2a -) = 0 or a = ( L ⁄ 2 )
-------- = -----------------------
da L
Thus the bending moment is maximum when a = b = L/2 as concluded by Galileo before calculus.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.131 Mariotte in attempt to correct Galileo’s strength prediction, hypothesized that the stress varied in proportion to
the distance from the fulcrum point B in Figure P6.128, i.e., it varied linearly from point B. Show that the maximum
bending stress value obtained by Mariotte is twice that predicted by Equation 6.12.
Solution: Show σ correct = 2σ Mariotte
------------------------------------------------------------
In problem 6-106 the correct value of stress at the bottom of the beam was found as
σ correct = 6PL
----------- (1)
2
bh
Fig (a) shows Mariotte’s assumed stress distribution. Fig. (b) shows the distributed forces replaced by an equivalent
force.
σMariotte (b)
(a) 1 A
A --- ( σ Mariotte ) ( bh )
B C 2 B C
L h/2 L
Fulcrum P
P
By equilibrium of moment about point B we obtain
) ( bh ) ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ = PL
1--- 2h
(σ or σ Mariotte = 3PL
---------- (2)
2 Mariotte 3 bh
2
Dividing Eq.(1) by Eq.(2) we obtain σ correct ⁄ σ Mariotte = 2 or σ correct = 2σ Mariotte

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.132 A beam is acted upon by a distributed load p(x). Let VA and MA represent the internal bending moment and
shear force at A. Show that the internal moment at B is given by equation below.
xB
MB = MA – VA ( xB – xA ) + ∫ ( xB – x )p ( x ) dx (6.30)
xA
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can write the equilibrium equation as
dV y
= –p ( x ) (1)
dx
Integrating Eq. 1 from xA to x we obtain:
Vy x x
∫ dVy = – ∫ p ( x ) dx or Vy = VA – ∫ p ( x ) dx
VA xA xA
We can write the equilibrium equation as
dM z
= –Vy (2)
dx
Integrating Eq. 2 from xA to xB we obtain:
MB xB xB
∫ dMz = – ∫ V y dx or MB = MA – ∫ Vy dx (3)
MA xA xA
Integrating Eq. 3 by parts we obtain:
xB
xB dV y
M B = M A – ( x – x B )V y
xA
+ ∫ ( x – xB ) d x dx (4)
xA
Imposing the limits and substituting Eq. 1, we obtain:
xB
M B = M A – [ ( x B – x B )V B – ( x A – x B )V A ] + ∫ ( x – xB ) [ –p ( x ) ] dx or
xA
xB
M B = M A + ( x A – x B )V A + ∫ ( xB – x ) [ p ( x ) ] dx (5)
xA
Eq. 5 is same as Eq. 6.26.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dv
6.133 The displacement in the x direction in a beam cross-section is given by u = u o ( x ) – y ( x ) . Assuming
dx
small strains and linear, elastic, isotropic, homogenous material with no inelastic strains, show:
2 2
du o dv du o dv
N = EA – EAy c 2 M z = – E Ay c + EI zz 2
dx dx dx dx
where yc is the y coordinate of the centroid of the cross-section measured form some arbitrary origin, A is the area of
cross-section, Izz is the area moment of inertia about the z axis, N and Mz are the internal axial force and internal bend-
ing moment. Note that if y is measured from the centroid of the cross-section i.e., yc=0, then the axial and bending prob-
Mz y
lem de-couple. In such a case show σ xx = N -.
---- – ---------
A I zz
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal strain in the x-direction is:
2
∂u du o dv
ε xx = = –y 2 (1)
∂x dx dx
The normal stress in the x-direction is:
2
⎛ du d v⎞
σ xx = Eε xx = E ⎜ o – y 2 ⎟ (2)
⎝dx dx ⎠
The internal normal force can be written as:
2
⎛ du o d v⎞
N = ∫ σxx dA = ∫ E ⎜⎝ d x – y d x2 ⎟⎠ dA (3)
A A
Noting that material is homogenous across the cross-section and uo and v are only functions of x and do not change
across the cross-section we obtain:
2
du o ⎛d v ⎞
N = E ⎛⎝ ⎞⎠ ∫ dA – E ⎜ 2 ⎟ ∫ y dA (4)
dx
A
⎝dx ⎠ A
In the above equation the first integral is the area of cross-section A and the second integral is the first moment of the
area about the origin which by definition of centroid is yCA. We thus obtain:
2
du o ⎛d v ⎞
N = EA ⎛ ⎞ – Ey c A ⎜ 2 ⎟ (5)
⎝dx ⎠ ⎝dx ⎠
The internal bending moment can be written as:
2 2
⎛ du d v⎞ du o ⎛d v ⎞ 2
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ Ey ⎜ o – y 2 ⎟ dA = – E ⎛⎝ ⎞⎠ ∫ y dA – E ⎜ 2 ⎟ ∫ y dA (6)
A A
⎝dx dx ⎠ d x
A
⎝dx ⎠ A
Once more we note that the first integral in the last term of the equation above is yCA and the second integral in the last
term is Izz. We thus obtain:
2
du o ⎛d v ⎞
M z = – Ey c A ⎛ ⎞ + EI zz ⎜ 2 ⎟ (7)
⎝dx ⎠ ⎝dx ⎠
Eqs. 6 and 7 are the expressions of N and Mz that we were required to obtain.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.134 Show that the bending normal stresses in a homogenous, linearly-elastic, isotropic symmetric-beam subject to
a temperature change ΔT(x,y) is given by the equation below:
M y
⎛ z ⎞ MT y
σ xx = – ⎜ ------------⎟ + ----------- – EαΔT ( x, y ) (6.31)
⎝ I zz ⎠ I zz
where, M T = Eα ∫ yΔT ( x, y ) dA , α is coefficient of thermal expansion, and E is the Modulus of Elasticity.

A
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The strain in bending is:
2
dv
ε xx = – y 2
(1)
dx
where, v is only a function of x. Including temperature effects the stress strain relationship is:
2 2
σ xx dv dv
ε xx = -------- + αΔT ( x, y ) = – y 2 or σ xx = – Ey 2
+ EαΔT ( x, y ) (2)
E dx dx
The bending moment can be written as:
2
dv
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = ∫ y Ey 2
+ EαΔT ( x, y ) dA (3)
A A dx
Noting that material is homogenous and v is only a function of x we obtain:
2 2
dv dv
2∫
y dA + Eα ∫ yΔT ( x, y ) dA = EI zz
2
Mz = E 2
+ MT or (4)
dx A A dx
2
( Mz – MT )
d v = -------------------------- (5)
2 EI zz
dx
Substituting Eq. 5 into Eq. 2, we obtain:
( Mz – MT ) Mz y MT y
σ xx = – Ey -------------------------- + EαΔT ( x, y ) = – ---------- – ----------- + EαΔT ( x, y ) (6)
EI zz I zz I zz
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.135 In unsymmetrical bending of beams, under the assumption of plane sections remaining plane and perpendicu-
dv dw
lar to the beam axis, the displacement u in the x-direction can be shown to be given by u = – y –z , where y and z
dx dx
are measured from the centroid of the cross-section, v and w are the deflection of the beam in the y and z direction
respectively. Assume: small strain, a linear-elastic-isotropic-homogenous material, and no inelastic strain. Using Equa-
tions 1.8b and 1.8c, show
2 2 2 2
dv dw dv dw ⎛ I yy M z – I yz M y⎞ ⎛ I zz M y – I yz M z⎞
M z = EI zz + EI yz M y = EI yz + EI yy σ xx = – ⎜ -----------------------------------
-⎟ y – ⎜ -----------------------------------⎟z (6.32)
dx
2
dx
2
dx
2
dx
2
⎝ I yy I zz – I yz ⎠ 2
⎝ I yy I zz – I 2yz ⎠
Note that if either y or z is a plane of symmetry, then Iyz = 0. From Equation 6.32, this implies that moment about z-axis
causes deformation in the y-direction only and moment about the y-axis causes deformation in the z-direction only. In
other words the bending problems about the y and the z-axis are de-coupled.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal strain in the x-direction is:
2 2
∂u dv dw
ε xx = = –y 2 –z 2 (1)
∂x dx dx
The normal stress in the x-direction is:
2 2
⎛ dv d w⎞
σ xx = Eε xx = E ⎜ – y 2 – z 2 ⎟ (2)
⎝ dx dx ⎠
From Eq. 1.8b and 1.8c we have the following equivalent internal moments.
2 2 2 2
⎛ dv d w⎞ dv 2 dw
M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = ∫ y E ⎜⎝ y d x2 + z d x2 ⎟⎠ dA = E d x2 ∫ y dA + E d x2 ∫ yz dA and (3)
A A A A
2 2 2 2
⎛ dv d w⎞ dv dw 2
M y = – ∫ zσ xx dA = ∫ z E ⎜⎝ y d x2 + z d x2 ⎟⎠ dA = E d x2 ∫ yz dA + E d x2 ∫ z dA (4)
A A A A
∫y ∫z ∫ yz dA
2 2
Substituting I zz = dA , I yy = dA , and I yz = in Eqs. (3) and (4) we obtain:
A A A
2 2 2 2
dv dw dv dw
M z = EI zz 2
+ EI yz 2
and M y = EIyz 2
+ EI yy 2
(5)
dx dx dx dx
Eq. (5) is the same as Eq. 6.32.
2 2
Solving Eqs. (5) and (6) for d v and d w using Crammer’s rule we obtain the following.
2 2
dx dx
2 2
dv 1 ⎛ I yy M z – I yz M y-⎞ dw 1 ⎛ I zz M y – I yz M z⎞
= --- ⎜ ----------------------------------- ⎟ and = --- ⎜ -----------------------------------⎟ (6)
dx
2 E ⎝ I I – I2 ⎠ dx
2 E ⎝ I I – I2 ⎠
yy zz yz yy zz yz
y ⎛ I yy M z – I yz M y⎞ z ⎛ I zz M y – I yz M z⎞
σ xx = E – --- ⎜ -----------------------------------
-⎟ – --- ⎜ -----------------------------------⎟ (7)
E ⎝ I I – I2 ⎠ E ⎝ I I – I2 ⎠
yy zz yz yy zz yz
On cancelling E in the numerator and denominator of Eq. 7 we obtain Equation 6.32.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
∂σ xx ∂τ yx
6.136 The equation + = 0 was derived in problem 1.105. Into this equation, substitute Equations 6.12 and
∂x ∂y
6.18 and integrate with y to show that:
2 2
6V y ( b ⁄ 4 – y )
τ yx = --------------------------------------
-
3
b t
y
z
b
t
Figure P6.136
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
M y
⎛ z ⎞ ∂σ xx ∂τ yx
Substituting σ xx = – ⎜ ------------⎟ into + = 0 we obtain the following:
⎝ I zz ⎠ ∂x ∂y
M y ∂M
z ∂τ
– ∂ (------------) + yx = 0 or – ⎛ ------⎞
y z + ∂τyx = 0 (1)
∂ x I zz ∂y ⎝ I zz⎠ ∂ x ∂y
dM z
Substituting = –Vy in the above equation we obtain:
dx
∂τ yx y ∂M z
= ⎛ ------⎞ = – ⎛ ------⎞ V y
y
⎝ ⎠ ⎝ I zz⎠
(2)
∂y I zz ∂ x
We note that Vy and Izz are not functions of y and the shear stress at the bottom is zero. Integrating from the bottom i.e.,
y = -b/2 to any point y we obtain:
τ yx y y
Vy Vy y 2 Vy 2
∫ = – ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ ∫ = – ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ ----- = – ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠ ⎛⎝ y – b-----⎞⎠
2
dτ yx y dy or τ yx (3)
I zz I zz 2 2I zz 4
τ yx = 0 –b
---
– b--- 2
2
3
Substituting I zz = ( tb ) ⁄ 12 into Eq. (3) we obtain:
2 2
⎛ Vy ⎞ ⎛ 2 b 2⎞ 6V y ( b ⁄ 4 – y )
τ yx = ⎜ -------------------------⎟ – y + -----⎠ or τ yx = --------------------------------------
-
⎝ 2 ( tb ) ⁄ 12⎠ ⎝
3 4 b t
3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.137 A cantilever, hollow-circular aluminum beam of 5 feet length is to support a load of 1200-lbs. The inner radius
of the beam is 1 inch. If the maximum bending normal stress is to be limited to 10 ksi, determine the minimum outer
radius of the beam to the nearest 1/16th of an inch.
Solution Ri = 1 inch L = 5ft. P = 1200 lbs σ max ≤ 10ksi Ro = ? nearest 1/16th in.
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the cantilever beam. The maximum moment will be at the built in wall. Its magnitude is:
M max = ( 1200 ) ( 5 ) = 6000 ft – lbs = 72, 000 in – lbs (1)

P =1200 lbs
(a) y (b)
Ri = 1 in
Ro
L = 5ft
Ro f(Ro) Ro f(Ro)
1.100 -9.620 2.100 -0.803
1.200 -9.927 2.105 -0.663
1.300 -10.061 2.110 -0.522
1.400 -9.993 2.115 -0.379
1.500 -9.688 2.120 -0.235
1.600 -9.114 2.125 -0.090
1.700 -8.232 2.130 0.057
1.800 -7.004 2.135 0.205
1.900 -5.386 2.140 0.355
2.000 -3.335 2.145 0.506
2.100 -0.803 2.150 0.658
2.200 2.257
2.300 5.899
π 4
Fig. (b) shows the cross-section of the beam. The area moment of inertia is I zz = --- ( R o – 1 ) . The magnitude of maxi-
4
mum bending normal stress is:
M max y max ( 72000 ) ( R o ) 4

σ max = -------------------------
- = ------------------------------- ≤ 10, 000psi or R o – 1 – 9.167R o ≥ 0 (2)
I zz π 4
--- ( R o – 1 )
4
4
The value of Ro corresponds to the root of the left hand side of Eq. 2, i.e., f ( R o ) = R o – 9.167Ro – 1 = 0 . We find the
root on the spreadsheet as described in Appendix B. The calculations are shown in the table above.
The value of Ro is between 2.125 and 2.130. Rounding upwards to the nearest 1/16 inch, we obtain the minimum value
3-
of Ro as R O = 2 -----
16
in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.138 Table 6.1 shows the value of distributed load at several point along the axis of a rectangular beam. Determine
the maximum bending normal and shear stress in the beam.
y Cross-section
10 ft
x 8 in
p
2 in
Figure P6.138
Table 6.1. Data for Problem 6.138.

x p (x) x p (x)
ft. lbs/ft. ft. lbs/ft.
0 275 6 377

x p (x) x p (x)
1 348 7 316
2 398 8 233
3 426 9 128
4 432 10 0
5 416
Solution σ max = ? τ max =?

------------------------------------------------------------
dV y
Integrating the equilibrium equation = – p ( x ) from x = L to any point x and noting that the shear force at x = L is
dx
zero we obtain the following:
Vy x x
∫ dV y = – ∫ p ( x ) dx or V y ( x ) = – ∫ p ( x ) dx lbs (1)
0 L L
dM z
Integrating the equilibrium equation = – V y from x = L to any point x and noting that the bending moment at x = L
dx
is zero we obtain the following:
Mz x x
∫ dM z = – ∫ V y dx or M z ( x ) = – ∫ V y ( x ) dx ft – lbs (2)
0 L L
3
The area moment of inertia is: I zz = (-----------------
2 ) ( 8 ) - = 85.33in 4 . The maximum Q is at the neutral axis. I value is:
z zz
12
3
Q max = ( 4 ) ( 2 ) ( 2 ) = 16in . The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress in a section at any xi can be written as:
M z ( x i )y max M z ( x i ) ( 12 ) ( 4 )
σ xx ( x i ) = ----------------------------
- = ------------------------------------ = 0.562522 M z ( x i ) (3)
I zz 85.33
The magnitude of maximum bending shear stress in a section at any xi can be written as:
V y ( x i )Q max V y ( x i ) ( 16 )
τ ( x i ) = ----------------------------- - = 0.093754 V y ( x i )
= -------------------------- (4)
I zz t ( 85.33 ) ( 2 )
Eq. (1) can be numerically integrated on a spread sheet to obtain Vy(xi), the value of internal shear force at any xi. Eq.
(2) can be numerically integrated on a spread sheet to obtain Mz(xi), the value of internal bending moment at any xi. Eq.
(3) and Eq.(4) can be used to find the normal and shear stress at various xi and the maximum values chosen by inspec-
tion. These calculations can be done on a spread sheet as shown below.The maximum bending stresses are at the built in
end as expected.
-Vy(xi) Mz(xi) σxx(xi) τ(xi)
xi p(xi)
(lbs) ft-lbs psi psi
10 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9 128 -180.50 90.25 50.77 16.92
8 233 -455.00 408.00 229.51 42.66
7 316 -801.50 1036.25 582.91 75.14
6 377 -1198.00 2036.00 1145.29 112.32
5 416 -1622.00 3446.00 1938.45 152.07
4 432 -2051.00 5282.50 2971.52 192.29
3 426 -2463.00 7539.50 4241.13 230.92
2 398 -2836.00 10189.00 5731.54 265.89
1 348 -3147.50 13180.75 7414.46 295.09
0 275 -3147.50 16328.25 9185.00 295.09
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is: σ max = 9185 psi;
The magnitude of maximum bending shear stress is: τ max = 295 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
6.139 Let the distributed load p(x) in problem 6.138 be represented by the equation p ( x ) = a + bx + cx . Using the
data in Table 6.1 determine the constant a, b, and c by the least-square method. Then find the maximum bending
moment and maximum shear force by analytical integration and determine the maximum bending normal and shear
stress.
Solution a=? b=? c= σ max = ? τ max = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
dV y
Integrating the equilibrium equation = – p ( x ) from x = L to any point x and noting that the shear force at x = L is
dx
zero we obtain:
Vy x x x
2 3
cx -
bx + -------
∫ dV y = – ∫ p ( x ) dx V y ( x ) = – ∫ [ a + bx + cx ] dx = – ax + --------
2
or or
2 3 L
0 L L
b 2 2 c 3 3
V y ( x ) = – a ( x – L ) + --- ( x – L ) + --- ( x – L ) (1)
2 3
dM z
Integrating the equilibrium equation = – V y from x = L to any point x and noting that the bending moment at x = L
dx
is zero we obtain the following:
Mz x x
b 2 c 3
∫ dM z = – ∫ V y dx ∫
2 3
or Mz ( x ) = a ( x – L ) + --- ( x – L ) + --- ( x – L ) dx ft – lbs or
2 3
0 L L
x
2
b x3 4
M z ( x ) = a ⎛⎝ x----- – Lx⎞⎠ + --- ⎛⎝ ----
- – L x⎞ + --- ⎛ x----- – L x⎞
2 c 3
⎠ 3⎝ 4 ⎠ or
2 2 3
L
2 2 3 3 4 4
M z ( x ) = a ⎛⎝ x----- – Lx + -----
L -⎞ + b--- ⎛ x----- – L 2 x + --------
2L -⎞ + --c- ⎛ x----- – L 3 x + --------
3L -⎞ (2)
2 2 ⎠ 2⎝ 3 3 ⎠ 3⎝ 4 4 ⎠
The maximum value of shear force and bending moment is at the wall i.e., at x = 0. From Eqs. (1) and (2) we obtain:
2 3
V y ( x = 0 ) = ⎛ aL + -------- ---------⎞⎠ lbs
bL
- + cL (3)
⎝ 2 3
2 3 4
M z ( x = 0 ) = ⎛⎝ -------- ---------⎞⎠ ft – lbs
bL - + cL
aL - + -------- (4)
2 3 4
Using the Least Square Method described in Appendix B, we obtain the value of the values of constants a, b, and c on a
spread sheet as shown in the table below.
xi p(xi) xi2 xi3 xi4 x*pi xi2*pi
1 10 0 100.0 1.000E+03 1.000E+04 0.000E+00 0.000E+00

2 9 128 81.0 7.290E+02 6.561E+03 1.152E+03 1.037E+04
3 8 233 64.0 5.120E+02 4.096E+03 1.864E+03 1.491E+04
4 7 316 49.0 3.430E+02 2.401E+03 2.212E+03 1.548E+04
5 6 377 36.0 2.160E+02 1.296E+03 2.262E+03 1.357E+04
6 5 416 25.0 1.250E+02 6.250E+02 2.080E+03 1.040E+04
7 4 432 16.0 6.400E+01 2.560E+02 1.728E+03 6.912E+03
8 3 426 9.0 2.700E+01 8.100E+01 1.278E+03 3.834E+03
9 2 398 4.0 8.000E+00 1.600E+01 7.960E+02 1.592E+03
10 1 348 1.0 1.000E+00 1.000E+00 3.480E+02 3.480E+02
11 0 275 0.0 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00
Sums (bij &ri) 55.0 3349.0 385.0 3025.0 25333.0 13720.0 77422.0
Cij 6.026E+05 2.287E+05 1.815E+04 1.304E+05 1.210E+04 1.210E+03
D 1.038E+06
ai 275.119 83.724 -11.122
The values of the constants are: a = 275.119 b = 83.724 c = – 11.122
Substituting the above values of a, b, and c and L = 10 in Eqs. (3) and (4) we obtain:
V y ( x = 0 ) = 3230 lbs (5)
M z ( x = 0 ) = 13858.95 ft – lbs (6)
Substituting Eqs. (5) and (6) into Eqs. (3) and (4) of problem 6.138 we obtain:
σ max = σ xx ( x = 0 ) = 0.562522 M z ( x = 0 ) = ( 0.562522 ) ( 13858.95 ) = 7795.96 psi
τ max = τ ( x = 0 ) = 0.093754 V y ( x = 0 ) = ( 0.093754 ) ( 3230 ) = 302.83 psi
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is: σ max = 7796 psi
The magnitude of maximum bending shear stress is: τ max = 303 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 In terms of w, P, L, E, and I determine (a) equation of the elastic curve. (b) the deflection of the
beam at point A
y P
x A
L
Figure P7.1
Solution v(x) =? v(L) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after on imaginary cut is made at the same location x.
P
Mz
Vy O A
(L - x)
By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain: M z + P ( L – x ) = 0 or Mz = –P ( L – x )

The boundary value problem statement is
2
d v
EI = – PL + Px (1)
2
dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
Integrating Eq.1, we obtain,
2
dv Px
EI = – PLx + --------- + C 1 (4)
dx 2
2 3
EIv = –
PLx - + Px + x + C
--------------- --------- C 1 2 (5)
2 6
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(4) and using Eq.(3), we obtain
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (6)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (7)
Substituting Eqs. (6) and (7) in Eq.(5) and using Eq.(3), we obtain the elastic curve below
2 3 2
v ( x ) = ------ ⎛ -----------------------------⎞ or
P – 3Lx + x Px
v ( x ) = --------- ( x – 3L )
EI ⎝ 6 ⎠ 6EI
Substituting x = L in the elastic curve equation, we obtain
2 3
PL
v ( L ) = --------- ( – 2L ) or v ( L ) = – PL
---------
6EI 3EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
beam at point A
y
w
x A
L/2 L/2
Figure P7.2
Solution v(x) =? v(L/2) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From symmetry, we know that the reaction at each support is half the total load. Fig(a) shows the free body
diagram after an imaginary cut is made at some location x.Fig(b) shows the distributed force replaced by a
equivalent force.
w wx
(a) (b) Mz
Mz
O O
Vy Vy
wL/2 x wL/2 x/2 x/2
2
By equilibrium of moment about point O: M z + wx ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ – -------- ( x ) = 0
x wL wLx wx
or M z = ----------- – ----------
2 2 2 2
The boundary value statement is
2 2
d v wLx wx
EI = ----------- – ---------- (1)
2 2 2
dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
v(L) = 0 (3)
2 3
dv wLx wx
EI = -------------- – ---------- + C 1 (4)
dx 4 6
3 4
EIv = wLx
-------------- – wx
---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (5)
12 24
Substituting x = L in Eq.(5) and using Eq.(2), we obtain
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (6)
4 4 4 3
wL wL wL wL
EIv ( L ) = ---------- – ---------- + C 1 L = 0 or ---------- ( 2 – 1 ) + C 1 L = 0 or C 1 = – ---------- (7)
12 24 24 24
3 4 3
v ( x ) = ------ ⎛ -------------------------------------⎞ or
w 2Lx – x – L x – wx 3 2 3
v ( x ) = ------------ ( x – 2Lx + L )
EI ⎝ 24 ⎠ 24EI
Substituting x = L/2 in the elastic curve equation, we obtain
3 3 4
v ⎛ ---⎞ = ------------ ⎛ ------ – -----
- + L ⎞ or v ⎛ ---⎞ = – ⎛ ---------------⎞
L – wL L L 3 L 5wL
⎝ 2⎠ 48EI ⎝ 8 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 384EI⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
beam at point A
y
PL
x A
L/2 L/2
Figure P7.3
Solution v(x) =? v(L/2) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam.By equilibrium of moment about point C, we
obtain: R B ( L ) – PL = 0 or RB = P
Mz
PL
(a) (b) O
Vy
L/2 L/2 x
RC RB
RB
Fig.(b) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut is made at some location x.By equilibrium of
moment about point O, we obtain: M z – R B x = 0 or M z = Px
The boundary value problem statement is,
2
d v
EI = Px (1)
2
dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
v(L) = 0 (3)
2
dv Px
EI = --------- + C 1 (4)
dx 2
3
EIv = Px
--------- + C 1 x + C 2 (5)
6
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (6)
3 2
EIv ( L ) = PL
PL
--------- + C 1 L = 0 or C 1 = – --------- (7)
6 6
Substituting C1and C2 in Eq.(5) and using Eq.(3), we obtain the elastic curve below
P 3 P 3 Px 2 2
v ( x ) = --------- x – --------- L x or v ( x ) = --------- ( x – L )
6EI 6EI 6EI
Substituting x = L/2 in the elastic curve equation, we obtain
2 3
v ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = --------- ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ ⎛⎝ ------ – L ⎞⎠ or v ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = – ⎛ ------------⎞
L P L L 2 L PL
2 6EI 2 4 2 ⎝ 16EI⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
beam at point A
x A
L
Figure P7.4
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at some location x.Fig.(b) shows the
distributed force replaced by a equivalent force.
w w(L - x)
(a) Mz (b) Mz
Vy O A Vy O A
(L - x)
(L - x)/2 (L - x)/2
By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain,
M z + w ( L – x ) ⎛ ------------⎞ = 0
L–x w 2 w 2 2
or M z = – ---- ( L – x ) = – ---- ( L – 2Lx + x )
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 2
2 2 2
d v wL wx
EI = – ---------- + wLx – ---------- (1)
2 2 2
dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
2 2 3
dv wL x wx
EI = – ---------- x + wL ----- – ---------
- + C1 (4)
dx 2 2 6
2 2 3 4
wL x wLx wx
EIv = – ---------------- + -------------- – ---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (5)
4 6 24
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(4) and using Eq(3), we obtain
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (6)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (7)
Substituting C1and C2in Eq.(5), we obtain the elastic curve below
2 2 3 4 2
v ( x ) = ------ ⎛ -------------------------------------------------⎞ or
w – 6 L x + 4Lx – x – wx 2 2
v ( x ) = ------------- ( x – 4Lx + 6L )
EI ⎝ 24 ⎠ 24EI
Substituting x = L in the elastic curve equation, we obtain
2 4
–w ( L ) 2
v ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
2 2 wL
v ( L ) = ------------------- ( L – 4L + 6L ) or
24EI ⎝ 8EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
beam at point A.
y
w
x B
A
Figure P7.5 L
Solution v(x) =? v(0) =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam with the distributed force replaced by a equivalent
force.By equilibrium of moment about point B, we obtain
2
M A – w L ⎛ ---⎞ = 0
L wL
or M A = ----------
⎝ 2⎠ 2
wL wx
(a) MA (b)M wx (c)MA
A Mz Mz
A B A
A
Vy Vy
L/2 L/2 x/2
x x/2
RB
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at some location x.Fig(b) shows the dis-
tributed force replaced by a equivalent force.By Equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain,
2 2
M z + wx ⎛ ---⎞ – M A = 0
x wL wx
or M z = ---------- – ----------
⎝ 2⎠ 2 2
2 2 2
d v wL wx
EI = ---------- – ---------- (1)
2 2 2
dx
dv
(0) = 0 (2)
dx
v(L) = 0 (3)
2 3
dv wL x- wx +
EI = ------------- – ---------- C 1 (4)
dx 2 6
2 2 4
wL x wx
EIv = ---------------- – ---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (5)
4 24
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (6)
dx
4 4 4
EIv ( L ) = wL
---------- – wL
5wL
---------- + C 2 = 0 or C 2 = – -------------- (7)
12 24 24
2 2 4 4
Substituting C1and C2 in Eq.(5), we obtain: v = ------ ⎛⎝ ----------------------------------------⎞⎠ or v ( x ) = ------------ ( 6L x – x – 5L )
w 6L x – x – 5L w 2 2 4 4
EI 24 24EI
4
v ( 0 ) = – ⎛ --------------⎞
5wL
Substituting x = 0 in elastic curve, we obtain ⎝ 24EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
beam at point A
P
PL
A
Figure P7.6

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam.By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we
obtain R B = P
P
Mz
(a) (b)
MA PL B O
PL B A Vy
x
L RB
RB
Fig(b) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut is made at some location x.By equilibrium of
moment about point O, we obtain: M z + PL – R B x = 0 or M z = Px – PL
2
d v
EI = Px – PL (1)
2
dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(L) = 0 (3)
dx
2
dv Px
EI = --------- – PLx + C 1 (4)
dx 2
3 2
EIv = Px
--------- – PLx
------------- + C 1 x + C 2 (5)
6 2
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (6)
Substituting x = L into Eq.(4) and using Eq.(3), we obtain
2 2
dv PL 2 PL
EI ( L ) = --------- – PL + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = --------- (7)
dx 2 2
Substituting C1and C2 into Eq.(5) and using Eq.(3), we obtain the elastic curve below
P 3 2 2 Px 2 2
v ( x ) = --------- ( x – 3Lx + 3L x ) or v ( x ) = --------- ( x – 3Lx + 3L )
6EI 6EI
3
Substituting x = L in the elastic curve equation, we obtain v ( L ) = PL
---------
6EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.7 The cantilever beam in Figure P7.7 is acted upon by a distributed bending moment m per unit
length. Determine (a) the elastic curve in terms of m, E, I, L, and x; (b) the deflection at x = L
y
m x
Figure P7.7
Solution v(x) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Mz m
Vy O A
(L - x)
By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain: M z + m ( L – x ) = 0 or Mz = –m ( L – x )

2
d v
EI = – mL + mx (1)
2
dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
2
dv mx +
EI = – mLx + ---------
- C1 (4)
dx 2
2 3
– mLx mx
EIv = ----------------- + ---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (5)
2 6
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (6)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (7)
2 3 2
v ( x ) = ------ ⎛ -----------------------------⎞ or
m – 3Lx + x mx
v ( x ) = ---------- ( x – 3L )
EI ⎝ 6 ⎠ 6EI
Substituting x = L we obtain:
3
v ( L ) = – ⎛ -----------⎞
mL
⎝ 3EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.8 Determine the deflection at point A in terms of w, P, L, E, and I
y
w
x A
Lm
L/2 m
Figure P7.8
Solution vA =?
Fig.(a) shows the elastic curve in the region BC is same as the problem 7-4.The elastic curve in the region
CA is a straight line as the internal moment is zero.
L/2 m
(a) Lm
C A
vC
vA
θC
From Fig (a) we can write,

L
v A = v C + --- tan θ C (1)
2
From problem 7-4, the elastic curve is
2
– wx 2 2
v ( x ) = ------------- ( x – 4Lx + 6L ) (2)
24EI
Taking the first derivative of Eq.(2), we obtain,
–w
dv = ----------- 3 2 2
- ( 4x – 12Lx + 12L x ) (3)
dx 24EI
Substituting x = L in Eq.(2) and (3)
4
vC = v ( L ) = –
wL -
------------- (4)
8EI
3 3
dv – wL – wL
tan θ C = ( L ) = -------------- ( 4 – 12 + 12 ) = -------------- (5)
dx 24EI 6EI
Substituting Eq.(4) and (5) in Eq.(1)
4 3 4
+ --- ⎛ --------------⎞ v A = – ⎛ --------------⎞
wL - L – wL 5wL
vA = –
-------------
8EI 2 ⎝ 6EI ⎠ ⎝ 24EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.9 Determine the deflection at point A in terms of w, P, L, E, and I
y
PL
B x C A
L L
Figure P7.9
Solution vA =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the elastic curve in the region BC is same as that in problem 7-3.The elastic curve in the
region CA is a straight line as the internal moment is zero.
θC vA
B C A
L L
From Fig.(a) we can write,

v A = L tan θ C (1)
From problem 7.3, the elastic curve is
P 3 2
v ( x ) = --------- ( x – L x ) (2)
6EI
Taking the first derivative of Eq.(2), we obtain,
P
dv = -------- 2 2
- ( 3x – L ) (3)
dx 6EI
Substituting x = L in Eq.(2) and (3)
2
dv P 2 2 PL
tan θ C = ( L ) = --------- ( 3L – L ) = --------- (4)
dx 6EI 3EI
2 3
Substituting Eqs.(4) and (5) into Eq.(1) we obtain: v A = L ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ or
PL
v A = PL
---------
3EI 3EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.10 For the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.10, determine the deflection at point A in terms of P,
L, E, and I.
y P
C x B A
L L/2
Figure P7.10
Solution vA =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the elastic curve in the region BC is same as that in problem 7.1.
2
Px
v ( x ) = --------- ( x – 3L ) (1)
6EI
The elastic curve in the region BA is a straight line as the internal moment is zero.
(a)
L L/2
C B A
vB
vA
θB
From Equation (1) we have:

3
PL
v B = v ( L ) = – --------- (2)
3EI
2
dv P 2 PL
θB = ( L ) = --------- ( 3x – 6xL ) = – --------- (3)
dx 6EI x=L
2EI
The delection at A is:
3 3 3
L PL PL 7PL
v A = v B + θ B --- = – --------- – --------- = – ------------- (4)
2 3EI 4EI 12EI
3
7PL
v A = – -------------
12EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.11 For the beam shown and loading in Figure P7.11, determine the deflection at point A in terms of w,
L, E, and I.
y
w
C x B A
L L/2
Figure P7.11
Solution vA =?
------------------------------------------------------------
– wx 3 2 3
v ( x ) = ------------ ( x – 2Lx + L ) (1)
24EI
(a)
θB vA
C B
A
L L/2

3
dv –w 3 2 3 wL
θB = ( L ) = ------------ ( 4x – 6Lx + L ) = ------------ (2)
dx 24EI x=L
24EI
4
L wL
v A = θ B --- = ------------ (3)
2 48EI
4
wL
v A = -----------
-
48EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.12 For the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.11, determine the deflection at point A in terms of w,
L, E, and I .
y
w
x A
L L/2
Figure P7.12
Solution vA =?
------------------------------------------------------------
w 2 2 4 4
v ( x ) = ------------ ( 6L x – x – 5L ) (1)
24EI
(a)
L vA
C B θB A
L/2

3
dv w 2 3 wL
θB = ( L ) = ------------ ( 12L x – 4x ) = ---------- (2)
dx 24EI x=L
3EI
4
L wL
v A = θ B --- = ---------- (3)
2 6EI
4
v A = wL
----------
6EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.13 In Table P7.13, v1 and v2 represents the delection in segment AB and BC. For the beam shown in
Figure P7.13, identify all the conditions from Table P7.13 needed to solve for the delection v(x) at any
point on the beam.
w
A x 1 B 2 C
Figure P7.13 2L L
Table P7.13 Potential Boundary and Continuity Conditions
(a) v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (e) v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (i) v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L )
(b) v 1 ( L ) = 0 (f) v 2 ( 3L ) = 0 (j) v 1 ( 2L ) = v 2 ( 2L )
(c) v 2 ( L ) = 0 dv 1 dv 1 dv 2
(g) (0) = 0 (k) (L) = (L)
dx dx dx
(d)v 1 ( 2L ) = 0 dv 2 dv 1 dv 2
(h) ( 3L ) = 0 (l) ( 2L ) = ( 2L )
dx dx dx
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The applicable conditions are: (d), (h),(j), and (l).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
point on the beam.
A x 1 B 2 C
L 2L
Figure P7.14
(a) v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (e) v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (i) v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L )
(b) v 1 ( L ) = 0 (f) v 2 ( 3L ) = 0 (j) v 1 ( 2L ) = v 2 ( 2L )
(c) v 2 ( L ) = 0 dv 1 dv 1 dv 2
(g) (0) = 0 (k) (L) = (L)
dx dx dx
(d)v 1 ( 2L ) = 0 dv 2 dv 1 dv 2
(h) ( 3L ) = 0 (l) ( 2L ) = ( 2L )
dx dx dx
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The applicable conditions are: (b), (c),(f), and (k).
or
The applicable conditions are: (b),(f), (i) and (k).
or
The applicable conditions are: (c), (f),(i), and (k).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
point on the beam.
w wL
A x 1 B 2 C
L 2L
Figure P7.15
(a) v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (e) v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (i) v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L )
(b) v 1 ( L ) = 0 (f) v 2 ( 3L ) = 0 (j) v 1 ( 2L ) = v 2 ( 2L )
(c) v 2 ( L ) = 0 dv 1 dv 1 dv 2
(g) (0) = 0 (k) (L) = (L)
dx dx dx
(d)v 1 ( 2L ) = 0 dv 2 dv 1 dv 2
(h) ( 3L ) = 0 (l) ( 2L ) = ( 2L )
dx dx dx
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The applicable conditions are: (a), (g),(i), and (k).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.16 In Table P7.16, v1 and v2 represents the delection in segment AB and BC. For the beam shown in Figure P7.14, identify all
the conditions from Table P7.16 needed to solve for the delection v(x) at any point on the beam.
w
wL
A x 1 B 2 C
2L L
Figure P7.16
(a) v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (e) v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (i) v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L )
(b) v 1 ( L ) = 0 (f) v 2 ( 3L ) = 0 (j) v 1 ( 2L ) = v 2 ( 2L )
(c) v 2 ( L ) = 0 dv 1 dv 1 dv 2
(g) (0) = 0 (k) (L) = (L)
dx dx dx
(d)v 1 ( 2L ) = 0 dv 2 dv 1 dv 2
(h) ( 3L ) = 0 (l) ( 2L ) = ( 2L )
dx dx dx
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The applicable conditions are: (a), (d),(e), and (l).
or
The applicable conditions are: (a), (d),(j), and (l).
or
The applicable conditions are: (a),(e), (j)and (l).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.17 In terms of w, L, E, and I, determine (a) the equation of the Elastic Curve. (b) the deflection at
x = L.
wL
y
A x B C
L 2L
Figure P7.17

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam.By equilibrium of moment about point C, we
2
obtain: R A ( 3L ) – wL ( 2L ) = 0 or R A = --- wL
3
wL (c) wL
(a) (b)
M1 M2
A
A B C A B
V1 V2
L RA RA
RA 2L x L (x - L)
RC
x
Fig.(b) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut between AB.By equilibrium of moment about
point O1, we obtain,
2
M1 – RA x = 0 or M 1 = --- wLx (1)
3
Fig.(c) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut is made between AB.By equilibrium of
moment about point O2, we obtain,
2
M 2 – R A x + wL ( x – L ) = 0 or M 2 = --- wLx – wL ( x – L ) (2)
3
2
d v1 2
EI = --- wLx 0≤x≤L (3)
2 3
dx
2
d v2 2
EI = --- wLx – wL ( x – L ) L ≤ x ≤ 3L (4)
2 3
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (5)
v 2 ( 3L ) = 0 (6)
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (7)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (8)
dx dx
Integrating Eqs.(3) and (4), we obtain,
dv 1 1 2
EI = --- wLx + C 1 (9)
dx 3
dv 2 1 2 wL 2
EI = --- wLx – -------- ( x – L ) + C 2 (10)
dx 3 2
Substituting x = L in Eqs.(9) and (10) and equating to satisfy Eq.(8) we obtain
1 3 1 3
--- wL + C 1 = --- wL + C 2 or C1 = C2 (11)
3 3
Integrating Eqs.(9) and (10) and using Eq.(11), we obtain,
1 3
EIv 1 = --- wLx + C 1 x + C 3 (12)
9
1 3 wL 3
EIv 2 = --- wLx – -------- ( x – L ) + C 1 x + C 4 (13)
9 6
Substituting x = L in Eqs. (12) and (13) and equating to satisfy Eq.(7) we obtain
1 3 1 3
--- wL + C 1 L + C 3 = --- wL + C 1 L + C 4 or C3 = C4 (14)
9 9
Substituting x = 0 in Eqs. (12) and using Eq.(5) we obtain
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = C 3 = 0 (15)
Substituting x = 3L in Eqs. (13) and using Eq.(6) we obtain
1
EIv 2 ( 3L ) = --- wL ( 27L ) – wL
3 3
-------- ( 8L ) + C 1 ( 3L ) or
9 6
4
wL ( 54 – 24 ) 5 3
C 1 ( 3L ) + ---------------------------------- = 0 or C 1 = – --- wL (16)
18 9
5 3
The integration constant are C1= C 2 = – --- wL and C3= C4 = 0
9
Substituting the above constants in Eqs.(12) and (13), we obtain
3 3
w ( Lx – 5L x ) wLx 2 2
v 1 = ------ --------------------------------- = ----------- ( x – 5L ) (17)
EI 9 9EI
w 3 3 w 3
v 2 = --------- ( Lx – 5L x ) – --------- ( x – L ) (18)
9EI 6EI
⎧ wLx 2 2
----------- ( x – 5L ) 0≤x≤L
⎪ 9EI
v(x) = ⎨
⎪ wLx 2 2 wL
----------- ( x – 5L ) – --------- ( x – L )
3 L ≤ x ≤ 3L
The equation of the elastic curve is, ⎩ 9EI 6EI
Substitution in x= L in Eq.(17), we obtain
2 4
v ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
wL 2 wL
v ( L ) = ---------- ( – 4L ) or
9EI ⎝ 9EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x = L.
y
w
wL2 A
x B C
L L
Figure P7.18

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the entire beam.By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we
obtain R A – wL = 0 or R A = wL
(a) (b) (c) (d) w(x - L)
wL
M1 M2 M2
wL2 A B C MC wL2 A O wL2 A B wL2 A B
V1 (x - L) V2 V2
L L x L (x - L)/2
RA RA x RA
RA x
Fig.(b) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut between AB.By equilibrium of moment about
2 2
M 1 + wL – R A x = 0 or M 1 = wLx – wL (1)
Fig.(c) shows the free body diagram after the imaginary cut is a made between BC. By equilibrium of
moment about point O2, we obtain,
2 2 2
M 2 + wL – R A x + w ( x – L ) ( x – L ) ⁄ 2 = 0 or M 2 = wLx – w L – w ( x – L ) ⁄ 2 (2)
2
d v1 2
EI = wLx – wL 0≤x≤L (3)
2
dx
2
d v2 2 2
EI = wLx – wL – w ( x – L ) ⁄ 2 L ≤ x ≤ 2L (4)
2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (5)
dv 2
( 2L ) = 0 (6)
dx
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (7)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (8)
dx dx
Integrating Eq.(3) and (4), we obtain,
dv 1 1 2 2
EI = --- wLx – w L x + C 1 (9)
dx 2
dv 2 1 2 2 w 3
EI = --- wLx – w L x – ---- ( x – L ) + C 2 (10)
dx 2 6
1 3 3 1 3 3
--- wL – wL + C 1 = --- wL – wL + C 2 or C1 = C2 (11)
2 2
Integrating Eqs. (9) and (10), we obtain,
3 2 2
wLx wL x + x + C
EIv 1 = -------------
- – ---------------- C 1 3 (12)
6 2
3 2 2 4
wLx wL x w ( x – L )
EIv 2 = -------------- – ---------------- – ------------------------ + C 1 x + C 4 (13)
6 2 24
1 4 w 4 1 4 w 4
--- wL – ---- L + C 1 L + C 3 = --- wL – ---- L + C 1 x + C 4 or C3 = C4 (14)
6 2 6 2
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = C 3 = 0 (15)
Substituting x = 2Lin Eqs. (10) and using Eq.(6) we obtain
dv 2 1 2 2 1 3
EI ( 2L ) = --- wL ( 4L ) – wL ( 2L ) – --- wL + C 2 = 0 or
dx 2 6
3
wL ( 12 – 12 – 1 ) 1 3
C 2 + ------------------------------------------- = 0 or C 2 = --- wL (16)
6 6
1 3
The value of integration constant are C1= C 2 = --- wL and C3= C4 = 0
6
Substituting the above constants in Eqs. (12) and (13), we obtain
3 2 2 3
w ( Lx – 3L x + L x ) wLx 2 2
v 1 = ------ ---------------------------------------------------- = ----------- ( x – 3Lx + L ) (17)
EI 6 6EI
3 2 2 3
w ( Lx – 3L x + L x ) w 4
v 2 = ------ ---------------------------------------------------- – ------ ( x – L ) (18)
EI 6 24
⎧ wLx 2
⎪ ----------- ( x – 3Lx + L )
2 0≤x≤L
⎪ 6EI
The equation of the elastic curve is, v(x) = ⎨ 3 2 2 3
w- ( Lx – 3L x + L x ) w
⎪ ----- 4
L ≤ x ≤ 2L
⎪ EI - – ------ ( x – L )
---------------------------------------------------
6 24
⎩
2 4
v ( L ) = – ⎛ --------------⎞
wL 2 2 2 4wL
Substitution in x= L in Eq(17), we obtain: v ( L ) = ---------- ( L – 3L + L ) or ⎝ 6EI ⎠
6EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x = L.
w
y
L L
Figure P7.19
------------------------------------------------------------
A y ( 2L ) – wL ⎛ ---⎞ = 0
L wL
or A y = -------- kips (1)
⎝ 2⎠ 4
Mz w(x-L)
(a) wL (b) (c) Mz
A O1 A B O2
A B C
Ax= 0 Vy Vy
Ay (x-L)/2 (x-L)/2
Ay L L/2 L/2 Cy x Ay L
x
wL
M z = -------- x in – kips 0≤x<L (2)
4
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain: M z + ( w ) ( x – L ) ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠ – A y ( x ) = 0 or

x–L
2
wL w 2
M z = -------- x – ---- ( x – L ) in – kips L < x ≤ 2L (3)
4 2
2
d v1
EI = wLx
----------- 0≤x≤L (4)
2 4
dx
2
d v2 wLx w 2
EI = ----------- – ---- ( x – L ) L ≤ x ≤ 2L (5)
2 4 2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (6)
v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (7)
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (8)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (9)
dx dx
dv 1 1 2
EI = --- wLx + C 1 (10)
dx 8
dv 2 1 2 w 3
EI = --- wLx – ---- ( x – L ) + C 2 (11)
dx 8 6
1 3 1 3
--- wL + C 1 = --- wL + C 2 or C1 = C2 (12)
8 8
3
wLx
EIv 1 = -------------- + C 1 x + C 3 (13)
24
3 4
wLx w ( x – L )
EIv 2 = -------------- – ------------------------ + C1 x + C4 (14)
24 24
4 4
wL wL
---------- + C 1 L + C 3 = ---------- + C 1 x + C 4 or C3 = C4 (15)
24 24
Substituting x = 0 in Eqs.(12) and using Eq.(5) we obtain
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = C 3 = 0 (16)
Substituting x = 2Lin Eqs.(13) and using Eqs.(6),(14) and (15) we obtain
4 4 3
w 3 wL wL ( 8 – 1 ) 7wL
EIv 2 ( 2L ) = ------ L ( 8L ) – ---------- + C 1 ( 2L ) = 0 or C 1 ( 2L ) + ---------------------------- = 0 or C 1 = – -------------- (17)
24 24 24 48
3
7wL
The value of integration constants are C 1 = C 2 = – -------------
- and C3= C4 = 0
48
3 3
w ( 2Lx – 7L x ) wLx 2 2
v 1 = ------ ---------------------------------- = ------------ ( 2x – 7L ) (18)
EI 48 48EI
3 3
w ( 2Lx – 7L x ) w 4
v 2 = ------ ---------------------------------- – ------------ ( x – L ) (19)
EI 48 24EI
⎧ wLx 2 2
⎪ ------------ ( 2x – 7L ) 0≤x≤L
⎪ 48EI
The equation of the elastic curve is, v(x) = ⎨ 3 3
w ( 2Lx – 7L x )
⎪ ----- w 4
L ≤ x ≤ 2L
- – ------------ ( x – L )
⎪ EI- ---------------------------------
48 24EI
⎩
2 4
wL 2 2 – 5 wL
v ( L ) = ------------ ( 2L – 7L ) or v ( L ) = -----------------
48EI 48EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
x = L.
y w
L L
Figure P7.20

------------------------------------------------------------
From the Eqs.(7) and (8) in problem 6-56, we have
3 2
M z = wLx – --- wL 0≤x≤L (1)
2
3 2 w 2
M z = wLx – --- wL – ---- ( x – L ) L ≤ x ≤ 2L (2)
2 2
2
d v1 3 2
EI = wLx – --- wL 0≤x≤L (3)
2 2
dx
2
d v2 3 2 w 2
EI = wLx – --- wL – ---- ( x – L ) L ≤ x ≤ 2L (4)
2 2 2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (5)
dv 1
(0) = 0 (6)
dx
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (7)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (8)
dx dx
Integrating Eqs. (1) and (2), we obtain,
dv 1 1 2 3 2
EI = --- wLx – --- w L x + C 1 (9)
dx 2 2
dv 2 1 2 3 2 w 3
EI = --- wLx – --- w L x – ---- ( x – L ) + C 2 (10)
dx 2 2 6
Substituting x = L in Eqs. (9) and (10) and equating to satisfy Eq. (8) we obtain
1--- 3 3 3 1 3 3 3
wL – --- wL + C 1 = --- wL – --- wL + C 2 or C1 = C2 (11)
2 2 2 2
3 2 2
EIv 1 = wLx 3wL x - + C x + C
-------------- – ------------------- 1 3 (12)
6 4
3 2 2 4
wLx 3wL x w ( x – L )
EIv 2 = -------------- – -------------------- – ------------------------ + C 1 x + C 4 (13)
6 4 24
1 4 3 4 1 4 3 4
--- wL – --- wL + C 1 L + C 3 = --- wL – --- wL + C 1 x + C 4 or C3 = C4 (14)
6 4 6 4
dv 1
EI ( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (15)
dx
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = C 3 = 0 (16)
The value of integration constant are C1= C2= 0 and C3= C4 = 0
3 2 2 2
w ( 2Lx – 9L x ) wLx
v 1 = ------ --------------------------------------- = -------------- ( 2x – 9L ) (17)
EI 12 12EI
3 2 2
w ( 2Lx – 9L x ) w 4
v 2 = ------ --------------------------------------- – ------------ ( x – L ) (18)
EI 12 24EI
⎧ wLx 2
⎪ -------------- ( 2x – 9L )
⎪ 12EI 0≤x≤L
The equation of the elastic curve is, v ( x ) = ⎨
⎪ w ( 2Lx 3 – 9L 2 x 2 ) w 4
L ≤ x ≤ 2L
⎪ ------ --------------------------------------- – ------------ ( x – L )
⎩ EI 12 24EI
3 4
wL – 7 wL
v ( L ) = ------------ ( – 7L ) or v ( L ) = -----------------
12EI 12EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.21 A simply supported beam in Figure P7.21 is acted upon by a distributed bending moment m per
unit length. Determine (a) the elastic curve in terms of m, E, I, L, and x; (b) deflection at x =L.
y
m x
L L
Figure P7.21
m
A y ( 2L ) – mL = 0 or A y = ---- kips (1)
2
(a) (b) Mz (c) Mz
A O1 A B O2
A B C
Ax= 0 Vy Vy
Ay Ay x Ay (x-L)
L L Cy L
x
m
M z = ---- x in – kips 0≤x<L (2)
2
By equilibrium of moment about point O2 in Fig. (c) we obtain: M z + ( m ) ( x – L ) – A y ( x ) = 0 or
m
M z = ---- x – m ( x – L ) in – kips L < x ≤ 2L (3)
2
2
d v1 m
EI = ---- x 0≤x≤L (4)
2 2
dx
2
d v2 m
EI = ---- x – m ( x – L ) L ≤ x ≤ 2L (5)
2 2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (6)
v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (7)
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (8)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (9)
dx dx
dv 1 1 2
EI = --- mx + C 1 (10)
dx 4
dv 2 1 2 m 2
EI = --- mx – ---- ( x – L ) + C 2 (11)
dx 4 2
1 2 1 2
--- mL + C 1 = --- mL + C 2 or C1 = C2 (12)
4 4
3
mx
EIv 1 = ---------- + C 1 x + C 3 (13)
12
3 3
mx m ( x – L )
EIv 2 = ---------- – ------------------------- + C 1 x + C 4 (14)
12 6
3 3
mL mL
----------- + C 1 L + C 3 = ----------- + C 1 x + C 4 or C3 = C4 (15)
12 12
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = C 3 = 0 (16)
Substituting x = 2Lin Eqs.(13) and using Eqs.(6),(14) and (15) we obtain
3 3 2
m 3 mL mL ( 8 – 2 ) mL
EIv 2 ( 2L ) = ------ ( 8L ) – ----------- + C 1 ( 2L ) = 0 or C 1 ( 2L ) + ---------------------------- = 0 or C 1 = – ----------- (17)
12 6 24 12
2
mL and C = C = 0
The value of integration constants are C 1 = C 2 = – ----------
- 3 4
12
3 2
m ( x –L x ) mx 2 2
v 1 = ------ ----------------------- = ------------ ( x – L ) (18)
EI 12 12EI
mx 2 2 m 3
v 2 = ------------ ( x – L ) – --------- ( x – L ) (19)
12EI 6EI
mx 2
⎧ ----------- 2
-(x – L ) 0≤x≤L
⎪ 12EI
The equation of the elastic curve is, v(x) = ⎨
⎪ -----------
mx 2 2 m
- ( x – L ) – --------- ( x – L )
3
L ≤ x ≤ 2L
⎩ 12EI 6EI

mL 2 2
v ( L ) = ------------ ( L – L ) or v(L) = 0
12EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.22 A diver weighing 200 lb stands at the edge of the diving board as shown in Figure 7.22. The diving
board cross section is 16 in.x 1 in. and has a modulus of elasticity of 1500 ksi. Determine the maximum
deflection in the diving board.
y
y
A x
B C 1in
56 in. 64 in. z
16in
Figure P7.22
Solution vmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
1 3 4
I zz = ------ ( 16 ) ( 1 ) = 1.333 in (1)
12
The bending rigidity is:
6 6 2
EI = ( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.333 ) = 20 ( 10 ) lb – in (2)
(a) (b) (c)

200
V2 M2
V1 M1
56 in.
56 in. 64 in. RA RB
RA x
RA RB x
From free body diagram (a) we obtain the reaction forces as follows:
( 64 ) ( 200 )
R B = ------------------------- = 492.86 lb R A = R B – 200 = 232.86 lb (3)
56
From free body diagrams (a) and (b) we obtain:
M 1 = – 232.86x in – lb M 2 = – 232.86x + 492.86 ( x – 56 ) in – lb (4)
The boundary value problem can be writen as:
2
d v1
EI = – 232.86x 0 ≤ x ≤ 56 (5)
2
dx
2
d v2
EI = – 232.86x + 492.86 ( x – 56 ) 56 ≤ x ≤ 120 (6)
2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (7)
v 1 ( 56 ) = 0 (8)
v 2 ( 56 ) = 0 (9)
dv 1 dv 2
( 56 ) = ( 56 ) (10)
dx dx
Integrating twice we obtain:
dv 1 2
x
EI = – 232.86 ----- + C 1 (11)
dx 2
2 2
dv 2 x ( x – 56 )
EI = – 232.86 ----- + 492.86 ---------------------- + C 2 (12)
dx 2 2
3
x
EIv 1 = – 232.86 ----- + C 1 x + C 3 (13)
6
3 3
x ( x – 56 )
EIv 2 = – 232.86 ----- + 492.86 ---------------------- + C 2 x + C 4 (14)
6 6
At x =0 we obtain:
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = C 3 = 0 (15)
At x =56 we obtain:
3
( 56 ) 3
EIv 1 ( 56 ) = – 232.86 ------------- + C 1 ( 56 ) = 0 or C 1 = 121.71 ( 10 ) (16)
6
2 2
( 56 ) ( 56 ) 3
– 232.86 ------------- + C 1 = – 232.86 ------------- + C 2 or C 2 = C 1 = 121.71 ( 10 ) (17)
2 2
3
( 56 )
EIv 2 ( 56 ) = – 232.86 ------------- + C 2 ( 56 ) + C 4 = 0 or C4 = 0 (18)
6
At x=120 we obtain:
3 3
( 120 ) ( 64 ) 3 6
EIv 2 ( 120 ) = – 232.86 ---------------- + 492.86 ------------- + ( 121.71 ) ( 10 ) ( 120 ) = – 30.92 ( 10 ) or
6 6
6
30.92 ( 10 )
v 2 ( 120 ) = – --------------------------- = – 1.546 in (19)
6
20 ( 10 )
v max = 1.55 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.23 Write the boundary value problem for determining the deflection of the beam at any point x.
Assume EI is constant. Do not integrate or solve
wL
x wL2
A B C D
w
L L 2L
Figure P7.23
Solution Boundary Value Problem =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in AB.In Fig.(b) the distributed force is
replaced by an equivalent force.
(a) (b) (c) (d) x
x x M2 wL
M1 x/2 M M3
1
A O1 A B O2 2
A O1 A B CwL O3
V1 V2
V1 (x - 2L) V3
w wx L/2 (x - L/2)
wL L/2 (x - L/2)
wL
By equilibrium of moment about point O1in Fig.(b), we obtain,
2
M 1 – wx ⎛ ---⎞ = 0
x wx
or M 1 = ---------- (1)
⎝ 2⎠ 2
Fig.(c) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in BC and the distributed load is
replaced by an equivalent force.By equilibrium of moment about point O2, we obtain,
M 2 – wL ⎛ x – L
---⎞ = 0 or M 2 = wL ⎛ x – L
---⎞ (2)
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
Fig.(d) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in CD and the distributed load is
replaced by an equivalent force. By equilibrium of moment about point O3, we obtain,
M 3 – wL ⎛ x – L
---⎞ + wL ( x – 2L ) + wL = 0 or
2
⎝ 2⎠
2 2
wL 2 2 wL
M 3 – wLx + ---------- + wLx – 2wL + wL = 0 or M 3 = ---------- (3)
2 2
2
d v1 2
wx
EI = ---------- 0≤x<L (4)
2 2
dx
2
d v2
= wL ⎛ x – ---⎞
L
EI L < x < 2L (5)
2 ⎝ 2⎠
dx
2
d v3 2
wL
EI = ---------- 2L < x ≤ 4L (6)
2 2
dx
v 3 ( 4L ) = 0 (7)
dv 3
( 4L ) = 0 (8)
dx
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (9)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (10)
dx dx
v 2 ( 2L ) = v 3 ( 2L ) (11)
dv 1 dv 2
( 2L ) = ( 2L ) (12)
dx dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.24 Write the boundary value problem for determining the deflection of the beam at any point x.
Assume EI is constant. Do not integrate or solve
y
w
x wL2 2wL2
A B C D
L 2L L
wL
Figure P7.24
Solution Boundary Value Problem =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of an entire beam with the distributed load is replaced by an equiva-
lent force.By equilibrium of moment about point D, we obtain,
2
R B ( 3L ) – wL ⎛ 3L + ---⎞ + wL – 2wL + wL ( L ) = 0
L 2 2 7wL
or R B ( 3L ) – -------------- = 0
⎝ 2⎠ 2
7wL
R B = ----------- (1)
6
By equilibrium of forces in y-direction
7wL
R B – R D + wL – wL = 0 or R B = R D = ----------- (2)
6
(a) RD
(b) (c) x (d)
wL wL RD
wx M2
M1 M3
wL2 2wL2 wL2
A B C D A O1 A B O2 D
O3
x/2 V2
2L L V1
wL V3 (4L - x)
L/2 L/2 RB L/2 L/2 RB (x - L)
Fig.(b) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in AB and the distributed force is
2
M 1 + wx ⎛ ---⎞ = 0
x wx
or M 1 = – ---------- (3)
⎝ 2⎠ 2
Fig.(c) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in BC and the distributed load is
M 2 + wL ⎛ x – L
---⎞ – wL – R B ( x – L ) = 0 or
2
⎝ 2⎠
2 2
wL 2 7w 7 2 wLx wL
M 2 + wLx – ---------- – wL – ------- Lx + --- wL = 0 or M 2 = ----------- + ---------- (4)
2 6 6 6 3
Fig.(d) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in CD.By equilibrium of moment about
2
M 3 + R D ( 4L – x ) = 0 or M 3 = 7wLx
--------------- – 14wL
----------------- (5)
6 3
2
d v1 2
–w x
EI = ------------- 0≤x<L (6)
2 2
dx
2
d v2 2
wLx wL
EI = ----------- + ---------- L < x < 3L (7)
2 6 3
dx
2
d v3 2
7wLx 14wL
EI = --------------- – ----------------- 3L < x ≤ 4L (8)
2 6 3
dx
v1 ( L ) = 0 (9)
v2 ( L ) = 0 (10)
v 3 ( 4L ) = 0 (11)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (12)
dx dx
v 2 ( 3L ) = v 3 ( 3L ) (13)
dv 2 dv 3
( 3L ) = ( 3L ) (14)
dx dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.25 A cantilever beam with variable depth h(x) and a constant width b is shown. The beam is to have a
constant strength σ. In terms of b, L, E, x, σ, determine (a) the variation of h(x). (b) the maximum deflec-
tion.
P
x b
h(x)
Figure P7.25
Solution h(x) = ? vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at any location x
y
P
(a) Mz (b) z
b
O
Vy
x h(x)
By equilibrium of moment about point O1, we obtain,
M z + Px = 0 or M z = – Px (1)
Fig(b) shows the cross section of the beam at any location x.The area moment of inertia is
1 3
I zz = ------ bh ( x ) (2)
12
The maximum bending normal stress will be at y = −+ h ( x ) ⁄ 2 . and its magnitude is
h(x)
( Px ) ⎛ -----------⎞
Mz y ⎝ 2 ⎠ 6Px 6Px
σ max = – ---------- = ---------------------------- = σ or ----------------- = σ or h(x) = ----------
I zz 3 2 bσ
bh ( x ) ⁄ 12 bh ( x )
Substituting h(x) into Eq.(2) we obtain
3
---
1 6Px 2
I zz = ------ b ⎛ ----------⎞ (3)
12 ⎝ bσ ⎠
The moment curvature equation can be written as
2 2
d v2 d v2 3
Px 2 bσ 1
M z = EI zz = – Px or = – --------------------------------- = – --- --------- ------- . We make the following substitution.
2 2 3 3 PE 2 x
dx dx 3P 3 ⁄ 2
E ------------x
3
2bσ
3
2bσ
k = ------------- (4)
2
3PE
2
d v = – ⎛ ------
k-⎞
(5)
2 ⎝ x⎠
dx
v(L) = 0 (6)
dv
(L) = 0 (7)
dx
Integrating Eq.(5)
dv = – 2kx 1 ⁄ 2 + C (8)
dx 1
4 3⁄2
v = – --- kx + C1 x + C2 (9)
3
Substituting x = L in Eq.(8) and using Eq.(7) we obtain,
dv 1⁄2 1⁄2
( L ) = – 2kL + C1 = 0 or C 1 = 2kL (10)
dx
Substituting x = L in Eq.(9) and using Eqs.(6) and (10) we obtain,
4 3⁄2 1⁄2 3 ⁄ 2⎛ – 2 3⁄2
----------------⎞ + C 2 = 0 C 2 = – ⎛ --- kL ⎞ (11)
4+6
v = – k --- L + 2k L x + C 2 or kL or
3 ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝3 ⎠
The maximum deflection will be at x = 0.Substituting x= 0 in Eq.(9) and using Eqs.(11) and (4), we obtain
3 3 3
2 2bσ 3 ⁄ 2 8bσ L
v max = C 2 = – --- ------------- L or v max = – -------------------
3 2 2
3PE 27PE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.26 A cantilever tapered circular beam with variable radius R(x) is shown. The beam is to have a con-
stant strength σ. In terms of L, E, x, σ, determine (a) the variation of R(x). (b) the maximum deflection.
P
R(x)
x
L
Figure P7.26
Solution R(x) =? vmax =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at any location x
Mz
P
O
Vy
x
By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain,
M z = – Px (1)
The area moment of inertia is,
π 4
I zz = --- R ( x ) (2)
4
The maximum bending normal stress will be at y = +− R ( x ) .The magnitude of maximum bending stress is
Mz y ( Px )R 4Px 1 ⁄ 3
σ max = – ---------
- = --------------- = σ or R = ⎛ ----------⎞
I zz π 4 ⎝ πσ ⎠
--- R
4
Substituting R(x) into Eq.(2) we obtain
1⁄3
π 4Px 4 ⁄ 3 ⎛ 4P 4 ⎞ 4⁄3
I zz = --- ⎛ ----------⎞ = ⎜ ---------⎟ x (3)
4 ⎝ πσ ⎠ ⎝ πσ 4⎠
The moment curvature relationship can be written as
2 2 1⁄3
d v d v Px ⎛ 3σ 4 ⎞ 1-
M z = EI zz = – Px or = – --------------------------------------- = – ⎜ -------------⎟ ---------- We make the following substitution.
1⁄3 1⁄3
dx
2
dx
2
⎛ 4P 4⎞ 4⁄3 ⎝ 4PE 3⎠ x
E⎜ --------
- ⎟ x
⎝ 3σ 4⎠
1⁄3
⎛ 3σ 4 ⎞
k = ⎜ -------------⎟ (4)
⎝ 4PE 3⎠
2
d v k
= – ----------- (5)
2 1⁄3
dx x
v(L) = 0 (6)
dv
(L) = 0 (7)
dx
Integrating Eq.(5)
dv = k ⎛ 3 2⁄3
– --- x ⎞ + C 1 (8)
dx ⎝2 ⎠
9 5⁄3
v = – k ⎛ ------ x ⎞ + C 1 x + C 2 (9)
⎝ 10 ⎠
3 2⁄3 3 2⁄3
– k ⎛ --- L ⎞ + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = --- kL (10)
⎝2 ⎠ 2
Substituting x = L in Eq.(9) and using Eq.(6) and (10) we obtain,
9 5⁄3 3 2⁄3 5 ⁄ 3⎛ – 9 + 15⎞ 3 5⁄3
v ( L ) = – ------ kL + --- kL L + C 2 or kL ------------------- + C2 = 0 or C 2 = – --- kL (11)
10 2 ⎝ 10 ⎠ 5
The maximum deflection will be at x = 0.Substituting x= 0 in Eq.(9) and using Eqs.(11) and (4), we obtain
1⁄3 1⁄3
3 ⎛ 3σ ⎞ ⎛ 81σ 4 L 5⎞
4
5⁄3
v max = C 2 = – --- ⎜ -------------⎟ L or v max = – ⎜ -------------------⎟
5 ⎝ 4PE 3⎠ ⎝ 500PE 3⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.27 For the tapered beam shown, determine the maximum bending normal stress and maximum
deflection in terms of E, w, b, ho, and L.
w
ho x
b
L
Figure P7.27
Solution σmax=? vmax =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at any location x.
wx
(a) w (b) (c) (d) y
Mz Mz
h(x) z
O O ho h(x)
x
Vy Vy
x x/2 L
b
In Fig.(b) the distributed force is replaced by an equivalent force.By equilibrium of moment about point O,
we obtain,
2
wx
M z = – ---------- (1)
2
Using similar triangle in Fig.(c) we obtain
ho
h = ----- x (2)
L
3
1 3 1 h 3
Fig.(d) shows the cross-section of beam at x.The area moment of inertia is: I zz = ------ bh = ------ b -----o3- x
12 12 L
h
The maximum bending normal stress will be at y = −+ --- .The magnitude of maximum bending stress is
2
2
⎛ ---------
wx ⎞ ⎛ h⎞
- ---
Mz y ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ 2 2 2
σ max = – ---------- = ------------------------- = 3wx
3wx
------------- = --------------- σ max = 3wL
--------------
I zz 1- 3 2 2 2
----- bh bh ho 2 bh o
12 b -x
-----
2
L
2 3 2 2
d v wx
2 ⎛ 3bh o⎞ 3 d v wx
2
d v ⎛ wL 3 ⎞ 1
M z = EI zz = – ---------- or E ⎜ ------------⎟ x = – ---------- or = – ⎜ ----------------⎟ --- (3)
dx
2 2 ⎝ L ⎠ dx 3 2 2 dx
2 ⎝ 6Ebh 3o⎠ x
We make the following substitution
3
wL -
k = --------------- (4)
3
6Ebh o
The boundary value problem statement is:
2
d v = –k
--- (5)
2 x
dx
v(L) = 0 (6)
dv
(L) = 0 (7)
dx
Integrating Eq.(5)
dv
= – k ln ( x ) + C 1 (8)
dx
v = – k ( x ln ( x ) – x ) + C 1 x + C 2 (9)
dv
( L ) = – k ln ( L ) + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = k ln ( L ) (10)
dx
v ( L ) = – k ( L ln ( L ) – L ) + ( k ln ( L ) )L + C 2 or C 2 = – kL (11)
The maximum deflection will be at x = 0. Substituting x= 0 inEq.(9) and using Eqs.(11) and (4), we obtain
⎛ wL 4 ⎞
v max = C 2 or v max = – ⎜ ----------------⎟
⎝ 6Ebh 3o⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.28 For the tapered circular beam shown, determine the maximum bending normal stress and maxi-
mum deflection in terms of E, P, do, and L.
2do do
x
L
Figure P7.28
Solution σmax=? vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at any location x. By equilibrium of
moment about point O, we obtain,
M z = – Px (1)
P
Mz
O
Vy
x
The diameter is a linear function of x and can be written as d = a+bx.At x = 0 d = do,hence a = do.At x - L,
d = 2do,thus b = do/L.The variation of d can be written as
do do
d = d o + ----- x = ----- ( x + L ) (2)
L L
The area moment of inertia of across-section at any x is,
4 4
π 4 π do
I zz = ------ d = ------ ------ ( x + L ) (3)
64 64 L 4
d
The maximum bending normal stress will be at y = ± --- .The magnitude of maximum bending stress is
2
d
Mz y ( Px ) --- 3
2 32 x 32PL x
σ = – ---------- = ------------------- = ------ P ----- or σ = ---------------- -------------------- (4)
I zz πd ⁄ 64
4 π d3 3
πd o ( x + L )
3
Let the maximum bending normal stress exist at x = x1.Taking the first derivative of Eq.(4) with respect to
x and setting it to zero at x1, we obtain
dσ ⎛ 32PL 3⎞ 3x 1
1 - – ----------------------
= ⎜ ----------------⎟ ---------------------- - = 0 or ( x 1 + L ) – 3x 1 = 0 or x1 = L
--- (5)
dx x ⎝ πd 3o ⎠ ( x + L ) 3 ( x + L ) 4 2
1 1 1
Substituting x= L/2 in Eq.(4) we obtain the maximum bending normal stress as
3
32PL L⁄2 128PL
σ max = ---------------- --------------------- or σ max = ----------------
3 3 3
πd o ( 3L ⁄ 2 ) 27πd o

2 2 4
d v d v Px 64PL x
M z = EI zz = – Px or = – --------------------------------------------- = – ---------------- -------------------- . We substitute the following
2 2 4 4 4 4
dx dx ⎧ π do ⎫ Eπd o ( x + L )
E ⎨ ------ ------ ( x + L ) ⎬
4
⎩ 64 L ⎭
4
64PL
k = ---------------- (6)
4
Eπd o
We can write x = x+L-L in the numerator and state the boundary value problem as shown below,
2
d v = – ------------------- L
1 - – -------------------
k - (7)
2 3 4
dx (x + L) (x + L)
v(L) = 0 (8)
dv
(L) = 0 (9)
dx
Integrating Eq.(5)
dv = k 1 1 1 L
– – --- -------------------- + --- -------------------- + C 1 (10)
dx 2 ( x + L )2 3 ( x + L )3
1 1 1 L
v = – k --- ----------------- – --- -------------------- + C 1 x + C 2 (11)
2 ( x + L ) 6 ( x + L )2
( L ) = – k – --- ⎛ ---------⎞ + --- ⎛ ---------⎞ + C 1 = 0 or – k ---------------- + C 1 = 0 C 1 = – ⎛ ------------⎞
dv 1 1 1 L –3+1 k
or (12)
dx 2 ⎝ 4L 2⎠ 3 ⎝ 8L 3⎠ 24L
2 ⎝
12L
2⎠
v ( L ) = – k --- ⎛ -------⎞ – L
--- ⎛ ---------⎞ – -----------
1 1 1 k
kL - + C or – --------- 7k-
- [ 6 – 1 + 2 ] + C2 = 0 or C 2 = --------- (13)
2 ⎝ 2L⎠ 6 ⎝ 4L 2⎠ 2 2 24L 24L
12L
The maximum deflection will be at x = 0.Substituting x= 0 in Eq.(11) and using Eqs.(13) and (6), we
3
1 1 7k k k 8PL
- – ------- + ---------- = ---------- [ – 12 + 4 + 7 ] = – ---------- or
obtain: v max = – k ------ v max = – ----------------
2L 6L 24L 24L 24L 4
3Eπd o
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.29 A 2 in x 8 in wooden rectangular cross-section beam is braced at the support using 2 in x 1 in
wooden pieces. The Modulus of Elasticity of wood is 2,000 ksi. Determine the maximum bending normal
stress and maximum deflection.
P = 800 lbs
1 in
8 in
1 in
x
3 ft 6 ft
Figure P7.29
Solution E = 2000 psi σmax=? vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at any location x.The length of the
beam is 108 inch.By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain,
M z = – 800 ( 108 – x ) (1)

P y y
(a) Mz (b) (c)
z z
O 8 in 10 in
Vy
(108 - x) 2 in 2 in
Fig.(b) and Fig.(c) shows the cross-section in segment BC and AB respectively.The area moment of inertia
about the 2-axis in the segment AB and BC are
1 3 4
I AB = ------ ( 2 ) ( 10 ) = 166.66 in 0 ≤ x ≤ 36 in (2)
12
1 3 4
I BC = ------ ( 2 ) ( 8 ) = 85.33 in 36 ≤ x ≤ 108 in (3)
12
The maximum bending normal stress in BC will be on a section just right of Bi.e. at x = 36 inch and at
y = ± 4 in .The magnitude of the maximum bending stress in BC is
- = (--------------------------------
800 ) ( 72 ) ( 4 )- = 2700 psi
Mz y
σ = – --------- (4)
I zz 85.33
The maximum bending normal stress in AB will be at the wall i.e. at x = 0 inch and at y = ± 5 in .The
magnitude of the maximum bending stress in AB is
Mz y ( 800 ) ( 108 ) ( 5 )
σ = – ---------
- = ------------------------------------ = 2592 psi (5)
I zz 166.66
Comparing Eqs.(4) and (5) we note that the maximum bending stress will be in BC and its value is
σ max = 2.7 ksi
The bending rigidity in each segment is
6 6 2 6 6 2
EI AB = 2 ( 10 ) ( 166.66 ) = 333.33 ( 10 ) lbs – in and EI BC = 2 ( 10 ) ( 85.33 ) = 170.67 ( 10 ) lbs – in
The boundary value problem is
2
d v1 Mz –6
- = – 2.4 ( 10 ) ( 108 – x )
= ------------ 0 ≤ x ≤ 36 in (6)
2 EI
dx AB
2
d v2 Mz –6
- = – 4.6875 ( 10 ) ( 108 – x )
= ------------ 36 ≤ x ≤ 108 in (7)
2 EI BC
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (8)
dv 1
(0) = 0 (9)
dx
v 1 ( 36 ) = v 2 ( 36 ) (10)
dv 1 dv 2
( 36 ) = ( 36 ) (11)
dx dx
Integrating Eq.(6) and (7)
dv 1 2
= – 2.4 ( 10 ) ⎛ 108x – ----
x ⎞+
–6
- C1 (12)
dx ⎝ 2⎠
dv 2 2
= – 4.6875 ( 10 ) ⎛ 108x – ----
–6 x ⎞+
- C2 (13)
dx ⎝ 2⎠
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(12) and using Eq.(8) we obtain,

dv 1
( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (14)
dx
Substituting x = 36 in Eq.(12) and (13) and equating to satisfy Eq.(11) we obtain,
2 2
( 36 ) ( 36 )
– 2.4 ( 10 ) ⎛ 108 ( 36 ) – -------------⎞ = – 4.6875 ( 10 ) ⎛ 108 ( 36 ) – -------------⎞ + C 2 or
–6 –6
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
–6 –3
C 2 = – ( 2.4 – 4.6875 ) ( 10 ) ( 3240 ) = 7.406 ( 10 ) (15)
Integrating Eq.(12) and (13) and using Eqs. (14) and (15), we obtain,
3
v 1 = – 2.4 ( 10 ) ⎛ 54x – -----⎞ + C 3
–6 2 x
(16)
⎝ 6⎠
3
v 2 = – 4.6875 ( 10 ) ⎛ 54x – -----⎞ + 7.406 ( 10 )x + C 4
–6 2 x –3
(17)
⎝ 6⎠
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(16) and using Eq.(8) we obtain,
v ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (18)
Substituting x = 36 in Eq.(16) and (17) and equating to satisfy Eq.(10) we obtain,
3 3
– 2.4 ( 10 ) ⎛ 54 ( 36 ) – (------------
36 ) ⎞ = – 4.6875 ( 10 – 6 ) ⎛ 54x 2 x ⎞ + 7.406 ( 10 – 3 )x + C or
–6 2
- – -----
⎝ 6 ⎠ ⎝ 6⎠ 4
–6 –3 –3
C 4 = – ( 2.4 – 4.6875 ) ( 10 ) ( 54432 ) – 266.62 ( 10 ) = – 142.11 ( 10 ) (19)
The maximum deflection will be at the free end i.e. x = 108 in. Substituting x= 108 into Eq.(17) and using
Eqs.(19), we obtain
3
2 ( 108 )
v max = – 4.6875 ( 10 ) ⎛ 54 ( 108 ) – ----------------⎞ + 7.406 ( 10 ) ( 108 ) + – 142.11 ( 10 ) = – 1389.3 ( 10 ) in or
–6 –3 –3 –3
⎝ 6 ⎠
v max = – 1.4 in.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.30 A 2 in. x 8 in. wooden rectangular cross-section beam is braced the near the load point using
2 in. x 1 in. wooden pieces as shown in Figure P7.30. The modulus of elasticity of wood is 2,000 ksi.
Determine the maximum bending normal stress and the maximum deflection. (Hint: Use symmetry about
mid point to reduce calculations)
P = 1600 lbs
y
1 in.
A x B C D E
8 in.
1 in.
6 ft 6 ft
6 ft
FigureP7.30
Solution σmax= ? vmax=v(L/2)=?

------------------------------------------------------------
By symmetry each supports has half the load. Thus, RA=RE=800 lb.
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at any location x.The length of the
beam is 108 inch.By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain,
M z = 800x (1)
x y y
(a) (b) (c)
Vy
z z
8 in 10 in
O
Mz
800 lb 2 in
2 in
Fig.(b) and Fig.(c) shows the cross-section in segment AB and BC respectively.The area moment of inertia
about the 2-axis in the segment AB and BC are
1 3 4
I AB = ------ ( 2 ) ( 8 ) = 85.33 in 0 ≤ x < 72 in (2)
12
1 3 4
I BC = ------ ( 2 ) ( 10 ) = 166.66 in 72 < x ≤ 108 in (3)
12
The maximum bending normal stress in AB will be on a section just left of B, i.e., at x = 72 inch and at
y = ± 4 in .The magnitude of the maximum bending stress in BC is
- = (--------------------------------
Mz y 800 ) ( 72 ) ( 4 )- = 2700 psi
σ = – --------- (4)
I zz 85.33
The maximum bending normal stress in BC will be at the wall, i.e., at x = 108 inch and at y = ± 5 in .The
magnitude of the maximum bending stress in AB is
Mz y ( 800 ) ( 108 ) ( 5 )
σ = – ---------
- = ------------------------------------ = 2592 psi (5)
I zz 166.66
Comparing Eqs.(4) and (5) we note that the maximum bending stress will be in BC and its value is
σ max = 2.59 ksi
The bending rigidity in each segment is
6 6 2
EI AB = 2 ( 10 ) ( 85.33 ) = 170.67 ( 10 ) lbs – in (6)
6 6 2
EI BC = 2 ( 10 ) ( 166.66 ) = 333.33 ( 10 ) lbs – in (7)
2
d v1 Mz –6
- = 4.6875 ( 10 )x
= ------------ 0 ≤ x ≤ 72 in (8)
2 EI AB
dx
2
d v2 Mz –6
- = 2.4 ( 10 )x
= ------------ 72 ≤ x ≤ 108 in (9)
2 EI
dx BC
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (10)
v 1 ( 72 ) = v 2 ( 72 ) (11)
dv 1 dv 2
( 72 ) = ( 72 ) (12)
dx dx
dv 2
( 108 ) = 0 (13)
dx
Integrating Eq.(6) and (7)
dv 1 2
–6 x
= 4.6875 ( 10 ) ----- + C 1 (14)
dx 2
dv 2 2
–6 x
= 2.4 ( 10 ) ----- + C 2 (15)
dx 2
3
–6 x
v 1 = 4.6875 ( 10 ) ----- + C 1 x + C 3 (16)
6
3
–6 x
v 2 = 2.4 ( 10 ) ----- + C 2 x + C 4 (17)
6
At x = 0 we obtain,
v1 ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (18)
At x = 108 we obtain:
2
dv 2 – 6 ( 108 )
( 108 ) = 2.4 ( 10 ) ---------------- + C 2 = 0 or C 2 = – 0.014 (19)
dx 2
At x = 72 we obtain:
2 2
– 6 ( 72 ) – 6 ( 72 )
4.6875 ( 10 ) ------------- + C 1 = 2.4 ( 10 ) ------------- + C 2 or C 1 = – 0.01993 (20)
2 2
3 3
– 6 ( 72 ) – 6 ( 72 )
4.6875 ( 10 ) ------------- + C 1 ( 72 ) + C 3 = 2.4 ( 10 ) ------------- + C 2 ( 72 ) + C 4 or C 4 = – 0.2846 (21)
6 6
The maximum deflection will be at i.e. x = 108 in, we obtain
3
– 6 ( 108 )
v max = 2.4 ( 10 ) ---------------- + C 2 ( 108 ) + C 4 = – 1.293 in or
6
v max = – 1.29 in.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.31 To reduce weight of a metal beam the flanges are made of steel E steel = 200 GPa and the web of
aluminum E Al = 70 GPa as shown in Figure P7.31. Determine the maximum deflection of the beam.
y
y Steel 10 mm
5 kN
Aluminum
z
x 10 mm 70 mm
2m
Steel 10 mm
Figure P7.31 70 mm
Solution: Es = 200 GPa Eal = 70 GPa v max =?

------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertias of material cross section are:
1 3 2 –6 4
( I zz ) s = 2 ------ ( 0.07 ) ( 0.01 ) + ( 0.07 ) ( 0.01 ) ( 0.04 ) = 2.252 ( 10 )m (1)
12
1 3 –6 4
( I zz ) al = ------ ( 0.01 ) ( 0.07 ) = 0.2858 ( 10 )m (2)
12
∑ Ej ( Izz )j
3 3 2
= [ ( 200 ) ( 2.252 ) + ( 70 ) ( 0.2858 ) ] ( 10 ) = 470.5 ( 10 )N – m (3)
P
Mz
Vy O A
(L - x)
By equilibrium of moment about point O, we obtain: M z + P ( L – x ) = 0 or Mz = –P ( L – x )

2
d v
( ∑ E j ( I zz ) j )
dx
2
= – PL + Px (4)
v(0) = 0 (5)
dv
(0) = 0 (6)
dx
Integrating we obtain,
2
dv
( ∑ E j ( I zz ) j )
dx
= – PLx + Px
--------- + C 1
2
(7)
2 3
∑ Ej ( Izz )j )v
– PLx Px
( = ---------------- + --------- + C 1 x + C 2 (8)
2 6
At x=0 we obtain
dv
( ∑ Ej ( Izz )j ) d x ( 0 ) = C1 = 0 (9)
( ∑ E j ( I zz ) j )v ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (10)
The equation of elastic curve is:
2 3
v ( x ) = ------------------------------- ⎛ -----------------------------⎞
P – 3Lx + x
(11)
⎝ ⎠
∑
( E j ( I zz ) j ) 6
Substituting x = L we obtain
2 3 3 3
PL PL ( 5 ) ( 10 ) ( 2 )
v ( L ) = ---------------------------------- ( – 2L ) = – ---------------------------------- = – ----------------------------------- = 0.02834m or
∑ ∑
3
6 ( E j ( I zz ) j ) 3 ( E j ( I zz ) j ) 3 ( 470.5 ) ( 10 )
v max = – 28.3 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.32 The displacement in the y-direction in segment AB was found to be as
3 2
( x ) = ( 20x – 40x ) ( 10 – 6 ) in. If the bending rigidity is 135 (106) lbs-in2. Determine the reaction force and
reaction moment at the wall at A.
y Some Loading
A x B
20 in 60 in
F
Figure P7.32
3 2
Solution v ( x ) = ( 20x – 40x ) ( 10 ) – 6 in EI = 135(106) lb RA= ? MA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just right of A i.e. of an infinitesimal
distance right of A.
(a) MA Mz(0)
A
ε
Vy(0)
RA ε
By equilibrium of forces and the moment, we obtain,
RA = –Vy ( 0 ) (1)
MA = Mz ( 0 ) (2)
The moment and shear force in AB can be found as shown
2
d v –6
M z ( x ) = EI = EI ( 120x – 80 ) ( 10 ) (3)
2
dx
dM z –6
Vy ( x ) = – = – 120 EI ( 10 ) (4)
dx
We can substitute x = 0 in Eqs.(3) and (4) and from Eqs.(1) and (2) determine the reactions as shown
–6 6 –6
R A = – 120 EI ( 10 ) = – ( 120 ) ( 135 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = – 16200 lb R A = 16.2 kips up;
–6 6 –6
M A = – 80 EI ( 10 ) = – ( 80 ) ( 135 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = – 10800in lb M A = 10.8 in.-kips CCW
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 3
7.33 The displacement in the y direction in section AB is given by 1 ( x ) = – 3 ( x – 20x ) ( 10 – 6 ) i and in
2
BC by 2 ( x ) = – 8 ( x – 100x + 1600 ) ( 10 – 3 ) i. If the bending rigidity is 135 (106) lbs-in2. Determine (a) the
reaction force at B and applied moment MB. (b) the reactions at the wall at A.
y
Some Loading
MB
C B x
A
60 in 20 in
Figure P7.33
4 3 2
Solution 1(x) = – 3 ( x – 20x ) ( 10 – 6 ) i 2( x) = – 8 ( x – 100x + 1600 ) ( 10 – 3 ) i
EI = 135(106) lb-102 MB= ? RB= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body -diagram after imaginary cuts are made on either side of B.Shear force and
moments are drawn as per our sign-convention
(a) M1(20) M2(20)
B
ε ε
V2(20) V1(20)
RB
R B + V 2 ( 20 ) – V 1 ( 20 ) = 0 or R B = V 1 ( 20 ) – V 2 ( 20 ) (1)
M B – M 1 ( 20 ) + M 2 ( 20 ) = 0 or M B = M 1 ( 20 ) – M 2 ( 20 ) (2)
The moment and shear force in AB and BC can be found as shown
2
d v1 2 –6
M 1 ( x ) = EI = EI [ – 3 ( 12x – 120x ) ( 10 ) ] (3)
2
dx
d –6
V1 ( x ) = – (M ) = EI [ – 3 ( 24x – 120 ) ( 10 ) ] (4)
dx 1
2
d v2 –3 –3
M 2 ( x ) = EI = EI [ – 8 ( 2 ) ] ( 10 ) = – 16EI ( 10 ) (5)
2
dx
dM 2
V2 ( x ) = – = 0 (6)
dx
We can substitute x = 20in Eq.(3) through (6) and substituting the results into Eqs.(1) and (2) we obtain
6 –6 3
R B = EI [ – 3 ( 24 ( 20 ) – 120 ) ] = – ( 1080 ( 120 ) ) ( 135 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 145.8 ( 10 ) lb R B = 145.8 kips up
2 –6 –3 –3 3
M B = EI [ – 3 ( 12 ( 20 ) – 120 ( 20 ) ) ( 10 ) ] – – 16EI ( 10 ) = ( – 7.2 + 16 )EI ( 10 ) = 1180 ( 10 ) in lb
M B = 1180 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.34 Determine the elastic curve and the reaction(s) at A in terms of E, I, P, w, and x.
y
P kN
x A
Lm Lm
Figure P7.34
Solution v(x) = ? RA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) and (b) shows the free body diagram after imaginary cuts are made in sections AB and BC respec-
tively.
P kN P kN
(a) M1 (2L - x)
(b) M2
(2L - x)
O1 O2
(L - x)
V1 V2
RA
By equilibrium of moment about point O1, we obtain
M 1 + P ( 2L – x ) – R A ( L – x ) = 0 or M 1 = P ( x – 2L ) – R A ( x – L ) (1)
By equilibrium of moment about point O2in Fig.(b), we obtain
M 2 + P ( 2L – x ) = 0 or M 2 = P ( x – 2L ) (2)
The boundary value problem statement can be written as
2
d v1
EI = P ( x – 2L ) – R A ( x – L ) (3)
2
dx
2
d v2
EI = P ( x – 2L ) (4)
2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (5)
dv 1
(0) = 0 (6)
dx
v1 ( L ) = 0 (7)
v2 ( L ) = 0 (8)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (9)
dx dx
Integrating Eq(3) and (4), we obtain,
dv 1 P 2 RA 2
EI = --- ( x – 2L ) – ------- ( x – L ) + C 1 (10)
dx 2 2
dv 2 P 2
EI = --- ( x – 2L ) + C 2 (11)
dx 2
dv 1 2 RA 2 ( R A – 4P ) 2
EI ( 0 ) = 2PL – ------- L + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = ------------------------- L (12)
dx 2 2
Substituting x = L in Eqs.(10) and (11) and equating to satisfy Eq(9) we obtain
2 2
PL PL
--------- + C 1 = --------- + C 2 or C1 = C2 (13)
2 2
P 3 RA 3
EIv 1 = --- ( x – 2L ) – ------- ( x – L ) + C 1 x + C 3 (14)
6 6
P 3
EIv 2 = --- ( x – 2L ) + C 1 x + C 4 (15)
6
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(14) and using Eq.(5) we obtain
3 RA 3 ( 8P – R A ) 3
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = – 8P
------ L – ------- L + C 3 or C 3 = ------------------------- L (16)
6 6 6
Substituting x = L in Eqs.(14) and using Eq.(7) we obtain
–P 3
EIv 1 ( L ) = ------ L + C 1 L + C 3 = 0 (17)
6
Substituting Eqs.(12) and (16) into Eq.(17) we obtain
3 ( R A – 4P ) 3 ( 8P – R A ) 3
–P
--- L + ------------------------- L + ------------------------- L = 0 or – P + 3R A – 12P + 8P – R A = 0 or R A = 5P
------
6 2 6 2
Substituting RA in Eqs.(12) and (16),we obtain
3 2 11 3
C 1 = C 2 = – --- PL C 3 = ------ PL (18)
4 12
Substituting x = L in Eqs(15) and using Eq(8) we obtain
–P 3 – P 3 ⎛ – 3P 2⎞ 11 3
EIv 2 ( L ) = ------ L + C 1 L + C 4 = 0 or ------ L + --------- L L + C 4 = 0 C 4 = ------ PL (19)
6 6 ⎝ 4 ⎠ 12
Substituting Eqs.(18) and (19)in Eqs(14) and (15), we obtain
P 3 3 2 3
v 1 = ------------ [ 2 ( x – 2L ) – 5 ( x – L ) – 9L x + 11L ] (20)
12EI
P 3 2 3
v 2 = ------------ [ 2 ( x – 2L ) – 9L x + 11L ] (21)
12EI
P
⎧ ----------- 3 3 2 3
- [ 2 ( x – 2L ) – 5 ( x – L ) – 9L x + 11L ]
⎪ 12EI 0≤x≤L
v(x) = ⎨
⎪ -----------
P 3 2
- [ 2 ( x – 2L ) – 9L x + 11L ]
3 L ≤ x ≤ 2L
⎩ 12EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.35 Determine the elastic curve and the reaction(s) at A in terms of E, I, P, w, and x.
y
w kN/m
x x A
Lm
Figure P7.35
Solution v(x) = ? RA = ? MA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞
2
⎜ ⎟ = –w (1)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2 2
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
v(L) = 0 (4)
dv
(L) = 0 (5)
dx
Integrating Eq.(1) four times, we obtain,
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ =
⎜ ⎟ – wx + C 1 (6)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠
2 2
d v
EI = – wx
---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (7)
2 2
dx
3 C x 2
dv wx 1
EI = – ---------- + -----------
- + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx 6 2
4 C x 3 2
wx 1 C2 x
EIv = – ---------- + -----------
- + -----------
- + C x + C4 (9)
24 6 2 3
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(8) and (9) and using Eq(2)and (3), we obtain
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (10)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (11)
Substituting x = L in Eq.(8) and (9) and using Eq(4),(5),(10) and (11), we obtain
3 C L 2 2
dv C1
EI ( L ) = – wL 1
---------- + ------------
- + C2 L or wL
------ L + C 2 = ---------- (12)
dx 6 2 2 6
4 C L 3 2 2
wL C2 L C1 C
EIv ( L ) = – ---------- 1
+ ------------
- + ------------
- = 0 or ------ L + -----2- = wL
---------- (13)
24 6 2 6 2 24
Solving Eqs.(12) and (13), we obtain,
2
wL wL
C 1 = -------- C 2 = – ---------- (14)
2 12
Substituting Eq.(8),(11),(13) and (14) into Eq(9), we obtain
4 3 2 2
w ( – x + 2x L – L x )
2
wx 2 2
v = ------ ------------------------------------------------ = – ------------ ( x – 2x L – L ) (15)
EI 24 24EI
2
wx 2
or v ( x ) = – ------------ ( x – L )
24EI
The moment and shear force can be found from Eqs.(15) as shown
2
d v w 2 2
M z = EI = ------ ( – 12 x + 12xL – 2L ) (16)
2 24
dx
dM z w
Vy = – = – ------ ( – 24 x + 12L ) (17)
dx 24
Substituting x = L in Eq.(16) and (17), we obtain
2
wL
M z ( L ) = – ---------- (18)
12
wL
V y ( L ) = -------- (19)
2
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just left of A.The moment and shear
force are drawn as per our sign convention.
Mz(L) MA
(a) A
Vy(L)
ε RA
By equilibrium of forces and the moment and using Eqs.(18) and (19), we obtain,
wL
RA = Vy ( L ) or R A = -------- up
2
2
wL
MA = –Mz ( L ) or M A = ---------- CW
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.36 Determine the slope at x =L and the reaction moment at the left wall in terms of E, I, w, and L.
2 2
y w(1 – x ⁄L )
x B
A
L
Figure P7.36
dv
Solution (L) = ? RA = ? MA = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
The boundary value problem can be written as:
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ = – ⎛ – -----
2 2⎞
⎜ ⎟ w ⎜ 1 x -⎟ (1)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠ ⎝ L ⎠
2 2 2
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
v(L) = 0 (4)
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (5)
2
dx
Integrating Eq.(1) four times, we obtain,
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ = w ⎛ x – --------
x ⎞
3
⎜ ⎟ – ⎜ -⎟ + C 1 (6)
d x ⎝ d x2 ⎠ ⎝ 3L ⎠
2
2
d v ⎛ x2 x ⎞
4
EI = – w ⎜ ----- – ------------⎟ + C 1 x + C 2 (7)
dx
2
⎝ 2 12L 2⎠
2
dv ⎛ 3 x -⎞ + -----------
5 C1 x
EI = – w ⎜ x----- – ----------- ⎟ - + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx ⎝ 6 60L 2⎠ 2
3 2
⎛ x4 x ⎞ C1 x
6 C2 x
EIv = – w ⎜ ------ – ---------------⎟ + -----------
- + -----------
- + C x + C4 (9)
⎝ 24 360L ⎠ 2 6 2 3
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(8) and (9) and using Eq(2)and (3), we obtain

dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (10)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (11)
Substituting x = L in Eq.(7) and (9) and using Eq(4),(5),(10) and (11), we obtain
2 2 2 2
( L ) = – w ⎛ -----
EI
d v L -⎞ + C L + C
L - – ----- or
5wL
C 1 L + C 2 = -------------
- (12)
2 ⎝ 2 12⎠ 1 2 12
dx
4 4 3 2 2
C1 L C2 L C C
EIv ( L ) = – w ⎛ ------ – ---------⎞ + ------------
L L -----1- L + -----2- = 7wL
- + ------------
- = 0 or -------------- (13)
⎝ 24 360⎠ 6 2 6 2 180
Solving Eqs.(12) and (13), we obtain,
2
61wL 11wL
C 1 = -------------- and C 2 = – ----------------- (14)
120 120
Substituting x = L in Eq.(8) and using Eq(14),(10) and (11), we obtain
3 3 3 3 3 3
( L ) = – w ⎛ ------ – ------⎞ + ----------------- – ----------------- = ---------- or
dv L L 61wL 11wL wL dv wL
EI ( L ) = ------------
dx ⎝ 6 60⎠ 240 120 80 dx 80EI
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just left of A.The bending moment and
shear force are drawn as per our sign convention.
MA Mz(0)
(a) A
Vy(0)
RA ε
RA = –Vy ( 0 ) (15)
MA = –Mz ( 0 ) (16)
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(6) and using the definition of shear and Eq. 15, we obtain
2
d ⎛ d v ( L )⎞ 61wL 61wL
V y ( 0 ) = – ⎜ EI ⎟ = – C 1 = – -------------- = – R A or R A = -------------- up;
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ 120 120
x=0
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(7) and using the definition of shear and Eq. 16, we obtain
2 2 2
d v 11wL 11wL
M z ( 0 ) = EI (L) = C 2 = – ----------------- = – M A or M A = ----------------- CW
2 120 120
dx x=0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.37 Determine the deflection and moment reaction at x = L in terms of E, I, w, and L.
y w
x
A B
L
Figure P7.37
Solution v(L) = ? MB = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The boundary value problem is,
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
wx
2⎝
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – ------- (1)
dx dx ⎠ L
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
dv
(L) = 0 (4)
dx
d⎛ ⎞
2
d
Vy ( L ) = – ⎜ EI v ( L )⎟ = 0 (5)
d x ⎝ d x2 ⎠
x=L
Integrating Eq.(1), we obtain,
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
wx
⎜ EI ⎟ = – ---------- + C 1 (6)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ 2L
2 3
d v wx
EI = – ---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (7)
2 6L
dx
4 C x 2
dv wx 1
EI = – ---------- + -----------
- + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx 24L 2
5 3 2
wx + C 1 x C2 x
EIv = – ------------ - + C x + C4
- ------------ + ----------- (9)
120L 6 2 3
Substituting x = L in Eq.(6) and using Eq(5), we obtain
V y ( L ) = – – wL
-------- + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = wL
-------- (10)
2 2
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(8) and using Eq. (3), we obtain
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (11)
dx
Substituting x = L in Eq.(8) and using Eq(4),(10) and (11), we obtain
3 2
3(– 1 + 6)
( L ) = – ---------- + ⎛ --------⎞ ------ + C 2 L = 0
dv wL wL L 5 2
EI or wL --------------------- + C 2 L = 0 or C 2 = – ------ w L (12)
dx 24 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 24 24
Substituting x = 0 in Eq. (9) and using Eq(2), we obtain
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (13)
Substituting Eqs.(10), (11), (12) and (13) into Eqs.(9), we obtain the equation elastic curve as
w 5 2 3 3 2
v = ------------------- [ – 2 x + 20L x – 25L x ] (14)
240EIL
5 4
w(L ) – 7w L
Substituting x = L in Eq.(14), we obtain: v ( L ) = ------------------- [ – 2 + 20 – 25 ] or v = -----------------
240EIL 240EI
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just left of B
Mz(L) MB
A
(a)
Vy(L)
ε
By equilibrium of moment we obtain: M B = – M z ( L ) . The moment of x = L can be found from Eq.(14) as
2 3 2
d v w 3 3 3 30wL = – wL
M z ( L ) = EI ( L ) = ------------------- [ – 40L + 120L – 50L ] = ------------------
- M B or M B = ---------- CW
2 240EIL 240EIL 8EI
dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.38 Determine the deflection and slope at x = L in terms of E, I, w, and L.
⎛ x2 ⎞
y w ⎜ -----⎟
⎝ L 2⎠
wL2
x B
A
L wL
Figure P7.38
dv
Solution v(L) = ? (L) = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just left of B
Mz(L) wL2
(a) B
Vy(L)
ε wL
2
By equilibrium of forces and the moment, we obtain, V y ( L ) = wL and M z ( L ) = – wL
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2 2
wx
⎜ EI ⎟ = – ---------- (1)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2 2 2
L
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
2
d v 2
M z ( L ) = EI ( L ) = – wL (4)
2
dx
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
V y ( L ) = – ⎜ EI ⎟ = wL (5)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠
x=L
Integrating Eq.(1), we obtain
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ = – wx
3
⎜ ⎟ ---------- + C 1 (6)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ 3L
2

wL – 2w L
V y ( L ) = – – -------- + C 1 = wL or C 1 = -------------- (7)
3 3
Substituting Eq.(7) in Eq.(6) and integrating we obtain,
2 4
d v wx - – 2wL
EI = – ----------- ----------- x + C 2 (8)
2 2 3
dx 12L
2 2 2
wL 2wL +
C2 = –
2 wL -
M z ( L ) = – ---------- – -------------- C 2 = – wL or ------------- (9)
12 3 4
Substituting Eq.(9) in Eq.(8) and integrating we obtain
5 2 2
dv wx wLx wL
EI = – ------------ – -------------- – ---------- + C 3 (10)
dx 2 3 4
60L
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (11)
dx
Substituting x = L in Eq.(10) and using Eq (11), we obtain
3 3
dv wL dv 3wL -
EI ( L ) = – ---------- ( – 1 – 20 + 15 ) or ( L ) = – -------------
dx 60 dx 5EI
Substituting Eq.(11) in Eq.(10) and integrating we obtain,
6 3 2 2
wx - – wLx wL x +
EIv = – -------------- -------------- – ---------------- C 4 (12)
2 9 8
360L
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (13)
Substituting x = L in Eq.(12) and using Eq (13), we obtain
4 4
wL 43wL
EIv ( L ) = ---------- ( – 1 – 40 – 45 ) or v ( L ) = – -----------------
360 180EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.39 For the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.40, determine the deflection and slope at x = L in
terms of E, I, w, and L.
y πx
w cos -------
2L
A x B
L
Figure P7.39
dv
Solution v ( L ) =? ( L ) =?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
πx
2⎝
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – w cos ------- (1)
dx dx ⎠ 2L
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
⎜ EI ⎟ = 0 (4)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠
x=L
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (5)
2
dx
Integrating four times, we obtain,
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ = – w 2L πx- C
⎜ ⎟ ------- sin ------ + 1 (6)
d x ⎝ d x2 ⎠ π 2L
2
2L 2 πx
= w ⎛ -------⎞ cos ------- + C 1 x + C 2
d v
EI (7)
2 ⎝ π⎠ 2L
dx
2
2L 3 πx C 1 x
= w ⎛ -------⎞ sin ------- + -----------
dv
EI - + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx ⎝ π⎠ 2L 2
3 2
2L 4 πx- + C 1 x
EIv = – w ⎛ -------⎞ cos ------
C2 x
- + C x + C4
------------ + ----------- (9)
⎝ π⎠ 2L 6 2 3
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(8) and (9), we obtain

dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (10)
dx
4 4 4
EIv ( 0 ) = – w ⎛ -------⎞ + C = 0 C 4 = w ⎛ -------⎞
2L 2L
or = 16wL
----------------- (11)
⎝ π⎠ ⎝ π⎠ 4
4 π
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ 2L π 2wL
⎜ ⎟ = – w ------- sin --- + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = ----------- (12)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ π 2 π
x=L
2 2
2L 2 π
( L ) = w ⎛ -------⎞ cos --- + C 1 L + C 2 = 0 C 2 = – C 1 L = – ⎛ --------------⎞
d v 2wL
EI or (13)
2 ⎝ π⎠ 2 ⎝ π ⎠
dx
At x = L we have
3 2 4 4 4
2L 4 π C1 L C2 L
EIv ( L ) = – w ⎛ -------⎞ cos --- + ------------
2wL 2wL 16wL - = – 1.109 wL 4 [
- + C L + C 4 = -------------- – -------------
- + ------------ - + ---------------- (14)
⎝ π⎠ 2 6 2 3π π 4
3 π
2 3 3 3
2L 3 π C 1 L
( L ) = w ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ sin --- + ------------
dv 8wL wL 2wL 3
EI - + C 2 L + C 3 = -------------- + ---------- – -------------- = – 0.0603 wL (15)
dx π 2 2 π
3 π π
4 3
wL dv wL
v ( L ) = – 1.109 ---------- ( L ) = – 0.0603 ----------
EI dx EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.40 For the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.40, determine the slope at x = L and the reaction
moment at the left wall in terms of E, I, w, and L.
y πx
w cos -------
2L
A x B
L
Figure P7.40
dv
Solution ( L ) =? RA =? MA=?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
πx
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – w cos ------- (1)
2⎝
dx dx ⎠ 2L
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
v(L) = 0 (4)
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (5)
2
dx
2
d ⎛ d v⎞ 2L πx
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – w ------- sin ------- + C 1 (6)
d x⎝ d x ⎠ π 2L
2
2L 2 πx
= w ⎛ -------⎞ cos ------- + C 1 x + C 2
d v
EI (7)
2 ⎝ π⎠ 2L
dx
2
2L 3 πx C 1 x
= w ⎛ -------⎞ sin ------- + -----------
dv
EI - + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx ⎝ π⎠ 2L 2
3 2
2L 4 πx C 1 x C2 x
EIv = – w ⎛ -------⎞ cos ------- + ----------- - + C x + C4
- + ----------- (9)
⎝ π⎠ 2L 6 2 3

dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (10)
dx
4
2L 4 2L 4
EIv ( 0 ) = – w ⎛ -------⎞ + C = 0 or C 4 = w ⎛ -------⎞ = 16wL
----------------- (11)
⎝ π⎠ ⎝ π⎠ 4
4 π
3 2
C1 L C2 L ⎛ 96wL 2⎞
v ( L ) = ------------ - + C4 = 0
- + ------------ or C 1 L + 3C 2 = – ⎜ -----------------⎟ (12)
6 2 ⎝ π4 ⎠
2
2L 2 π
( L ) = w ⎛ -------⎞ cos --- + C 1 L + C 2 = 0
d v
EI or C2 = –C1 L (13)
2 ⎝ π⎠ 2
dx
Solving Equations (12) and (13) we obtain:
2
48wL 48wL
C 1 = -------------- C 2 = – ----------------- (14)
4 4
π π
At x = L we have
2 3 3 3
( L ) = w ⎛ -------⎞ sin π
dv 2L 3 C1 L 8wL 24wL 48wL 3
EI --- + ------------
- + C 2 L + C 3 = -------------- + ----------------- – ----------------- = – 0.0116 wL (15)
dx ⎝ π⎠ 2 2 3 4 4
π π π
3
dv wL
( L ) = – 0.0116 ----------
dx EI
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just right of A.The bending moment
and shear force are drawn as per our sign convention.
MA Mz(0)
(a) A
Vy(0)
RA ε

RA = –Vy ( 0 ) (16)
MA = –Mz ( 0 ) (17)
At x = 0 we have
2
⎛ d v ⎞
V y ( 0 ) = – d ⎜ EI ( L )⎟ = – C 1 = 48wL
-------------- = – R A or R A = 0.4928wL up
dx⎝ dx 2
⎠ π
4
x=0
2 2 2
2L 2
= w ⎛ -------⎞ + C 2 = -------------- – ----------------- = – M A or
d v 4wL 48wL 2
M z ( 0 ) = EI (L) M A = 0.0875wL CW
2 ⎝ π⎠ 2 4
dx x=0
π π
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.41 For the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.41, determine the maximum deflection in terms of
E, I, w, and L.
πx
w sin ------
L
y
L
Figure P7.41
v ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠
L
Solution =?
2
------------------------------------------------------------
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
πx
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – w sin ------ (1)
2⎝
dx dx ⎠ L
v(0) = 0 (2)
2
d v
EI (0) = 0 (3)
2
dx
v(L) = 0 (4)
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (5)
2
dx

2
d ⎛ d v⎞ L πx
⎜ EI ⎟ = w --- cos ------ + C 1 (6)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ π L
2
L 2 πx
= w ⎛ ---⎞ sin ------ + C 1 x + C 2
d v
EI (7)
2 ⎝ π⎠ L
dx
2
L 3 πx C 1 x
= – w ⎛ ---⎞ cos ------ + -----------
dv
EI - + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx ⎝ π ⎠ L 2
3 2
L 4 πx C 1 x C2 x
EIv = – w ⎛ ---⎞ sin ------ + ----------- - + C x + C4
- + ----------- (9)
⎝ π⎠ L 6 2 3

3
L 3
( 0 ) = – w ⎛ ---⎞ + C 3 = 0
dv wL
EI or C 3 = ---------- (10)
dx ⎝ π⎠ 3
π
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 or C4 = 0 (11)
3 2
C1 L C2 L ⎛ 6wL 2⎞
v ( L ) = ------------
- + ------------
- + C3 L + C4 = 0 or C 1 L + 3C 2 = – ⎜ --------------⎟ (12)
6 2 ⎝ π3 ⎠
2 2
L 3 C1 L
( L ) = – w ⎛ ---⎞ cos π + ------------
dv
EI - + C2 L + C3 = 0 or C 1 L + 2C 2 = 4wL
-------------- (13)
dx ⎝ π⎠ 2 3
π
Solving Equations (12) and (13) we obtain:
2
C 1 = 24wL
-------------- C 2 = – 10wL
----------------- (14)
3 3
π π
At x = L/2 we have
3 2
L 4 π C1 ( L ⁄ 2 ) C2 ( L ⁄ 2 ) ⎛ wL 4⎞ wL 4 5wL 4 wL 4
EIv ( L ⁄ 2 ) = – w ⎛ ---⎞ sin --- + ------------------------ - + C ( L ⁄ 2 ) + C 4 = – ⎜ ----------⎟ + ---------- – -------------- + ----------
- + ------------------------ (15)
⎝ π⎠ 2 6 2 3 ⎝ π 4 ⎠ 2π 3 3 3
4π 2π
4
v ( L ⁄ 2 ) = – 0.01833 ⎛ ----------⎞
wL
⎝ EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.42 For the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.41, determine the maximum deflection in terms of E, I, w, and L
w sin πx
------
L
y
L
Figure P7.42
Solution v(L) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
2
d ⎛ d v ⎞ = – w sin πx
2
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ ------ (1)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2 L
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
⎜ EI ⎟ = 0 (4)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠
x=L
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (5)
2
dx
2
d ⎛ d v⎞ L πx
⎜ EI ⎟ = w --- cos ------ + C 1 (6)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ π L
2
L 2 πx
= w ⎛ ---⎞ sin ------ + C 1 x + C 2
d v
EI (7)
2 ⎝ π⎠ L
dx
2
= – w ⎛ ---⎞ cos πx
dv L 3 C1 x
EI ------ + -----------
- + C2 x + C3 (8)
dx ⎝ π ⎠ L 2
3 2
L 4 πx C 1 x C2 x
EIv = – w ⎛ ---⎞ sin ------ + -----------
- + -----------
- + C x + C4 (9)
⎝ π⎠ L 6 2 3

3
L 3
( 0 ) = – w ⎛ ---⎞ + C 3 = 0
dv wL
EI or C 3 = ---------- (10)
dx ⎝ π⎠ 3
π
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 or C4 = 0 (11)
2
d ⎛ d v⎞ L wL
⎜ EI ⎟ = w --- cos π + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = -------- (12)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ π π
2 2
L 2
= w ⎛ ---⎞ sin π + C 1 L + C 2 = 0 C 2 = – C 1 L = – ⎛ ----------⎞
d v wL
EI or (13)
2 ⎝ π⎠ ⎝ π ⎠
dx
At x = L we have
3 2 4 4 4
L 4 C1 L C2 L
EIv ( L ) = – w ⎛ ---⎞ sin π + ------------ - + C L + C 4 = ⎛ ----------⎞ – ---------- + ----------
wL wL wL
- + ------------ (14)
⎝ π⎠ 6 2 ⎝ 6π ⎠ 2π 3
3 π
4
v ( L ) = – 0.0738 ⎛ ----------⎞
wL
⎝ EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.43 A cantilever beam under uniform load has a spring with a stiffness k attached to it at point A as
3
shown in Figure P7.43. The spring constant in terms of stiffness of the beam is written as k = αEI ⁄ L ,
where α is a proportionality factor. Determine the compression of the spring in terms of α, w, E, I, and L.
y
w
x A
L
k
Figure P7.43
Solution δ =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figure (a) shows the free body diagram of an infinitesimal element of the free end. By equilibrium we
obtain:
Mz ( L ) = 0 Vy ( L ) = –k v ( L ) (1)
(a) Mz(L)
kv(L)
Vy(L)

2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞
2
⎜ ⎟ = –w (2)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2 2
v(0) = 0 (3)
dv
(0) = 0 (4)
dx
2
d ⎛ d v⎞ EI
– ⎜ EI ⎟ = – α ------ v ( L ) (5)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ L
3
x=L
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (6)
2
dx
Integrating four times we obtain:
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ = – wx + C
⎜ ⎟ 1 (7)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠
2 2
d v wx
EI = – ---------- + C 1 x + C 2 (8)
2 2
dx
3 C x 2
dv
EI = – wx 1
---------- + -----------
- + C2 x + C3 (9)
dx 6 2
4 C x 3 2
wx 1 C2 x
EIv = – ---------- + ----------- - + C x + C4
- + ----------- (10)
24 6 2 3
At x = 0 we obtain
dv
EI ( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (11)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (12)
At x=L we obtain:
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ EI EI
⎜ ⎟ = – wL + C 1 = α ------ v ( L ) or C 1 = wL + α ------ v ( L ) (13)
d x ⎝ d x2 ⎠ L
3
L
3
x=L
2 2 2
d v wL wL EI
EI ( L ) = – ---------- + C 1 L + C 2 = 0 or C 2 = – ---------- – α ------ v ( L ) (14)
2 2 2 2
dx L
⎛ wL 2 EI ⎞ 2
⎛ wL + α ----- EI
- v ( L )⎞ L
3
⎜ – ---------- – α -----2- v ( L )⎟ L
4 3 2 4 ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
wL + C 1 L C2 L wL L L
EIv ( L ) = – ---------- - + ------------------------------------------------------- or
- + C L + C 4 = – ---------- + ------------------------------------------------
------------- + ------------
24 6 2 3 24 6 2
α α 4 1 1 1
EIv ( L ) 1 – --- + --- = ( wL ) – ------ + --- – --- or
6 2 24 6 4
4 4
EIv ( L ) 1 + α v ( L ) = – --------------------- ⎛ ----------⎞
4 –1+4–6 3 wL
--- = ( wL ) ------------------------- = – wL
----------
3 24 8 8 ( 3 + α ) ⎝ EI ⎠
4
δ = --------------------- ⎛ ----------⎞
3 wL
8 ( 3 + α ) ⎝ EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.44 A linear spring that has a spring constant K is attached to a beam at the end as shown. In terms of
w, E, I, L and K. Write the boundary value problem but do not integrate or solve.
w sin(π x/2L) lb/ft.
w lb/ft.
2 .
M = w L ft.-lb
x
B C D
A L L L
F=wL K
Figure P7.44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution Boundary Value Problem
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just before and after of B.Fig.(b) shows
the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just left of D.
M2(L) Mz(3L)
(a) M1(L)
(b)
B D
ε ε Vy(3L)
V2(L) V2(L)
ε Kv(3L)
F=wL
By equilibrium of forces and the moment in Fig.(a), we obtain,

V 2 ( L ) – V 1 ( L ) + wL = 0 or V2 ( L ) –V1 ( L ) = –w L (1)
2 2
M 2 ( L ) – M 1 ( L ) – wL = 0 or M 2 ( L ) – M 1 ( L ) = wL (2)
By equilibrium of forces and the moment in Fig.(b), we obtain,
V 3 ( 3L ) = – Kv 3 ( 3L ) (3)
M 3 ( 3L ) = 0 (4)
2
d ⎛ d v 1⎞ = – w sin ------
2
πx
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ - 0≤x<L (5)
2⎝
dx dx ⎠ 2L
2
d ⎛ d v 2⎞
2
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = 0 L < x < 2L (6)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2
2
d ⎛ d v 3⎞
2
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – w 2L < x ≤ 3L (1)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (2)
dv 1
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
v1 ( L ) = v2 ( L ) (4)
dv 1 dv 2
(L) = (L) (5)
dx dx
2 2
d v2 d v1 2
EI ( L ) – EI ( L ) = wL (6)
2 2
dx dx
d ⎛ EI d ⎞ ⎛ ⎞
2 2
– ⎜ v 2 ( L )⎟ + d ⎜ EI d v 1 ( L )⎟ = –w L (7)
dx⎝ dx 2 ⎠ d x⎝ d x 2 ⎠
x=L x=L
v 2 ( 2L ) = 0 (8)
v 3 ( 2L ) = 0 (9)
dv 2 dv 3
( 2L ) = ( 2L ) (10)
dx dx
2 2
d v2 d v3
EI ( 2L ) = EI ( 2L ) (11)
2 2
dx dx
2
d v3
EI ( 3L ) = 0 (12)
2
dx
2
d ⎛ d v 3⎞ = – Kv 3 ( 3L )
– ⎜ EI ⎟ (13)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠
x = 3L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.45 The beam and loading shown was the first statically indeterminate beam for which solution was
obtained by Navier. Show that Navier’s solution for the reaction at A that is given below is correct.
2 3
R A = Pa ( 3L – a ) ⁄ ( 2L ) where, L = (a + b).
y P
x A
B
C a
b
Figure P7.45
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a)and (b) shows the free body diagram after imaginary cut are made in segment CB and BA.
(a - x) P kN M2
(a) M1 (b)
O1 O2
V1 (L - x) V2
RA (L - x) RA
By equilibrium of moment about point O1in Fig.(a), we obtain,

M1 + P ( a – x ) – RA ( L –x ) = 0 or M1 = P ( x – a ) – RA ( x – L )
By equilibrium of moment about point O2in Fig.(b), we obtain,
M2 –RA ( L –x ) = 0 or M2 = –RA ( x – L )
The boundary value problem statement can be written as,
2
d v1
EI = P ( x – a ) – RA ( x – L ) (1)
2
dx
2
d v2
EI = –RA ( x – L ) (2)
2
dx
v1 ( 0 ) = 0 (3)
dv 1
(0) = 0 (4)
dx
v2 ( L ) = 0 (5)
v1 ( a ) = v2 ( a ) (6)
dv 1 dv 2
(a) = (a) (7)
dx dx
Integrating Eqs.(1) and (2), we obtain
dv 1 P 2 RA 2
EI = --- ( x – a ) – ------- ( x – L ) + C 1 (8)
dx 2 2
dv 2 RA 2
EI = ------- ( x – L ) + C 2 (9)
dx 2
Substituting x = a in Eq. (9) and equating to satisfy Eq(7) we obtain
RA 2 RA 2
– ------- ( a – L ) + C 1 = – ------- ( a – L ) + C 2 or C1 = C2 (10)
2 2
P 3 RA 3
EIv 1 = --- ( x – a ) – ------- ( x – L ) + C 1 x + C 3 (11)
6 6
R 3
EIv 2 = – ------A- ( x – L ) + C 1 x + C 4 (12)
6
Substituting x = a in Eqs. (11) and (12) and equating to satisfy Eq(6) we obtain
RA 3 RA 3
– ------- ( a – L ) + C 1 a + C 3 = – ------- ( a – L ) + C 1 a + C 4 or C3 = C4 (13)
2 2
Substituting x = 0 in Eqs.(8) and (11) and using Eqs.(3) and (4), we obtain
2 2
dv 1 P 2 RA 2 R A L – Pa
EI ( 0 ) = --- a – ------- L + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = ----------------------------
- (14)
dx 2 2 2
3 3
P 3 RA 3 Pa – R A L
EIv 1 ( 0 ) = – --- a + ------- L + C 3 = 0 or C 3 = ----------------------------
- (15)
6 6 6
Substituting x = L in Eq. (12) and using Eqs. (5), (13), (14) and (15),we obtain
2 2 3 3
R A L – Pa Pa – R A L
v2 ( L ) = C1 L + C3 = 0 or ----------------------------- L + ----------------------------
- = 0 or (16)
2 6
2
3 3 3 3 Pa
3R A L + R A L = 3Pa L – Pa or R A = --------- ( 3L – a )
3
2L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.46 Jacob Bernoulli incorrectly assumed that the neutral axis was tangent to the concave side of the
curve and obtained the following relationship:
3
⎛ Ebh
-------------⎞ ⎛ ---
1-⎞
= Px
⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ R⎠
where, R is the radius of curvature of the beam at any location x. Bernoulli did assume plane sections
remain plane during deformation. Derive the above equation based on Bernoulli’s assumptions and show
that it is incorrect by a factor of four.
C
D
h
dx
A B
b
R dθ x
P
O
Figure P7.46
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
2
d v2
Let Rc represents the correct radius of curvature. Noting that is positive concave upwards, we have
2
dx
the following relationship
2
d v
Rc = – (1)
2
dx
The moment of inertia of the cross section is
1 3
I zz = ------ bh (2)
12
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after imaginary cut

(a) (b) σ (c) 1
D --- σ D ( bh )
Mz 2
O1 B
B
x 2
Vy x
P P --- h x
3 P
By equilibrium of moment about point O in Fig.(a), we obtain,

M z + Px = 0 or Mz = –P x (3)
Substituting Eqs(1), (2) and (3) in moment curvature equation, we obtain
2 3
d v Ebh 1
EI zz = Mz or ------------- ------ = Px (4)
2 12 R c
dx
To derive Bernoulli’s equation we consider AB = R dθ and CD = (R+h)dθ.The strain in AB is zero, hence
AB represents the original length that was equal to the original length of CD. Thus the strain in CD is,
ε D = CD – AB- = (-----------------------------------------
R + h )dθ – Rdθ = --- h-
---------------------- (5)
AB Rdθ R
The normal stress at D is
σ D = Eε D = Eh
------- (6)
R
As plane section remain plane, the bending normal strain and stress vary linearly as shown in Fig.(b). In
Fig.(c) the stress is replaced by an equivalent force. By moment equilibrium about point B in Fig.(c), we
have
⎛1--- σ bh⎞ ⎛ 2 ---⎞ = Px
h
(7)
⎝ 2 D ⎠ ⎝ 3⎠
Substituting Eq.(6) in Eq.(7), we obtain
3
1 2 ⎛ Eh⎞
or ⎛ -------------⎞ ⎛ ----⎞ = Px
Ebh 1
--- bh ------- = Px (8)
3 ⎝ R⎠ ⎝ 3R ⎠ ⎝ R⎠
Comparing Eqs.(7) and (8) we note that Eq.(8) is incorrect by a factor of four.
Note:Fig.(c) shows that forces in the x- direction are not in equilibrium due to the incorrect location of neu-
tral axis.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.47 Clebsch considered a beam loaded by several concentrated forces Pi placed at a location xi.He
obtained the second order differential equation between the concentrated forces. By integration he obtained
the slope and deflection as given below and concluded that all Ci’s are equal and all Di’s are equal. Show
that the conclusion of Clebsch is correct. l
For x i < xi < x i + 1
2
d v
EI
dx
2
= Rx – ∑ Pj ( x – xj ) P1 P2 Pi
j=1
i 2
dv x
2 ( x – xi ) xo=0 x
EI
dx
= R ----- –
2 ∑ P i --------------------- + C i
2 x1
j=1 x2 Figure
P7.47
i xi
3
x
3 ( x – xi ) R
EIv = R ----- –
6 ∑ Pi --------------------
6
- + Ci x + Di
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after imaginary cut is made in the interval between xi and xi+1.
P1 P2 Pi
(a) (Mz)i+1
O1
x1
x2 (Vy)i+1
xi
R
x
By equilibrium of f moment about point O, we obtain,
i
( M z ) i = Rx – P 1 ( x – x 1 ) – P 2 ( x – x 2 )…… – P i ( x – x i ) or ( M z ) i = Rx – ∑ P ( x – xi )
j=1 i
2 i
d vi
EI
dx
2
= Rx – ∑ P ( x – xi ) i≥1 (1)
j=1 j
vi – 1 ( xi ) = vi ( xi ) i≥1 (2)
dv i – 1 dv i
( xi ) = ( xi ) i≥1 (3)
dx dx
Integrating Eq(1), we obtain,
i 2
dv i Rx
2 ( x – xi )
EI ( x ) = --------- –
dx 2 ∑ P j --------------------- + C i
2
i≥1 (4)
j=1
Substituting x = xi in the ithand i-1 slope representation of Eq.(4),we obtain
2 i–1 2
dv i – 1 Rx i ( xi – xj )
EI
dx
( x i ) = ----------
2
-– ∑ P j ---------------------- + C i – 1
2
i≥1 (5)
j=1
2 i 2
dv i Rx i ( x – xi )
EI (x i) = ----------
dx 2
-– ∑ P j --------------------- + C i
2
i≥1 (6)
j=1
Substituting Eqs (5) and (6) into Eq.(3) we obtain
Ci – 1 = Ci i≥1 (7)
Integrating Eq(4), we obtain,
3 i 3
Rx i ( x – xi )
EIv i ( x ) = ----------
6
-– ∑ P j --------------------- + C i x + D i
6
(8)
j=1
Substituting x = xi in the ithand i-1 displacement representation of Eq.(4),we obtain
3 i–1 3
Rx i ( xi – xj )
EIv i – 1 ( x i ) = ----------
6
-– ∑ P j ---------------------- + C i – 1 x i + D i – 1
6
(9)
j=1
3 i 3 3 i–1 3
Rx i ( xi – xj ) Rx i ( xi – xj )
EIv i ( x i ) = ----------
6
-– ∑ P j ---------------------- + C i x i + D i = ----------
6 6
-– ∑ P j ---------------------- + C i x i + D i
6
(10)
j=1 j=1
Substituting Eqs (9) and (10) into Eq.(2) we obtain
Ci – 1 xi + Di – 1 = Ci xi + Di i≥1 (11)
Substituting Eqs (7) into Eq.(11) we obtain
Di – 1 = Di i≥1 (12)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.48 A beam resting on an elastic foundation has a distributed spring force that depends upon the
deflections at a point acting as shown. Show the differential equation governing the deflection of the beam
is as given below:
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
⎜ EI zz 2 ⎟ + kv = p 7.7
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2
where k is the foundation modulus i.e., spring constant per unit length.
p
Mz Mz + dMz
Vy Vy +dVy
dx
(kdx)v
Figure P7.48. Elastic Foundation Effect.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
In the Fig.(a) the distributed force is replaced by an equivalent force
pdx
dx/2 dx/2
Mz Mz + dMz
Vy Vy +dVy
(kdx)v
By the force equilibrium in the y-direction
dV
dV y + pdx – ( kdx )v = 0
---------y – kv = – p or (1)
dx
dx dx
By moment equilibrium about point O: M z + dM z + ( V y + dV y ) ------ + V y ------ – M z = 0
2 2
Neglecting the second order term (dVydx) we obtain dM
dM z + V y dx = 0 or V y = – ----------z- (2)
dx
2
d v
Substituting M z = E I zz 2
and Eq.(2) into Eq.(1) we obtain
dx
2 2
d ⎛ d v⎞ d ⎛ d v⎞
2 2
– ⎜ EI zz 2 ⎟ – k v = – p or ⎜ EI zz 2 ⎟ + kv = p
dx ⎝ dx ⎠ dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.49 To account for shear, the assumption of planes remaining perpendicular to the axis of the beam
(Assumption 3: in Section 6.2) is dropped, and it is assumed that plane rotates by the angle ψ from the
vertical. This yields the following displacement equations: u = – y ψ ( x ) v = v ( x ) . The rest of the der-
ivation is as before. Show the following equations apply:
GA ⎛ dv – ψ⎞
d
= –p
dx ⎝dx ⎠
7.8
d⎛ dψ⎞
= – GA ⎛ – ψ⎞
dv
EI
d x ⎝ zz d x ⎠ ⎝dx ⎠
where, A is the area of cross-section and G is the Shear Modulus of Elasticity. Beams governed by above
equations are called Timoshenko Beams.
Solution u = –yψ( x ) v = v(x)
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal strain and shear strain can be written as
ε xx = ∂u = – y d ψ ( x ) (3)
∂x dx
γ xy = ∂u + ∂v = dv – ψ ( x ) (4)
∂y ∂x dx
By Hooke’s Law, we have
σ xx = Eε xx = – Ey d ψ ( x ) (5)
dx
τ xy = Gγ xy = G ⎛⎝ – ψ ( x )⎞⎠
dv
(6)
dx
The equivalent internal shear force and moment can be written as shown below.we assume material is
homogenous across the cross -section.we also have ψ and v are functions of x only and do not vary across
the cross section.
∫τ ∫ G ⎛⎝ d x – ψ ( x )⎞⎠ dA
dv
Vy = dA = = GA dv – ψ ( x ) (7)
dx
A xy A
2 dψ dψ 2 dψ
∫
M z = – yσ xx = ∫ Ey dx
dA = E
dx ∫
y dA = EI zz
dx
(8)
A A A
We can substitute Eq.(5) and (6) into the equilibrium equation to obtain the following
dV y
GA ⎛ – ψ ( x )⎞
d dv
= –p or = –p
dx dx ⎝dx ⎠
dM z d EI dψ dv
dx
= –Vy or
dx zz d x = – GA d x – ψ ( x )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.50 Figure P7.50shows a differential element of a beam that is free to vibrate, where ρ is the material
2
∂ v
density, A is the area of cross-section, and 2 is the linear acceleration. Show that the equation for
∂t
dynamic equilibrium is given by:
2 4
∂ v + 2∂ v = 0 EI zz 7.9
c where c = ----------
∂t
2
∂x
4 ρA
2
∂ v
Mz Mz + ΔMz ρA Δx
2
∂t
Vy Δx Vy +ΔVy
Δx
Figure P7.50. Dynamic Equilibrium.

Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
2
∂
By the force equilibrium in Fig.7.33 we obtain: V y + ΔV y – V y = ρA 2
(v)Δx
∂t
Dividing by Δx and taking the limit Δx → 0 we obtain,
ΔV y ∂
2 ∂V y ∂
2
lim ⎛ ----------⎞ = ρA (v) or = ρA (v) (1)
Δx → 0⎝ Δx ⎠ ∂t
2 ∂x ∂t
2
By the moment equilibrium about the center we obtain

Δx Δx
M z + ΔM z + ( V y + ΔV y ) ------- + V y ------- – M z = 0
2 2
Neglecting ΔV y Δx as its tends to zero fast than other terms in the limiting operation: ΔM z + V y Δx = 0
Dividing by Δx and taking the limit Δx → 0 we obtain,
ΔM z ∂M z
lim ⎛ -----------⎞ = – V y or = –Vy (2)
Δx → 0 Δx ⎠
⎝ ∂x
2
d v
Substituting M z = EI zz 2
and Eq.(2) in Eq.(1), we obtain
dx
2
∂ ⎛ ∂ v⎞
2 2
∂
– ⎜ EI zz ⎟ = ρA (v) (3)
∂x ⎝ ∂x ⎠
2 2 2
∂t
Assuming EIzzis a constant we can rewriteEq.(3) as
2 4 2 4
EI zz ∂ v
∂ v = – ---------- ∂ v + c2 ∂ v = 0
or
∂t
2 ρA ∂ x 4 ∂t
2
∂x
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.51 Show by substitution that the solution below satisfies Equation 7.9.
v ( x, t ) = G ( x )H ( t )
G ( x ) = A cos ωx + B sin ωx + C cosh ωx + D sinh ωx
2 2
H ( t ) = E cos ( cω )t + D sin ( cω )t
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The x- derivatives of functions G are
∂G = – A ω cos ωx + Bω sin ωx + Cω cosh ωx + Dω sinh ωx
∂x
2
∂G 2 2 2 2
= – A ω cos ωx – B ω sin ωx + Cω cosh ωx + Dω sinh ωx
2
∂x
3
∂G = 3 3 3
Aω cos ωx – B ω sin ωx + ω cosh ωx + Dω sinh ωx
3
∂x
4
∂ G = 4 4 4 4 4
Aω cos ωx + Bω sin ωx + Cω cosh ωx + Dω sinh ωx = ω G (1)
4
∂x
Taking the time derivatives of the function H, we obtain
∂H = – E ( cω 2 ) cos ( cω 2 )t + D ( cω 2 ) sin ( cω 2 )t
∂t
2
∂ H = – ( 2 ) 2 cos ( cω 2 )t – D ( cω 2 ) 2 sin ( cω 2 )t = – c 2 ω 4 [ E cos ( cω 2 ) + D sin ( cω 2 )t ] = – c 2 ω 4 H ( t )
E cω (2)
2
∂t
Substituting v(x,t) into Eq.(7.9) we obtain
2 4
∂ H 2 ∂ G
G(x) + c H(t) = 0 (3)
2 4
∂t ∂x
2 4 2 4
Substituting Eq.(1) and (2) into Eq.(3) we obtain: G ( x ) ( – c ω )H ( t ) + c ω H ( t )G ( x ) = 0
The terms on the left cancel, proving Eq.(7-10) is the solution of Eq.(7.9).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.52 By substitution show that the following deflection solution satisfies the fourth order boundary
value problem of the cantilever beam shown in Figure P7.52.
x
1 3 2 3
6EI ∫
v ( x ) = --------- R A x + 3M A x + ( x – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 7.10
0
L L
where, R A = – ∫ p ( x 1 ) dx 1 and M A = ∫ x 1 p ( x 1 ) dx 1
0 0
.
y Cross-section
10 ft
A x B 8 in
p
2 in
Figure P7.52
Solution:
------------------------------------------------------------
The boundary value problem for the cantilever beam shown in Fig. 7.35 is given below.
d ⎛ v⎞
2 2
-------- ⎜ EI d--------⎟ = p (1)
dx ⎝ dx ⎠
2 2
v(0) = 0 (2)
dv
(0) = 0 (3)
dx
d ⎛ d v⎞
2 3 3
d v d v
V y ( L ) = – ------ ⎜ EI --------⎟ = – EI -------- = 0 or -------- ( L ) = 0 (4)
dx ⎝ dx 2⎠ dx
3
dx
3
x=L
⎛ d 2 v⎞ d v
2
M z ( L ) = ⎜ EI --------⎟ = 0 or -------- ( L ) = 0 (5)
⎝ dx 2⎠ dx
2
x=L
Substituting x=0 in Eq 7.10 we obtain the displacement is zero as in Eq. (2). We record the following for-
mula for the derivative of the integral below.
x x
d
∫ ∫ ∫
n n n–1 n–1
------ [ ( x – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 ] = ( x – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) + n ( x – x1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 = n ( x – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (6)
dx x1 = x
0 0
Taking the x derivatives of Eq. 7.10 and using Eq. 6, we obtain:
x x
1 1
∫ ∫
dv 2 2 2 2
------ = --------- 3R A x + 6M A x + 3 ( x – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 = --------- R A x + 2M A x + ( x – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (7)
dx 6EI 2EI
0 0
x
2
d v 1
dx
2 EI ∫
-------- = ------ R A x + 2M A + ( x – x 1 )p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (8)
0
x
3
d v 1
dx
3 EI ∫
-------- = ------ R A + p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (9)
0
4
d v 1
-------- = ------ p ( x ) (10)
4 EI
dx
We note that Eq. 10 is same as Eq. 1 for constant EI. Substituting x=0 in Eq. 7 we obtain the slope is zero
as in Eq. (3). Substituting x = L in Eq. 9 and using Eq. 4, we obtain:
L L
3
d--------
v 1
dx
3 EI ∫
( L ) = ------ R A + p ( x 1 ) dx 1 = 0 or R A = – p ( x 1 ) dx 1 ∫ (11)
0 0
The value of RA is same as that given in the problem.
L
2
d v 1
Substituting x = L in Eq. 8 and using Eq. 5, we obtain: --------2 ( L ) = ------ R A L + M A + ( L – x 1 )p ( x 1 ) dx 1 = 0
dx EI ∫
0
Substituting the value of RA in Eq. 11 we obtain:
L L L
∫ ∫
– L p ( x 1 ) dx 1 + M A + ( L – x 1 )p ( x 1 ) dx 1 = 0 or M A + ( L – x 1 – L )p ( x 1 ) dx 1 = 0 or ∫
0 0 0
L
MA = ∫ x 1 p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (12)
0
The value of MA is same as given in the problem. Thus all equations of the boundary value problem are
satisfied by the displacement solution given in Eq. 7.10.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.53 Table 7.1 shows the value of distributed load at several point along the axis of a rectangular beam.
Determine the slope and deflection at the free end using.Use Modulus of Elasticity as 2,000 ksi.
Table 7.1 Data in problem 7.53

x p (x) x p (x)
0 275 6 377
1 348 7 316
2 398 8 233
3 426 9 128
4 432 10 0
5 416
dv
Solution: E = 2000 ksi vB = ? --------B- = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertia is : I zz = ⎛ ------⎞ ( 2 ) ( 8 ) = 85.333in
1 3 4
⎝ 12⎠
6 6 2
The bending rigidity is: EI zz = ( 2 ) ( 10 ) ( 85.333 ) = 170.667 ( 10 )lb – in
Substituting the bending rigidity in Eq. 7.10 and Eq. 7 and evaluating at x = L = 10 ft = 120 inch we obtain:
120
1
∫
3 2 3
v ( 120 ) = ------------------------- R A ( 120 ) + 3M A ( 120 ) + ( 120 – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (1)
6
1024 ( 10 )
0
120
dv 1
∫
2 2
------ = ----------------------------------- R A ( 120 ) + 2M A ( 120 ) + ( 120 – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (2)
dx 6
( 341.33 ) ( 10 )
0
where
120
RA = – ∫ p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (3)
0
120
MA = ∫ x 1 p ( x 1 ) dx 1 (4)
0
120 120
∫ ∫
3 2
We define J 1 = ( 120 – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 and J 2 = ( 120 – x 1 ) p ( x 1 ) dx 1 . The integrals J1, J2 and the inte-
0 0
grals in Eqs. 3 and 4 are evaluated using numerical integration on a spread sheet as described in Appendix
B. In the table below the dimension x is in inches and the distributed load is converted from lb/ft to lb/in
x p(x) RA MA J1 J2
0 22.917 -3.115E+02 2.088E+03 4.568E+08 4.010E+06
12 29.000 -6.845E+02 8.952E+03 8.520E+08 7.873E+06
24 33.167 -1.097E+03 2.140E+04 1.154E+09 1.121E+07
36 35.500 -1.526E+03 3.943E+04 1.361E+09 1.383E+07
48 36.000 -1.950E+03 6.228E+04 1.487E+09 1.570E+07
60 34.667 -2.346E+03 8.833E+04 1.553E+09 1.688E+07
72 31.417 -2.693E+03 1.152E+05 1.581E+09 1.752E+07
84 26.333 -2.967E+03 1.396E+05 1.590E+09 1.780E+07
96 19.417 -3.148E+03 1.577E+05 1.591E+09 1.787E+07
108 10.667 -3.212E+03 1.646E+05 1.592E+09 1.788E+07
120 0.000
From the table above we have the following:

3 3 9 6
R A = – 3.212 ( 10 ) M A = 164.6 ( 10 ) J 1 = 1.592 ( 10 ) J 2 = 17.88 ( 10 )
Substituting Eq. 5 in Eqs.(1) and (2) we obtain:

1 3 3 3 2 9
v ( 120 ) = ------------------------- [ ( – 3.212 ) ( 10 ) ( 120 ) + 3 ( 164.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 120 ) + 1.592 ( 10 ) ] = 3.078in or
6
1024 ( 10 )
v ( 120 ) = 3.1 in.

dv 1 3 2 3 6
- [ ( – 3.212 ) ( 10 ) ( 120 ) + 2 ( 164.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 120 ) + 17.88 ( 10 ) ] = 0.0326 or
------ ( 120 ) = ----------------------------------
dx 6
( 341.33 ) ( 10 )
dv
------ ( 120 ) = 0.033
dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.54 For the beam and loading given in problem 7.53, determine the slope and deflection at the free end
2
in the following manner. First represent the distributed load byp ( x ) = a + bx + cx and using the data in
Table 7.1 determine the constant a, b, and c by the Least-Square Method. Then using fourth order differen-
tial equation solve the boundary value problem. Use Modulus of Elasticity as 2,000 ksi.
dv B
Solution: E = 2000 ksi, a =?, b =?, c=?, vB =? --------- =?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
Using the least square method described in Appendix B, we obtain the value of constants a, b, and c on a
spread sheet as shown in the table below.

xi p(xi) xi2 xi3 xi4 x*pi xi2*pi
1 0 22.917 0.0 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 0.000E+00

2 12 29.000 144.0 1.728E+03 2.074E+04 3.480E+02 4.176E+03
3 24 33.167 576.0 1.382E+04 3.318E+05 7.960E+02 1.910E+04
4 36 35.500 1296.0 4.666E+04 1.680E+06 1.278E+03 4.601E+04
5 48 36.000 2304.0 1.106E+05 5.308E+06 1.728E+03 8.294E+04
6 60 34.667 3600.0 2.160E+05 1.296E+07 2.080E+03 1.248E+05
7 72 31.417 5184.0 3.732E+05 2.687E+07 2.262E+03 1.629E+05
8 84 26.333 7056.0 5.927E+05 4.979E+07 2.212E+03 1.858E+05
9 96 19.417 9216.0 8.847E+05 8.493E+07 1.864E+03 1.789E+05
10 108 10.667 11664.0 1.260E+06 1.360E+08 1.152E+03 1.244E+05
11 120 0.000 14400.0 1.728E+06 2.074E+08 0.000E+00 0.000E+00
bij & ri 660.0 279.1 55440.0 5227200.0 525305088.0 13720.0 929064.0
Cij 1.799E+12 5.691E+10 3.764E+08 2.705E+09 2.091E+07 1.742E+05
D 3.100E+12
ai 22.927 0.581 -0.006
The value of the constants are

a = 22.927 b = 0.581 c = – 0.006 (1)
The boundary value problem for the cantilever beam shown in Fig. p7.35 is given below.
4
d v 2
EI -------- = a + bx + cx (2)
4
dx
v(0) = 0 (3)
dv
------ ( 0 ) = 0 (4)
dx
d ⎛ d v⎞
2 3 3
d v d v
V y ( 120 ) = – ------ ⎜ EI --------⎟ = – E I -------- = 0 or -------- ( 120 ) = 0 (5)
dx ⎝ dx 2⎠ 3
dx x = 120 dx
3
x = 120
⎛ d 2 v⎞ d v
2
M z ( 120 ) = ⎜ EI --------⎟ = 0 or -------- ( 120 ) = 0 (6)
⎝ dx 2⎠ dx
2
x = 120
Integrating Eq. 2 we obtain:
3 2 3
d v bx cx
EI -------- = ax + -------- + -------- + c 1 (7)
3 2 3
dx
2 2 3 4
d v ax bx cx
EI -------- = -------- + -------- + -------- + c 1 x + c 2 (8)
2 2 6 12
dx
3 4 5 c x 2
dv ax bx cx 1
EI ------ = -------- + -------- + -------- + ----------
- + c2 x + c3 (9)
dx 6 24 60 2
4 5 6 c x 3 2
ax bx cx 1 c2 x
EIv = -------- + --------- + --------- + ----------
- + ----------
- + c 3 x + c4 (10)
24 120 360 6 2
Substituting x = 0 in Eq. (10) and using Eq. (3) we obtain: c4 = 0
Substituting x = 0 in Eq. (9) and using Eq. (4) we obtain: c3 = 0
Substituting x = 120 in Eq. (7) and using Eq. (1) and (5) we obtain:
2 3
b ( 120 ) c ( 120 ) - + c = 0 or c = – 3478.4
a ( 120 ) + ------------------- + ------------------ 1 1 (11)
2 3
Substituting x = 120 in Eq. (8) and using Eq. (1) and (6) we obtain:
2 3 4
a ( 120 ) + b ( 120 ) + c ( 120 ) + ( 120 ) + c or c = 188.69 ( 10 3 )
------------------- ------------------- ------------------- c 1 2 2 (12)
2 6 12
6 2
The bending rigidity was found in problem 7.36 as: EI zz = 170.667 ( 10 )lb – in
Substituting x = 120 in Eq. 10 and all the constants we obtain:
6 c ( 120 ) 3 2
a ( 120 )
4 5
b ( 120 ) + ------------------
c ( 120 ) - + --------------------- c 2 ( 120 )
EIv ( 120 ) = ------------------- + ------------------- 1
- or v ( 120 ) = 3.665in
- + ---------------------
24 120 360 6 2
v ( 120 ) = 3.67 in.
Substituting x = 120 in Eq. 9 and all the constants we obtain:
3 4 5 c ( 120 ) 2
dv a ( 120 ) b ( 120 ) c ( 120 ) dv
EI ------ ( 120 ) = ------------------- + ------------------- + ------------------- + ---------------------
1
- + c 2 ( 120 ) or ------ ( 120 ) = 0.03945
dx 6 24 60 2 dx
dv
------ ( 120 ) = 0.039
dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.55 Table 7.2 shows the measured radii of a solid tapered circular beam at several point along the axis.
The beam is made of aluminum (E = 28 GPa) and has a length of 1.5 meters. Determine the slope and
deflection at point B
R(x) P = 25kN
A B
Figure P7.55

x R(x) x R(x)
(m) (mm) (m) (mm)
0.0 100.6 0.8 60.1
0.1 92.7 0.9 60.3
0.2 82.6 1.0 59.1
0.3 79.6 1.1 54.0
0.4 75.9 1.2 54.8
0.5 68.8 1.3 54.1
0.6 68.0 1.4 49.4
0.7 65.9 1.5 50.6
dv
Solution: E = 28 GPa , vB = ? --------B- =?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
2 M
The moment curvature equation can be written as: d--------v = ------z- . Integrating from x = 0 and noting that the
2 EI
dx
slope is zero at x = 0 we obtain:
x
dv Mz
------ ( x ) =
dx ∫ ------
EI
- dx (1)
0
x
dv
Noting that deflection is zero at x = 0 we can write: v = ∫ -------- dx 1 Integrating by parts we obtain.
dx 1
0
x
x 2 xM x M x Mz
dv d v
∫ ∫ ∫ ∫
z z
v ( x ) = x -------- – x 1 -------- dx 1 = x ------- dx – x 1 ------- dx 1 = ( x – x 1 ) ------- dx 1 (2)
dx 1 2
dx 0 EI 0 EI 0 EI
0 0
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the beam after an imaginary cut. By equilibrium of moment about
point O we obtain:
M z = – P ( 1.5 – x ) (3)
4 4
πR 4 πR – 12 4
The area moment of inertia is: I = ---------- mm = ---------- ( 10 )m , where R is in millimeter. Substituting
4 4
9 2 3
x = 1.5m, E = 28(10 ) N/m . P = 25 (10 ) N, I and Eq. 3 into Eqs. (1) and (2), we obtain the following.
3 2
1.5
( – 25 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.5 – x ) 1.5
( 1.5 – x ) 1.5
∫ ∫ ∫
6
v B = v ( 1.5 ) = ( 1.5 – x ) ------------------------------------------------------ dx = – 1.1368 ( 10 ) ------------------------ dx = F 1 ( x ) dx (4)
4 4
0 9 πR – 12 0 R 0
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ---------- ( 10 )
4
3 2
dv B dv 1.5
( – 25 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.5 – x ) 1.5
( 1.5 – x ) 1.5
∫ ∫ ∫
6
--------- = ------ ( 1.5 ) = ------------------------------------------------------ dx = – 1.1368 ( 10 ) ------------------------ dx = F 2 ( x ) dx (5)
dx dx 4 4
0 9 πR – 12 0 R 0
( 28 ) ( 10 ) ---------- ( 10 )
4
The integrals in Eqs. (4) and (5) are evaluated using numerical integration on a spread sheet as described in
Appendix B and the results are given in the table below.
dv
x R(x) F1(x) v(x) F2(x) (x)
dx
0.00 100.60 -2.497E-02 -2.757E-03 -1.665E-02 -1.910E-03

0.10 92.70 -3.017E-02 -6.330E-03 -2.155E-02 -4.575E-03
0.20 82.60 -4.127E-02 -1.043E-02 -3.175E-02 -7.861E-03
0.30 79.60 -4.078E-02 -1.454E-02 -3.398E-02 -1.144E-02
0.40 75.90 -4.145E-02 -1.915E-02 -3.768E-02 -1.587E-02
0.50 68.80 -5.074E-02 -2.384E-02 -5.074E-02 -2.079E-02
0.60 68.00 -4.307E-02 -2.792E-02 -4.785E-02 -2.560E-02
0.70 65.90 -3.858E-02 -3.199E-02 -4.822E-02 -3.106E-02
0.80 60.10 -4.270E-02 -3.567E-02 -6.099E-02 -3.669E-02
0.90 60.30 -3.095E-02 -3.838E-02 -5.159E-02 -4.160E-02
1.00 59.10 -2.330E-02 -4.062E-02 -4.659E-02 -4.660E-02
1.10 54.00 -2.139E-02 -4.225E-02 -5.348E-02 -5.117E-02
1.20 54.80 -1.134E-02 -4.309E-02 -3.782E-02 -5.438E-02
1.30 54.10 -5.308E-03 -4.345E-02 -2.654E-02 -5.666E-02
1.40 49.40 -1.909E-03 -4.354E-02 -1.909E-02 -5.762E-02
1.50 50.60 0.000E+00 0.000E+00
From the table above we obtain the value of deflection and slope at point B as
–3
v B = – 43.54 ( 10 )m or v B = – 43.5 mm
dv B –3 dv
--------- = – 57.62 ( 10 ) --------B- = – 0.058
dx dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.56 Let the radius of the tapered beam in problem 7.55 be represented by the equation R ( x ) = a + bx.
Using the data in Table 7.2 determine the constant a and b by the least-square method and then find the
slope and deflection at point B by numerical integration.
dv B
Solution: E = 28 GPa , a=?, b=?, vB = ? --------- =?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
From results in problem 4-40, we obtain: a = 90.226mm b = – 30.593
Thus R(x) can be written as:
R ( x ) = 90.226 – 30.593x (6)
Eqs.(4) and (5) of problem 7.38 are:
2
( 1.5 – x )
1.5 1.5
∫ ∫
6
v B = – 1.1368 ( 10 ) ------------------------ dx = F 1 ( x ) dx (7)
4
0 R 0
2
dv B 1.5
( 1.5 – x ) 1.5
∫ ∫
6
--------- = – 1.1368 ( 10 ) ------------------------ dx = F 2 ( x ) dx (8)
dx 4
0 R 0
The radius at any x can be found from Eq.(6). The integrals in Eqs. (7) and (8) are evaluated using numer-
ical integration on a spreadsheet as described in Appendix B and the results are given in the table below.
dv
x R(x) F1(x) v(x) F2(x) (x)
dx
0.00 90.23 -3.860E-02 -3.860E-03 -2.573E-02 -2.665E-03

0.10 87.17 -3.860E-02 -7.709E-03 -2.757E-02 -5.520E-03
0.20 84.11 -3.839E-02 -1.153E-02 -2.953E-02 -8.577E-03
0.30 81.05 -3.794E-02 -1.528E-02 -3.162E-02 -1.185E-02
0.40 77.99 -3.718E-02 -1.894E-02 -3.380E-02 -1.534E-02
0.50 74.93 -3.606E-02 -2.247E-02 -3.606E-02 -1.906E-02
0.60 71.87 -3.451E-02 -2.582E-02 -3.835E-02 -2.301E-02
0.70 68.81 -3.245E-02 -2.893E-02 -4.056E-02 -2.716E-02
0.80 65.75 -2.980E-02 -3.175E-02 -4.258E-02 -3.150E-02
0.90 62.69 -2.649E-02 -3.420E-02 -4.415E-02 -3.596E-02
1.00 59.63 -2.247E-02 -3.621E-02 -4.495E-02 -4.042E-02
1.10 56.57 -1.776E-02 -3.772E-02 -4.439E-02 -4.472E-02
1.20 53.51 -1.248E-02 -3.869E-02 -4.158E-02 -4.856E-02
1.30 50.46 -7.017E-03 -3.916E-02 -3.508E-02 -5.144E-02
1.40 47.40 -2.253E-03 -3.927E-02 -2.253E-02 -5.256E-02
1.50 44.34 0.000E+00 0.000E+00
From the table above we obtain the value of deflection and slope at point B as
–3
v B = – 39.27 ( 10 )m or v B = – 39.3 mm
dv B –3 dv
--------- = – 52.56 ( 10 ) --------B- = – 0.053
dx dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.57 Determine the deflection at the free end of the beam shown in Figure P7.20.
Solution: vΑ = v(2L) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The loading on the beam can be considered as the sum of two loading shown below:
(a) y w y w (c) y
(b)
L L
x x x
L L 2L w
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 3 of Table 7.1 we obtain a=2L, b=0 and p0=-w and can write
3 4
– w ( 8L ) ( 6L ) – 2wL
v A1 = ---------------------------------- = ----------------
- (1)
24EI EI
Comparing Fig.(c) with case 4 of Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = L and p0 = w and can write
3 4
w ( 7L ) ( 6L ) 7wL -
v A2 = ------------------------------- = ------------- (2)
24EI 24EI
4 4
wL – 41w L
Superposing Eqs.(1) and (2) we obtain v A = v A1 + v A2 = ------------ ( – 48 + 7 ) or v A = --------------------
24EI 24EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.58 Determine the reaction force at support A in Figure P7.34.
Solution: RA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The loading on the beam can be considered as the sum of two loading shown below;
(a) y (b) y
P kN (c) y P
x A x A A
x
Lm Lm
Lm Lm Lm
RA RA
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = 0, P = RA and can write
3
RA L
v A1 = -------------
- (1)
3EI
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = 2L, b = 0, P = -P. x = L and can write
2 3
– PL – 5PL
v A2 = ------------- ( 6L – L ) = ---------------- (2)
6EI 6EI
3 3
R L 5
A
- – 5PL
The deflection of point A is zero and we obtain: v = v A1 + v A2 = ------------- ------------- = 0 or R A = --- P
3EI 6EI 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.59 Determine the deflection at point A on the beam shown in Figure P7.59 in terms of w, L, E, and I.
y w
wL
wL2
x A
L L
Figure P7.59
Solution: vA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The beam and loading in Fig 7.42 is the sum of three loadings given below.
(a) y w (b) y (c) y wL
wL2
x A x A x A
L L L L L L
Comparing Fig. (a) with case 3 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L , b = L and p0 = -w and we can write
4
– 7wL
v A1 = ----------------- (1)
24EI
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 2 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = L and M = wL2and we can write
2 4
wL 3wL
v A2 = ---------- ( 3L ) = -------------- (2)
2EI 2EI
Comparing Fig.(c) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a=2L, b=0 and p=-wL. we can write
3
( – wL ) 2 8wL
v A3 = ---------------- ( 4L ) ( 4L ) = – -------------- (3)
6EI 3EI
3 3
Superposing Eqs. (1), (2), (3) we obtain: v = v A1 + v A2 + v A3 = ---------- ⎛⎝ -------------------------------⎞⎠ or
wL – 7 + 36 – 64
vA = – 35wL -
-------------------
EI 6EI 24EI
7.60 Determine the reaction force and the slope of the beam at A using superposition.
y w kips / in
x A
L in L in
Figure P7.60
dv A =
Solution: RA =?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
The beam and loading shown in Fig. 7.43 can be considered as the sum of the two loadings shown:
y w y
y w
x A x A x A
RA
L L RA L L L L
Comparing Fig.(a) with case 3 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L , b = L and p0 = -w and we can write
2 4
( – wL ) 7wL
v A1 = ------------------- ( 7L ) = – -------------- (1)
24EI 24EI
dv A1 3
= ⎛ – ----------⎞
wL
(2)
dx ⎝ 6EI ⎠
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = 2L, b = 0 and p = RA, we can write
2 3
( 4L ) 8R A L
v A2 = ( R A ) -------------- ( 4L ) = ----------------
- (3)
6EI 3EI
2 2
dv A2 ⎛ R A ( 4L )⎞ 2R A L
= ⎜ ----------------------⎟ = ----------------
- (4)
dx ⎝ 2EI ⎠ EI
4 8R L 3
7wL A 7
The deflection at A is zero. So we can write: v A = v A1 + v A2 = – ------------- - = 0 or R A = ------ wL
- + ----------------
24EI 3EI 64
Substituting RA in Eq.(4) and superposing the results in Eq.(2) we obtain
dv A dv A1 dv A2 3 3 dv A 3
wL 7wL 5wL
= + = – ---------- + -------------- or = --------------
dx dx dx 6EI 32EI dx 96EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.61 Two beams of length L and bending rigidity EI are simply supported at the ends and are in contact
at the center. Determine the deflection at the center in terms of P, L, E, and I.
P
Figure P7.61
Solution: vA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The beams and loading in Fig 7.44 are the sum of beams and loading shown below:
P RA
(a) (b)
RA
Comparing Fig.(a) with case 4 in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L and p = (RA -P) and we can write
( RA – P ) 3
v A1 = --------------------- L (1)
48EI
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 4 in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L, P = -RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A2 = – -------------
- (2)
48EI
3
A 3 A
(R – P) R L
The deflection at point A must be same for the two beams and we obtain --------------------- - or
L = – -------------
48EI 48EI
P
R A = --- (3)
2
3
PL
Substituting Eq.(3) into Eq.(2) we obtain v A = – ------------
96EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.62 Two beams of length L and bending rigidity EI are simply supported at the ends and are in contact
at the center. Determine the deflection at the center in terms of w, L, E, and I.
Figure P7.62
Solution: vA=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The beams in Fig. 7.45 can be considered as the sum of three beams shown below:
(c) RA
(a) w (b)
RA
Comparing Fig.(a) with case 5in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L , p0= -w and we can write
4
v A1 = –
5wL -
---------------- (1)
384EI
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 4 in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L, P = RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A2 = -------------
- (2)
48EI
Comparing Fig.(c) with case 4 in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L, P = -RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A3 = – -------------
- (3)
48EI
The deflection of the top beam is the sum of deflection in Eq.(1) and Eq.(2) which must be equal to deflec-
tion of the bottom beam. We obtain
4 3 3
5wL - R A L
–---------------- RA L
+ -------------- = – -------------
- (4)
384EI 48EI 48EI
– 5wL 5wL
-------------- + 2R A = 0 or R A = -----------
8 16
4
Substituting RA in Eq.(3) . We obtain vA = – 5wL -
----------------
758EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.63 A cantilever beam’s end rests on the middle of a simply supported beam as shown. Both beams
have length L and bending rigidity EI. Determine the deflection at A and the reactions the wall at C in
terms of P, L, E, and I.
P C
B
A
D
Figure P7.63
Solution: vA=?, RC=?, MC=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The beam and loading shown in Fig. 7.46 can be considered as the sum of the two beams shown below
(a) (b) MC
RA (c)
B C
P C P
A
D RC
A A
RA RA
Comparing Fig.(a) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = 0 and p = (RA -P) and we can write
( RA – P ) 3
v A1 = --------------------- L (1)
3EI
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 4 in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L, P = -RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A2 = – -------------
- (2)
48EI
3
( RA – P ) 3 RA L
The deflection at point A must be same for the two beams and we obtain --------------------- - or
L = – -------------
3EI 48EI
16
R A = ------ P (3)
17
3
PL
Substituting RA in Eq.(2) we obtain v A = – -----------
-
51EI
Fig. (c) shows the free body diagram of the beam shown in Fig(a).
P-
By equilibrium of forces in Fig. (c) we obtain: RC+RA-P=0 or R C = -----
17
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig.(c) we obtain: MC - (P - RA)L = 0 or M c = PL

-------
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.64 A cantilever beam’s end rests on the middle of a simply supported beam as shown. Both beams
terms of w, L, E, and I.
w
C
B
A
D
Figure P7.64
Solution: vA=?, RC = ?, MC = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The beams in Fig. P7.47 can be considered as the sum of beams shown in figures (a), (b)
(a) MC
RA (b) (c) (d)
B wL C
C
A C
D
A RC
A
A
RA
Comparing Fig.(a) with case 4 in Table 7.1 we obtain h = L, P = -RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A1 = – -------------
- (1)
48EI
Comparing Fig. (b) with case 3 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b=0, and p0 = -w and we can write
4
– wL
v A2 = -------------- (2)
8EI
Comparing Fig. (c) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = 0, P = RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A3 = -------------
- (3)
3EI
The deflection of the top beam is the sum of deflection in Eqs. (3) and (2) which must be equal to deflec-
tion of the bottom beam given by Eq.(1). We obtain
4 R L 3 3
– wL A RA L
-------------- + -------------
- = – -------------
- (4)
8EI 3EI 48EI
– 6wL + 16R A = – R A or R A = 6wL
----------- (5)
17
4
– wL
Substituting RA in Eq.(1) . We obtain v A = ---------------
136EI
Fig.(d) shows the free body diagram of the top beam with distributed force replaced by an equivalent force.
11wL
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we obtain: RC + RA -wL = 0 or R C = --------------
17
2
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig.(d),we obtain: MC +RAL-wL(L/2)=0 or M C = 5wL
--------------
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.65 The end of one cantilever beam rests on the end of another cantilever beam as shown. Both beams
terms of w, L, E, and I.
w
C
B
A
Figure P7.65
Solution: vA=?, RC = ?, MC = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The beams in Fig. P7.47 can be considered as the sum of beams shown in figures (a), (b)
MC
(a) (b) (c) (d)
wL C
C C
RA
A A RC
A
A
RA RA
Comparing Fig.(a) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = 0, P = -RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A1 = – -------------
- (1)
3EI
Comparing Fig.(b) with case 3 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b=0, and p0 = -w and we can write
4
v A2 = –
wL -
------------- (2)
8EI
Comparing Fig.(c) with case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain a = L, b = 0, P = RA and we can write
3
RA L
v A3 = -------------
- (3)
3EI
The deflection of the top beam is the sum of deflection in Eqs. (3) and (2) which must be equal to deflec-
tion of the bottom beam given by Eq.(1). We obtain
4 3 3
wL - R A L
–------------- RA L
+ -------------- = – -------------
- (4)
8EI 3EI 3EI
– 3wL + 8R A = – 8R A or R A = 3wL
----------- (5)
16
4
– wL
Substituting RA in Eq.(3) . We obtain v A = --------------
16EI
Fig(d) shows the free body diagram of the top beam with distributed force replaced by an equivalent force.
13wL
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we obtain RC + RA -wL = 0 or R C = --------------
16
2
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig.(d). We obtain MC +RAL-wL(L/2)=0 or 5wL
M C = -------------
-
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.66 A gymnast with a mass of 60 kg stands in the middle on a wooden balance beam as shown in Fig-
ure P7.66. The modulus of elasticity of wood is 12.6 GPa. To bracket the elasticity of the support, two
models are to be considered: (a) the supports are simply supported. (b) the supports are built in ends.
Determine the maximum deflection of the beam for both the cases.
120 mm
A B
150 mm
Figure P7.66 80 mm
3m 3m Cross section
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 2
( 150 ) [ ( 80 ) + 4 ( 80 ) ( 120 ) + ( 120 ) ] 6 4 –6 4
I zz = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 27.75 ( 10 )mm = 27.75 ( 10 )m (1)
36 ( 80 + 120 )
The bending rigidity is
9 –6 3
EI = 12.6 ( 10 ) ( 27.75 ) ( 10 ) = 349.65 ( 10 ) (2)
The weight of gymnast is:
W = ( 60 ) ( 9.81 ) = 588.6N (3)
The differential equation can be written as:
2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
–1
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = – W 〈 x – 3〉 (4)
2⎝ ⎠
dx dx
Integrating four times we obtain:
2
d ⎛ d v⎞ 0
⎜ EI ⎟ = – W 〈 x – 3〉 + C 1 (5)
d x ⎝ d x2 ⎠
2
d v 1
EI = – W 〈 x – 3〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
2
dx
2
dv –W 2 C1 x
EI = -------- 〈 x – 3〉 + -----------
- + C2 x + C3 (7)
dx 2 2
3 2
–W 3 C1 x C2 x
EIv = -------- 〈 x – 3〉 + ----------- - + C x + C4
- + ----------- (8)
6 6 2 3
CASE : Simply supported:The boundary conditions are
2
d v
v(0) = 0 EI (0) = 0 (9)
2
dx
2
d v
v(L) = 0 EI (L) = 0 (10)
2
dx
At x = 0 we obtain:
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (11)
2
d v
EI ( 0 ) = C2 = 0 (12)
2
dx
At x = 6 we obtain:
3
–W 3 C1 6
EIv ( 6 ) = -------- 〈 3〉 + -----------
- + C (6) = 0 or C 3 = – 6 C 1 + 0.75W (13)
6 6 3
2
d v
C1 = W
1
EI ( 6 ) = – W 〈 3〉 + C 1 ( 6 ) = 0 or ----- (14)
2 2
dx
At x = 3 we obtain:
3
C1 ( 3 ) 9
EIv ( 3 ) = ----------------
- + C ( 3 ) = --- W + 3 ( – 3 W + 0.75W ) = – 4.5W or
6 3 4
W ( 588.6 ) –3
v ( 3 ) = – 4.5 ------ = – 4.5 ------------------------------ = – 7.575 ( 10 )m or
EI 3
349.65 ( 10 )
v ( 3 ) = – 7.575 mm
CASE Built in End:The boundary conditions are
dv
v(0) = 0 (0) = 0 (15)
dx
dv
v(6) = 0 (6) = 0 (16)
dx
At x = 0 we obtain:
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (17)
dv
( 0 ) = C3 = 0 (18)
dx
At x = 6 we obtain:
3 2
–W 3 C1 6 C2 ( 6 )
EIv ( 6 ) = -------- 〈 3〉 + -----------
- + ----------------
- = 0 or C 2 = – 2 C 1 + 0.25W (19)
6 6 2
2
d v 1
EI ( 6 ) = – W 〈 3〉 + C 1 ( 6 ) + C 2 = 4C 1 – 2.75W = 0 or C 1 = 0.6875W (20)
2
dx
At x = 3 we obtain:
3 2
C1 ( 3 ) C2 ( 3 )
EIv ( 3 ) = ---------------- - = 4.5C 1 + 4.5 ( – 2 C 1 + 0.25W ) = – 4.5 ( 0.6875W ) + 1.125W = – 1.968W or
- + ----------------
6 2
W ( 588.6 ) –3
v ( 3 ) = – 1.968 ------ = – 1.968 ------------------------------ = – 3.314 ( 10 )m
EI 3
349.65 ( 10 )
v ( 3 ) = – 3.314 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.67 Solve problem 7.17 using Discontinuity Functions.
Solution: v(x) = ?, v(L) = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. The reaction force RA=2wL/3 was found in problem 7-9.
Using templates shown in Fig. 7-33 the moment equation can be written as
2 1
M z = --- wLx – wL 〈 x – L〉 (1)
3
wL
y
A x B C
L 2L RB
RA=2wL/3
The boundary value problem can be written as
2
d v 2 1
EI = --- wLx – wL 〈 x – L〉 (2)
dx 3
v(0) = 0 (3)
v ( 3L ) = 0 (4)
Integrating Eq.(2) we obtain
dv 1 2 wL 2
EI = --- wLx – -------- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 (5)
dx 3 2
1 3 wL 3
EIv = --- wLx – -------- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
9 6
Substituting x=0 in Eq.(6) and using Eq.(3) we obtain
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (7)
1 3 wL 3
Substituting x=3L in Eq.(6) and using Eq.(4) we obtain: EIv ( 3L ) = --- wL ( 3L ) – -------- ( 8L ) + C 1 ( 3L ) = 0 or
9 6
4
wL ( 54 – 24 ) 5 3
---------------------------------- + C 1 ( 3L ) = 0 or C 1 = – --- wL (8)
18 9
Substituting the constants in Eq.(6) we obtain the equation of the elastic- curve as
w 3 3 3
v ( x ) = ------------ [ 2Lx – 3L 〈 x – L〉 – 10L x ]
18EI
4
w
v ( L ) = –----------------
4w L
4 4
Substituting x = L in the elastic-curve, we obtain v ( L ) = ------------ [ 2L – 10L ] or -
18EI 9EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. The reaction force RA was found to be wL in problem 7-
10. Using templates shown in Fig. 7-33 the moment equation can be written in terms of discontinuity func-
tion as
2 w 2
M z = wLx – wL – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (1)
2
w
MA
2 B C
wL A
L L
RA=wL/4
2
d v 2 w 2
EI = wLx – wL – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (2)
2 2
dx
v(0) = 0 (3)
dv
(2L) = 0 (4)
dx
dv 1 2 2 w 3
EI = --- wLx – wL x – ---- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 (5)
dx 2 6
2 2
1 3 wL x w 4
EIv = --- wLx – ---------------- – ------ 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
6 2 24
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (7)
Substituting x=2L in Eq. (6) and using Eq.(4) we obtain
dv w 2 2 w 3
EI (2L) = ---- L ( 4L ) – wL ( 2L ) – ---- L + C 1 = 0 or
dx 2 6
3 3
wL ( 12 – 12 – 1 ) wL
------------------------------------------- + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = ---------- (8)
6 6
Substituting the above constants in Eq. (6) we obtain the equation of the elastic- curve as
w 3 2 2 3 4
v ( x ) = ------------ [ 4Lx – 12L x + 4L x – 〈 x – L〉 ]
24EI
4
w 4 4 4 –w L
Substituting x = L in the elastic-curve, we obtain: v ( L ) = ------------ [ 4L – 12L + 4L ] or v ( L ) = --------------
24EI 6EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. The reaction force RA= wL/4 was found in problem 6.55.
Using templates shown in Fig. 7-33 the moment equation can be written in terms of discontinuity function
as
wLx w 2
M z = ----------- – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (1)
4 2
w
B C
A
L L
RA RB

2
d v 1 w 2
EI = --- wLx – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (2)
2 4 2
dx
v(0) = 0 (3)
v ( 2L ) = 0 (4)
dv 1 2 w 3
EI = --- wLx – ---- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 (5)
dx 8 6
1 3 w 4
EIv = ------ wLx – ------ 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
24 24
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (7)
Substituting x=2L in Eq.(6) and using Eq.(4) we obtain
4 4
1 3 wL wL ( 8 – 1 ) 7 3
EIv ( 2L ) = ------ wL ( 8L ) – ---------- + C 1 ( 2L ) = 0 or ---------------------------- + C 1 ( 2L ) = 0 or C 1 = – ------ wL (8)
24 24 24 48
Substituting the above constants in Eq.(6) we obtain the equation of the elastic- curve as
w 3 3 4
v ( x ) = ------------ [ 2Lx – 7 L x – 2 〈 x – L〉 ]
48EI
4
w 4 4 – 5w L
Substituting x=L in the elastic-curve, we obtain v ( L ) = ------------ [ 2L – 7L ] or v ( L ) = -----------------
48EI 48EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. The reaction force Ay = wL and MA = 3wL2/2 were found
in problem 6.56. Using templates shown in Fig. 7-33 the moment equation can be written in terms of dis-
continuity function as
3 2 w 2
M z = wLx – --- wL – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (1)
2 2
w
(a)
MA=3wL2/2 B C
A
L L
Ay=wL
2
d v 3 2 w 2
EI = wLx – --- wL – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (2)
2 2 2
dx
v(0) = 0 (3)
dv (0) = 0 (4)
dx
dv 1 2 3 2 w 3
EI = --- wLx – --- wL x – ---- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 (5)
dx 2 2 6
1 3 3 2 2 w 4
EIv = --- wLx – --- wL x – ------ 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
6 4 24
EI dv (0) = C 1 = 0 (7)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (8)
w 3 2 2 4
v = ------------ [ 4Lx – 18L x – 〈 x – L〉 ]
24EI
Substituting x = L in the equation of the elastic-curve, we obtain

4
w 4 4 – 7w L
v ( L ) = ------------ [ 4L – 18L ] or v ( L ) = -----------------
24EI 12EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.71 (a) Solve for the Elastic Curve for the beam and loading shown in Figure P7.23. (b) Determine the
slope and deflection at point C.
Solution: v(x) = ?, v(2L) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The moment equation can be written in as
2
wx w 2 1 2 0
M z = ---------- – ---- 〈 x – L〉 – wL 〈 x – 2L〉 – wL 〈 x – 2L〉 (1)
2 2
2 2
d v wx w 2 1 2 0
EI = ---------- – ---- 〈 x – L〉 – wL 〈 x – 2L〉 – wL 〈 x – 2L〉 (2)
2 2 2
dx
v ( 3L ) = 0 (3)
dv (3L) = 0
(4)
dx
3
dv wx w 3 wL 2 2 1
EI = ---------- – ---- 〈 x – L〉 – -------- 〈 x – 2L〉 – wL 〈 x – 2L〉 + C 1 (5)
dx 6 6 2
4 2
w 4 wL 3 wL
EIv = wx
2
---------- – ------ 〈 x – L〉 – -------- 〈 x – 2L〉 – ---------- 〈 x – 2L〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
24 24 6 2
3 3
dv w ( 27L ) w 3 wL – 3
EI ( 3L ) = ---------------------- – ---- ( 8L ) – ---------- wL + C 1 = 0 or
dx 6 6 2
3 3
wL ( 27 – 8 – 3 – 6 ) – 5w L
------------------------------------------------- + C 1 = 0 or C 1 = ----------------- (7)
6 3
4 4
w 4 w 5
EI dv (3L) = ------ ( 81L ) – ------ ( 16L ) – ----------
4 wL
– wL
3
---------- – --- wL ( 3L ) + C 2 = 0 or
dx 24 24 6 2 3
4 4
wL ( 81 – 16 – 4 – 12 – 120 ) 71wL
---------------------------------------------------------------------- + C 2 = 0 or C 2 = ----------------- (8)
24 24
w 4 4 3 2 2 3 4
v ( x ) = ------------ [ x – 〈 x – L〉 – 4L 〈 x – 2L〉 – 12L 〈 x – 2L〉 – 40L x + 71L ]
24EI
Substituting x = 2L in the equation of the elastic-curve, we obtain
4
w 4 4 4 4 wL
v ( L ) = ------------ [ 16L – L – 80L + 71L ] or v ( 2L ) = ----------
24EI 4EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution: v(x) = ? v(2L) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam.

P
(a)
MB B A C
RB L L
RA
By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction,we obtain
RB = P – RA (1)
By equilibrium of moment about point B, we obtain
M B = 2PL – R A L (2)
Using templates shown in Fig. 7-33 the moment equation can be written as
1
M z = – M B + R B x + R A 〈 x – L〉 (3)
2
d v 1
EI = – M B + R B x + R A 〈 x – L〉 (4)
2
dx
dv (0) = 0 (5)
dx
v(0) = 0 (6)
v(L) = 0 (7)
2 2
dv RBx RA
EI - + ------- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1
= – M B x + ------------ (8)
dx 2 2
3 3
MB 2 RB x RA
- + ------- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 x + C 2
EIv = – -------- x + ------------ (9)
2 6 6
Substituting x = 0 in Eqs.(2) and (9) and using Eqs.(5) and (6),we obtain
dv
EI (0) = C 1 = 0 (10)
dx
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (11)
Substituting x = L in Eq.(9) and using Eq. (7) we obtain
3
MB 2 RB L
EIv ( L ) = – -------- L + -------------
- = 0 or – 3M B + R B L = 0 (12)
2 6
Substituting Eqs.(1) and (2) into Eq.(12),we obtain
5
– 3 ( 2PL – R A L ) + ( P – R A )L = 0 and R A = --- P (13)
2
Substituting RA in Eqs.(1) and (2),we obtain
3 – PL
R B = – --- P and M B = ---------- (14)
2 2
Substituting Eqs.(10), (11), (13) and (14) in Eq.(9),we obtain
2 3
P x L x 5 3 P 2 3 3
v ( x ) = ------ --------
- – ----- + ------ P 〈 x – L〉 or v ( x ) = ------------ [ 3x L – 3x + 5 〈 x – L〉 ]
EI 4 4 12 12EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.73 A beam is supported and loaded as shown in Figure P7.73. The spring constant in terms of beam
stiffness is written as k = αEI ⁄ L , where α is a proportionality factor. Determine the extension of the
3
spring in terms of α, w, E, I, and L.

w
B C
A
k
L/2 L/2
Figure P7.73
Solution δ =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figure (a) shows the free body diagram of an infinitesimal element of the free end. By equilibrium we
obtain:
Mz ( L ) = 0 Vy ( L ) = –k v ( L ) (1)
(a) Mz(L)
kv(L)
Vy(L)

2
d ⎛ d v⎞
2
L –1 L 0
2⎝
⎜ EI 2 ⎟ = R B 〈 x – ---〉 – w 〈 x – ---〉 (2)
dx dx ⎠ 2 2
v(0) = 0 (3)
2
d v
EI (0) = 0 (4)
2
dx
v ⎛ ---⎞ = 0
L
(5)
⎝ 2⎠
2
d ⎛ d v⎞ EI
– ⎜ EI ⎟ = – α ------ v ( L ) (6)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ L
3
x=L
2
d v
EI (L) = 0 (7)
2
dx
Integrating four times we obtain
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ = R 〈 x – L 0
---〉 – w 〈 x – L
1
---〉 + C 1
⎜ ⎟ B (8)
d x ⎝ d x2 ⎠ 2 2
2
d v 1 w 2
EI = RB 〈 x – L
---〉 – ---- 〈 x – L
---〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (9)
2 2 2 2
dx
2
dv RB L 2 w L 3 C1 x
EI = ------- 〈 x – ---〉 – ---- 〈 x – ---〉 + -----------
- + C2 x + C3 (10)
dx 2 2 6 2 2
3 2
RB L 3 w L 4 C1 x C2 x
EIv = ------- 〈 x – ---〉 – ------ 〈 x – ---〉 + ----------- - + C x + C4
- + ----------- (11)
6 2 24 2 6 2 3
At x =0 we obtain:
EIv ( 0 ) = C 4 = 0 (12)
2
d v
EI ( 0 ) = C2 = 0 (13)
2
dx
At x =L/2 we obtain:
3 2
C1 ( L ⁄ 2 ) C1 L
EIv ⎛ ---⎞ = ------------------------
L
- + C (L ⁄ 2) = 0 or C 3 = – ------------
- (14)
⎝ 2⎠ 6 3 24
At x =L we obtain
2
d v L 1 w L 2 wL
EI ( L ) = R B 〈 ---〉 – ---- 〈 ---〉 + C 1 L + C 2 = 0 or R B = – 2C 1 + -------- (15)
2 2 2 2 4
dx
2
d ⎛ EI d v ⎞ L 0 L 1
= R B 〈 ---〉 – w 〈 ---〉 + C 1 = ⎛ α ------⎞ v ( L ) C 1 = – -------- – ⎛ α ------⎞ v ( L )
EI wL EI
⎜ ⎟ ⎝ 3⎠
or (16)
d x⎝ d x2 ⎠ 2 2 L 4 ⎝ L 3⎠
x=L
3 3 3
RB L 3 w L 4 C1 ( L ) L
3
wL wL
4 C L C1 L
EIv ( L ) = ------- 〈 ---〉 – ------ 〈 ---〉 + ----------------- 1
- + C 3 L = ------ – 2C 1 + -------- – ---------- + ------------ - or
- – ------------
6 2 24 2 6 48 4 192 6 24
3
EIv ( L ) = wL – --------- + --------- + L – ------ + --- – ------ C 1 = ------ – -------- – ⎛ α ------⎞ v ( L )
4 1 1 3 1 1 1 L wL EI
or
192 192 24 6 24 12 4 ⎝ L 3⎠
4 4
α wL wL
EIv ( L ) 1 + ------ = – ---------- or v ( L ) = – --------------------- (17)
12 48 ( 12 + α )
4
1 wL
δ = --------------------- ----------
( 12 + α ) EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.74 Using Area-Moment Method, determine the deflection in the middle for the beam shown in Figure
P7.2.
Solution vA = v(L/2) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear and moment diagrams are shown below. Also shown are the area under the moment curve and
the location of the centroid. The deflection at C can be written as:
1
v ( x C ) = v ( x B ) + v′ ( x B ) ( x C – x B ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x C – x 1 ) + A 2 ( x C – x 2 ) ] (1)
EI
y
w
2 3
A 1 = A 2 = --- ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ----------⎞ = wL
B x A C 2 L wL
----------
3 ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 8 ⎠ 24
wL/2 L/2 L/2 wL/2
x 1 = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = -------

V= -Vy wL/2 5 L 5L
8 ⎝ 2⎠ 16
x 2 = --- + --- ⎛ ---⎞ = ----------

L 3 L 11L
wL2/8
2 8 ⎝ 2⎠
wL/2
16
Mz A1 A2
The deflections at the support are zero. Substituting v(xC) = 0 and v(xB) = 0 and the values of the areas and
centroids in Eq. 1, the slope at B can be found as shown below.
1 wL 3 3 3
v′ ( x B ) ( L ) + ------ ---------- ⎛ L – 5L
-------⎞ + ---------- ⎛ L – ----------⎞ v′ ( x B ) = – ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠
wL 11L wL
= 0 or (2)
EI 24 ⎝ 16 ⎠ 24 ⎝ 16 ⎠ 24 EI
The deflection at A can be written as:
1
v ( x A ) = v ( x B ) + v′ ( x B ) ( x A – x B ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x A – x 1 ) ]
EI
Substituting the calculated values in the above equation, the deflection at A can be found as shown below:
3
1 wL 3 4
v ( x A ) = – ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠ ⎛ ---⎞ + ------ ---------- ⎛ L -------⎞ or v ( x A ) = – ⎛⎝ ---------------⎞⎠
wL L 5wL
--- – 5L
24 EI ⎝ 2 ⎠ EI 24 ⎝ 2 16 ⎠ 384 EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.75 Using Area-Moment method, determine the deflection in the middle of the beam shown in Figure
P7.3.
Solution v(L/2) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. By equilibrium of moment about point C, we obtain
RB = P. By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction, we obtain RC = P. The shear and moment diagrams are
shown in Fig. (b) and (c). Also shown are the area under the moment curve and the location of the centroid.
PL
(a) B A C
2
1 PL
L/2 L/2
RC
A 1 = --- ( PL ) ( L ) = ---------
RB 2 2
(b)
P
V= -Vy
x 1 = 2L
-------
3
(c) PL
PL/2 PL
Mz
A1
The deflection at C can be written as:

1
v ( x C ) = v ( x B ) + v′ ( x B ) ( x C – x B ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x C – x 1 ) ] (1)
EI
The deflections at the support are zero. Substituting v(xC) = 0 and v(xB) = 0 and the values of the area and
centroids in Eq. 1, the slope at B can be found as shown below.
1 PL 2 2
v′ ( x B ) ( L ) + ------ --------- ⎛ L – 2L
-------⎞ v′ ( x B ) = – ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠
PL
= 0 or (2)
EI 2 ⎝ 3⎠ 6 EI
2
The area under the moment curve up to the middle of the beam is A 2 = --- ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = ---------
1 PL L PL and its centroid
2 2 2 8
is at x 2 = ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ = L
2 L
--- . The deflection at A can be written as:
3 2 3
1
v ( x A ) = v ( x B ) + v′ ( x B ) ( x A – x B ) + ------ [ A 2 ( x A – x 2 ) ]
EI
Substituting the calculated values in the above equation, the deflection at A can be found as shown below:
2
1 PL 2 3
v ( x A ) = – ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ ⎛ ---⎞ + ------ --------- ⎛ L
--- – ---⎞ or v ( x A ) = – ⎛⎝ ------------⎞⎠
PL L L PL
6 EI ⎝ 2 ⎠ EI 8 ⎝ 2 3 ⎠ 16 EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.76 Using Area-Moment Method, determine the deflection and slope at the free end of the beam
shown in Figure P7.4.
dv A
Solution vA = ?, v′ ( x A ) = =?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear-moment diagrams are shown below.Also shown are the area under the moment curve and the
location of the centroid.
(a) w
B x A
wL2/2
L 2 3
A 1 = – --- ⎛ ----------⎞ ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
wL 1 wL wL
3⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠
wL
(b)
V= -Vy L
x x 1 = ---
4
Mz x
A1
(c)
wL2/2
Noting that the slope at B is zero, the slope at A can be found as shown below.
A 3
v′ ( x A ) = – ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠
wL
v′ ( x A ) = v′ ( x B ) + ------1 or
EI 6EI
Noting that the deflection and slope at B is zero, the deflection at A can be found as shown below.
1 wL 3 4
v ( x A ) = v ( x B ) + v′ ( x B ) ( x A – x B ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x A – x 1 ) ] = ------ ---------- ⎛ L – L
---⎞ or v ( x A ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
1 wL
EI EI 6 ⎝ 4⎠ ⎝ 8 EI ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.77 Using Area-Moment Method, determine the slope at x = 0 and deflection at point x = L of the
beam shown in Figure P7.6.
dv B
Solution v′ ( x B ) = (0) = ? v(L) = vA = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain
RB = P. By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain MA = 0. Fig. (b) and (c) shows the bending-
moment diagram. Also shown are the area under the moment curve and the location of the centroid.
P
(a) MA
2
A 1 = – ⎛ ---⎞ ( PL ) ( L ) = – ⎛ ---------⎞
PL B A 1 PL
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
L
RB
(b) L
V= -Vy
P x 1 = ---
3
x
x
(c) A1
Mz
PL
Noting that the slope at A is zero the slope at B can be found as:
A A1 2
v′ ( x B ) = – ⎛ -------⎞ or
PL
v′ ( x A ) = v′ ( x B ) + ------1- or v′ ( x B ) = ---------
EI ⎝ ⎠ EI 2EI
Noting that the deflection B is zero, the deflection at A can be can be found as shown below.
2 2
1
v ( x A ) = v ( x B ) + v′ ( x B ) ( x A – x B ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x A – x 1 ) ] = 0 + ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ ( L ) + ------ ⎛⎝ – PL
1
---------⎞ ⎛ L – ---⎞ or
PL L
EI 2EI EI 2 ⎠ ⎝ 3⎠
3
v ( x A ) = ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠
PL
6 EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dv A
Solution v′ ( x A ) = (0) = ? v(L) = vB = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. By equilibrium of moment about point C we obtain
RB = 2wL/3. By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain RC = wL/3. Figs. (b) and (c) show the
shear and moment diagram.Also shown are the areas under the moment curve and the location of the cen-
troids
wL
(a)
2 3
A 1 = ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ --------------⎞ ( L ) = ⎛ ----------⎞
A B C 1 2wL wL
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠
RA L 2L
RC 2 3
(b)
A 2 = ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ --------------⎞ ( 2L ) = ⎛ --------------⎞
2wL/3 1 2wL 2wL
V= -Vy x ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠
wL/3 2L
(c) x 1 = -------
2wL2/3 3
Mz A1 A2 x 2L 5L
x 2 = L + ------- = -------
3 3
1
v ( x C ) = v ( x A ) + v′ ( x A ) ( x C – x A ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x C – x 1 ) + A 2 ( x C – x 2 ) ] (1)
EI
The deflections at the support are zero. Substituting v(xC) = 0 and v(xA) = 0 and the values of the area and
centroids in Eq. 1, the slope at A can be found as shown below.
3
1 wL 3 3
v′ ( x A ) ( 3L ) + ------ ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠ ⎛ 3L – 2L
-------⎞ + -------------- ⎛ 3L – 5L
-------⎞ v′ ( x A ) = – ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠
2wL 5wL
= 0 or
EI 3 ⎝ 3⎠ 3 ⎝ 3⎠ 9 EI
The deflection at B can be written as:
1
v ( x B ) = v ( x A ) + v′ ( x A ) ( x B – x A ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x B – x 1 ) ]
EI
Substituting the calculated values in the above equation, the deflection at B can be found as shown below:
3
1 wL 3 4
v ( x B ) = – ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠ ( L ) + ------ ---------- ⎛ L – 2L
-------⎞ or v ( x B ) = – ⎛⎝ --------------⎞⎠
5wL 4wL
9 EI EI 3 ⎝ 3⎠ 9 EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dv A
Solution v′ ( x A ) = (0) = ? v(L) = v(xB) = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
RA = wL. By equilibrium of moment about point C we obtain MC = wL2/2.Figs. (b) and (c) show the shear
and moment diagram.Also shown are the areas under the moment curve and the location of the centroids
w
3
(a)
A 1 = – ⎛⎝ ---⎞⎠ ( wL ) ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
1 2 wL
wL2 A B C MC 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
2 3
A 2 = ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ ----------⎞ ( L ) = ⎛ ----------⎞
RA L L 2 wL wL
(b) wL wL ⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 3 ⎠
V= -Vy x
wL2/2
L
x 1 = ---
(c) A2 x 3
Mz A1 L 5L
x 2 = L + --- = -------
wL 2 4 4
Noting that the slope at C is zero, the slope at A can be found as shown below.
3 3 3
v′ ( x A ) = – ------ ⎛⎝ – ---------- + ----------⎞ or v′ ( x A ) = ⎛ ----------⎞
1 1 wL wL wL
v′ ( x C ) = v′ ( x A ) + ------ ( A 1 + A 2 ) or
EI EI 2 3 ⎠ ⎝ 6EI ⎠
The deflection at B can be written as:
1
v ( x B ) = v ( x A ) + v′ ( x A ) ( x B – x A ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x B – x 1 ) ]
EI
Substituting the calculated values in the above equation, the deflection at B can be found as shown below:
3 3 4
v ( x B ) = ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠ ( L ) + ------ – ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠ ⎛ L – L
---⎞
1
v ( x B ) = – ⎛⎝ ----------⎞⎠
wL wL wL
or
6EI EI 2 ⎝ 3⎠ 6 EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.80 Using Area-Moment Method, determine the deflection and slope at the free end of the beam
shown in Figure P7.20.
dv C
Solution v′ ( x C ) = ( 2L ) = ? v(2L) = v(xC) = ?
dx
------------------------------------------------------------
RA = wL. By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain MA = 3wL2/4. Figs. (b) and (c) show the
shear and moment diagram. Also shown are the areas under the moment curve and the location of the cen-
troids
w
MA 3
A 1 = – ⎛ ---⎞ ( wL ) ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
1 2 wL L
x 1 = ---
(a) ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 3
A B C
2 3 L
A 2 = – ⎛ ----------⎞ ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
RA
wL wL x 2 = ---
L L ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
(b) wL wL
V= -Vy x
2 3
1
A 3 = – --- ⎛ ----------⎞ ( L ) = – ⎛ ----------⎞
1 wL wL 5L
x 3 = L + --- ( L ) = -------
(c) 3 ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠ 4 4
A2 A3
x
Mz
A1 wL2/2
3wL2/2
The slope at point C can be written as:
1
v′ ( x C ) = v′ ( x A ) + ------ [ A 1 + A 2 + A 3 ] (1)
EI
The slope at point A is zero. Substituting v′ ( x A ) = 0 and the values of the area in Eq. 1, the slope at A can
be found as shown below.
3 3 3 3
v′ ( x C ) = – ⎛ --------------⎞
1 7wL
v′ ( x C ) = ------ – ---------- – wL
wL
---------- – wL
---------- or
EI 2 2 6 ⎝ 6EI ⎠
1
v ( x C ) = v ( x A ) + v′ ( x A ) ( x C – x A ) + ------ [ A 1 ( x C – x 1 ) + A 2 ( x C – x 2 ) + A 3 ( x C – x 3 ) ] (2)
EI
The deflections and slope at A are zero. Substituting v(xA) = 0 and v′ ( x A ) = 0 and the values of the area
and centroids in Eq. 2, the deflection at C can be found as shown below.
3 3 3
wL ⎞ ⎛
2L – ---⎞ + ⎛ – ----------⎞ ⎛ 2L – ---⎞ + ⎛ – ----------⎞ ⎛ 2L – -------⎞
1
v ( x C ) = ------ ⎛⎝ – ---------- L wL L wL 5L
or
EI 2 ⎠⎝ 3⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 6 ⎠ ⎝ 4⎠
4 4 4 4
1
v ( x C ) = ------ ⎛⎝ – -------------
5wL ⎞ ⎛ 3wL ⎞ ⎛ wL ⎞
v ( x C ) = – ⎛⎝ -----------------⎞⎠
41wL
- + – -------------- + – ---------- or
EI 6 ⎠ ⎝ 4 ⎠ ⎝ 8 ⎠ 24 EI
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.81 To improve the load carrying capacity of a wooden beam (EW = 2000 ksi) a steel strip
(Es = 30,000 ksi) is securely fastened to it as shown in Figure P7.81. Determine the deflection at x =L.
n.
2i
20 lb/in.
y
el
Ste
x
5 in . d
6 ft 6 ft 0 .2 oo
W
Figure P7.81 4in.
Solution: Ew = 2000 ksi Es = 3000 ksi v(L) = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the cross section of the beam. The location of neutral axis can be found as shown below
∑ E i A i η ci
( 2000 ) ( 4 ) ( 2 ) ( 2 ) + ( 30000 ) ( 0.25 ) ( 2 ) ( 4.125 )
η c = -------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = 3.028in (1)
( 2000 ) ( 4 ) ( 2 ) + ( 30000 ) ( 0.25 ) ( 2 )
∑ Ei Ai
The area moment of inertias for each material cross-section is:
1 3 2 4
( I zz ) s = ------ ( 2 ) ( 0.25 ) + ( 2 ) ( 0.25 ) ( 4.125 – 3.028 ) = 0.6043in (2)
12
1 3 2 4
( I zz ) w = ------ ( 2 ) ( 4 ) + ( 2 ) ( 4 ) ( 3.028 – 2 ) = 19.12in (3)
12
∑ Ej ( Izz )j
2 3 2
= [ ( 30000 ) ( 0.6043 ) + ( 2000 ) ( 19.12 ) ] = 56369kip – in = 56369 ( 10 )lb – in (4)
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam. The reaction force RA= wL/4 can be obtained from
moment equilibrium. The moment equation can be written in terms of discontinuity function as
wLx w 2
M z = ----------- – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (5)
4 2
w
(a)
B C
A
L L
RA RB

2
d v 1 w
∑ Ej ( Izz )j ) d x2
2
( = --- wLx – ---- 〈 x – L〉 (6)
4 2
v(0) = 0 (7)
v ( 2L ) = 0 (8)
Integrating, we obtain
dv 1 2 w
∑ Ej ( Izz )j ) d x
3
( = --- wLx – ---- 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 (9)
8 6
1 3 w
∑ Ej ( Izz )j )v
4
( = ------ wLx – ------ 〈 x – L〉 + C 1 x + C 2 (10)
24 24
At x=0 we obtain
EIv ( 0 ) = C 2 = 0 (11)
At x=2L we obtain
4
1
∑
3 wL
( E j ( I zz ) j )v ( 2L ) = ------ wL ( 8L ) – ---------- + C 1 ( 2L ) = 0 or
24 24
4
wL ( 8 – 1 ) 7 3
---------------------------- + C 1 ( 2L ) = 0 or C 1 = – ------ wL (12)
24 48
We obtain the equation of the elastic- curve as
w 3 3 4
v ( x ) = ------------------------------------- [ 2Lx – 7 L x – 2 〈 x – L〉 ] (13)
∑
48 ( E j ( I zz ) j )
Substituting x=L in the elastic-curve, we obtain

4 4
w 4 4 – 5w L - – 5 ( 20 ) ( 72 )
v ( L ) = -------------------------------- [ 2L – 7L ] = ------------------------------- = ---------------------------------------- = – 0.993in or
∑ ∑
3
48 E j ( I zz ) j 48 E j ( I zz ) j 48 ( 56369 ) ( 10 )
v ( L ) = – 0.993 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Problem Set 8.1

8.1—8.9 In the following problems one could say that the normal stress on the incline AA is in tension, compression
or can’t be determined by inspection. Similarly we could say that the shear stress on the incline AA is positive, nega-
tive or can’t be determined by inspection. Choose the correct answers for normal and shear stress on the incline AA
by inspection. Assume coordinate z is perpendicular to this page and towards you.
8.1
Solution
n
t
A
σ
σ nn ⇒ ( C )
τ nt ⇒ positive
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.2
Solution
σ
n
A t
300 A
σ nn ⇒ ( T )
τ nt ⇒ positive
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.3
Solution
τ
n
A t
300 A
σ nn ⇒ ( C )
τ nt ⇒ Can′t Say
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.4
Solution
n σ
A
t
A 0 σ
60
σ nn ⇒ Can′t Say
τ nt ⇒ positive
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.5
Solution
n σ
A
t
A 0
60 σ
σ nn ⇒ ( T )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.6
Solution
n τ
A
t
A 600
σ nn ⇒ ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.7
Solution
σ
n A
σ
t
A 450
σ nn ⇒ zero or Can′t Say

τ nt ⇒ positive
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.8
Solution
σ
n A
2σ
t
A 450
σ nn ⇒ ( T ) or Can′t Say
τ nt ⇒ positive
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.9
Solution
A τ
A 0
45
σ nn ⇒ ( C )
τ nt ⇒ zero or Can′t Say
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.10 Determine the normal and shear stress on plane AA in problem 8.1 for σ = 10 ksi.
Solution σ = 10 ksi σnn = ? τnt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Step 1 The stress cube is as shown in 8.1.
Step 2 The stress wedge and the local coordinate system is shown in Fig. (a).
Step 3 The force wedge is shown in Fig. (b). The dotted lines show the components of the force in n and t direction.
(a) Stress Wedge n (b) Force Wedge
t
σnn τnt dt dz σnn dt dz
τnt
σ =10 ksi A A
300
dt dt
300 A (10 dt sin30) dz 300 A
Step 4 By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain
2
( 10 dt sin 30 )dz sin 30 + σ nn dt dz = 0 or σ nn = – 10 sin 30 or σ nn = 2.5 ksi(C)
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain
– ( 10 dt sin 30 ) dz cos 30 + τ nt dt dz = 0 or τ nt = 10 sin 30 cos 30 or τ nt = 4.33 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.11 Determine the normal and shear stress on plane AA in problem 8.4 for σ = 10 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
– ( 10 dt sin 60 ) dz sin 60 + ( 10 dt cos 60 )dz cos 60 + σ nn dt dz = 0
2 2
σ nn = 10 sin 60 – 10 cos 60 or σ nn = 5.0 ksi (T)
(a) Stress Wedge τnt A (b) Force Wedge τnt dt dz A

σnn
σnn dt dz
σ =10 ksi (10 dt sin60) dz
dt dt 600
n
0
A 60
0 A 60
t 600
(10 dt cos60) dz
10 ksi

– ( 10 dt sin 60 ) dz cos 60 – ( 10 dt cos 60 )dz sin 60 + τ nt dt dz = 0
τ nt = 10 sin 60 cos 60 + 10 cos 60 sin 60 or τ nt = 8.66 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.12 Determine the normal and shear stress on plane AA in problem 8.6 for τ = 10 ksi.
------------------------------------------------------------
A
(a) Stress Wedge σ A
nn τnt (b) Force Wedge τnt dt dz (10 dt sin60) dz
σnn dt dz 600
τ =10 ksi
n dt dt
0
A 60
0 A 60
t (10 dt cos60) dz 600

( 10 dt sin 60 )dz cos 60 + ( 10 dt cos 60 )dz sin 60 + σ nn dt dz = 0
σ nn = – 10 sin 60 cos 60 – 10 cos 60 sin 60 or σ nn = 8.66 ksi ( C )
– ( 10 dt sin 60 ) dz sin 60 + ( 10 dt cos 60 )dz cos 60 + τ nt dt dz = 0
2 2
τ nt = 10 sin 60 – 10 cos 60 or τ nt = 5.0 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.13 Determine the normal and shear stress on plane AA in problem 8.7 for σ = 60 MPa.
Solution σ = 60 MPa σnn = ? τnt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
τnt (b) Force Wedge τnt dt dz
(a) Stress Wedge σnn A
σ =60 MPa σnn dt dz A
(60 dt sin45) dz
n dt dt 450
0 0
A 45 A 45
t
450
σ =60 MPa (60 dt cos45) dz

– ( 60 dt sin 45 ) dz sin 45 + ( 60 dt cos 45 )dz cos 45 + σ nn dt dz = 0
2 2
σ nn = 60 sin 45 – 60 cos 45 or σ nn = 0
– ( 60 dt sin 45 ) dz cos 45 – ( 60 dt cos 45 )dz sin 45 + τ nt dt dz = 0
τ nt = 60 sin 45 cos 45 + 60 cos 45 sin 45 or τ nt = 60 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.14 Determine the normal and shear stress on plane AA in problem 8.9 for τ = 60 MPa.
Solution σ = 60 MPa σnn = ? τnt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
σnn (b) Force Wedge τnt dt dz

(a) Stress Wedge τnt (60 dt sin45) dz
τ =60 MPa σnn dt dz A
A
450
n dt
dt
0
0
A 45
A 45
t 450 (60 dt cos45) dz
τ =60 MPa
( 60 dt sin 45 )dz cos 45 + ( 60 dt cos 45 )dz sin 45 + σ nn dt dz = 0
σ nn = – 60 sin 45 cos 45 – 60 cos 45 sin 45 or σ nn = 60 MPa (C)
– ( 60 dt sin 45 ) dz sin 45 + ( 60 dt cos 45 )dz cos 45 + τ nt dt dz = 0
2 2
τ nt = 60 sin 45 – 60 cos 45 or τ nt = 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.15 A shaft is adhesively bonded along the seam shown. By inspection determine if the adhesive will
be in tension or compression.
Figure P8.15
Solution
The upper surface will be pressed into the lower sur-
face. The normal stress in adhesive is:
Compression
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure P8.16
Solution
The upper surface will be move away from the lower
surface. The normal stress in adhesive is:
Tension
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure P8.17
Solution
The upper surface will be move away from the lower
surface. The normal stress in adhesive is:
Tension
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Figure P8.18
Solution
The lower surface will be pressed into the upper sur-
face. The normal stress in adhesive is:
Compression
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.19 Determine the normal and shear stress on plane AA
50 MPa
30 MPa
A450
40 MPa
Figure P8.19
Solution σnn = ? τnt = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Step 1 The stress cube is as shown in Figure P8.19.
Step 3 The force wedge is shown in Fig. (b).

(a) Stress Wedge (b) Force Wedge (c) Force Resolution
σnn τnt τnt dt dz y
40 MPa σnn dt dz A
(40 dt sin45) dz Fy sin45
A
t n
Fy
dt dt (30 dt sin45) dz Fx cos45 Fx sin45
30 MPa 45
Fy cos45 45
A 45
0 A 450
Fx x
40 MPa (40 dt cos45) dz
t
50 MPa (50 dt cos45) dz
Step 4 Fig.(c) shows the resolution of forces from cartesian coordinates to normal and tangential coordinate system.
From Fig.(b) we obtain:
F x = [ ( 30dt sin 45 )dz – ( 40dt cos 45 )dz ] and F y = [ ( 40dt sin 45 )dz + ( 50dt cos 45 )dz ] (1)
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: σ nn dt dz – F x sin 45 + F y cos 45 = 0 or
σ nn dt dz – [ ( 30dt sin 45 )dz – ( 40dt cos 45 )dz ] sin 45 + [ ( 40dt sin 45 )dz + ( 50dt cos 45 )dz ] cos 45 = 0 or
2 2
σ nn = 30 sin 45 – 50 cos 45 – 2 ( 40 ) sin 45 cos 45 or σ nn = 50 MPa ( C );
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain: τ nt dt dz – F x cos 45 – F y sin 45 = 0 or
τ nt dt dz – [ ( 30dt sin 45 )dz – ( 40dt cos 45 )dz ] cos 45 – [ ( 40dt sin 45 )dz + ( 50dt cos 45 )dz ] sin 45 = 0 or
2 2
τ nt = 30 sin 45 cos 45 – 40 cos 45 + 40 sin 45 + 50 cos 45 sin 45 or τ nt = 40 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A 300
8 ksi
A
10 ksi
Figure P8.20

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Stress Wedge n (b) Force Wedge (c) Force Resolution
t y
σnn τnt dt dz
τnt A
σnn dt dz Fycos30
n
A
σ =8 ksi (8 dt sin30) dz t
30
Fy
dt dt Fxcos30
300 A 300 A Fysin30 Fxsin30

30
10 ksi (10 dt sin30) dz Fx x
(10dt cos30) dz
F x = [ ( 8dt sin 30 )dz – ( 10dt cos 30 )dz ] and F y = – ( 10dt sin 30 ) dz (1)
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: σ nn dt dz + F x sin 30 + F y cos 30 = 0 or
σ nn dt dz + [ ( 8dt sin 30 )dz – ( 10dt cos 30 )dz ] sin 30 + [ – ( 10dt sin 30 ) dz ] cos 30 = 0 or
2
σ nn = – 8 sin 30 + 2 ( 10 ) sin 30 cos 30 or σ nn = 6.66 ksi (T)
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain: τ nt dt dz – F x cos 30 + F y sin 30 = 0 or
τ nt dt dz – [ ( 8dt sin 30 )dz – ( 10dt cos 30 )dz ] cos 30 + [ – ( 10dt sin 30 ) dz ] sin 30 = 0 or
2 2
τ nt = 8 sin 30 cos 30 – 10 cos 30 + 10 sin 30 or τ nt = – 1.53 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 MPa
20 MPa
600
A
10 MPa
A
Figure P8.21

------------------------------------------------------------
A τnt σnn A σnn dt dz
t
Fycos60 n
(10 dt sin60) dz
σ =10 MPa 60
Fy Fxsin60
dt dt
τnt dt dz Fysin60
60
Fxcos60
(20 dt sin60) dz
600 A 600 A Fx
20 MPa (20dt cos60) dz
15 MPa (15dt cos60) dz

F x = [ ( 10dt sin 60 )dz + ( 20dt cos 60 )dz ] and F y = [ ( 20dt sin 60 )dz – ( 15dt cos 60 )dz ] (1)
σ nn dt dz + [ ( 10dt sin 60 )dz + ( 20dt cos 60 )dz ] sin 60 + [ ( 20dt sin 60 )dz – ( 15dt cos 60 )dz ] cos 60 = 0 or
2 2
σ nn = – 10 sin 60 + 15 cos 60 – 2 ( 20 ) sin 60 cos 60 or σ nn = 21.07 MPa (C)
τ nt dt dz – [ ( 10dt sin 60 )dz + ( 20dt cos 60 )dz ] cos 60 + [ ( 20dt sin 60 )dz – ( 15dt cos 60 )dz ] sin 60 = 0 or
2 2
τ nt = 10 sin 60 cos 60 + 20 cos 60 – 20 sin 60 + 15 sin 60 cos 60 or τ nt = 0.825 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.22 The stresses at a point in plane stress are: σ xx = 45 MPa ( T ) , σ yy = 15 MPa ( T ) , and
τ xy = – 20 MPa . Determine the normal and shear stresses on a plane passing through the point at 28o
counterclockwise to the x axis.
------------------------------------------------------------
Step 1 The stress cube is as shown in Fig. (a).
Step 2 The stress wedge and the local coordinate system is shown in Fig. (b).
Step 3 The force wedge is shown in Fig. (c).
Step 4 Fig.(d) shows the resolution of forces from cartesian coordinates to normal and tangential coordinate sys-
tem. From Fig.(c) we obtain:
F x = [ ( 45dt sin 28 )dz + ( 20dt cos 28 )dz ] and F y = [ – ( 20dt sin 28 ) dz – ( 15dt cos 28 )dz ] (1)
σ nn dt dz – [ ( 45dt sin 28 )dz + ( 20dt cos 28 )dz ] sin 28 + [ – ( 20dt sin 28 ) dz – ( 15dt cos 28 )dz ] cos 28 = 0 or
2 2
σ nn = 45 sin 28 + 15 cos 28 + 2 ( 20 ) sin 28 cos 28 or σ nn = 38.19 MPa (T)
(a) Stress Cube (b) Stress Wedge (c) Force Wedge (d) Force Resolution
n
σnn σnn
15 MPa n Fy sin28
A A (20 dt sin28) dz
t
τnt
45 MPa
τnt dt 280 Fy Fxcos28
A 45 MPa dt (45 dt sin28) dz
280 Fxsin28
280 Fy cos28
A 280 A A 280
20 MPa 20 MPa Fx
(20 dt cos28) dz
(15 dt cos28) dz t
15 MPa

τ nt dt dz – [ ( 45dt sin 28 )dz + ( 20dt cos 28 )dz ] cos 28 – [ – ( 20dt sin 28 ) dz – ( 15dt cos 28 )dz ] sin 28 = 0 or
2 2
τ nt = 45 sin 28 cos 28 + 20 cos 28 – 20 sin 28 – 15 cos 28 sin 28 or τ nt = 23.62 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.23 The stresses at a point in plane stress are: σ xx = 45 MPa ( T ) , σ yy = 15 MPa ( C ) , and
τ xy = – 20 MPa . Determine the normal and shear stresses on a plane passing through the point at
38oclockwise to the x-axis.
------------------------------------------------------------
15 MPa σnn n σnn y
A t (20 dt sin38) dz A n
45 MPa
dt
τnt dt
τnt t Fy cos38
A 45 MPa (45 dt sin38) dz 380 Fxsin38
0
380 38 Fy Fxcos38
A 380 A A
20 MPa Fy sin38 380 x
20 MPa (20 dt cos38) dz Fx
(15 dt cos38) dz
15 MPa
F x = [ ( – 45 dt sin 38 )dz + ( 20dt cos 38 )dz ] and F y = [ ( 20dt sin 38 )dz + ( 15dt cos 38 )dz ] (1)
σ nn dt dz + [ ( – 45 dt sin 38 )dz + ( 20dt cos 38 )dz ] sin 38 + [ ( 20dt sin 38 )dz + ( 15dt cos 38 )dz ] cos 38 = 0 or
2 2
σ nn = 45 sin 38 – 15 cos 38 – 2 ( 20 ) sin 38 cos 38 or σ nn = 11.66 MPa (C)
τ nt dt dz – [ ( – 45 dt sin 38 )dz + ( 20dt cos 38 )dz ] cos 38 + [ ( 20dt sin 38 )dz + ( 15dt cos 38 )dz ] sin 38 = 0 or
2 2
τ nt = – 45 sin 38 cos 38 + 20 cos 38 – 20 sin 38 – 15 cos 38 sin 38 or τ nt = – 24.27 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.24 The stresses at a point in plane stress are: σ xx = 10 ksi ( C ) , σ yy = 20 ksi ( C ) , and
τ xy = 30 ksi . Determine the normal and shear stresses on a plane passing through the point that is 420
counter-clockwise to the x-axis.
------------------------------------------------------------
n
σnn σnn
20 ksi n Fy sin42
A A (30 dt sin42) dz
t
τnt 10 ksi
τnt dt 420 Fy Fxcos42
A 10 ksi dt (10 dt sin42) dz
0 Fxsin42
420 42 Fy cos42
A 420 A A 420
30 ksi 30 ksi Fx
(30 dt cos42) dz
(20 dt cos42) dz t
20 ksi
F x = [ – ( 10dt sin 42 ) dz – ( 30dt cos 42 )dz ] and F y = [ ( 30dt sin 42 )dz + ( 20dt cos 42 )dz ] (1)
σ nn dt dz – [ – ( 10dt sin 42 ) dz – ( 30dt cos 42 )dz ] sin 42 + [ ( 30dt sin 42 )dz + ( 20dt cos 42 )dz ] cos 42 = 0 or
2 2
σ nn = – 10 sin 42 – 20 cos 42 – 2 ( 30 ) sin 42 cos 42 or σ nn = 45.36 ksi ( C );
τ nt dt dz – [ – ( 10dt sin 42 ) dz – ( 30dt cos 42 )dz ] cos 42 – [ ( 30dt sin 42 )dz + ( 20dt cos 42 )dz ] sin 42 = 0 or
2 2
τ nt = – 10 sin 42 cos 42 – 30 cos 42 + 30 sin 42 + 20 cos 42 sin 42 or τ nt = 1.84 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.25 A cast iron shaft of diameter 25 mm fractured along a surface that is 45ο to the axis of the shaft.
The shear stress τ due to torsion is as shown. If the ultimate normal stress for the brittle cast iron material is
330 MPa (T), determine the torque that caused the fracture.
τ
σ
Figure P8.25
Solution d = 25 mm σ = 330 MPa Τ=?

------------------------------------------------------------
The stress wedge and the local coordinate system is shown in Fig. (a). The force wedge is shown in Fig. (b). The dot-
ted lines show the components of the force in n and t direction.
(a) Stress Wedge (b) Force Wedge
A
t 450 (τ dt cos45) dz
450
450 A
dt n dt
A 450 330 dt dz
A
σ =330 MPa (τ dt sin45) dz
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain
330 dt dz – [ ( τdt cos 45 )dz ] sin 45 – [ ( τdt sin 45 )dz ] cos 45 = 0 or 2τ cos 45 sin 45 = 330 or τ = 330 MPa
π 4 –9 4
The polar moment of inertia is: J = ------ ( 0.025 ) = 38.35 ( 10 )m
32
The maximum torsional shear stress will be at the surface of the shaft i.e., ρ = 0.0125 m. From torsional shear stress
formula we obtain:
T ( 0.0125 ) =
τ = Tρ
6
------- = ----------------------------- 330 ( 10 ) or T = 1012 N-m
J –9
38.35 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.26 In a wooden structure, a member was adhesively bonded along a plane 40o to the horizontal plane
as shown. Due to a load P on the structure, the stresses at a point on the bonded plane were estimated as
shown, where P is in lbs. If the adhesive strength in tension is 500 psi and its strength in shear is 200 psi,
determine the maximum permissible load the structure can support without breaking the adhesive joint.
5P psi
3P psi
40o
Figure P8.26
Solution σ a ≤ 500psi τ a ≤ 200psi P=?

------------------------------------------------------------
Figure P8.26 shows the stress cube. Fig. (a) shows the stress wedge. Fig. (b) shows the force wedge.
τ σa n τa dt dz y n
3P
a
σa dt dz Fy cos40
40
t t
(3P dt sin40) dz Fy Fx cos40
dt dt Fx sin40
Fy sin40
40
400 400 Fx x
3P (3P dt cos40) dz
5P (5P dt cos40) dz
Fig.(c) shows the resolution of forces from cartesian coordinates to normal and tangential coordinate system. From
Fig.(b) we obtain:
F x = – ( 3Pdt cos 40 ) dz and F y = [ ( – 3Pdt sin 40 )dz – ( 5Pdt cos 40 ) dz ] (1)
By equilibrium of forces in the n-direction we obtain: σ a dt dz + F x sin 40 + F y cos 40 = 0 or
σ a dt dz + [ – ( 3Pdt cos 40 ) dz ] sin 40 + [ ( – 3Pdt sin 40 )dz – ( 5Pdt cos 40 ) dz ] cos 40 = 0 or
2
σ a = 6P sin 40 cos 40 + 5P cos 40 = 5.888P ≤ 500 or P ≤ 84.9 lb (1)
By equilibrium of forces in the t-direction we obtain: τ a dt dz – F x cos 40 + F y sin 40 = 0 or
τ a dt dz – [ – ( 3Pdt cos 40 ) dz ] cos 40 + [ ( – 3Pdt sin 40 )dz – ( 5Pdt cos 40 ) dz ] sin 40 = 0 or
2 2
τ a = – 3P cos 40 + 3P sin 40 + 5P cos 40 sin 40 = 1.941P ≤ 200 or P ≤ 103 lb (2)
The maximum value of P that satisfy Eqs. (1) and (2) is P max = 84.9 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.27 The stress at a point are σ xx = 8 ksi ( T ) σ yy = 12 ksi ( T ) σ zz = 8 ksi ( C ) . Determine
the normal stress on a plane that has an outward normal at 60o, -60o, and 45o, to x, y, and z direction
respectively.
Solution θx = 60o θy = - 60o θz = 45o σnn = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The unit normal vector to the inclined plane is:
i n = cos θ x i + cos θ y j + cos θ z k = 0.5i + 0.5j + 0.7071k (1)
The projected areas in the coordinate directions are:
A x = cos θ x A = 0.5A A y = cos θ y A = 0.5A A z = cos θ z A = 0.7071A (2)
Fig. (a) shows the stress wedge. Fig.(b) shows the force wedge.
y y
(a) Stress Wedge (a) Force Wedge
σnn σnn A
τnt 8 ksi τnt A 8 Az
8 ksi 8 Ax
x x
z 12 ksi z 12 Ay
The forces on the coordinate planes can be written as a force vector shown below.
F = – 8A x i – 12A y j + 8A z k = ( – 4i – 6j + 5.657k )A (3)
By equilibrium of forces in the n direction we obtain the following.
σ nn A + F • i n = 0 or σ nn A + ( – 4i – 6j + 5.657k )A • 0.5i + 0.5j + 0.7071k = 0 or

σ nn – ( 4 ) ( 0.5 ) – ( 6 ) ( 0.5 ) + ( 5.657 ) ( 0.7071 ) = 0 or σ nn = 1.0 ksi (T)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.28 The stress at a point are τ xy = 125 MPa , τ xz = – 150 MPa . Determine the normal stress on a
plane that has an outward normal at 72.54o, 120o, and 35.67o, to x, y, and z direction respectively.
Solution θx = 72.54o θy = 120o θz = 35.67o σnn = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
The unit normal vector to the inclined plane is:
i n = cos θ x i + cos θ y j + cos θ z k = 0.3i – 0.5j + 0.8123k (1)
The projected areas in the coordinate directions are:
A x = cos θ x A = 0.3A A y = cos θ y A = – 0.5 A A z = cos θ z A = 0.8123A (2)
Fig. (a) shows the stress wedge. Fig.(b) shows the force wedge.
y y
(a) Stress Wedge (a) Force Wedge
σnn σnn
τnt
125 MPa τnt 125 Ax
150 MPa 150 Az
150 MPa x 150 Ax x
125 MPa 125 Ay
z z
The forces on the coordinate planes can be written as a force vector shown below.
F = ( 150A z – 125A y )i – 125A x j + 150A x k = ( 184.345i – 37.5j + 45k )A (3)
By equilibrium of forces in the n direction we obtain the following.
σ nn A + F • i n = 0 or σ nn A + ( 184.345i – 37.5j + 45k )A • ( 0.3i – 0.5j + 0.8123k ) = 0 or
σ nn + ( 184.345 ) ( 0.3 ) – ( 37.5 ) ( 0.5 ) + ( 45 ) ( 0.8123 ) = 0 or σ nn = 73.1 ksi (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.29 Show that Equations (8.7) and (8.8) are correct by substituting the values Sines and Cosines given
in Figure 8.12 into Equations (8.4) and (8.5).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From Figure 8.12 we have:
σ xx – σ yy 2 σ xx – σ yy
R = ⎛ -----------------------
-⎞ + τ xy
2 sin 2θ 1, 2 = ± τ xy ⁄ R cos 2θ 1, 2 = ± ⎛ ------------------------⎞ ⁄ R (1)
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
Substituting Eq. 1 into Equation (8.4) we obtain:
( σ xx + σ yy ) ( σ xx – σ yy ) ⎛ σ xx – σ yy⎞ ( σ xx + σ yy ) 1 ⎛ σ xx – σ yy⎞ 2
σ 1, 2 = ----------------------------
- + -------------------------- ± ------------------------ ⁄ R + τ xy [ ± τ xy ⁄ R ] = ----------------------------
- ± ---- ------------------------ + τ xy
2 or
2 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 R ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ xx + σ yy ) 1 2 ( σ xx + σ yy )
σ 1, 2 = ----------------------------- ± ---- [ R ] = ----------------------------
-+R (2)
2 R 2
Equation (2) is the same as Equation (8.7)
Substituting Equation (1) into Equation (8.5) we obtain:
( σ xx – σ yy ) σ xx – σ yy
τ 1, 2 = – ---------------------------- [ ± τ xy ⁄ R ] + τ xy ± ⎛ ------------------------⎞ ⁄ R = 0 (3)
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
Equation (3) is the same as Equation (8.7).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.30 Show that Equation (8.12) is correct by substituting the appropriate sines and cosines following
Figure 8.13 into Equations (8.4) and (8.5).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From Figure 8.13 we have:
R = ⎛ -----------------------
-⎞ + τ xy
2
+ ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ ⁄ R
sin 2θ 1, 2 = − cos 2θ 1, 2 = ± τ xy ⁄ R (1)
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
( σ xx + σ yy ) ( σ xx – σ yy ) σ xx – σ yy ( σ xx + σ yy )
σ nn = ---------------------------- + ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ ⁄ R = -----------------------------
- + -------------------------- [ ± τ xy ⁄ R ] + τ xy − (2)
2 2 2 2
Equation (2) is the same as Equation (8.12).
( σ xx – σ yy ) σ xx – σ yy 1 σ xx – σ yy⎞ 2
− ⎛ -----------------------
τ nt = – ---------------------------- + -⎞ ⁄ R + τ xy [ ± τ xy ⁄ R ] = ± ---- ⎛ -----------------------
- + τ xy
2 = ± R = ± [ σ 1 – σ 2 ] (3)
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ R ⎝ 2 ⎠
Equation (3) is equivalent to Equation (8.12).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.31 Derive Equation (8.7) by starting from Equation (8.3).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From Equation (8.7) we have:
2 2 ( σ xx + σ yy ) ( σ yy – σ xx )
σ tt = σ xx sin θ + σ yy cos θ – 2τ xy cos θ sin θ = ----------------------------
- + -------------------------- cos 2θ – τ xy sin 2θ (1)
2 2
By differentiating Equation (1) with respect to θ and letting its value be zero at θ = θt, we obtain
dσ tt ( σ yy – σ xx ) sin 2θ
= ⎛ – 2 ----------------------------------------- – 2τ xy cos 2θ⎞ = 0 or
dθ θ = θ ⎝ 2 ⎠
t θ = θt
– 2 τ xy 2τ xy
tan 2θ t = -------------------------
- = ---------------------------- = tan 2θ p (2)
( σ yy – σ xx ) ( σ xx – σ yy )
As θt and θp are equivalent, we obtain from Figure 8.12:
R = ⎛ -----------------------
-⎞ + τ xy
2 sin 2θ 1, 2 = ± τ xy ⁄ R cos 2θ 1, 2 = ± ⎛ ------------------------⎞ ⁄ R (3)
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
Substituting Equation (3) into Equation (1) we obtain:
( σ xx + σ yy ) ( σ yy – σ xx ) ⎛ σ xx – σ yy⎞ ( σ xx + σ yy ) 1 σ xx – σ yy 2
σ 1, 2 = ----------------------------
- + -------------------------- ± ------------------------ ⁄ R – τ xy [ ± τ xy ⁄ R ] = ---------------------------- - – ± ---- ⎛ ------------------------⎞ + τ xy
2
2 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 R ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ xx + σ yy ) 1 2 ( σ xx + σ yy ) ( σ xx + σ yy ) σ xx – σ yy 2
or σ 1, 2 = ---------------------------- -− + R = ----------------------------- −
+ ---- [ R ] = ----------------------------- − + ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ + τ xy
2 (4)
2 R 2 2 2
Equation (4) is similar to Equation (8.7). The difference is that in Eq. 4 the minus sign is associated with σ1 and plus
is with σ2, which implies that θ1,2 in Equation (3) are ninety degrees from those in Figure 8.12.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.32 Draw the Mohr’s circle and determine the normal and shear stress on plane A.
H (b) H
(a)
A V
σ σ
V V A V
45oH 45oH
Figure P8.32
Solution σA = ? τA = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) and (c) below are the Mohr’s circle associated with the stress cubes in Figs. P8.32(a) and (b). Figs. (b) and
(d) show the direction of shear stress such that it causes rotation of plane A as per the location on the Mohr’s circle.
Local coordinate system is also shown.
(a) From Figs. (a) and (b) below we obtain: σ A = ( σ ⁄ 2 ) (C) and τ A = – ( σ ⁄ 2 )
(b) From Figs. (c) and (d) below we obtain: σ A = ( σ ⁄ 2 ) (T) and τ A = ( σ ⁄ 2 )
(a) V(-σ, 0) τ (b) (c) V(σ, 0) (d)

H(0, 0)
A n τ n
H(0, 0)
σ/2
V 90o H
σ σ/2 t H σ/2 V
(C) (T)
σ (T) t A
(C)
A 90 o σ/2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) σ (b) σ
H
A σ H
σ
V V A
V V
45o
H 45oH
Figure P8.33
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Fig.(a) shows that the Mohr’s circle associated with Fig.P8.33(a) is a point. Thus all planes have the same normal
stress s and zero shear stress. Thus: σ A = σ ( T ) and τ A = 0
(b) Fig. (b) below is the Mohr’s circle associated with the stress cubes in Fig. P8.33(b). Fig.(d) shows the direction of
shear stress such that it causes rotation of plane A as per the location on the Mohr’s circle. Local coordinate system is
also shown.
(b) From Figs. (b) and (c) we obtain: σ A = 0 and τ A = – σ
(a) V(σ, 0) τ (b) V(-σ, 0) (c)

H(σ, 0) H(σ, 0) Aτ n
σHA σ
V 90o H
t
(C)
V
(T)
(C) σ σ (T) A
σ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) τ (b) τ
H H
A A
V V V V
45oH 45o H
Figure P8.34
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) and (c) below are the Mohr’s circle associated with the stress cubes in Figs. P8.32(a) and (b). Figs. (b) and
(d) show the direction of shear stress such that it causes rotation of plane A as per the location on the Mohr’s circle.
Local coordinate system is also shown.
(a) From Figs. (a) and (b) below we obtain: σ A = τ (T) and τ A = 0
(b) From Figs. (c) and (d) below we obtain: σ A = τ (C) and τ A = 0
(a) (b) V(0, τ )

V(0, τ ) V H
τ H(0, τ ) τ
H(0, τ ) A A 90o
(C) o (T)
τ 90 (C)
τ
(T)
H V
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.35 Explain the failure surfaces due to torsion that are shown in Figure 8.1.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the stress cube with the torsional shear stress as shown in Fig. 8.1. Fig. (b) shows the Mohr’s circle
associated with the stress cube Fig. (c) shows the principal element.
y
(a) τ (b) (c) x
H V(0, τ ) V 45o
τ 90o
V V
H(0, τ ) P2 P1
H (C) (T)
τ P1
V
P2
H
Cast iron being a brittle material will fail from maximum tensile stress that is from principle stress one. From the
principal element in Fig. (c) we see that the orientation of the principal plane one (P1) is as shown in Fig. 8.1 for cast
iron under torsion. Aluminum being a ductile material will fail from maximum shear stress which is on the vertical
(V) plane of the principal element. The orientation is the same as shown in Fig. 8.1 for aluminum bar under torsion.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.36 Solve problem 8.19 by the Method of Equations.
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. P8.19 is shown below as Fig.(a). Fig.(b) shows the orientation of the outward normal to the plane AA.
50 MPa
(a) (b) y
n
A A
H
V 30 MPa
A450 V
H A 0
45 1350 x
40 MPa
From Figs.(a) and (b) we obtain:

o
σ xx = 30MPa σ yy = – 50 MPa τ xy = 40MPa θ = 135 (1)
Substituting Eq. 1 into Eqs. 8.1 and 8.2 we obtain:
2 2
σ A = ( 30 ) cos 135 + ( – 50 ) sin 135 + 2 ( 40 ) sin 135 cos 135 or σ A = 50MPa ( C )
2 2
τ A = – ( 30 ) cos 135 sin 135 + ( – 50 ) sin 135 cos 135 + ( 40 ) ( cos 135 – sin 135 ) τ A = 40MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.37 Solve problem 8.19 by the Mohr’s Circle.
------------------------------------------------------------
Using Fig. (a) in problem 8.37, we can write the coordinates of V and H plane as: V(30, 40 ) H(-50, 40 ) .
Fig. (a) below shows the Mohr’s circle. Fig. (b) shows the direction of the shear stress on plane A and the local coor-
dinate system.
(a) τ n
H
(b)
R
40
90o 2θp 30 σ t
(C) 50 β10 (T)
40 A
σ R
A V
2 2
The radius of the circle is: R = 40 + 40 = 56.57MPa
o o o o
The angle 2θp is: 2θ p = atan ( 40 ⁄ 40 ) = 45 . The angle β is: β = 90 – 45 = 45
The normal stress on plane A is: σ A = – 10 – R cos β = – 50 or σ A = 50MPa ( C )
The magnitude of shear stress on plane A is: τ A = R sin β = 40 . From Fig. (b) we see that shear stress on plane a
is positive. τ A = 40MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
n
(a) (b) y
A 300 H
8 ksi
V V
A 600 x
A 0
H 30
1350
10 ksi
A
o
σ xx = – 8 ksi σ yy = 0 τ xy = 10ksi θ = 60 (1)
2 2
σ A = ( – 8 ) cos 60 + ( 0 ) sin 60 + 2 ( 10 ) sin 60 cos 60 or σ A = 6.66 ksi (T)
2 2
τ A = – ( 30 ) cos 60 sin 60 + ( – 50 ) sin 60 cos 60 + ( 40 ) ( cos 60 – sin 60 ) τ A = – 1.54 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.39 Solve problem 8.20 by Mohr’s Circle.
------------------------------------------------------------
Using Fig. (a) in problem 8.39, we can write the coordinates of V and H plane as: V(-8, 10 ) H(0, 10 ) .
dinate system.
τ
(a) H (b)
60o
R 10 A
A
8 2θp β σ
(C) 4 (T) n
10 R
t
V
2 2
The radius of the circle is: R = 4 + 10 = 10.77ksi
o o o o
The angle 2θp is: 2θ p = atan ( 10 ⁄ 4 ) = 68.2 . The angle β is: β = 68.2 – 60 = 8.2
The normal stress on plane A is: σ A = – 4 + R cos β = 6.66 or σ A = 6.66 ksi (T)
The magnitude of shear stress on plane A is: τ A = R sin β = 1.54 . From Fig. (b) we see that shear stress on plane
A is negative. τ A = – 1.54 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
15 MPa
(a) y n
20 MPa (b)
A 300
600H 600 x
A V
10 MPa V
HA
A
o
σ xx = – 10MPa σ yy = 15MPa τ xy = – 20MPa θ = 30 (1)
2 2
σ A = ( – 10 ) cos 30 + ( 15 ) sin 30 + 2 ( – 20 ) sin 30 cos 30 or σ A = 21.1 MPa (C)
2 2
τ A = – ( – 10 ) cos 30 sin 30 + ( 15 ) sin 30 cos 30 + ( – 20 ) ( cos 30 – sin 30 ) τ A = 0.83 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
Using Fig. (a) in problem 8.40, we can write the coordinates of V and H plane as: V(-10, 20 ) H(15, 20 ) .
dinate system.
(a) τ
V
60o R (b) t n
(C) 10 2θp 15 σ
β
A 2.5 (T)
R A
H 20
2 2
The radius of the circle is: R = 17.5 + 20 = 23.58MPa
o o o o
The angle 2θp is: 2θ p = atan ( 20 ⁄ 17.5 ) = 57.995 . The angle β is: β = 60 – 57.995 = 2.005
The normal stress on plane A is: σ A = – 2.5 – R cos β = – 21.07 or σ A = 21.1 MPa (C)
The magnitude of shear stress on plane A is: τ A = R sin β = 0.825 . From Fig. (b) we see that shear stress on plane
a is positive. τ A = 0.83 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.42 In a thin body (plane stress) the stresses in the x-y plane are as shown on each stress element. (a)
Determine the normal and shear stresses on plane A. (b) Determine the principal stresses at the point. (c)
Determine the maximum shear stress at the point. (d) Draw the principal element.
60 MPa
40 MPa
30 MPa
A
28o
Figure P8.42
Solution Plane Stress σA = ? τA = ? σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? θ1 = ? τmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the orientation of plane A and the angle of the outward normal to the plane. From Fig. P8.42 and Fig.
(a) we obtain:
o
σ xx = – 30MPa σ yy = 60MPa τ xy = 40MPa θ = 118 (1)
y 60.2 MPa
(a) n 15.0 MPa
(b) y
45o 45.2 MPa
75.2 MPa
28o 118o x 69.2o x
(a) Substituting Eq. 1 into Eqs. 8.1 and 8.2 we obtain:
2 2
σ A = ( – 30 ) cos 118 + ( 60 ) sin 118 + 2 ( 40 ) sin 118 cos 118 or σ nn = 7 MPa ( T );
2 2
τ A = – ( – 30 ) cos 118 sin 118 + ( 60 ) sin 118 cos 118 + ( 40 ) ( cos 118 – sin 118 ) τ nt = – 59.7 MPa;
( 2 ) ( 40 )
(b) The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------⎞ = – 20.817
o
⎝ ( – 30 – 60 )⎠
Substituting θp and the stresses from Eq. 1 into Eq. 8.1, we obtain one principal stress as:
2 2
σ p = ( – 30 ) cos ( – 20.817 ) + ( 60 ) sin ( – 20.817 ) + 2 ( 40 ) sin ( – 20.817 ) cos ( – 20.817 ) = – 45.2MPa (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 30 + 60 – ( 45.2 ) = 75.2MPa . As this stress is greater than
the stress in Eq. 2, therefore this is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 For plane stress we
have the following answers:

σ 1 = 75.2 MPa (T); σ 2 = 45.2 MPa ( C ); σ3 = 0 θ 1 = 69.2° or – 110.8
2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ----------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ----------------------⎞ + 40 = 15 ± 60.2 or σ 1 = 75.2MPa and
– 30 + 60 – 30 – 60 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 2 = – 45.2 MPa ,which are same as above.
(c) The difference between σ1 and σ2 is the largest difference between principal stresses. Thus, the magnitude of the
maximum shear stress is same as maximum inplane shear stress and is given by:
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 75.2 + 45.2 ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 60.2 MPa
(d) The average normal stress is: σ avg = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ⁄ 2 = 15MPa ( T ) . The principal element is shown in Fig.(b).
The direction of maximum shear stress on the plane is determine by inspection to oppose the possible motion of the
inclined plane due to principal stresses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 MPa
20 MPa
45 MPa
A
30o
Figure P8.43

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) we obtain:
o
σ xx = 45MPa σ yy = 15 MPa τ xy = – 20 MPa θ = 60 (1)
y
(a) y n (b) x
26.6o 55.0 MPa
30 MPa
45o
x
A
60o 30o 25 MPa
5 MPa
2 2
σ A = ( 45 ) cos 60 + ( 15 ) sin 60 + 2 ( – 20 ) sin 60 cos 60 or σ A = 5.2 MPa (T)
2 2
τ A = – ( 45 ) cos 60 sin 60 + ( 15 ) sin 60 cos 60 + ( – 20 ) ( cos 60 – sin 60 ) τ A = – 3.0 MPa
( 2 ) ( – 20 )
(b) The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ----------------------⎞ = – 26.565
o
⎝ ( 45 – 15 )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( 45 ) cos ( – 26.565 ) + ( 15 ) sin ( – 26.565 ) + 2 ( – 20 ) sin ( – 26.565 ) cos ( – 26.565 ) = 55MPa (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: 45 + 15 – ( 55 ) = 5.0MPa . As this stress is smaller than the
stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq.2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θp. For plane stress we
o o
σ 1 = 55 MPa (T) σ 2 = 5 MPa (T) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = – 26.6 or 153.4
2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ------------------⎞ + 20 = 30 ± 25 or σ 1 = 55MPa and
45 + 15 45 – 15 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 2 = 5MPa ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 55 – 0 ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 27.5MPa
(d) The average in-plane normal stress is: σ avg = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ⁄ 2 = 15MPa ( T ) . The inplane maximum shear
stress is: τ p = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 55 – 5 ) ⁄ 2 = 25 . The inplane principal element is shown in Fig.(b). The direction
of maximum shear stress on the plane is determined by inspection to oppose the possible motion of the inclined plane
due to principal stresses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 ksi
30 ksi
10 ksi
A
42o
Figure P8.44

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) we obtain:
o
σ xx = – 10ksi σ yy = – 20ksi τ xy = 30ksi θ = 132 (1)
15 ksi
(a) y n 30.4 ksi
(b) 45o
15.4 ksi
A 45.4 ksi
y
42o 132o x 40.3o x

2 2
σ A = ( – 10 ) cos 132 + ( – 20 ) sin 132 + 2 ( 30 ) sin 132 cos 132 or σ A = 45.36ksi ( C )
2 2
τ A = – ( – 10 ) cos 132 sin 132 + ( – 20 ) sin 132 cos 132 + ( 30 ) ( cos 132 – sin 132 ) τ A = 1.84ksi
( 2 ) ( 30 )
(b) The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ -----------------------------------⎞ = 40.269
o
⎝ ( – 10 – ( – 20 ) )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( – 10 ) cos ( 40.269 ) + ( – 20 ) sin ( 40.269 ) + 2 ( 30 ) sin ( 40.269 ) cos ( 40.269 ) = 15.414 (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 10 – 20 – ( 15.414 ) = – 45.414 ksi . As this stress is smaller
than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq.2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θp. For plane
stress we have the following answers:

o o
σ 1 = 15.4ksi ( T ) σ 2 = 45.4ksi ( C ) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = 40.3 or – 139.7
– 10 + ( – 20 ) – 10 – ( – 20 ) 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ------------------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ------------------------------⎞ + 30 = – 15 ± 30.4 or
2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 15.414MPa and σ 2 = ( – 45.4 )MPa ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 15.4 – ( – 45.4 ) ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 30.4ksi
(d) The average in-plane normal stress is: σ avg = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ⁄ 2 = 15ksi ( C ) . The principal stress element is
shown in Fig.(b). The direction of maximum shear stress on the plane is determine by inspection to oppose the possi-
ble motion of the inclined plane due to principal stresses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.45 In a thick body (plane strain) the stresses in the x-y plane are as shown on each stress element. The
Poisson’s ratio of the material is 0.3. (a) Determine the normal and shear stresses on plane A. (b) Deter-
mine the principal stresses at the point. (c) Determine the maximum shear stress at the point. (d) Draw the
principal element.
40 MPa
40 MPa
20 MPa
40o A
Figure P8.45
Solution Plane Strain ν = 0.3 σA = ? τA = ? σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? θ1 = ? τmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) we obtain:
o
σ xx = – 20MPa σ yy = 40MPa τ xy = – 40MPa θ = 40 (1)
y
(a) y
(b) 63.4o x
n 60 MPa
40 Ao
45o
40o 50 o x
10 MPa
40 MPa
50 MPa
2 2
σ A = ( – 20 ) cos 40 + ( 40 ) sin 40 + 2 ( – 40 ) sin 40 cos 40 or σ A = 34.6 MPa ( C );
2 2
τ A = – ( – 20 ) cos 40 sin 40 + ( 40 ) sin 40 cos 40 + ( – 40 ) ( cos 40 – sin 40 ) τ A = 22.6 MPa;
( 2 ) ( – 40 )
(b) The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ --------------------------------⎞ = 26.565
o
⎝ ( – 20 – ( 40 ) )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( – 20 ) cos ( 26.565 ) + ( 40 ) sin ( 26.565 ) + 2 ( – 40 ) sin ( 26.565 ) cos ( 26.565 ) = – 40 (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 20 + 40 – ( – 40 ) = 60MPa . As this stress is greater than the
stress in Eq. 2, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 . For plane strain
σ 3 = σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.3 ( – 20 + 40 ) = 6 . We have the following answers:
o
1 = 60 MPa (T); σ 2 = 40 MPa ( C ) σ 3 = 6 MPa (T); θ 1 = 116.6 or – 63.4
– 20 + ( 40 ) – 20 – ( 40 ) 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ---------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ---------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 40 ) = 10 ± 50 or σ 1 = 60MPa and
2
2 2
σ 2 = – 40 MPa ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 60 – ( – 40 ) ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 50MPa
(d) The average in-plane normal stress is: σ avg = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ⁄ 2 = 10MPa ( T ) . The principal stress element is
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
principal element.
25 MPa
20 MPa
35 MPa
A
30o
Figure P8.46

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) we obtain:
o
σ xx = 35MPa σ yy = 25MPa τ xy = – 20MPa θ = 150 (1)
2 2
σ A = ( 35 ) cos 150 + ( 25 ) sin 150 + 2 ( – 20 ) sin 150 cos 150 or σ A = 49.8 MPa ( T );
2 2
τ A = – ( 35 ) cos 150 sin 150 + ( 25 ) sin 150 cos 150 + ( – 20 ) ( cos 150 – sin 150 ) τ A = – 5.67 MPa;
y
(a) y
38o 50.6MPa x
n (b)
40o A
45o 30 MPa
40o 50o x
20.6 MPa
9.4 MPa
( 2 ) ( – 20 )
(b) The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ---------------------------⎞⎠ = – 37.982
o
( 35 – ( 25 ) )
2 2
σ p = ( 35 ) cos ( 26.565 ) + ( 25 ) sin ( 26.565 ) + 2 ( – 20 ) sin ( 26.565 ) cos ( 26.565 ) = 50.616 (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: 35 + 25 – ( 50.616 ) = 9.384MPa . As this stress is smaller
than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq. 2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θp. For plane
strain σ 3 = σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.3 ( 35 + 25 ) = 18 . We have the following answers:
o
1 = 50.6 MPa (T); σ 2 = 9.4 MPa ( T ); σ 3 = 18 MPa (T); θ 1 = – 38 or 142
2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ------------------⎞ + ( – 20 ) = 30 ± 20.6 or σ 1 = 50.6MPa and
35 + 25 35 – 25 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 2 = – 9.4 MPa ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 50.6 – 9.4 ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 20.6 MPa
(d) The average in-plane normal stress is: σ avg = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ⁄ 2 = 30MPa ( T ) . The principal stress element is
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
principal element.
15 ksi
20 ksi
25 ksi
42o A
Figure P8.47

------------------------------------------------------------
(a) we obtain:
o
σ xx = – 25ksi σ yy = – 15ksi τ xy = – 20ksi θ = 138 (1)
y
(a) y
(b)
52o x
n A 0.62 ksi
45o
42o
138o x 20 ksi
48o
40.62 ksi
20.62 ksi
2 2
σ A = ( – 25 ) cos 138 + ( – 15 ) sin 138 + 2 ( – 20 ) sin 138 cos 138 or σ A = 0.63ksi ( C )
2 2
τ A = – ( – 25 ) cos 138 sin 138 + ( – 15 ) sin 138 cos 138 + ( – 20 ) ( cos 138 – sin 138 ) τ A = – 7.06ksi
( 2 ) ( – 20 )
(b) The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ -----------------------------------⎞ = 37.982
o
⎝ ( – 25 – ( – 15 ) )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( – 25 ) cos ( 37.982 ) + ( – 15 ) sin ( 37.982 ) + 2 ( – 20 ) sin ( 37.982 ) cos ( 37.982 ) = – 40.616 (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 25 – 15 – ( – 40.616 ) = 0.616ksi . As this stress is greater
than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 . For plane
strain σ 3 = σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.3 ( – 25 – 15 ) = – 12 . We have the following answers:
o o
σ 1 = 0.62ksi ( T ) σ 2 = 40.62ksi ( C ) σ 3 = 12ksi ( C ) θ 1 = 128 or – 52
– 25 + ( – 15 ) – 25 – ( – 15 ) 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 20 ) = – 20 ± 20.62 or
2
2 2
σ 1 = 0.62ksi and σ 2 = – 40.62ksi ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 0.62 – ( – 40.62 ) ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 20.62ksi
(d) The average in-plane normal stress is: σ avg = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ⁄ 2 = 20MPa ( C ) . The principal stress element is
shown in Fig.(b). The direction of maximum shear stress on the plane is determined by inspection to oppose the pos-
sible motion of the inclined plane due to principal stresses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.48 A thin plate (E=30,000 ksi, ν = 0.25) is subjected to a uniform stress σ = 10 ksi as shown in Figure
P8.48. Assuming plane stress, determine the maximum shear stress in the plate.
y
σ
5 in.
x
10 in.
Figure P8.48
Solution E=30000ksi ν=0.25 σxx=-10 ksi τmax=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Assuming plane stress σ zz = 0
ε yy = 0 or σ yy – νσ xx = 0 or
σ yy = νσ xx = 0.25 ( – 10 ) = – 2.5ksi (1)
The shear stress τxy =0, hence σxx and σxx are the principal stresses. The maximum shear stress is
σ1 – σ2 σ xx – σ yy ( – 10 ) – ( – 2.5 )
τ max = -----------------
- = -----------------------
- = ----------------------------------- = 3.75
2 2 2
τ max = 3.75 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.49 The strains at a point and the material properties are as given in each problem. Assuming plane
stress, determine the principal stresses, principal angle one, and the maximum shear stress at the point.
ε xx = 500 μ ε yy = 400 μ γ xy = – 300 μ E = 200 GPa ν = 0.32
Solution Plane stress σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? θ1 = ? τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From problem 3.79we have
σ xx = 139.93MPa σ yy = 124.78MPa τ xy = – 22.7MPa (1)
( 2 ) ( – 22.7 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ -------------------------------------------⎞ = – 35.78
o
⎝ ( 139.93 – 124.78 )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( 139.93 ) cos ( – 35.78 ) + ( 124.78 ) sin ( – 35.78 ) + 2 ( – 22.7 ) sin ( – 35.78 ) cos ( – 35.78 ) = 156.31MPa (2)
We can find the other principal stress as: 139.93 + 124.78 – 156.31 = 108.40MPa . As this stress is smaller than the
stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq.2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θp. For plane stress we
o o
σ 1 = 156.3MPa ( T ) σ 2 = 108.4MPa ( T ) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = – 35.78 or 144.22
2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ---------------------------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ---------------------------------------⎞ + ( – 22.7 ) = 132.35 ± 23.96
139.93 + 124.78 139.93 – 124.78 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
or σ 1 = 156.3MPa and σ 2 = 108.4MPa ,which are same as above.
The difference between σ1 and σ3 is the largest difference between principal stresses. Thus, the magnitude of the
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 156.3 – 0 ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 78.2 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 3000 μ ε yy = 1500 μ γ xy = 2000 μ E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa
------------------------------------------------------------
9
E - 28 ( 10 9 ) 70 ( 10 )
G = ------------------- = -------------------- ν = 0.25
2(1 + ν) 2(1 + ν)
Assuming Plane Stress
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) 9 –6 6 N
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = Eε xx = 70 ( 10 ) ( – 3000 ) ( 10 ) = – 210 ( 10 ) ------- or
E 2
m
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz ) = – 210M Pa (1)
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) 9 –6 6 N
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = Eε yy = 70 ( 10 )1500 ( 10 ) = 105 ( 10 ) ------- or
E 2
m
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz ) = 105MPa (2)
Solving Equations (1) and (2)
σ xx = 196MPa ( C ) σ yy = 56MPa ( T ) (3)
9 –6 6
τ xy = Gγ xy = 28 ( 10 ) ( 2000 ) ( 10 ) = 56 ( 10 ) = 56MPa (4)
( 2 ) ( 56 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------------⎞ = – 11.98
o
The principal angle θp is:
⎝ ( ( – 196 ) – 56 )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( – 196 ) cos ( – 11.98 ) + ( 56 ) sin ( – 11.98 ) + 2 ( 56 ) sin ( – 11.98 ) cos ( – 11.98 ) = – 207.88 MPa (5)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: ( – 196 ) + 56 – ( – 207.88 ) = 67.88MPa . As this stress is
greater than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 .
For plane stress we have the following answers:
o o
σ 1 = 67.9 MPa ( T ); σ 2 = 207.9 MPa ( C ); σ3 = 0 θ 1 = 78.02 or – 101.98
( – 196 ) + 56 ( – 196 ) – 56 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ -----------------------------⎞ ± ⎛ -----------------------------⎞ + ( 56 ) = – 70 ± 137.88 or
2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 67.88MPa and σ 2 = – 207.88 MPa ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 67.88 – ( – 207.88 ) ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 137.9 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 800 μ ε yy = – 1000 μ γ xy = – 500 μ E = 30, 000 ksi ν = 0.3
------------------------------------------------------------
From problem 3.81 we have
σ xx = – 36.26ksi σ yy = – 40.90ksi τ xy = – 5.77ksi (1)
( 2 ) ( – 5.77 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ----------------------------------------------⎞ = – 34.10
o
⎝ ( – 36.26 ) – ( – 40.9 )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( – 36.26 ) cos ( – 34.10 ) + ( – 40.9 ) sin ( – 34.10 ) + 2 ( – 5.77 ) sin ( – 34.10 ) cos ( – 34.10 ) = – 32.36 ksi (2)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: ( – 36.26 ) + ( – 40.9 ) – ( – 32.36 ) = – 44.79ksi . As this stress is
smaller than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq.2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θp. For
plane stress we have the following answers:
o o
σ 1 = 32.4ksi ( C ) σ 2 = 44.8ksi ( C ) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = – 34.10 or 145.9
– 36.26 + ( – 40.9 ) – 36.26 – ( – 40.9 ) 2

Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ -------------------------------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ------------------------------------------⎞ + ( – 5.77 ) = – 38.57 ± 6.21
2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
or σ 1 = – 32.4ksi and σ 2 = – 44.8 MPa ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 2 – σ 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( – 44.8 – 0 ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 22.4 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.52 A rectangle inscribed on an aluminum (10,000 ksi, ν = 0.25) plate is observed to deform into the
colored shape shown in Figure P8.52. Determine the principal stresses, principal angle 1 and the maxi-
mum shear stress..
0.007 in.
y
0.0042 in.
1.4 in. 0.0048 in.
x
A
3.0 in.
0.0036 in.
Figure P8.52
Solution σxx=? σyy=? σxy=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The average strains can be found as shown below.
Δu 0.0036
ε xx = ------ = ---------------- = 0.0012 (1)
Δx 3
Δv 0.0035
ε yy = ------ = ---------------- = 0.0025 (2)
Δy 1.4
Δu Δv 0.0042 0.0048
γ xy = ------ + ------ = ---------------- + ---------------- = 0.0046 (3)
Δy Δx 1.4 3
The shear modulus is
E 10000
G = -------------------- = ------------------ = 4000ksi (4)
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.25 )
Assuming Plane Stress: σ zz = 0
σ xx – ν ( σ yy + σ zz )
ε xx = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = ( 10000 ) ( 0.0012 ) = 12ksi
E
σ xx – νσ yy = 12ksi (5)
Similarly
σ yy – ν ( σ xx + σ zz )
ε yy = ----------------------------------------------
- or σ yy – νσ xx = Eε yy = ( 10000 ) ( 0.0025 ) = 25ksi
E
σ yy – νσ xx = 50ksi (6)
2
Multiplying Eq.(5) by ν and adding to Eq.(6) we obtain: σ yy ( 1 – ν ) = ( 12 )ν + 25
σ yy = 0.25 ( 12 ) + ( 25 )
-------------------------------------- = 29.87ksi (7)
2
1 – 0.25
Substituting Eq.(7) in Eq.(5)
σ xx = 12 + ν ( 29.87 ) = 19.47ksi (8)
τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 4000 ) ( 0.0046 ) = 18.4ksi (9)
( 2 ) ( 18.4 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ------------------------------------------⎞ = – 37.11
o
⎝ ( 19.47 ) – ( 29.87 )⎠
We obtain one principal stress as:
2 2
σ p = ( 19.47 ) cos ( – 74.22 ) + ( 29.87 ) sin ( – 74.22 ) + 2 ( 18.4 ) sin ( – 74.22 ) cos ( – 74.22 ) = 5.55ksi (10)
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: ( 19.47 ) + ( 29.87 ) – ( 5.55 ) = 43.79ksi . As this stress is
greater than the stress in Eq. 10, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θp+90. For plane
stress we have the following answers:
o
σ 1 = 43.79 ksi (T) σ 2 = 5.55 ksi (T) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = 52.89
19.47 + ( 29.87 ) 19.47 – ( 29.87 ) 2

σ 1, 2 = ⎛ --------------------------------------⎞ ± ⎛ -------------------------------------⎞ + ( 18.4 ) = 24.67 ± 19.12
2
Check: We have: or
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 43.79ksi and σ 2 = 5.55ksi ,which are same as above.
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 43.79 – 0 ) ⁄ 2 or τ max = 21.9 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.53 The difference in principal stresses σ 1 – σ 2 and the principal direction one θ 1 from the x-axis were
measured by photoelasticity at several points and are shown below. The sum of the principal stresses
σ 1 + σ 2 were found from elasticity and are also shown below. Assuming plane stress, determine the
o
stresses σxx, σyy, and τxy at the point. σ 1 – σ 2 = 10ksi θ 1 = – 15 σ 1 + σ 2 = 6ksi
Solution plane stress σxx = ? σyy = ? τxy = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Solving the two equations σ 1 – σ 2 = 10ksi and σ 1 + σ 2 = 6ksi we obtain: σ 1 = 8ksi and σ 2 = – 2 ksi .
Fig. (a) shows the Mohr’s circle for the given state of stress. The center is at 3 ksi and the radius is R = 5 ksi. Fig. (b)
shows the orientation of principal planes P1 and P2 at 15o clockwise from the x axis as per the value of θ1. To get to
the vertical plane V and horizontal plane H, we must rotate counter-clockwise from the principal planes. Starting
from P1 and P2 on the Mohr’s circle we rotate 30o counter-clockwise to get planes V and H as shown in Fig. (a).
τ y
(a) (b)
H
V
R τxy
2 ksi σyy 30o 8 ksi V V
(C) P2 3 ksi σxx P σ(T) P2
1 x
R H P1
H 15o P1
P2
The normal stresses in the x and y coordinate system are:

σ xx = 3 + R cos 30 = 7.33 or σ xx = 7.33 ksi (T)
σ yy = 3 – R cos 30 = – 1.33 σ yy = 1.33 ksi (C)
The magnitude of shear stress is: τ xy = R sin 30 = 2.5ksi . From Fig. (a) we note that the shear stress on V plane
rotates the plane clockwise and on H plane rotates it counter-clockwise. We draw the shear stress on the cube in Fig.
(b) to rotate the planes in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that shear stress τxy is negative.
τ xy = – 2.5 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.54 The difference in principal stresses σ 1 – σ 2 and the principal direction one θ 1 from the x-axis
were measured by photoelasticity at several points and are shown below. The sum of the principal stresses
o
stresses σxx, σyy, and τxy at the point. σ 1 – σ 2 = 3ksi θ 1 = 25 σ 1 + σ 2 = – 17 ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
Solving the two equations σ 1 – σ 2 = 3ksi and σ 1 + σ 2 = – 17 ksi we obtain: σ 1 = – 7 ksi and σ 2 = – 10 ksi .
Fig. (a) shows the Mohr’s circle for the given state of stress. The center is at -8.5 ksi and the radius is R = 1.5 ksi. Fig.
(b) shows the orientation of principal planes P1 and P2 at 25o counter-clockwise from the x axis as per the value of θ1.
To get to the vertical plane V and horizontal plane H, we must rotate clockwise from the principal planes. Starting
from P1 and P2 on the Mohr’s circle we rotate 50o clockwise to get planes V and H as shown in Fig. (a).
τ
(a) (b) P2
H P1
y
R P1 P2
10 ksi 8.5 ksi σxx 7 ksi H
σyy σ (T)
(C) P2 50o P1
τxy V V
R
o x
V H25

σ xx = – 8.5 + R cos 50 = – 7.54 or σ xx = 7.54 ksi ( C );
σ yy = – 8.5 – R cos 50 = – 9.46 σ yy = 9.46 ksi ( C );
rotates the plane counter-clockwise and on H plane rotates it clockwise. We draw the shear stress on the cube in Fig.
(b) to rotate the planes in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that shear stress τxy is positive.
τ xy = 1.15 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.55 The difference in principal stresses σ 1 – σ 2 and the principal direction one θ 1 from the x-axis
were measured by photoelasticity at several points and are shown below. The sum of the principal stresses
o
stresses σxx, σyy, and τxy at the point. σ 1 – σ 2 = 5ksi θ 1 = 35 σ 1 + σ 2 = 5ksi
------------------------------------------------------------
Solving the two equations σ 1 – σ 2 = 5ksi and σ 1 + σ 2 = 5ksi we obtain: σ 1 = 5ksi and σ 2 = 0 . Fig. (a)
shows the Mohr’s circle for the given state of stress. The center is at 2.5 ksi and the radius is R = 2.5 ksi. Fig. (b)
shows the orientation of principal planes P1 and P2 at 35o counter-clockwise from the x axis as per the value of θ1. To
get to the vertical plane V and horizontal plane H, we must rotate clockwise from the principal planes. Starting from
P1 and P2 on the Mohr’s circle we rotate 50o clockwise to get planes V and H as shown in Fig. (a).
σ xx = 2.5 + R cos 70 = 3.36 or σ xx = 3.36 ksi (T)
σ yy = 2.5 – R cos 70 = 1.64 σ yy = 1.64 ksi (C)
(a) τ (b)
H
P2
y P1
R
2.5 ksi σxx 5ksi P1 P2
σyy σ (T)
H
(C) P2 70o P1
R τxy
V V
V o x
H35
rotates the plane counter-clockwise and on H plane rotates it clockwise. We draw the shear stress on the cube in Fig.
(b) to rotate the planes in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that shear stress τxy is positive.
τ xy = 2.35 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.56 A broken 2 in x 6 in wooden bar was glued together as shown. Determine the normal and shear
stress in the glue.
F F = 12 kips
6 in A
60o
Figure P8.56
------------------------------------------------------------
12
The axial stress is: σ xx = ---------------- = 1ksi ( T ) All other stress components in the x-y coordinate system are zero. Fig.
(2)(6)
(a) shows the stress cube. Fig. (b) shows the orientation of the glue plane and the angle of the outward normal.
(a) (b) y
H
1 ksi n
A V
V
0
60 H
A
600 1500 x

o
σ xx = 1ksi σ yy = 0 τ xy = 0 θ = 150 (1)
2 2
σ A = ( 1 ) cos 150 + ( 0 ) sin 150 + 2 ( 0 ) sin 150 cos 150 = 0.75ksi or σ A = 750 psi (T)
2 2
τ A = – ( 1 ) cos 150 sin 150 + ( 0 ) sin 150 cos 150 + ( 0 ) ( cos 150 – sin 150 ) = 0.433ksi or τ A = 433 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.57 A 10-lb picture is hung using a wire of diameter of 1/8 inch as shown in Figure P8.57. What is the
maximum shear stress in the wire.
57o
Figure P8.57
Solution W= 10-lbs d = 1/8 inchτmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The free body diagram of the picture frame is shown in Fig. (a). By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we have
the following equation.
2N sin 57 = W or N = 0.5962W (1)
(a) N N
57o 57o
W = 10 lb
The area of cross-section is:
π 1 2
A = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = 12.27 ( 10 )in
–3 2
(2)
4 ⎝ 8⎠
The average axial stress in the wire is:
N ( 0.5962 ) ( 10 )
σ = ---- = -------------------------------- = 485.9psi (3)
A –3
12.27 ( 10 )
The maximum shear stress is:
τ max = σ
--- = 242.9 (4)
2
τ max = 242.9 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.58 Two rectangular bars of thickness 10 mm are loaded as shown in Figure P8.58. For a force
F1 = 25 kN determine the normal and shear stress on planes AA and BB.
10 mm 50 kN B
A
60 mm
30 mmF1
75o F3
A
Figure P8.58 50 kN B 65o
Solution σAA= 150 MPa (C) F1 = ? σBB= 1? τBB= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross-section of the bar in the two sections are:
–3 2
A A = ( 0.03 ) ( 0.01 ) = 0.3 ( 10 )m (1)
–3 2
A B = ( 0.06 ) ( 0.01 ) = 0.6 ( 10 )m (2)
By equilibrium of the entire bar: F 3 = 100 – 25 = 75kN
B
(a) (b) (c) (d)
n n
A
NA NB
F1
F3 15o 75o A x 155
x
B 65o
By equilbrium of Figures (a) and (b)

N A = – F 1 = – 25kN N B = F 3 = 75kN (3)
The axial stresses are:
3 3
NA – 25 ( 10 ) N 75 ( 10 )
( σ xx ) A = -------
- = ----------------------- = – 83.33MPa ( σ xx ) B = ------B- = ----------------------- = 125MPa (4)
AA –3 AB –3
0.3 ( 10 ) 0.6 ( 10 )
The normal and shear stresses on plane AA and BB are
2
σ AA = ( – 83.33 ) cos 15 = – 77.75 or σ AA = 77.75 MPa (C)
τ AA = – ( – 83.33 ) cos 15 sin 15 = 20.83 τ AA = 20.83 MPa
2
σ BB = ( 125 ) cos 155 = 102.67 or σ BB = 102.67 MPa (C)
τ BB = – ( 125 ) cos 155 sin 155 = – 47.88 τ BB = – 47.88 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.59 An aluminum rod (E= 70 GPa) and a steel rod (E= 210 GPa) are securely fastened to a rigid plate
that does not rotate during the application of the load P as shown in Figure P8.59. The diameter of alumi-
num and steel rods are 20 mm and 10 mm, respectively. If the applied force P=25 kN, determine the maxi-
mum shear stress in aluminum and steel.
Aluminum Steel
P 1.2 m
1m
Figure P8.59
Solution Eal = 70 GPa Esteel = 210 GPa dal = 20 mm ds = 10 mm

τ al =? τ s =? P=25 kN
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) is the free body diagrams after an imaginary cut is made through aluminum and steel. By equilibrium of
forces we obtain
N S + N al = 2P (1)
uP
(a) P (b)
Extension δal δS Contraction
Nal NS
Tensile force Compressive force

Aluminum Steel
P
Fig.(b) shows draw the exaggerated deformed shape. The deformation relationship is:
δ al = δ S (2)
The cross-sectional areas of the two bars are:
2 –6 2 2 –6 2
A s = π ( 0.01 ) ⁄ 4 = 78.54 ( 10 )m A al = π ( 0.02 ) ⁄ 4 = 314.6 ( 10 )m (3)
The deformations of the bars can be written as
NS LS N S ( 1.2 )
δ S = ------------- - = 0.07277N S ( 10 – 6 )
- = ---------------------------------------------------- (4)
ES AS 9 –6
210 ( 10 )78.54 ( 10 )
N al L al N al ( 1 )
δ al = --------------- - = 0.04547N al ( 10 – 6 )
- = ------------------------------------------------- (5)
E al A al 9 –6
70 ( 10 )314.6 ( 10 )
Substituting Eqs. 3 and 4 into Eq. 2 we obtain
0.04547N al ( 10 – 6 ) = 0.07277N S ( 10 – 6 ) or N al = 1.6N S (6)
Solving Eq. 1 and 6, we obtain: N S = 0.7691P and N al = 1.2306P
The axial stresses in steel and aluminum are:
0.7691P 1.2306P
σ S = ----------------------------- = 9792.4P and σ al = ----------------------------- = 3911.64P (7)
–6 –6
78.54 ( 10 ) 314.6 ( 10 )
The maximum shear stress is half the axial stress. We obtain:
3 6 2
τ s = σ S ⁄ 2 = 4896.2P = 4896.2 ( 25 ) ( 10 ) = 122.4 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) (8)
3 6 2
τ al = σ al ⁄ 2 = 1955.82P = 1955.82 ( 25 ) ( 10 ) = 48.89 ( ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) ) (9)
The maximum shear stresses are: τ s = 122.4 MPa τ al = 48.9 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.60 Determine the normal and shear stress in the seam of the shaft passing through point A an angle of
θ = 60 to the axis a solid shaft of 2 inch diameter.
o
T =30 in-kips
T
θ A
Figure P8.60
------------------------------------------------------------
30 ( 1 )
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is at outer surface is: τ xθ = ------------------- = 19.1ksi . Fig. (a) shows the direc-
4
π2 ⁄ 32
tion of torsional shear stress determined by inspection. Fig. (b) shows the stress cube. Fig. (c) shows the orientation of
the plane of the seam and the angle of the outward normal to it.
(a) T (b) y y
y 19.1 ksi
θ
A n
A
T 600 x
x
600 x
300
From Figs.(b) and (c) we obtain:
o
σ xx = 0 σ yy = 0 τ xy = – 19.1ksi θ = 30 (1)
2 2
σ A = ( 0 ) cos 30 + ( 0 ) sin 30 + 2 ( – 19.1 ) sin 30 cos 30 or σ A = 16.5 ksi ( C );
2 2
τ A = – ( 0 ) cos 30 sin 30 + ( 0 ) sin 30 cos 30 + ( – 19.1 ) ( cos 30 – sin 30 ) or τ A = – 9.55 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.61 Two circular steel shafts (G =12,000 ksi) of diameter 2 in. are securely connected to an aluminum
shaft (G =4,000 ksi) of diameter 1.5 in. as shown in Figure P8.61. Determine (a) the maximum normal
stress in the shaft, and (b) the normal and shear stress on a weld running through point E. .
12 in.-kips 25 in.-kips 15 in.-kips
A B C E D
aluminum o steel
steel 30
Figure P8.61
40 in. 15 in. 25 in.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of inertias are:
π 4 4 π 4 4
J AB = J CD = ------ ( 2 ) = 1.5708 in J BC = ------ ( 1.5 ) = 0.497 in (1)
32 32
From the free body diagram below we can find the reation torque at the wall and draw the torque diagram.
T A = 12 + 25 – 15 = 22 in-kips (2)
TA 12 in.-kips 25 in.-kips 15 in.-kips 22

T 10 x
A B C D in-kips
steel aluminum A B C D
steel
15
40 in. 15 in. 25 in.
From the torque diagram the internal torques are:
T AB = 22 in-kips T BC = 10 in-kips T CD = – 15 in-kips (3)

The maximum torsional shear stress in each segment can be found as:
T AB ( ρ AB ) max 22 ( 1 ) T BC ( ρ BC ) max ( 10 ) ( 0.75 )
τ AB = ----------------------------------- = ---------------- = 14.01 ksi τ BC = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------- = 15.09 ksi (4)
J AB 1.5708 J BC 1.5708
T AB ( ρ AB ) max ( – 15 ) ( 1 )
( τ xθ ) E = τ CD = ----------------------------------- = ---------------------- = – 9.55 ksi (5)
J AB 1.5708
τ y
15.09 θ
x n
E
15.09 σ
E
x
15.09 30o 120o
From Mohr’s circle we see that the principal stress is equal in magnitude to the maximum torsional shear
stress. We can determine the direction of torsional shear stress at E using subscripts or inspection and show
it on a stress cube and note that τxy = 9.55 ksi. Boting that the angle of the seam from form x-axis is 120o
we obtain:
σ E = 2τ xy cos θ sin θ = 2 ( 9.55 ) cos 120 sin 120 = – 8.27 ksi
2 2 2 2
τ E = τ xy ( cos θ – sin θ ) = 9.55 ( cos 120 – sin 120 ) = – 4.78 ksi
The answers are: σ max = 15.09 ksi ; σ E = – 8.27 ksi ; τ E = – 4.78 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.62 Two pieces of solid shafts of diameter 75 mm are securely connected to a rigid wheel as shown in
Figure P8.62. The shaft material has a modulus of rigidity G = 80 GPa. If the applied torque T = 8 kN-m ,
determine the maximum normal stress in the shaft.
T
A B C
0.75 m 2m
Figure P8.62
Solution G = 80 GPa d = 75 mm T = 8 kN-m σ max =?

------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment of inertia is:
4 –6 4
J = π ( 0.075 ) ⁄ 32 = 3.106 ( 10 )m (1)
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the shaft after imaginary cuts are made in section AB and BC. By moment
equilibrium we obtain:
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (2)
T
(a) TA TAB (b)
TA TBC
A
A B
The relative rotation of the ends can be written as:
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( T A ) ( 0.75 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = --------------------------- (3)
GJ GJ
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( TA – T ) ( 2 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = -----------------------------
- (4)
GJ GJ
Adding Eqs. 3 and 4 and noting that φC = 0 and φA = 0 we obtain:
( T A ) ( 0.75 ) ( T A – T ) ( 2 ) 2T
φ C – φ A = --------------------------- + ------------------------------ = 0 or T A = ---------- = 0.7273T (5)
GJ GJ 2.75
From Eq. 2 we obtain:
T AB = 0.7273T T BC = – 0.2727T (6)
The maximum torsional shear stress will be in segment AB and its value is:
T AB ρ max ( 0.7273T ) ( 0.0375 ) = 3
τ AB = ----------------------- = ----------------------------------------------
- 8.7807T ( 10 ) (7)
J –6
3.106 ( 10 )
The principal stresses are equal to the torsional shear stress. Thus the maximum normal stress in AB is:
6 6 2
σ max = τ AB = 8.7807 ( 8 ) ( 10 ) = 70.25 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m )
The maximum torque that can be applied is: σ max = 70.25 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.63 If the applied force P = 1.8 kN, determine the maximum normal and shear stress at points A, B,
and C which are on the surface of the beam.
y P
A
30 mm
x B
15 mm
C 30 mm
z
0.4 m 0.4 m 6 mm
6 mm
Figure P8.63
Solution P = 1.8 kN σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? τmax = ? @A, B, and C

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through the section containing points A, B, and
C. By equilibrium of forces and moment we obtain:
V y = – 1.8kN M z = – ( 1.8 ) ( 0.4 ) = – 0.72kN – m (1)
1.8 kN (b) y (c) y

(a) Mz
0.015m
B 0.030
z z C
0.012m
Vy
0.4 m 0.012m
3 –9 4
The area moment of inertia about the z-axis is: I zz = ( 0.012 ) ( 0.060 ) ⁄ 12 = 216 ( 10 ) m
The bending normal stress at point B will be half that at point A as yB = yA/2and will be zero at point C.
3
Mz yA ( – 0.72 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.03 )
( σ xx ) A = – -------------
- = – ------------------------------------------------ = 100MPa ( T ) ( σ xx ) B = 50MPa ( T ) ( σ xx ) C = 0 (2)
I zz –9
216 ( 10 )
Figs. (b) and (c) show the area As used in calculation of bending shear stress. The first moment of the areas are:
–6 3 –6 3
( Q z ) B = ( 0.012 ) ( 0.015 ) ( 0.015 + 0.0075 ) = 4.05 ( 10 )m ( Q z ) C = ( 0.012 ) ( 0.030 ) ( 0.015 ) = 5.40 ( 10 )m
The bending shear stress at A is zero. The bending shear stress τxy at points B and C will be negative as the shear
force Vy is negative.The bending shear stresses at these points are:
Vy ( Qz )B 3
1.8 ( 10 ) ( 4.05 ) ( 10 ) = – 2.8125MPa
–6
( τ xy ) A = 0 ( τ xy ) B = – --------------------- = – ----------------------------------------------------
- (3)
I zz t –9
216 ( 10 ) ( 0.012 )
Vy ( Qz )B 3
1.8 ( 10 ) ( 5.40 ) ( 10 ) = – 3.75MPa
–6
( τ xy ) C = – --------------------- = – ----------------------------------------------------
- (4)
I zz t –9
216 ( 10 ) ( 0.012 )
The third principal stress at the three points is zero as these points are on free surfaces. At point A the bending normal
stress is the principal stress 1 as all other stress components in the x, y, z coordinate system are zero. The maximum
shear stress is half the principal stress 1 as other principal stresses are zero.
( σ 1 ) A = 100 MPa (T) ( σ2 )A = 0 ( σ3 )A = 0 ( τ max ) A = 50 MPa
Noting σyy is zero, we obtain the principal stress 1 and 2 at point B as:
50 – 0 2
( σ 1, 2 ) B = ⎛ ---------------⎞ ± ⎛ ---------------⎞ + ( 2.8125 ) = 25 ± 25.16 or
50 + 0 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ 1 ) B = 50.16 MPa (T) ( σ 2 ) B = 0.16 MPa (C) ( σ3 )B = 0 ( τ max ) B = 25.16 MPa
Noting that σxx and σyy are zero, we obtain the principal stress 1 and 2 at point C as:
2
( σ 1, 2 ) C = 0 ± 0 + ( 3.75 ) = 0 ± 3.75 or
( σ 1 ) C = 3.75 MPa (T) ( σ 2 ) C = 3.75 MPa (C) ( σ3 )C = 0 ( τ max ) C = 3.75 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.64 If the applied force P = 1.8 kN, determine the maximum normal and shear stress at points A, B,
and C which are on the surface of the beam.
z y
A
30 mm
B
C 15 mm 30 mm
x P
0.4 m 0.4 m 6 mm
6 mm
Figure P8.64
Solution P = 1.8 kN σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? τmax = ? @A, B, and C

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through the section containing points A, B, and
C. By equilibrium of forces and moment we obtain:
V y = 1.8kN M z = ( 1.8 ) ( 0.4 ) = 0.72kN – m (1)
z
Mz (b) z
A (c) A
(a) B y
y 0.060
0.060 C
P
Vy
0.4 m
0.006m
0.012m
3 –9 4
The area moment of inertia about the z-axis is: I zz = ( 0.060 ) ( 0.012 ) ⁄ 12 = 8.64 ( 10 ) m
The bending normal stress at point B and C will be same as yB = yC = -0.006 m and will be zero at point A.
3
M z y B, C ( 0.72 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.006 )
( σ xx ) A = 0
( σ xx ) B = ( σ xx ) C = – -------------------
- = – --------------------------------------------------- = 500MPa ( T ) (2)
I zz –9
8.64 ( 10 )
Fig. (c) show the area As used in calculation of bending shear stress. The first moment of the area is:
–6 3
( Q z ) A = ( 0.060 ) ( 0.006 ) ( 0.003 ) = 1.08 ( 10 )m
The bending shear stress τxy at points B and C will be zero as these points are on the free surface. The bending shear
stress at A is positive as the shear force Vy is positive.The bending shear stress at A is:
Vy ( Qz )A 3
1.8 ( 10 ) ( 1.08 ) ( 10 )
–9
( τ xy ) A = ---------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------- = 3.75MPa ( τ xy ) B = ( τ xy ) C = 0 (3)
I zz t –9
8.64 ( 10 ) ( 0.06 )
The third principal stress at the three points is zero as these points are on free surfaces. Noting that σxx and σyy are
zero at point A the principal stress 1 and 2 are:
2
( σ 1, 2 ) A = 0 ± 0 + ( 3.75 ) = 0 ± 3.75 or
( σ 1 ) A = 3.75 MPa (T) ( σ 2 ) A = 3.75 MPa (C) ( σ3 )A = 0 ( τ max ) A = 3.75 MPa
At points B and C the bending normal stress is the principal stress 1 as all other stress components in the x, y, z coor-
dinate system are zero. The maximum shear stress is half the principal stress 1 as other principal stresses are zero.
( σ 1 ) B = 500 MPa (T) ( σ2 )B = 0 ( σ3 )B = 0 ( τ max ) B = 250 MPa
( σ 1 ) C = 500 MPa (T) ( σ2 )C = 0 ( σ3 )C = 0 ( τ max ) C = 250 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.65 Two pieces of lumber are glued together to form the beam shown in Figure P8.65. The intensity of
the distributed load is w = 25 lb/in. Determine (a) the maximum shear stress in the beam. (b) the maximum
normal stress in the glue.
2 in
w (lb/in)
1 in
30 in 70 in
Figure P8.65
Solution: w = 25 lb/in τmax=? ( σ G ) max =?
------------------------------------------------------------
A y ( 70 ) – ( 100w ) ( 50 ) = 0 or A y = 71.43w kips (1)
A y + B y – ( 100w ) = 0 or B y = 28.57w kips (2)

(a) 100 w
(b) w kips / in
50 in
h 70 – h
------------------ = ------------------ or h = 41.43in
Bx = 0 41.43w 28.57w
30 in 70 in By 1
30 in 70 in By Ay A 1 = --- ( 30w ) ( 30 ) = 450w
Ay 2
41.43w 1
V= -Vy (70-h) A 2 = --- ( 41.43w ) ( h ) = 858.22w
(c) kips A2 x 2
1
y A3 A = --- ( 28.57w ) ( 70 – h ) = 408.12w
z A1 3 2
Mz h 28.57w
30w 408.12w
in-kips x
2.5in
1 in
450w
2 in
The maximum bending moment of M max = – 450w

1 3 4
The area moment of Inertia is I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 5 ) = 20.83 in
12
The maximum bending normal stress in wood will be at top or bottom:
- = – (-------------------------------------
– M max y max – 450w ) ( ± 2.5 )- = ± 54w psi
( σ xx ) W = ----------------------------- (3)
I zz 20.83
The maximum shear stress in the beam is:
σW
- = 27w = 27 ( 25 ) = 675
τ max = ------- (4)
2
τ max = 675 psi
From Fig. (c) we have
3
Q z = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( – 2 ) = – 4 in (5)
The maximum bending normal stress in glue is at A.
= – (------------------------------------
– M max y G – 450w ) ( – 1.5 )- = – 32.4w
( σ xx ) G = ------------------------ (6)
I zz 20.83
The shear force at A is -41.43w. The shear stress in glue at point A is:
( Vy )A Qz
- = – (------------------------------
( τ xy ) G = – – --------------------- 41.43w ) ( 4 )- = 3.978w (7)
I zz t ( 20.83 ) ( 2 )
The maximum normal stress in will be principal stress 2.
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) G 2 – 32.4w 2
( σ max ) G = ----------------G- – ⎛ -----------------⎞ + ( τ xy ) G = – 32.4w – ⎛ ------------------⎞ + ( 3.978w ) = – 32.88w or
2 2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ max ) G = – 32.88 ( 25 ) = – 822 (8)

( σ max ) G = 822 psi (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.66 Two pieces of wood are glued together to form a beam, as shown in Figure P8.66. The applied
moment Mext= 9 in-kips. Determine (a) the maximum shear stress in the beam. (b) the maximum normal
stress in the glue..
Mext
100 in 40 in
1 in
4 in
2 in
Figure P8.66
Solution Mext =9 in-kips τmax=? ( σ G ) max =?
------------------------------------------------------------
R A ( 100 ) – M ext = 0 or R A = M ext ⁄ 100
(a) Mext
2 in
(d)
y
RA 100 in 1 in
RB 40 in
(b) z 1.5 in
V= -Vy
M
ext
-------------
(c) 100
Mz
M
ext
1 3 4
12
The maximum bending stress is at top or bottom whose magnitude is
( σ xx ) W = --------------------------
- = ----------------------------- = 0.12M ext (1)
I zz 20.83
( σ xx ) W
τ max = -----------------
- = 0.06M ext = 0.06 ( 9000 ) = 540psi (2)
2
τ max = 540 psi
The maximum normal stress in glue is:
– M max y G – ( – M ext ) ( 1.5 ) M ext ( 1.5 )

( σ xx ) G = ------------------------ = -----------------------------------
- = ------------------------ = 0.072M ext (3)
I zz 20.83 20.83
Figs (d) show the area As that can be used for finding Qz at the glue as
3
Q G = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 4in (4)
Q G ( V y ) max ( M ext ⁄ 100 ) ( 4 ) –3
( τ xy ) G = ----------------------------
- = -------------------------------------- = 0.96 ( 10 )M ext (5)
I zz t ( 20.83 ) ( 2 )
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) G 2 0.072M ext 0.072M ext 2

( σ max ) G = ----------------G- + ⎛ -----------------⎞ + ( τ xy )G = -------------------------
- – ⎛ --------------------------⎞ + ( 0.96 ( 10 )M ext ) or
2 –3 2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ max ) G = 0.07201M ext = 0.07201 ( 9000 ) = 648.11 (6)

( σ max ) G = 648.11 psi (T)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.67 A broken 2 in x 6 in wooden bar was glued together as shown in Figure P8.67. The allowable nor-
mal and shear stress in the glue are 600 psi (T) and 400 psi, respectively. Determine the maximum force F
to the nearest pound that can be transmitted by the bar.
F F
6 in A
60o
Figure P8.67
Solution σ A ≤ 600psi ( T ) τ A ≤ 400psi Fmax= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The axial stress is:
F F
σ xx = ---------------- = ------ (1)
(2)(6) 12
All other stress components in the x-y coordinate system are zero. Fig. (a) shows the stress cube. Fig. (b) shows the
orientation of the glue plane and the angle of the outward normal.
(a) (b) y
H
n
A V
V
600 H
A
60 0 1500 x

F o
σ xx = ------ σ yy = 0 τ xy = 0 θ = 150 (2)
12
The stresses in the glue are:
σ A = ⎛ ------⎞ cos 150 = 0.0625F ≤ 600

F 2
or F ≤ 9600lb (3)
⎝ 12⎠
τ A = – ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ cos 150 sin 150 = 0.03608F ≤ 400

F
or F ≤ 11085 (4)
12
or F max = 9600 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.68 A rigid bar ABC is supported by two aluminum cables (E = 10,000 ksi) as shown in Figure P8.68.
The allowable shear stress in aluminum is 20 ksi. If the applied force P = 10 kips, determine the minimum
diameter of cables CE and BD to the nearest 1/16 in.
C E
P 5 ft
B D
40o
5 ft
A
Figure P8.68
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From geometry:
CE CE
tan 40 = ---------------------- or CE = 100.69 in. BD = -------- = 50.34 in. 1
( 10 ) ( 12 ) 2
cos 40 = (---------------------
10 ) ( 12 )-
or AC = 156.65 in. BC = AB = AC
-------- = 78.32 in. 2
AC 2
We can draw the following free body diagram and deformed shape:
δCE C
C
NCE
P NBD δBD B
B
40o
Ay
Ax A
A
By moment equilibrium about A:

120N CE + 60N BD = ( 156.65 sin 40 )P = 1006.9 kips 3
By similar triangles in deformed shape:
δ CE δ BD
--------- = ---------
- or δ CE = 2δ BD 4
AC AB
The deformation in each bar can be written as:
N CE L CE N CE ( 100.69 )
δ CE = --------------------- = -------------------------------- 5
EA EA
N BD L BD N BD ( 50.34 )
δ BD = ---------------------- = -----------------------------
- 6
EA EA
Substituting Eqs. 5 and 6 into Eq. 4 we obtain:
N CE ( 100.69 ) N BD ( 50.34 )
- = 2 ------------------------------
------------------------------- or N CE = N BD 7
EA EA
From Eq. 3 we obtain:

120N CE + 60N CE = 1006.9 kips N CE = 5.594 kips 8
The normal stress in each bar is the same as internal force and area is the same. The maximum shear stress
is half of the axial stress on a 45o plane from the axis, hence
σ CE 1 ⎛ N CE⎞
d ≥ ⎛ ---⎞ ⎛ -------------⎞
5.594 2 4 5.594
τ max = ---------
-= - ≤ 20 ksi
--- ----------- = ----------------- or or d ≥ 0.422 in.
2 2⎝ A ⎠ π 2 ⎝ π⎠ ⎝ 40 ⎠
2 d ---
4
7
The answer is: d min = ------ in.
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.69 A thin tube of 1/8 in thickness has a mean diameter of 6 in. What is the maximum torque the tube
can transmit if the allowable normal stress in compression is 10 ksi?
Solution t= 1/8 in dmean = 6 in σ 2 ≤ 10ksi ( C ) Tmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
4 4 4
The polar moment of inertia is: J = π ( 6.125 – 5.875 ) ⁄ 32 = 21.21in
The outer radius is ρmax = (dmean/2+t/2) = 3.0625 in
Tρ max ( 3.0625 )-
- = T
The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress is: τ = --------------- ------------------------
J 21.21
As the normal stresses on the cross-section plane are zero, the principal stresses are equal to the shear stress. Thus:
T ( 3.0625 )
σ 2 = τ = ------------------------- ≤ 10 or T ≤ 69.27 in – kip or T max = 69.2 in-kips
21.21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.70 Re-solve Example 8.6 without the thin tube approximation.
Solution L = 30 in T= 25π in-kips t= 1/16 in G=12000ksi σ S ≤ 10ksi ( C )
o
τ W ≤ 12ksi σ W ≤ 20ksi ( T ) Δφ ≤ 3 minimum Ro = ? to nearest 1/16 in
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the hollow shaft with the applied torque. By inspection we see that weld would be subjected to com-
pressive stress, hence we do not have to account for the limitation on tensile stress in the weld.
The maximum compressive stress in steel is equal to the torsional shear stress τtor. Thus, we have:
σ 2 = τ tor ≤ 10ksi (1)
(a) 25 π in-kips
(b) y
A 25o 25 π in-kips
E n
τ tor
B Ro
E
65o 25o x
30 in
Fig. (b) shows the stress cube with the plane containing the weld and the angle of the outward normal. from Fig. (b)
we have:
o
σ xx = 0 σ yy = 0 τ xy = – τ tor θ = 65 (2)
Substituting Eq. 1 into Eq. 8.2 we obtain:
2 2
τ W = – ( 0 ) cos 65 sin 65 + ( 0 ) sin 65 cos 65 + ( – τ tor ) ( cos 65 – sin 65 ) = 0.6428τ tor ≤ 12 or τ tor ≤ 18.7ksi (3)
If torsional shear stress is less than or equal to 10 ksi then it will satisfy Eq. 1 and 3. The magnitude of maximum tor-
sional shear stress is:
Tρ max ( 25π )R o 4 4
τ tor = ---------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------- ≤ 10 or R o – ( R o – 0.0625 ) – 5R o ≥ 0 (4)
J 4 4
π [ R o – ( R o – 0.0625 ) ] ⁄ 2
The relative rotation is
TL ( 25π ) ( 30 ) 3π 4 4
Δφ = ------- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ≤ --------- or R o – ( R o – 0.0625 ) – 2.3873 ≥ 0 (5)
GJ 4 4 180
( 12000 )π [ R – ( R – 0.0625 ) ] ⁄ 2o o
4 4 4 4
Let f 1 ( R o ) = R o – ( R o – 0.0625 ) – 5R o f 2 ( R o ) = R o – ( R o – 0.0625 ) – 2.3873
We consider the values of the two functions for Ro starting at 4 in. in steps of 1/16th in. The calculations are done on
a spreadsheet and results reported below.
Ro f1(Ro) f2(Ro)
4.0000 -4.37 13.34
4.0625 -3.93 14.09
4.1250 -3.47 14.87
4.1875 -2.99 15.66
4.2500 -2.48 16.48
4.3125 -1.94 17.33
4.3750 -1.38 18.20
4.4375 -0.80 19.10
4.5000 -0.19 20.02
4.5625 0.45 20.97
4.6250 1.11 21.95
4.6875 1.80 22.95
4.7500 2.52 23.98
In the range considered, f2(Ro) is always positive, hence condition in Eq. 5 is met. The smallest value of Ro for which
9
f1(Ro) becomes positive is Ro= 4.5625 in. The minimum value of Ro to the nearest 1/16th inch is: R o = 4 ------ in.
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.71 An aluminum rod (Eal = 70 GPa) and a steel rod (Es = 210 GPa) are securely fastened to a rigid
plate that does not rotate during the application of the load P. The diameter of aluminum and steel rods are
20 mm and 10 mm, respectively. The allowable shear stress in aluminum and steel are 120 MPa and
150 MPa. Determine the maximum force P that can be applied to the rigid plate.
P
Aluminum Steel
P 1.2 m
1m
Figure P8.71
Solution Eal = 70 GPa Esteel = 210 GPa dal = 20 mm ds = 10 mm

τ al ≤ 120MPa τ s ≤ 150MPa Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) is the free body diagrams after an imaginary cut is made through aluminum and steel. By equilibrium of
forces we obtain
N S + N al = 2P (1)
P
(a) P (b)
Extension δal δS Contraction
Nal NS
Tensile force Compressive force

Aluminum Steel
P
Fig.(b) shows draw the exaggerated deformed shape. The deformation relationship is:
δ al = δ S (2)
The cross-sectional areas of the two bars are:
2 –6 2 2 –6 2
A s = π ( 0.01 ) ⁄ 4 = 78.54 ( 10 )m A al = π ( 0.02 ) ⁄ 4 = 314.6 ( 10 )m (3)
The deformations of the bars can be written as
NS LS N S ( 1.2 )
δ S = ------------- - = 0.07277N S ( 10 – 6 )
- = ---------------------------------------------------- (4)
ES AS 9 –6
210 ( 10 )78.54 ( 10 )
N al L al N al ( 1 )
δ al = --------------- - = 0.04547N al ( 10 – 6 )
- = ------------------------------------------------- (5)
E al A al 9 –6
70 ( 10 )314.6 ( 10 )
Substituting Eqs. 3 and 4 into Eq. 2 we obtain
0.04547N al ( 10 – 6 ) = 0.07277N S ( 10 – 6 ) or N al = 1.6N S (6)
Solving Eq. 1 and 5, we obtain: N S = 0.7691P and N al = 1.2306P
The axial stresses in steel and aluminum are:
0.7691P 1.2306P
= ----------------------------- = 9792.4P
S and σ al = ----------------------------- = 3911.64 (7)
–6 –6
78.54 ( 10 ) 314.6 ( 10 )
The maximum shear stress is half the axial stress. We obtain:
6 3
τ s = σ S ⁄ 2 = 4896.2P ≤ 150 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 30.64 ( 10 )N (8)
6 3
τ al = σ al ⁄ 2 = 1955.82P ≤ 120 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 61.35 ( 10 )N (9)
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eqs. 8 and 9 is: P max = 30.6 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.72 A shaft is welded along the seam that makes an angle of θ = 60o to the axis of a 2 in. diameter
shaft as shown in Figure P8.72. The allowable normal and shear stresses in the weld are 15 ksi(T) and
10 ksi, respectively. Determine the maximum torque Text that can be applied.
Text
θ A
Figure P8.72
Solution σ A ≤ 15ksi ( T ) τ A ≤ 10ksi Text = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is at outer surface is:
T ext ( 1 )
τ xθ = ------------------
- = 0.6366T ext (1)
4
π2 ⁄ 32
Fig. (a) shows the direction of torsional shear stress determined by inspection. Fig. (b) shows the stress cube. Fig. (c)
shows the orientation of the plane of the seam and the angle of the outward normal to it.
(a) T (b) y y
y 0.6366Text
θ
A n
A
T 600 x
x
600 x
300
From Figs.(b) and (c) we obtain:
o
σ xx = 0 σ yy = 0 τ xy = 0.6366T ext θ = 30 (1)
σ A = 2 ( 0.6366T ext ) sin 30 cos 30 = 0.55133T ext ≤ 15 or T ext ≤ 27.2 in – kips (2)
2 2
τ A = ( 0.6366T ext ) ( cos 30 – sin 30 ) = 0.3183T ext ≤ 10 or T ext ≤ 31.42in – kips (3)
The maximum value of the applied torque is: T ext = 27.2 in.-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.73 Two pieces of solid shafts of diameter 75 mm are securely connected to a rigid wheel. The shaft
material has a Modulus of Shear Rigidity G = 80 GPa and an allowable normal stress in tension or com-
pression of 90 MPa. Determine the maximum torque T that can act on the wheel
A B C
0.75 m 2m
Figure P8.73
Solution G = 80 GPa d = 75 mm σ max ≤ 90MPa Tmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
4 –6 4
The polar moment of inertia is: J = π ( 0.075 ) ⁄ 32 = 3.106 ( 10 )m
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the shaft after imaginary cuts are made in section AB and BC. By moment
equilibrium we obtain:
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T (1)
T
(a) TA TAB (b)
TA TBC
A
A B
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( T A ) ( 0.75 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = --------------------------- (2)
GJ GJ
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( TA – T ) ( 2 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = -----------------------------
- (3)
GJ GJ
( T A ) ( 0.75 ) ( T A – T ) ( 2 ) 2T
φ C – φ A = --------------------------- + ------------------------------ = 0 or T A = ---------- = 0.7273T (4)
GJ GJ 2.75
From Eq. 1 we obtain: T AB = 0.7273T T BC = – 0.2727T . The maximum torsional shear stress will be in seg-
T AB ρ max ( 0.7273T ) ( 0.0375 ) 3
ment AB and its value is: τ AB = ----------------------- = ----------------------------------------------- = 8.7807T ( 10 ) . The principal stresses are
J – 6
3.106 ( 10 )
equal to the torsional shear stress. Thus the maximum normal stress in AB is:
3 6 3
σ AB = τ AB = 8.7807T ( 10 ) ≤ 90 ( 10 ) or T ≤ 10.25 ( 10 )N – m
The maximum torque that can be applied is: T max = 10.2 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.74 A cantilever beam is constructed by gluing three pieces of timber as shown. The allowable shear in
the adhesive is 300 psi and the allowable tensile stress is 200 psi. The allowable tensile or compressive
stress in wood is 2000 psi. Determine the maximum intensity of the distributed load w.
y
y w
2 in
z
x 6 in
2 in
Figure P8.74 z 4 ft 4 ft
4 in
Solution τ G ≤ 300psi σ G ≤ 200psi ( T ) σ W ≤ 2000psi wmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
3 4
The area moment of inertia is: I zz = ( 4 ) ( 10 ) ⁄ 12 = 333.3 in . Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the beam.
By equilibrium of forces and moments we obtain: R = 4w M = 24w . Fig.(b) and (c) are the shear force and
bending moment diagrams.
y
(a) w (d)
2 in
z 3 in
M 4 ft 4 ft
R 4 in
(b) V = -Vy 4w 4w
lb
(c) Mz
ft-lb 8w
24w
The maximum bending moment and shear force occur in the same section at the wall. Thus the maximum bending
normal and shear stress will occur at the wall. Fig.(d) shows the area As used in calculating the shear stress in the
3
glue. The first moment of the area is: Q z = ( 4 ) ( 2 ) ( 4 ) = 32in . By inspection the glue on the top junction will be in
tensile. As Vmax =-Vy = 4w, the shear stress τxy will be negative. The normal and shear stress in the glue are:
- = – (-------------------------------------
Mz yG – 24w ) ( 12 ) ( 3 )- = 2.592w and ( τ ) = – V y Q z = – ( 4w ) ( 32 ) = 0.096w
( σ xx ) G = – ------------- xy G ------------- --------------------------
I zz 333.3 I zz t ( 333.3 ) ( 4 )
Noting that (σyy)G = 0, the principal stresses in the glue are:
2.592w – 0 2
( σ 1, 2 ) G = ⎛ ---------------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ---------------------------⎞ + ( 0.096w ) = 1.296w ± 1.300w or
2.592w + 0 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ 1 ) G = 2.596w and ( σ 2 ) G = – 0.004 w .
Noting that the tensile stress in glue should be less than 200psi we obtain:
( σ 1 ) G = 2.596w ≤ 200 or w ≤ 77.04lb ⁄ in (5)
The maximum shear stress in the glue is:
( σ1 )G – ( σ2 )G
τ max = ----------------------------------
- = 1.300w ≤ 300 or w ≤ 230.7lb ⁄ in (6)
2
The maximum normal stress in wood is the maximum bending normal stress. We obtain:
( – 24w ) ( 12 ) ( 5 )
σ W = – -------------------------------------- = 4.32w ≤ 2000 or w ≤ 462.9lb ⁄ in (7)
333.3
The maximum value of w that satisfies Eqs. 5, 6, and 7 is: w max = 77 lb/in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.75 Two pieces of lumber are glued together to form the beam shown in Figure P8.66. The allowable
shear stress in the in the wood is 600 psi and the allowable tensile stress in the glue is 650 psi (T). Deter-
mine the maximum moment Mext that can be applied. .
Solution τmax=500 psi ( σ G ) max =800 psi (T) Mext =?
------------------------------------------------------------
R A ( 100 ) – M ext = 0 or R A = M ext ⁄ 100
(a) Mext
2 in
(d)
y
RA 100 in 1 in
RB 40 in
(b) z 1.5 in
V= -Vy
M
ext
-------------
(c) 100
Mz
M ext
1 3 4
12
The maximum bending stress is at top or bottom whose magnitude is
( σ xx ) W = --------------------------
- = ----------------------------- = 0.12M ext (1)
I zz 20.83
( σ xx ) W
τ max = -----------------
- = 0.06M ext ≤ 600psi or M ext ≤ 10000in – lb (2)
2
The maximum bending normal stress in glue is:
– M max y G – ( – M ext ) ( 1.5 ) M ext ( 1.5 )
( σ xx ) G = ------------------------ = -----------------------------------
- = ------------------------ = 0.072M ext (3)
I zz 20.83 20.83
Figs (d) show the area As that can be used for finding Qz at the glue as
3
Q G = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) ( 2 ) = 4in (4)
Q G ( V y ) max ( M ext ⁄ 100 ) ( 4 ) –3
( τ xy ) G = ----------------------------
- = -------------------------------------- = 0.96 ( 10 )M ext (5)
I zz t ( 20.83 ) ( 2 )
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) G 2 0.072M ext 0.072M ext 2

( σ max ) G = ----------------G- + ⎛ -----------------⎞ + ( τ xy )G = -------------------------
- – ⎛ --------------------------⎞ + ( 0.96 ( 10 )M ext ) or
2 –3 2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ max ) G = 0.07201M ext ≤ 650 or M ext ≤ 9026.5in – lb (6)

The maximum moment is: M ext = 9026 in.-lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.76 Determine the thickness of a steel plate required for a thin-cylindrical boiler with a center-line
diameter of 2.5 m, if the maximum tensile stress is not to exceed 100 MPa and maximum shear stress is not
to exceed 60 MPa, when the pressure in the boiler is 1800 kPa.
Solution d = 2.5 m σ max ≤ 100MPa ( T ) τ max ≤ 60MPa p = 1800 kPa t = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
3 6
pr ( 1800 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.25 ) 1.125 ( 10 )
The axial stress is: σ xx = ----- = ---------------------------------------------- = ---------------------------
2t 2t t
3 6
( 1800 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.25 ) 2.25 ( 10 )
The hoop stress is: σ yy = pr
----- = ---------------------------------------------- = ------------------------
t t t
The shear stress τxy = 0. Thus, hoop stress is principal stress 1 and axial stress is principal stress 2. The maximum
normal and shear stress can be written as:
6
2.25 ( 10 ) 6
σ max = ------------------------ ≤ 100 ( 10 ) or t ≥ 0.0225m (1)
t
6 6 6
2.25 ( 10 ) 1.125 ( 10 ) 0.5625 ( 10 ) 6
τ max = ------------------------ – --------------------------- ⁄ 2 = ------------------------------ ≤ 60 ( 10 ) or t ≥ 0.0094m (2)
t t t
The minimum value of t that satisfies Eqs. 1 and 2 is: t min = 22.5 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.77 A thin-cylindrical tank is fabricated by butt welding a 1/2 in. thick plate. The center-line diameter
of the tank is 4 ft.The maximum tensile stress of the plate cannot exceed 30 ksi. The normal and shear
stress in the weld is limited to 25 ksi and 18 ksi, respectively. What is the maximum pressure the tank can
hold?
50o
Figure P8.77
Solution d = 4 ft = 48 in t = 1/2 in. σ max ≤ 30ksi ( T ) σ W ≤ 25ksi τ W ≤ 18ksi pmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
pr p ( 24 )
The axial stress is: σ xx = ----- = --------------- = 24p
2t 2 ( 0.5 )
pr p ( 24 )
The hoop stress is: σ yy = ----- = -------------- = 48p
t 0.5
The shear stress τxy = 0. Thus, hoop stress is principal stress 1 and axial stress is principal stress 2.
σ max = 48p ≤ 30 or p ≤ 0.625ksi (1)
Fig. (a) shows the weld and the angle of the outward normal to the weld.
(a) y n
50o
40o
x
Substituting the stresses and angle normal to the weld as θ = 40o into Eq. 8.1 and 8.2 we obtain:
2 2
σ W = ( 24p ) cos 40 + ( 48p ) sin 40 = 33.9162p ≤ 25 or p ≤ 0.737ksi (2)
τ W = – ( 24p ) cos 40 sin 40 + ( 48p ) sin 40 cos 40 = 11.818p ≤ 18 or p ≤ 1.523ksi (3)
The maximum value of p that meets the requirements of Eqs. 1, 2, and 3 is: p max = 625 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.78 By multiplying the matrices show that the matrix equations below are same as Equations 8.1, 8.2,
and 8.3.
T
[ σ ] nt = [ T ] [ σ ] [ T ] 8.16
σ nn τ nt cos θ – sin θ σ xx τ xy
where, [ σ ] nt = [T] = [σ] =
τ tn σ tt sin θ cos θ τ yx σ yy
and [T]T represents the transpose of the matrix [T]. The matrix [T] is the transformation matrix that relates the x and
the y coordinates to n and t coordinates.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We can write the following.
T T σ xx τ xy cos θ – sin θ T σ xx cos θ + τ xy sin θ – σ xx sin θ + τ xy cos θ
[ σ ] nt = [ T ] [ σ ] [ T ] = [ T ] = [T]
τ yx σ yy sin θ cos θ τ yx cos θ + σ yy sin θ – τ yx sin θ + σ yy cos θ
Substituting [T]T and multiplying we obtain:
[ σ ] nt = cos θ sin θ σ xx cos θ + τ xy sin θ – σ xx sin θ + τ xy cos θ

=
σ nn τ nt
– sin θ cos θ τ yx cos θ + σ yy sin θ – τ yx sin θ + σ yy cos θ τ tn σ tt
We evaluate each term and use the identity τ xy = τ yx to obtain the following:
2 2
σ nn = ( σ xx cos θ + τ xy sin θ ) cos θ + ( τ yx cos θ + σ yy sin θ ) sin θ = σ xx cos θ + σ yy sin θ + 2τ xy sin θ cos θ (1)
2 2
τ nt = ( – σ xx sin θ + τ xy cos θ ) cos θ + ( – τ yx sin θ + σ yy cos θ ) sin θ = ( – σ xx + σ yy ) cos θ sin θ + τ xy ( cos θ – sin θ(2)
)
2 2
τ tn = – ( σ xx cos θ + τ xy sin θ ) sin θ + ( τ yx cos θ + σ yy sin θ ) cos θ = ( – σ xx + σ yy ) cos θ sin θ + τ xy ( cos θ – sin θ )(3)
2 2
σ tt = – ( – σ xx sin θ + τ xy cos θ ) sin θ + ( – τ yx sin θ + σ yy cos θ ) cos θ = σ xx sin θ + σ yy cos θ – 2τ xy cos θ sin θ (4)
Eqs. 1 and 4 are identical to Eqs. 8.1 and 8.3, respectively. Eqs. 2 and 3 imply τ nt = τ tn and Eq. 2 is identical to
Eq. 8.2.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.79 Show that the eigenvalues of the matrix [σ] are the principal stresses given by Equation 8.7.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Let λ be the eigenvalue of the matrix [σ]. Thus the following determinant must be zero.
σ xx – λ τ xy
= 0 or ( σ xx – λ ) ( σ yy – λ ) – τ xy τ yx = 0 (1)
τ yx σ yy – λ
Noting that τ xy = τ yx , we can write Eq. 1 as

2 2
σ xx σ yy – λ ( σ xx + σ yy ) + λ – τ xy = 0 (2)
The roots of the Eq. 2 are:
2 2 2 2 2
( σ xx + σ yy ) ± ( σ xx + σ yy ) – 4 ( σ xx σ yy – τ xy ) ( σ xx + σ yy ) σ xx + σ yy – 2σ xx σ yy + 4τ xy
λ 1, 2 = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ± ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------- or
2 2 4
2
( σ xx + σ yy ) ( σ xx – σ yy ) ( σ xx + σ yy ) σ xx – σ yy 2
- ± ⎛ ------------------------⎞ + τ xy
2 2
λ 1, 2 = ----------------------------
- ± ------------------------------
- + τ xy = ---------------------------- (3)
2 4 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
Eq. 3 is same Equation 8.7 with λ1 and λ2 representing principal stresses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.80 Using the wedge shown in Figure 8.21 show that the normal stress on an inclined plane is related
to the stresses in cartesian coordinates by the following equation.
2 2 2
σ nn = σ xx n x + σ yy n y + σ zz n z + 2τ xy n x n y + 2τ yz n y n z + 2τ zx n z n x 8.17
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
From Figure 8.21 we have the following relation between the area A of the inclined plane and the area of the carte-
sian plane on the wedge.
Ax = nx A A y = ny A Az = nz A (1)
(a) Force Wedge

y σ nn A
τ zy A z
τ xy A x
σ zz A z
σ xx A x τ zx A z
τ nt A x
τ xz A x
τ yx A y
z τ yz A y σ yy A y
Fig. (a) shows the force wedge obtained by multiplying the stress components with the area of the plane on which
they act. We can find the components of the force vectors in the n-direction by taking the dot product of the force vec-
tor and the unit vector in the n-direction. By force equilibrium in the n-direction we obtain the following.
σ nn A + ( n x i + n y j + n z k ) • [ ( – σ xx A x – τ yx A y – τ zx A z ) i + ( – τ xy A x – σ yy A y – τ zy A z ) j
(2)
( – τ xz A x – τ yz A y – σ zz A z ) k ] = 0
Substituting Eq. 1 into Eq. 2 and performing the dot product we obtain
σ nn A + [ ( – σ xx n x A – τ yx n y A – τ zx n z A )n x + ( – τ xy n x A – σ yy n y A – τ zy n z A )n y
(3)
( – τ xz n x A – τ yz n y A – σ zz n z A )n z ] = 0
Noting that the area A is a common factor in all terms we can write:
2 2 2
σ nn = σ xx n x + σ yy n y + σ zz n z + ( τ xy + τ yx )n x n y + ( τ yz + τ zy )n y n z + ( τ zx + τ zx )n z n x (4)
By making use of the symmetry of shear stresses in Eq. 4, we obtain Eq. 8.17.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.81 Figure P8.81 show eight (octal) planes that make equal angles with the principal planes. These
planes are called the octahedral planes. Though the sign of direction cosines change with each plane, the
magnitude of direction cosines is the same for all eight planes i.e.,
x = 1⁄ 3 ny = 1 ⁄ 3 n z = 1 ⁄ ., The normal stress and shear stress on the octahedral planes
σoct and τoct are given by the Equations 8.18 and 8.19. Using Equation 8.17 obtain Equation 8.18.
σ oct = ( σ 1 + σ 2 + σ 3 ) ⁄ 3 8.18
1 2 2 2
τ oct = --- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 2 – σ 3 ) + ( σ 3 – σ 1 ) 8.19
3
σ2
σ1
σ3
Figure P8.81The eight octahedral planes
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
In terms of principal stresses, Eq. 8.17 can be written as:
2 2 2
σ nn = σ 1 n x + σ 2 n y + σ 3 n z (1)
where nx, ny, and nz, are now measured from the principal planes. Substituting
x = 1⁄ 3 ny = 1 ⁄ 3 n z = 1 ⁄ into Eq. 1, we obtain:
1 2 1 2 1 2 ( σ1 + σ2 + σ3 )
σ nn = σ 1 ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ + σ 2 ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ + σ 3 ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ = -----------------------------------
- (2)
3 3 3 3
Eq. 2 is the same as Eq. 8.18.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.82 On a machine component made of steel ( E= 30,000 ksi, G = 11,600 ksi) the following strains
were found ε xx = [ 100 ( 2x + y ) + 50 ] μ , ε yy = – 100 ( 2x + y ) μ , and γ xy = 200 ( x – 2y ) μ . Assuming
plane stress, determine the principal stresses, the principal angle one, and the maximum shear stress every
30o on a circle of radius one around the origin. Use a spread sheet or write a computer program for the cal-
culation.
Solution Plane stress σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? θ1 = ? τmax = ? every 30o with r =1in
------------------------------------------------------------
E- – 1 = ----------------------
30000 - – 1 = 0.2931
The Poisson’s ratio is: ν = ------
2G 2 ( 11600 )
The given strains are:
ε xx = [ 100 ( 2x + y ) + 50 ] μ ε yy = – 100 ( 2x + y ) μ γ xy = 200 ( x – 2y ) μ (1)
For plane stress, we can write the following.
E E
σ xx = [ ε xx + νε yy ] ------------------- σ yy = [ ε yy + νε xx ] ------------------- τ xy = Gγ xy (2)
2 2
(1 – ν ) (1 – ν )
The x and y coordinates can be written as:
x = r cos θ = cos θ y = r sin θ = sin θ (3)
Starting with θ = 0 in steps of 30o,
we can find the x and y coordinates on a spreadsheet. The strains can be found by
substituting the coordinates into Eq. 1. The stresses can be found by substituting the strains into Eq. 2. Principal
stresses can be found using Eq. 8.6. Principal angle θp can be found using Eq. 8.5. Substituting θp into Eq. 8.1 the
principal stress corresponding to θp can be found, if this stress is principal stress then θp is reported as θ1, otherwise
90o are added and reported as θ1. The maximum shear stress in this case is equal to inplane maximum shear stress as
the principal stresses have opposite signs. All these calculations can be done on a spreadsheet. The results are
reported in the table below.
x y εxx εyy γxy σxx σyy τxy σ1 σ2 σp τmax
θ (μ) (μ) (μ) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) θp (psi) θ1
(psi)
0 1.000 0.000 250 -200 200 6281 -4159 2320 6773 -4651 12.0 6773 12.0 5712
30 0.866 0.500 273 -223 -27 6819 -4697 -311 6828 -4706 -1.5 6828 -1.5 5767
60 0.500 0.866 237 -187 -246 5970 -3848 -2858 6742 -4620 -15.1 6742 -15.1 5681
90 0.000 1.000 150 -100 -400 3961 -1839 -4640 6533 -4411 -29.0 6533 -29.0 5472
120 -0.500 0.866 37 13 -446 1330 792 -5178 6246 -4124 -43.5 6246 -43.5 5185
150 -0.866 0.500 -73 123 -373 -1217 3339 -4329 5953 -3831 31.1 -3831 121.1 4892
180 -1.000 0.000 -150 200 -200 -2999 5121 -2320 5737 -3615 14.9 -3615 104.9 4676
210 -0.866 -0.500 -173 223 27 -3537 5659 311 5670 -3548 -1.9 -3548 88.1 4609
240 -0.500 -0.866 -137 187 246 -2688 4810 2858 5775 -3654 -18.7 -3654 71.3 4715
270 -0.000 -1.000 -50 100 400 -679 2801 4640 6016 -3895 -34.7 -3895 55.3 4956
300 0.500 -0.866 63 -13 446 1952 170 5178 6315 -4193 40.1 6315 40.1 5254
330 0.866 -0.500 173 -123 373 4499 -2377 4329 6589 -4468 25.8 6589 25.8 5528
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.83 The stresses around a hole in a very large plate subject to a uniform stress σ are in polar coordi-
nates.
σ⎛ a ⎞ σ⎛ 3a ⎞
2 2 4
4a
σ rr = --- ⎜ 1 – -----⎟ – --- ⎜ 1 – -------- + --------⎟ cos 2θ
2⎝
r ⎠ 2⎝ r ⎠
2 2 4
r
σ⎛ a ⎞ σ⎛ 3a ⎞
2 4
σ θθ = --- ⎜ 1 + -----⎟ + --- ⎜ 1 + --------⎟ cos 2θ 8.20
2⎝ r ⎠ 2⎝
2
r ⎠
4
σ⎛ 2a 3a ⎞
2 4
τ rθ = --- ⎜ 1 + -------- – --------⎟ sin 2θ
2⎝
r ⎠
2 4
r
On a ship deck with a manhole that had a diameter of 2 feet, it was estimated that σ = 10 ksi. Calculate the principal
stresses every 15o at a radius of 18 inches. Use a spread sheet or write a computer program for the calculations.
r θ
2a
σ
Figure P8.83
Solution a= 12 in σ1 = ? σ2 = ? every 15o with r =18in

------------------------------------------------------------
In Eq. 8.20, a = 12, r = 18, and θ starting from zero in steps of 15o can be substituted in a spreadsheet to obtain the
stresses in polar coordinates. Principal stresses can be found using Eq. 8.6. The calculations done on a spreadsheet are
reported in the table below.
σrr σθθ τrθ σ1 σ2

θ
(ksi) (ksi) (ksi) (ksi) (ksi)
0 3.70 15.19 0.00 15.19 3.70
15 3.58 14.12 3.24 15.04 2.66
30 3.24 11.20 5.61 14.10 0.34
45 2.78 7.22 6.48 11.85 -1.85
60 2.31 3.24 5.61 8.41 -2.85
75 1.98 0.33 3.24 4.50 -2.19
90 1.85 -0.74 0.00 1.85 -0.74
105 1.98 0.33 -3.24 4.50 -2.19
120 2.31 3.24 -5.61 8.41 -2.85
135 2.78 7.22 -6.48 11.85 -1.85
150 3.24 11.20 -5.61 14.10 0.34
165 3.58 14.12 -3.24 15.04 2.66
180 3.70 15.19 -0.00 15.19 3.70
195 3.58 14.12 3.24 15.04 2.66
210 3.24 11.20 5.61 14.10 0.34
225 2.78 7.22 6.48 11.85 -1.85
240 2.31 3.24 5.61 8.41 -2.85
255 1.98 0.33 3.24 4.50 -2.19
270 1.85 -0.74 0.00 1.85 -0.74
285 1.98 0.33 -3.24 4.50 -2.19
300 2.31 3.24 -5.61 8.41 -2.85
315 2.78 7.22 -6.48 11.85 -1.85
330 3.24 11.20 -5.61 14.10 0.34
345 3.58 14.12 -3.24 15.04 2.66
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.1 Determine the rotation of line OP and the normal strain in the direction of OP due ε xx = 500μ .
y
P
o 50
o x
Fig. P9.1
Solution εOP = ? φ=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the geometry of the rectangle and its deformed shape. From geometry we can write:
–6 –6
Δx = Δn cos 50 PP 1 = ε xx Δx = 500 ( 10 )Δn cos 50 = 321.39 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
Pn
y
(a) P 50ο P1
Δn
φ
o 50o x
Δx
From triangle PnPP1 and Eq. 1 we obtain:
–6 –6
PP n = PP 1 cos 50 = 206.59 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) P n P 1 = PP 1 sin 50 = 246.20 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 2
–6
PP ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in direction of OP is: ε OP = --------n- = 206.59
--------------------------------------------- or ε OP = 206.59μ
OP Δn
–6
The length OPn can be approximated as: OP n = OP + PP n = ( Δn ) [ 1 + 206.59 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δn ) and for small
angles in small strains we can write tan φ ≈ φ . From triangle PnOP1 we obtain the rotation of the line OP as
shown below.
P n P 1 246.20 ( Δn ) ( 10 –6 )
tan φ ≈ φ = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ = 246.20μ rads CW
OP n Δn
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.2 Determine the rotation of line OP and the normal strain in the direction of OP due to
γ yx = 300μ .
y
P
50o x
o
Fig. P9.2
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the geometry of the rectangle and its deformed shape.From geometry we can write:
–6 –6
Δx = Δn cos 50 PP 1 = AP tan γ xy ≈ Δxγ yx = 300 ( 10 )Δn cos 50 = 192.84 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
P1
Pn
y
A γxy
P 40o
φ
Δn
γ x
50o xy
o Δx
–6 –6
–6
PP ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in direction of OP: ε OP = --------n- = 147.72
--------------------------------------------- or ε OP = 147.72μ
OP Δn
–6
shown below.
P n P 1 123.95 ( Δn ) ( 10 –6 )
tan φ ≈ φ = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ = 123.95μ rads CCW
OP n Δn
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.3 Determine the rotation of line OP and the normal strain in the direction of OP due ε yy = – 400 μ .
y
P
o 50o x
Fig. P9.3
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
Δy = Δn sin 50 PP 1 = ε yy Δx = 400 ( 10 )Δn sin 50 = 306.42 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
y
(a) P 40o
Pn
P1
Δy Δn
φ
o 50o x

–6 –6
–6
–P P 234.72 ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in direction of OP: ε OP = ------------n = –-----------------------------------------------
- or ε OP = – 234.72 μ
OP Δn
–6
The length OPn can be approximated as: OP n = OP – PP n = ( Δn ) [ 1 – 234.72 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δn ) and for small
shown below.
P n P 1 196.96 ( Δn ) ( 10 –6 )
tan φ ≈ φ = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ = 196.96 μ rads CW
OP n Δn
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.4 Determine the rotation of line OP and the normal strain in the direction of OP due to γ xy = 300μ .
y
P
o 50o x
Fig. P9.4
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
Δy = Δn sin 50 PP 1 = γ xy Δy = 300 ( 10 )Δn sin 50 = 229.81 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
y Pn
P 50ο
(a) P1
Δn
Δy
φ
O 50o x

–6 –6
–6
PP ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in direction of OP is: ε OP = --------n- = 147.72
--------------------------------------------- or ε OP = 147.72μ
OP Δn
–6
shown below.
P n P 1 176.05 ( Δn ) ( 10 –6 )
tan φ ≈ φ = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ = 176.05μ rads CW
OP n Δn
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.5 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is εxx = -400 μ. Determine the strain components in
‘n’ and ‘t’ coordinate system shown in Fig. P9.5.
y
t
x
30o
n
Fig. P9.5
Solution εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the rotation of the n and t lines, while Figs. (b) and (c) show rectangles with diagonals in the
n and t directions deforming due to εxx .
(a) (b) y (c) y
60o
φ2 P2
t Δx x P
O
30o Pt
n Δn φ2
φ1 φ1 Δt
Pn 30o
P x
P1 30o O
Δx
–6 –6
–6 –6
PP n = PP 1 cos 30 = 300 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) P n P 1 = PP 1 sin 30 = 173.2 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 2
–6
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = ------------n = (--------------------------------------------
– 300 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
–P P
- or ε nn = – 300 μ
OP Δn
–6
The length OPn can be approximated as: OP n = OP – PP n = ( Δn ) [ 1 – 300 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δn ) and for small
angles in small strains we can write tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 . From triangle PnOP1 we obtain the rotation of the line OP
as shown below.
P n P 1 173.2 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ ------------------------------------------ or φ 1 = 173.2μrads 3
OP n Δn
From Fig. (c) we obtain
–6 –6
Δx = Δt sin 30 PP 2 = ε xx Δx = 400 ( 10 )Δt sin 30 = 200 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
From triangle PtPP2 and Eq. 4 we obtain:
–6 –6
PP t = PP 2 cos 60 = 100 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) P t P 2 = PP 2 sin 60 = 173.2 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 5
–6
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = -----------t = (-------------------------------------------
– 100 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
–P P
- or ε tt = – 100 μ
OP Δt
–6
The length OPt can be approximated as: OP t = OP – PP t = ( Δt ) [ 1 – 100 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δt ) and for small angles
in small strains we can write tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 . From triangle PtOP2we obtain the rotation of the line OP as
shown below.
P t P 2 173.2 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ---------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 173.2μrads 6
OP t Δt
From Fig. (a) we see that the angle between n and t increases by φ1and φ2. Using Eqs. 3 and 6 we obtain:
γ nt = – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – ( 173.2 + 173.2 ) or γ nt = – 346.4μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.6 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is εyy = 600 μ. Determine the strain components in
y
t
x
30o
n
Fig. P9.6
------------------------------------------------------------
n and t directions deforming due to εyy .
y y
(b) (c) P2
(a) x Pt
O
φ2 30 o
P
t 30o
Δn φ2
Δy φ1 30o
n Δy
60o Δt
φ1 P
Pn 30o
60o
x
P1 O
–6 –6
Δy = Δn sin 30 PP 1 = ε yy Δy = 600 ( 10 )Δn sin 30 = 300 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
PP n = PP 1 cos 60 = 150 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) P n P 1 = PP 1 sin 60 = 259.8 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 2
–6
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = --------n- = (-----------------------------------------
150 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε nn = 150μ
OP Δn
–6
The length OPn can be approximated as: OP n = OP + PP n = ( Δn ) [ 1 + 300 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δn ) and for small
as shown below.
P n P 1 259.8 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ ------------------------------------------ or φ 1 = 259.8μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δy = Δt cos 30 PP 2 = ε yy Δy = 600 ( 10 )Δt cos 30 = 519.62 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
–6 –6
PP t = PP 2 cos 30 = 450 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) P t P 2 = PP 2 sin 30 = 259.8 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 5
–6
PP ( 450 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = --------t = ----------------------------------------
- or ε tt = 450μ
OP Δt
–6
The length OPt can be approximated as: OP t = OP + PP t = ( Δt ) [ 1 + 450 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δt ) and for small angles
shown below.
P t P 2 259.8 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ---------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 259.8μrads 6
OP t Δt
γ nt = – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – ( 259.8 + 259.8 ) or γ nt = – 519.6μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.7 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is γxy = -500 μ. Determine the strain components in
y
t
x
30o
n
Fig. P9.7
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the rotation of the n and t lines as the angle between x and y coordinate increases by 500μ.
Note we could have rotated the vertical lines (counter-clockwise) rather then the rotation of horizontal
lines clockwise as in Fig. (a). Figs. (b) and (c) show rectangles with diagonals in the n and t directions
deforming due to γxy .
–6 –6
Δx = Δn cos 30 PP 1 = AP tan γ xy ≈ Δx γ xy = 500 ( 10 )Δn cos 30 = 433.01 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
PP n = PP 1 cos 60 = 216.5 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) P n P 1 = PP 1 sin 60 = 375 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 2
(b) y
(a) Δx x (c) y Δx
o
O P 30
t γ xy
B γ
φ2 30o xy Pt
Δn P2
φ1
Δt φ2
n
φ1 60o
P 30o
A γ xy Pn
x
60o O
P1 γ
xy
–6
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = --------n- = (----------------------------------------------
216.5 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε nn = 216.5μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 375 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ ------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 375μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δx = Δt sin 30 PP 2 = BP tan γ xy ≈ Δx γ xy = 500 ( 10 )Δt sin 30 = 250 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
–6 –6
PP t = PP 2 cos 30 = 216.5 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) P t P 2 = PP 2 sin 30 = 125 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 5
–6
–P P ( – 216.5 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = -----------t = ------------------------------------------------ or ε tt = – 216.5 μ
OP Δt
–6
The length OPt can be approximated as: OP t = OP – PP t = ( Δt ) [ 1 – 216.5 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δt ) and for small
angles in small strains we can write tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 . From triangle PtOP2 we obtain the rotation of the line OP
as shown below.
P t P 2 125 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ------------------------------------ or φ 2 = 125μrads 6
OP t Δt
From Fig. (a) we see that the angle between n and t increases by (φ1- φ2). Using Eqs. 3 and 6 we obtain:
γ nt = – ( φ 1 – φ 2 ) = – ( 375 – 125 ) or γ nt = – 250μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.8 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is εxx = -600 μ. Determine the strain components in
y
n
70o x
Fig. P9.8
------------------------------------------------------------
y y
70o (c) 20o P2
P1
(a) (b) P P
φ1 n
tφ Pn Pt
2 φ2
φ1
Δn Δt
20o x
O
70o x Δx
O
Δx
–6 –6
–6 –6
–6
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = ------------n = (-------------------------------------------------
– 70.19 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
–P P
- or ε nn = – 70.19 μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 192.84 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 192.84μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δx = Δt cos 20 PP 2 = ε xx Δx = 600 ( 10 )Δt cos 20 = 563.82 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4

–6 –6
PP t = PP 2 cos 20 = 529.81 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) P t P 2 = PP 2 sin 20 = 192.84 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 5
–6
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = -----------t = (---------------------------------------------------
– 529.81 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
–P P
or ε tt = – 529.81 μ
OP Δt
–6
angles in small strains we can write tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 . From triangle PtOP2we obtain the rotation of the line OP as
shown below.
P t P 2 192.84 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ------------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 192.84μrads 6
OP t Δt
From Fig. (a) we see that the angle between n and t decreases by φ1and φ2. Using Eqs. 3 and 6 we obtain:
γ nt = ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = ( 192.84 + 192.84 ) or γ nt = 385.7μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.9 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is εyy = -1000 μ. Determine the strain components
in ‘n’ and ‘t’ coordinate system shown in Fig. P9.9.
y
n
t
Fig. P9.9 70o x

------------------------------------------------------------
y y
(a) (b) (c) P
n φ P
1 20o 70o Pt
t
φ2 Pn P2
Δy P1 φ2 Δt Δy
Δn φ1
20o x
O
70o x
O
–6 –6
Δy = Δn sin 70 PP 1 = ε yy Δy = 1000 ( 10 )Δn sin 70 = 939.69 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
–6
–P P – 883.02 ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = ------------n = -----------------------------------------------
- or ε nn = – 883 μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 321.39 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 321.39μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δy = Δt sin 20 PP 2 = ε yy Δy = 1000 ( 10 )Δt sin 20 = 342.02 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4

–6 –6
–6
–P P 116.98 ( Δt ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = -----------t = –----------------------------------------------
- or ε tt = – 117 μ
OP Δt
–6
shown below.
P t P 2 321.39 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ------------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 321.39μrads 6
OP t Δt
γ nt = – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – ( 321.39 + 321.39 ) or γ nt = – 642.8μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.10 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is γxy = 500 μ. Determine the strain components in
y
n
70o x
Fig. P9.10
------------------------------------------------------------
y Pn
(a) (b) 70o y
20o
nφ P P1 (c) P
P2
tφ 1
2
γ
xy φ1 γ xy γ Pt φ 2 γ
Δy xy
xy
Δn Δy Δt
20o x
70o x B
A O
O
–6 –6
Δy = Δn sin 70 PP 1 = AP tan γ xy ≈ Δy γ xy = 500 ( 10 )Δn sin 70 = 469.85 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
–6
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = --------n- = (----------------------------------------------
160.7 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε nn = 160.7μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 441.51 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 441.51μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δy = Δt sin 20 PP 2 = BP tan γ xy ≈ Δy γ xy = 500 ( 10 )Δt sin 20 = 171.01 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
–6 –6
–6
–P P ( – 160.7 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = -----------t = ------------------------------------------------ or ε tt = – 160.7 μ
OP Δt
–6
as shown below.
P t P 2 58.49 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ---------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 58.49μrads 6
OP t Δt
γ nt = – ( φ 1 – φ 2 ) = – ( 441.51 – 58.49 ) or γ nt = – 383μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.11 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is εxx = 600 μ. Determine the strain components in
n y
40o
Fig. P9.11
------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Pn y
(a) (c)
y
n P1 50o P
φ1 50o Δx 40o
φ2 Δn φ2 Δt
φ1
t
40o P2 40o Δx x
P O
x Pt 40o
O
–6 –6
Δx = Δn sin 40 PP 1 = ε xx Δx = 600 ( 10 )Δn sin 40 = 385.67 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
–6
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = --------n- = (-------------------------------------------------
247.91 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε nn = 247.9μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 295.44 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 295.44μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δx = Δt cos 40 PP 2 = ε xx Δx = 600 ( 10 )Δt cos 40 = 459.63 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
–6 –6
–6
The normal strain in the t-direction is: ε tt = --------t = (-----------------------------------------------
352.09 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε tt = 352.1μ
OP Δt
–6
The length OPt can be approximated as: OP t = OP – PP t = ( Δt ) [ 1 – 100 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δt ) and for small angles
shown below.
P t P 2 295.44 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ------------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 295.44μrads 6
OP t Δt
From Fig. (a) we see that the angle between n and t decreases by φ1and φ2. Using Eqs. 3 and 6 we obtain:
γ nt = ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = ( 295.44 + 295.44 ) or γ nt = 590.9μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.12 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is εyy = 600 μ. Determine the strain components in
n y
40o
Fig. P9.12
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
P1
(b) (c) y
φ1 Pn
n 40o
(a) P y
o
40
Δt Δy
40o
t φ1 φ2
φ2 Δy 50o 50o
Δn x
o P O
40 Pt
x
O P2
–6 –6
Δy = Δn cos 40 PP 1 = ε yy Δy = 600 ( 10 )Δn cos 40 = 459.63 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
–6
PP ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = --------n- = 352.09
--------------------------------------------- or ε nn = 352.1μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 295.44 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 295.44μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δy = Δt sin 40 PP 2 = ε yy Δy = 600 ( 10 )Δt sin 40 = 385.67 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
–6 –6
–6
247.91 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε tt = 247.9μ
OP Δt
–6
The length OPt can be approximated as: OP t = OP + PP t = ( Δt ) [ 1 + 247.91 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δt ) and for small
shown below.
P t P 2 295.44 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ------------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 295.44μrads 6
OP t Δt
γ nt = – ( φ 1 + φ 2 ) = – ( 295.44 + 295.44 )or γ nt = – 590.9μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.13 At a point, the only non-zero strain component is γxy = 600 μ. Determine the strain components in
n y
40o
t
Fig. P9.13
------------------------------------------------------------
–6 –6
Δx = Δn sin 40 PP 1 = AP tan γ xy ≈ Δx γ xy = 600 ( 10 )Δn sin 40 = 385.67 ( Δn ) ( 10 ) 1
–6 –6
y
(a) y (b) (c) y
P Δx
γxy γ xy
A
γxy x 40o Pn γ xy 40o
n
φ1 P1 Δn
Δt
t φ1 φ2
φ2 40o 50o 50o
Δx x
x
γxy P γ O
γ xy O xy
Pt P2
–6
– 295.44 ) ( Δn ) ( 10 )
The normal strain in the n-direction is: ε nn = ------------n = (----------------------------------------------------
–P P
- or ε nn = – 295.4 μ
OP Δn
–6
as shown below.
P n P 1 247.91 ( Δn ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 1 ≈ φ 1 = ------------ ≈ --------------------------------------------- or φ 1 = 247.91μrads 3
OP n Δn
–6 –6
Δx = Δt cos 40 PP 2 = OP tan γ xy ≈ Δx γ xy = 600 ( 10 )Δt cos 40 = 459.63 ( Δt ) ( 10 ) 4
–6 –6
–6
295.44 ) ( Δt ) ( 10 )
PP
- or ε tt = 295.4μ
OP Δt
–6
The length OPt can be approximated as: OP t = OP + PP t = ( Δt ) [ 1 + 295.44 ( 10 ) ] ≈ ( Δt ) and for small
as shown below.
P t P 2 352.09 ( Δt ) ( 10 – 6 )
tan φ 2 ≈ φ 2 = ----------- ≈ ------------------------------------------- or φ 2 = 352.09μrads 6
OP t Δt
γ nt = – ( φ 2 – φ 1 ) = – ( 352.09 – 247.91 ) or γ nt = – 104.2μrad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.14 The state of strain at a point in plane strain is as given below. Estimate the orientation of the prin-
cipal directions and report your results using sectors shown in Figure 9.7.
ε xx = – 400 μ ε yy = 600 μ γ xy = – 500 μ
Solution principal directions?
------------------------------------------------------------
Principal direction one will be in sector 3 and principal direction two will be in sector 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 600 μ ε yy = – 800 μ γ xy = 500 μ

------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = 800 μ ε yy = 600 μ γ xy = – 1000 μ
------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = 0 ε yy = 600 μ γ xy = – 500 μ
------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ε xx = – 1000 μ ε yy = – 500 μ γ xy = 700 μ
------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.19 Starting from Equation 9.4, show that maximum or minimum normal strain will exist in the direc-
tion of θp, as given by Equation 9.7. (Hint: See the similar derivation in stress transformation.)
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Equation can be re-written in terms of double angle as below.
( ε xx + ε yy ) ( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy
ε nn = --------------------------
- + -------------------------- cos 2θ + ------- sin 2θ 1
2 2 2
Differentiating εnn with respect θ and assuming the slope is zero at θ = θp we obtain:
dε nn ( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy γ xy
= -------------------------- ( – 2 sin 2θ ) + ------- ( 2 cos 2 θ ) or tan 2θ p = ---------------------
- 2
dθ 2 2 θ = θp
ε xx – ε yy
Eq.2 is same as Equation 9.7.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.20 Show that the values of the maximum and minimum normal strains are given by Equation 9.8.
(Hint: See the similar derivation in stress transformation.).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We have the angle at which the normal strain is maximum or minimum.We can write the following:
γ xy ( ε xx – ε yy ) 2 2
sin 2θ p = ± ------- cos 2θ p = ± -------------------------- R = ( ε xx – ε yy ) + γ xy 1
R R
We obtain:
2 2
( ε xx + ε yy ) ( ε xx – ε yy ) ( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy γ xy ( ε xx + ε yy ) ( ε xx – ε yy ) + γ xy
ε nn = --------------------------
- + -------------------------- ± -------------------------- + ------- ± ------- = --------------------------
- ± ------------------------------------------- or
2 2 R 2 R 2 2R
2 2
( ε xx + ε yy ) R 2 ( ε xx + ε yy ) ( ε xx – ε yy ) + γ xy ( ε xx + ε yy ) ε xx – ε yy 2 γ xy 2
- ± ------- = --------------------------- ± ------------------------------------------------ = --------------------------- ± ⎛ ----------------------⎞ + -------
ε nn = -------------------------- 2
2 2R 2 2 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
Eq. 2 is same as Equation 9.8.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.21 Show that angle θp as given by is the principal angle, that is, shear strain is zero in a coordinate
system that is at an angle θp to the Cartesian coordinate system. (Hint: See the similar derivation in stress
transformation.)
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The shear stress can be re-written in double angles as:
γ nt = – ( ε xx – ε yy ) sin 2θ + γ xy cos 2θ 1
We have the angle at which the normal strain is maximum or minimum.We can write the following:
γ xy ( ε xx – ε yy ) 2 2
sin 2θ p = ± ------- cos 2θ p = ± -------------------------- R = ( ε xx – ε yy ) + γ xy 2
R R
We obtain:
γ xy ( ε xx – ε yy )
γ nt = – ( ε xx – ε yy ) ± ------- + γ xy ± -------------------------- = 0 3
R R
Eq. 3 shows that the shear stress is zero on the plane with outward normal at an angle of θp, which make
these planes the principal planes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.22 Show that the coordinate system of maximum in-plane shear strain is 45o to the principal coordi-
nate system. (Hint: See similar derivation in stress transformation).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
xy γ
The principal angle is given by tan 2θ p = ---------------------
-
ε xx – ε yy
Differentiating γnt with respect θ and assuming the slope is zero at θ = θs we obtain:
dγ nt ( ε xx – ε yy )
= – ( ε xx – ε yy ) ( 2 cos 2θ ) + γ xy ( – 2 sin 2 θ ) or tan 2θ s = – -------------------------- 1
dθ θ = θs γ xy
Thus we have:
π π
tan 2θ s tan 2θ p = – 1 or tan 2θ s = – cot 2θ p = tan ⎛ 2θ p ± ---⎞ or θ s = θ p ± --- 2
⎝ 2⎠ 4
Eq. 2 shows that the plane of maximum shear stress is 45o to the principal planes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.23 Show that the maximum in-plane shear strain is given by Equation 9.11 (Hint: See similar deriva-
tion in stress transformation).
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We have: tan 2θ s = – ( ε xx – ε yy ) ⁄ γ xy . We can write the following:
γ xy ( ε xx – ε yy ) ε xx – ε yy 2 γ xy 2
cos 2θ s = ± ------- sin 2θ s = −
+ -------------------------- R = ⎛ ---------------------
-⎞ + ------- 1
R R ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
We obtain:
ε xx – ε yy 2 γ xy 2
⎛ ----------------------⎞ + -------
( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
γ nt = – ( ε xx – ε yy ) −
+ -------------------------- + γ xy ± ------- = ± ----------------------------------------------- = R = ε 1 – ε 2 2
R R R
Eq. 2 is same as Equation 9.11 for maximum inplane shear stress.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.24 Starting from Equations and , obtain the expression of Mohr’s circle given by Equation 9.13.
(Hint: See the similar derivation in stress transformation.)
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Equations and can be re-written in terms of double angle as below.
( ε xx + ε yy ) ( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy
ε nn = --------------------------
- + -------------------------- cos 2θ + ------- sin 2θ or
2 2 2
ε xx + ε yy ( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy
ε nn – ---------------------
- = -------------------------- cos 2θ + ------- sin 2θ 1
2 2 2
γ nt = – ( ε xx – ε yy ) sin 2θ + γ xy cos 2θ or
γ nt ( ε xx – ε yy ) γ xy
- = – -------------------------- sin 2θ + ------- cos 2θ
----- 2
2 2 2
Squaring Eqs. 1 and 2 and adding we obtain:
ε xx + ε yy⎞ 2 ⎛ γ nt⎞ 2
⎛ ε – ---------------------
ε xx – ε yy 2
⎛ ---------------------
γ xy 2
⎞ [ cos 22θ + sin 22θ ] + ⎛ -------⎞ [ sin 22θ + cos 22θ ] or
- + -----
- = -
⎝ nn 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
ε xx + ε yy⎞ 2 ⎛ γ nt⎞ 2
⎛ ε – ---------------------
ε xx – ε yy 2
⎛ ---------------------
γ xy 2
⎞ + ⎛ -------⎞
- + -----
- = - 3
⎝ nn 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
Eq. 3 is equation for the Mohr’s circle for strain given by Equation 9.13.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.25 Solve problem 9.5 by Method of Equations.
Solution εxx = -400 μ. εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ? θ = -30o
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting εxx = -400 μ., εyy = 0, γxy = 0 and θ = -30o into Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we obtain:
2
ε nn = – 400 cos ( – 30 ) or ε nn = – 300μ
2
ε tt = – 400 sin θ or ε tt = – 100μ
γ nt = – 2 ( – 400 ) sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) or γ nt = – 346.4μ
Check: ε nn + ε tt = – 400 and ε xx + ε yy = – 400 which is consistent with Eq. 9.14.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution εxx = -400 μ. εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ? θ = -30o
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the un-deformed squares in x-y and n-t coordinate systems, with V,H, N, and T points iden-
tified.Fig.(b) shows the Mohr’s circle with V, H, N, and T points identified
y
(b) γ/2
(a) t
V(-400, 0) N
H
T
H(0, 0) R
V 60o H
x 400 200 60o ε
V
o R
30
T
N n
The center of the Mohr’s circle is located at -200 μ, and the radius is R = 200μ. From Fig.(b) we obtain the
following:
ε nn = – 200 – R cos 60 = – 300 or ε nn = – 300μ
ε tt = – 200 + R cos 60 = – 100 or ε tt = – 100μ
γ nt ⁄ 2 = R sin 60 or γ nt = 346.4μ . Noting the rotation direction of N and T on the Mohr’s cir-
cle, we draw the deformed (dashed) lines in Fig. (a) and note that the angle increase. Thus, γ nt = – 346.4 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.27 Solve problem 9.6 by the method of equations.
Solution εyy = 600μ. εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ? θ = -30o
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting εxx = 0, εyy = 600μ, γxy = 0 and θ = -30o into Eqs. 9.10,9.11 and 9.12 we obtain the following
2
ε nn = 600 sin ( – 30 ) or ε nn = 150μ
2
ε tt = 600 cos ( – 30 ) or ε tt = 450μ
γ nt = 2 ( 600 ) sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) or γ nt = – 519.6μ
Check: ε nn + ε tt = 600 and ε xx + ε yy = 600 which is consistent with Eq. 9.14.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution εyy = 600μ. εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ? θ = -30o
------------------------------------------------------------
tified.Fig.(b) shows the Mohr’s circle with V, H, N, and T points identified

y
(a) t
(b) γ/2
V(0, 0) N
H
T
H(600, 0) R
V 60o H
x 300 60o 600 ε
V
o R
30
T
N n
The center of the Mohr’s circle is located at 300 μ, and the radius is R = 300μ. From Fig.(b) we obtain the
following:
ε nn = 300 – R cos 60 = 150 or ε nn = 150μ
ε tt = 300 + R cos 60 = 450 or ε tt = 450μ
γ nt ⁄ 2 = R sin 60 or γ nt = 519.62μ . Noting the rotation direction of N and T on the Mohr’s cir-
cle, we draw the deformed (dashed) lines in Fig. (a) and note that the angle increase. Thus, γ nt = – 519.6 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.29 Solve problem 9.7 by the method of equations.
Solution γxy = -500μ. εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ? θ = -30o
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting εxx = 0, εyy = , γxy = -500μ and θ = -30o into Eqs. 9.10,9.11 and 9.12 we obtain the following
ε nn = – 500 sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) or ε nn = 216.5μ
ε tt = – ( – 500 ) sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) or ε tt = – 216.5 μ
2 2
γ nt = ( – 500 ) ( cos ( – 30 ) – sin ( – 30 ) ) or γ nt = – 250μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Solution γxy = -500μ. εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ? θ = -30o
------------------------------------------------------------
tified. As shear strain is negative, the angle in the x-y coordinate increases as shown by the dashed lines.
Fig.(b) shows the Mohr’s circle with V, H, N, and T points identified. The center of the Mohr’s circle is
located at the origin, and the radius is R = 250μ.
y
(b) γ/2
(a) t
H V(0, 250 ) V
T N
R
H(0, 250 ) 60o o
30
x 30o 600 ε
V
30o R
H
T
N n
From Fig.(b) we obtain the following:
ε nn = R cos 30 = 216.51 or ε nn = 216.5μ

ε tt – R cos 30 = – 216.51 or ε tt = – 216.5 μ
γ nt ⁄ 2 = R sin 30 or γ nt = 250 . Noting the rotation direction of N and T on the Mohr’s circle,
we draw the deformed (dashed) lines in Fig. (a) and note that the angle increase. Thus, γ nt = – 250 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.31 At a point in plane strain, the strain components in the x-y coordinate system are as given below.
Determine
(a) the principal strains and principal angle one.
(b) the maximum shear strain.
(c) the strain components in the n-t coordinate system shown.
ε xx = – 400 μ ε yy = 600 μ γ xy = – 500 μ
y
t
x
70o
n
Fig. P9.31
Solution Plane Strain ε1 = ? ε2 = ? ε3 = ? θ1 = ? γmax = ? εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Substituting the given strains into Eq. 9.13 we obtain the principal angle θp as:
( – 500 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------------⎞ = 13.28
o
1
⎝ ( – 400 – 600 )⎠
Substituting θp and the given strains into Eq. 9.10, we obtain one principal strain as:
2 2
ε p = ( – 400 ) cos ( 13.28 ) + ( 600 ) sin ( 13.28 ) + ( – 500 ) sin ( 13.28 ) cos ( 13.28 ) = – 459μ 2
From Eq. 9.15 we can find the other principal strain as: – 400 + 600 – ( – 459 ) = 659μ . As this strain is
greater than the strain in Eq. 2, therefore this is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90
For plane strain we have the following answers:
o o
ε 1 = 659μ ε 2 = – 459μ ε3 = 0 θ 1 = 103.28 or – 76.72
– 400 – 600 2
Check: From Eq. 9.14 we have: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 250 ) = 100 ± 559 or
– 400 + 600 2
2 2
ε 1 = 659μ and ε 2 = – 459μ ,which are same as above.
(b) The difference between ε1 and ε2 is the largest difference between principal strains. Thus, the magni-
tude of the maximum shear strain is same as maximum inplane shear strain and is given by:
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 659 + 459 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 1118μ
(c) Substituting the given strains and θ = -70o into Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we obtain:
2 2
ε nn = ( – 400 ) cos ( – 70 ) + ( 600 ) sin ( – 70 ) + ( – 500 ) sin ( – 70 ) cos ( – 70 ) or ε nn = 643.7μ
2 2
ε tt = ( – 400 ) cos ( – 70 ) + ( 600 ) sin ( – 70 ) – ( – 500 ) sin ( – 70 ) cos ( – 70 ) or ε tt = – 443.7 μ
2 2
γ nt = – 2 ( – 400 – 600 ) cos ( – 70 ) sin ( – 70 ) + ( – 500 ) ( cos ( – 70 ) – sin ( – 70 ) ) or γ nt = – 259.8μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Determine
ε xx = – 600 μ ε yy = – 800 μ γ xy = 500 μ
t y
20o x
Fig. P9.32

------------------------------------------------------------
( 500 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------------⎞ = 34.1
o
1
⎝ ( – 600 + 800 )⎠
2 2
ε p = ( – 600 ) cos ( 34.1 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( 34.1 ) + ( 500 ) sin ( 34.1 ) cos ( 34.1 ) = – 430.7μ 2
From Eq. 9.15 we can find the other principal strain as: – 600 – 800 – ( – 430.7 ) = – 969.3 μ . As this strain is
smaller than the strain in Eq. 2, therefore the strain in Eq. 2 is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is
θ 1 = θ p For plane strain we have the following answers:
o o
ε 1 = – 430.7 μ ε 2 = – 969.3μ ε3 = 0 θ 1 = 34.1 or – 145.9
– 600 + 800 2
Check: From Eq. 9.14 we have: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 250 ) = – 700 ± 269.3 or
– 600 – 800 2
2 2
ε 1 = – 430.7 μμ and ε 2 = – 969.3μ ,which are same as above.
tude of the maximum shear strain is given by:
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 3 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 0 + 969.3 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 969.3μ
(c) Substituting the given strains and θ = 20o into Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we obtain:
2 2
ε nn = ( – 600 ) cos ( 20 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( 20 ) + ( 500 ) sin ( 20 ) cos ( 20 ) or ε nn = – 462.7μ
2 2
ε tt = ( – 600 ) cos ( 20 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( 20 ) – ( 500 ) sin ( 20 ) cos ( 20 ) or ε tt = – 937.3 μ
2 2
γ nt = – 2 ( – 600 – ( – 800 ) ) cos ( 20 ) sin ( 20 ) + ( 500 ) ( cos ( 20 ) – sin ( 20 ) ) or γ nt = 254.5μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Determine
ε xx = 250 μ ε yy = 850 μ γ xy = 1600 μ
n y
25o
x
t
Fig. P9.33

------------------------------------------------------------
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ------------------------⎞ = – 34.7

1600 o
1
⎝ 250 – 850⎠
2 2
ε p = ( 250 ) cos ( 13.28 ) + ( 850 ) sin ( 13.28 ) + ( 1600 ) sin ( 13.28 ) cos ( 13.28 ) = – 304.4μ 2
From Eq. 9.15 we can find the other principal strain as: 250 + 850 – ( – 304.4 ) = 1404.4μ . As this strain is
greater than the strain in Eq. 2, therefore this is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90
For plane strain we have the following answers:
o o
ε 1 = 1404.4μ ε 2 = – 304.4μ ε3 = 0 θ 1 = 55.3 or 124.7
250 – 850 2
Check: From Eq. 9.14 we have: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 800 ) = 550 ± 854.4 or
250 + 850 2
2 2
ε 1 = 1404.4μ and ε 2 = – 304.4μ ,which are same as above.
tude of the maximum shear strain is same as maximum inplane shear strain and is given by:
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 1404.4 + 304.4 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 1708.8μ
2 2
ε nn = ( 250 ) cos ( 115 ) + ( 850 ) sin ( 115 ) + ( 1600 ) sin ( 115 ) cos ( 115 ) or ε nn = 130μ
2 2
ε tt = ( 250 ) cos ( 115 ) + ( 850 ) sin ( 115 ) – ( 1600 ) sin ( 115 ) cos ( 115 ) or ε tt = 970μ
2 2
γ nt = – 2 ( 250 – 850 ) cos ( 115 ) sin ( 115 ) + ( 1600 ) ( cos ( 115 ) – sin ( 115 ) ) or γ nt = – 1488 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Determine
ε xx = – 1800 μ ε yy = – 3600 μ γ xy = – 1500 μ
y
x
65o
n
t
Fig. P9.34
Solution Plane Strain ε1 = ? ε2 = ? ε3 = ? γmax = ? εnn = ? εtt = ? γnt = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
( – 1500 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------------------⎞ = – 19.9
o
1
⎝ ( – 1800 + 3600 )⎠
2 2
ε p = ( – 1800 ) cos ( – 19.9 ) + ( – 3600 ) sin ( – 19.9 ) + ( – 1500 ) sin ( – 19.9 ) cos ( – 19.9 ) = – 1528.5μ 2
From Eq. 9.15 we can find the other principal strain as: – 1800 – 3600 – ( – 1528.5 ) = – 3871.5 μ . As this
strain is smaller than the strain in Eq. 2, therefore the strain in Eq. 2 is principal strain one. Thus principal
angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 For plane strain we have the following answers:
o o
ε 1 = – 1528.5 μ ε 2 = – 3871.5μ ε3 = 0 θ 1 = – 19.9 or 160.1
– 1800 + 3600 2
Check: From Eq. 9.14 we have: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 750 ) = – 2700 ± 1171.5 or
– 1800 – 3600 2
2 2
ε 1 = – 1528.5 μ and ε 2 = – 3871.5μ ,which are same as above.
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 3 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 0 + 3871.5 ) ⁄ 2 or γ = 3871.5μ max
2 2
ε nn = ( – 1800 ) cos ( 205 ) + ( – 3600 ) sin ( 205 ) + ( – 1500 ) sin ( 205 ) cos ( 205 ) or ε nn = – 2695.5 μ
2 2
ε tt = ( – 1800 ) sin ( 205 ) + ( – 3600 ) cos ( 205 ) – ( – 1500 ) sin ( 205 ) cos ( 205 ) or ε tt = – 2704.5μ
2 2
γ nt = – 2 ( – 1800 – ( – 3600 ) ) cos ( 205 ) sin ( 205 ) + ( – 1500 ) ( cos ( 205 ) – sin ( 205 ) ) or γ nt = – 2343 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.35 At a point in plane strain, the strain components in the n-t coordinate system are as given in each
problem. Determine
(a) the principal strains.
(c) the strain components in the x-y coordinate system.
ε nn = 2000 μ ε tt = – 800 μ γ nt = 750 μ
y
t
x
55o
Fig. P9.35
Solution Plane Strain ε1 = ? ε2 = ? ε3 = ? γmax = ? εxx = ? εyy= ? γxy = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
(a) We can use n and t as the reference frame as principal strains, and maximum shear strains are unique at
a point. We also note that we do not need to calculate the principal angle one, thus we can find principal
strains from Eq. 9.14.
2000 – ( – 800 ) 2
The principal strains are: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ---------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ -----------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 375 ) = 600 ± 1449.4 . For plane
2000 – 800 2
2 2
strain the principal strains are: ε 1 = 2049μ ε 2 = – 849μ ε3 = 0

Check: ε nn + ε tt = 1200 and ε 1 + ε 2 = 1200 , which is consistent with Eq. 9.14.
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 2049 + 849 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 2898μ
(c) Using n and t as the reference coordinate, we note that the x-direction is at θ = 55o from the n-direction.
Substituting the given strains in place of εxx, εyy, and γxy and θ = 55o in Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we obtain:
2 2
ε xx = ( 2000 ) cos ( 55 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( 55 ) + ( 750 ) sin ( 55 ) cos ( 55 ) or ε xx = 473.6μ
2 2
ε yy = ( 2000 ) cos ( 55 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( 55 ) – ( 750 ) sin ( 55 ) cos ( 55 ) or ε yy = 726.4μ
2 2
γ xy = – 2 ( 2000 – ( – 800 ) ) cos ( 55 ) sin ( 55 ) + ( 750 ) ( cos ( 55 ) – sin ( 55 ) ) or γ nt = – 2888 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
problem. Determine
ε nn = – 2000 μ ε tt = – 800 μ γ nt = – 600 μ
t y
35o x
Fig. P9.36
------------------------------------------------------------
– 2000 – ( – 800 ) 2
The principal strains are: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ -------------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ---------------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 300 ) = – 1400 ± 670.8 . For
– 2000 – 800 2
2 2
plane strain the principal strains are: ε 1 = – 729 μ ε 2 = – 2071μ ε3 = 0
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 3 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 0 + 2070.8 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 2071μ
Substituting the given strains in place of εxx, εyy, and γxy and θ = - 35o in Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we
obtain:
2 2
ε xx = ( – 2000 ) cos ( – 35 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( – 35 ) + ( – 600 ) sin ( – 35 ) cos ( – 35 ) or ε xx = – 1323 μ
2 2
ε yy = ( – 2000 ) cos ( – 35 ) + ( – 800 ) sin ( – 35 ) – ( – 600 ) sin ( – 35 ) cos ( – 35 ) or ε yy = – 1477 μ
2 2
γ xy = – 2 ( – 2000 – ( – 800 ) ) cos ( – 35 ) sin ( – 35 ) + ( – 600 ) ( cos ( – 35 ) – sin ( – 35 ) ) or γ nt = – 1333 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
problem. Determine
ε nn = 350 μ ε tt = 700 μ γ nt = 1400 μ
n y
o
15
x
t
Fig. P9.37
------------------------------------------------------------
350 – 700 2
The principal strains are: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 700 ) = 525 ± 721.5 . For plane strain the
350 + 700 2
2 2
principal strains are: ε 1 = 1246.5μ ε 2 = – 196.5μ ε3 = 0
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 1246.5 + 196.5 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 1443μ
Substituting the given strains in place of εxx, εyy, and γxy and θ = - 105o in Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we
obtain:
2 2
ε xx = 350 cos ( – 105 ) + 700 sin ( – 105 ) + 1400 sin ( – 105 ) cos ( – 105 ) or ε xx = 1027μ
2 2
ε yy = 350 cos ( – 105 ) + 700 sin ( – 105 ) – 1400 sin ( – 105 ) cos ( – 105 ) or ε yy = 23μ
2 2
γ xy = – 2 ( 350 – 700 ) cos ( – 105 ) sin ( – 105 ) + 1400 ( cos ( – 105 ) – sin ( – 105 ) ) or γ xy = – 1037 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
problem. Determine
ε nn = – 3600 μ ε tt = 2500 μ γ nt = – 1000 μ
x
72o
n
t
Fig. P9.38
Solution Plane Strain ε1 = ? ε2 = ? ε3 = ? θ1 = ? γmax = ? εxx = ? εyy= ? γxy = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
– 3600 – 2500 2
The principal strains are: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 500 ) = – 550 ± 3090.7 . For
– 3600 + 2500 2
2 2
plane strain the principal strains are: ε 1 = 2541μ ε 2 = – 3641μ ε3 = 0
Check: ε nn + ε tt = – 1100 and ε 1 + ε 2 = – 1100 , which is consistent with Eq. 9.14.
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 2540.7 + 3640.7 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 6181μ
Substituting the given strains in place of εxx, εyy, and γxy and θ = 162o in Eqs. 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 we
obtain:
2 2
ε xx = ( – 3600 ) cos ( 162 ) + 2500 sin ( 162 ) + ( – 1000 ) sin ( 162 ) cos ( 162 ) or ε xx = – 2724 μ
2 2
ε yy = ( – 3600 ) cos ( 162 ) + 2500 sin ( 162 ) – ( – 1000 ) sin ( 162 ) cos ( 162 ) or ε yy = 1624μ
2 2
γ xy = – 2 ( – 3600 – 2500 ) cos ( 162 ) sin ( 162 ) + ( – 1000 ) ( cos ( 162 ) – sin ( 162 ) ) or γ nt = – 4395 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.39 The principal strains (ε1 and ε2) and the direction of principal direction one (θ1) from the x-axis
are given as given below. Determine the strains εxx, εyy, and γxy at the point.
0
ε 1 = 1200 μ ε 2 = 300 μ θ 1 = 27.5
Solution εxx = ? εyy= ? γxy = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the Mohr’s circle for the given state of strain. The center is at 750 μ and the radius is
R = 450 μ. Fig. (b) shows the orientation of principal directions P1 and P2 at 27.5o counter-clockwise from
the x axis as per the value of θ1. To get to points V and H, we must rotate clockwise from the principal
direction points P1 and P2. Starting from P1 and P2 on the Mohr’s circle we rotate 55o clockwise to get
points V and H as shown in Fig. (a).
(a) γ/2 (b)

H P2
y
R
H P1
300 55o 750 εxx 1200
εyy ε
P2 55o P1
R γxy/2
27.5o x
V V
The normal strains in the x and y coordinate system are:

ε xx = 750 + R cos 55 = 1008.11 or ε xx = 1008.1μ
ε yy = 750 – R cos 55 = 491.89 ε yy = 491.9μ
The magnitude of shear strain is: γ xy ⁄ 2 = R sin 55 = 368.62 . From Fig. (a) we note that at point V the
rotation is counter-clockwise and H the rotation is clockwise. We draw dashed lines in Fig. (b) such as to
cause the lines at V and H to rotate in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that angle
decreases, hence shear strain is positive. γ xy = 737.2μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
ε 1 = 900 μ ε 2 = – 600 μ θ 1 = – 20
------------------------------------------------------------
R = 750 μ. Fig. (b) shows the orientation of principal directions P1 and P2 at 27.5o counter-clockwise from
y
(a) γ/2 (b) H
V
R
γxy/2 P2
ε
600 yy 40o 900 x
P2 40o 150 εxx P1 ε 20o V
γxy/2 R
H
P1

ε xx = 150 + R cos 40 = 724.5 or ε xx = 724.5μ
ε yy = 150 – R cos 40 = – 424.5 ε yy = – 424.5 μ
The magnitude of shear strain is: γ xy ⁄ 2 = R sin 40 = 482.09 . From Fig. (a) we note that at point V the
rotation is clockwise and H the rotation is counter-clockwise. We draw dashed lines in Fig. (b) such as to
cause the lines at V and H to rotate in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that angle
increases, hence shear strain is negative. γ xy = – 964.2 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
ε 1 = – 200 μ ε 2 = – 2000 μ θ 1 = 105
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the Mohr’s circle for the given state of strain. The center is at -1100 μ and the radius is
R = 900 μ. Fig. (b) shows the orientation of principal directions P1 and P2 at 105o counter-clockwise from
γ/2
(a) V (b) P1
R y
γxy/2
1100 ε 200 H
2000 30o yy
P2 30o P1 ε
εxx R γxy/2
θ=210
R o
θ=105o
H P2 x
V

ε xx = – 1100 – R cos 30 = – 1879.42 or ε xx = – 1879 μ
ε yy = – 100 + R cos 30 = – 320.6 or ε yy = – 320.6 μ
The magnitude of shear strain is: γ xy ⁄ 2 = R sin 30 = 450 . From Fig. (a) we note that at point V the rota-
tion is clockwise and H the rotation is counter-clockwise. We draw dashed lines in Fig. (b) such as to cause
the lines at V and H to rotate in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that angle
increases, hence shear strain is negative. γ xy = – 900 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
ε 1 = 1400 μ ε 2 = – 600 μ θ 1 = – 75
------------------------------------------------------------
R = 1000 μ. Fig. (b) shows the orientation of principal directions P1 and P2 at 75o clockwise from the x
axis as per the value of θ1. To get to points V and H, we must rotate counter-clockwise from the principal
direction points P1 and P2. Starting from P1 and P2 on the Mohr’s circle we rotate 150o counter-clockwise
to get points V and H as shown in Fig. (a).
y
H
γ/2
(a) (b)
V
R θ=150o
γxy/2
P2 30o εyy 1400 x
600 εxx
o P1 ε 75o V
400 30
γxy/2 P2
R H
P1

ε xx = 400 – R cos 30 = – 466.03 or ε xx = – 466 μ
ε yy = 400 + R cos 30 = 1266.03 or ε yy = 1266μ
The magnitude of shear strain is: γ xy ⁄ 2 = R sin 30 = 500 . From Fig. (a) we note that at point V the rota-
tion is clockwise and H the rotation is counter-clockwise. We draw dashed lines in Fig. (b) such as to cause
the lines at V and H to rotate in the direction deduced from Fig. (a). We note from Fig. (b) that angle
increases, hence shear strain is negative. γ xy = – 1000 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.43 In a thin body (plane stress) the stresses in the x-y plane are as shown on each stress element. The
material has a modulus of elasticity E = 70 GPa and Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.25. Determine
(a) the principal strains and the principal angle one at the point.
(b) the maximum shear strain at the point.
60 MPa
40 MPa
30 MPa
Fig. P9.43
Solution Plane Stress ε1 = ? ε2 = ? ε3 = ? θ1 = ? γmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Fig. 9.46 we obtain:
σ xx = – 30MPa σ yy = 60MPa τ xy = 40MPa 1
( 2 ) ( 40 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ = – 20.82
o
( ( – 30 ) – 60 )
2 2
σ p = ( – 30 ) cos ( – 20.82 ) + ( 60 ) sin ( – 20.82 ) + 2 ( 40 ) sin ( – 20.82 ) cos ( – 20.82 ) = – 45.2MPa 2
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 30 + 60 – ( – 45.2 ) = 75.2MPa . As this stress is
greater than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore this is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 .
We have the following results:
σ 1 = 75.2MPa σ 2 = – 45.2 MPa σ3 = 0 3
o o
The principal angle 1 is: θ 1 = – 69.2 or 110.8
– 30 – 60 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ + ( 40 ) = 15 ± 60.2 or σ 1 = 75.2MPa
– 30 + 60 2
2 2
and σ 2 = – 45.2 MPa ,which are same as above.
From Eqs. 9.21a,9.21b, and 9.21c we obtain:
[ σ1 – ν ( σ2 + σ3 ) ] [ 75.2 – 0.25 ( – 45.2 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 1 = -------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------- or ε 1 = 1236μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
[ σ2 – ν ( σ3 + σ1 ) ] [ ( – 45.2 ) – 0.25 ( 75.2 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 2 = -------------------------------------------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------- ε 2 = – 914.4 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
[ σ3 – ν ( σ1 + σ2 ) ] [ 0 – 0.25 ( 75.2 – 45.2 ) ] ( 10 )

6
ε 3 = -------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------- or ε 3 = – 107.1 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
From the above results we see that the difference between ε1 and ε2 is the largest difference between prin-
cipal strains. Thus, the magnitude of the maximum shear strain is:
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 1236 + 914.4 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 2150μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 MPa
20 MPa
45 MPa
Fig. P9.44
------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 45MPa σ yy = 15MPa τ xy = – 20 MPa 1
( 2 ) ( – 20 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ = – 26.57
o
( 45 – 15 )
2 2
σ p = ( 45 ) cos ( – 26.57 ) + ( 15 ) sin ( – 26.57 ) + 2 ( – 20 ) sin ( – 26.57 ) cos ( – 26.57 ) = 55MPa 2
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: 45 + 15 – 55 = 5MPa . As this stress is smaller than
the stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq. 2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p .
σ 1 = 55MPa σ 2 = 5MPa σ3 = 0 3
o o
45 – 15 2
σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ------------------⎞ ± ⎛ ------------------⎞ + ( – 20 ) = 30 ± 25
45 + 15 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
or σ 1 = 55MPa and
σ 2 = 5MPa ,which are same as above.
[ σ1 – ν ( σ2 + σ3 ) ] [ 55 – 0.25 ( 5 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 1 = -------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------- or ε 1 = 767.9μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
[ σ2 – ν ( σ3 + σ1 ) ] [ 5 – 0.25 ( 55 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 2 = -------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------- ε 2 = – 125.0 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
[ σ3 – ν ( σ1 + σ2 ) ] [ 0 – 0.25 ( 5 + 55 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 3 = -------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------- or ε 3 = – 214.3 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 767.9 + 214.3 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 982.2μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
material has a modulus of elasticity E = 30,000 ksi and Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.28. Determine
20 ksi
30 ksi
10 ksi
Fig. P9.45
------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = – 10ksi σ yy = – 20ksi τ xy = 30ksi 1
( 2 ) ( 30 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ -----------------------------------⎞⎠ = 40.27
o
( – 10 – ( – 20 ) )
2 2
σ p = ( – 10 ) cos ( – 40.27 ) + ( – 20 ) sin ( – 40.27 ) + 2 ( 30 ) sin ( – 40.27 ) cos ( – 40.27 ) = 15.4ksi 2
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 10 – 20 – 15.4 = – 45.4ksi . As this stress is smaller
than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq. 2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is
θ 1 = θ p . We have the following results:
σ 1 = 15.4ksi σ 2 = – 45.4ksi σ3 = 0 3
o o
The principal angle 1 is: θ 1 = 40.27 or – 139.73
– 10 + ( – 20 ) 45 – ( – 20 ) 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ --------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 30 ) = – 15 ± 30.4 or
2
2 2
σ 1 = 15.4ksi and σ 2 = – 45.4ksi ,which are same as above.
[ σ1 – ν ( σ2 + σ3 ) ] [ 15.4 – 0.28 ( – 45.4 ) ]
ε 1 = -------------------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------- or ε 1 = 938μ
E 30000
[ σ2 – ν ( σ3 + σ1 ) ] [ ( – 45.4 ) – 0.28 ( 15.4 ) ]
ε 2 = -------------------------------------------- = ------------------------------------------------------- ε 2 = – 1658 μ
E 30000
[ σ3 – ν ( σ1 + σ2 ) ]
ε 3 = -------------------------------------------- = [-------------------------------------------------------
0 – 0.28 ( 15.4 – 45.4 ) ]- or ε 3 = 280μ
E 30000
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 937.7 + 1657.7 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 2595μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.46 In a thick body (plane strain) the stresses in the x-y plane are as shown on the stress element. The
40 MPa
40 MPa
20 MPa
Fig. P9.46
Solution Plane Strain ε1 = ? ε2 = ? ε3 = ? θ1 = ? γmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = – 20 MPa σ yy = 40MPa τ xy = – 40 MPa 1
( 2 ) ( – 40 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ---------------------------⎞⎠ = 26.57
o
( – 20 – 40 )
2 2
σ p = ( – 20 ) cos ( 26.57 ) + ( 40 ) sin ( 26.57 ) + 2 ( – 40 ) sin ( 26.57 ) cos ( 26.57 ) = – 40 MPa 2
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 20 + 40 – ( – 40 ) = 60MPa . As this stress is greater
than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 .
σ 1 = 60MPa σ 2 = – 40 MPa 3
o o
The principal angle 1 is: θ 1 = 116.5 or – 63.43
– 20 – 40 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 40 ) = 10 ± 50 or σ 1 = 60MPa and
– 20 + 40 2
2 2
σ 2 = – 40 MPa ,which are same as above.
For plane strain we have: σ 3 = σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.35 ( – 20 + 40 ) = 7MPa and ε3 = 0
From Eqs. 9.21a and 9.21b, we obtain:
[ σ1 – ν ( σ2 + σ3 ) ] [ 60 – 0.35 ( – 40 + 7 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 1 = -------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------ or ε 1 = 681.4μ
E 9
105 ( 10 )
[ σ2 – ν ( σ3 + σ1 ) ] [ – 40 – 0.35 ( 60 + 7 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 2 = -------------------------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------ or ε 2 = – 604.3 μ
E 9
105 ( 10 )
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 681.4 + 604.3 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 1285.7μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 MPa
20 MPa
35 MPa
Fig. P9.47
------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = 35MPa σ yy = 25MPa τ xy = – 20 MPa 1
( 2 ) ( – 20 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ = – 37.98
o
( 35 – 25 )
2 2
σ p = ( 35 ) cos ( – 37.98 ) + ( 25 ) sin ( – 37.98 ) + 2 ( – 20 ) sin ( – 37.98 ) cos ( – 37.98 ) = 50.6MPa 2
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: 35 + 25 – 50.6 = 9.4MPa . As this stress is smaller
than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq. 2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is
σ 1 = 50.6MPa σ 2 = 9.4MPa 3
o o
35 – 25 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 20 ) = 30 ± 20.6 or σ 1 = 50.6MPa and
35 + 25 2
2 2
σ 2 = 9.4MPa , which are same as above.
For plane strain we have: σ 3 = σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.25 ( 35 + 25 ) = 15MPa and ε3 = 0
[ σ1 – ν ( σ2 + σ3 ) ] [ 50.6 – 0.25 ( 9.4 + 15 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 1 = -------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------- or ε 1 = 636μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
[ σ2 – ν ( σ3 + σ1 ) ] [ 9.4 – 0.25 ( 50.6 + 15 ) ] ( 10 )
6
ε 2 = -------------------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------- or ε 2 = – 100.3 μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 636 + 100.3 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 736.3μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
material has a modulus of elasticity E = 30,000 ksi and Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.28. Determine
15 ksi
20 ksi
25 ksi
Fig. P9.48
------------------------------------------------------------
σ xx = – 25ksi σ yy = – 15ksi τ xy = – 20 ksi 1
( 2 ) ( – 20 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ -----------------------------------⎞⎠ = 37.98
o
( – 25 – ( – 15 ) )
2 2
σ p = ( – 25 ) cos ( 37.98 ) + ( – 15 ) sin ( 37.98 ) + 2 ( – 20 ) sin ( 37.98 ) cos ( 37.98 ) = – 40.62 ksi 2
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: – 25 + ( – 15 ) – ( – 40.62 ) = 0.62ksi . As this stress is
greater than the stress in Eq. 2, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is
θ 1 = θ p ± 90 . We have the following results:
σ 1 = 0.62ksi σ 2 = – 40.62ksi 3
o o
– 25 – ( – 15 ) 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( – 20 ) = – 20 ± 20.62 or
– 25 – 15 2
2 2
σ 1 = 0.62ksi and σ 2 = – 40.62ksi , which are same as above.
For plane strain we have: σ 3 = σ zz = ν ( σ xx + σ yy ) = 0.28 ( – 25 – 15 ) = – 11.2ksi and ε3 = 0
[ σ1 – ν ( σ2 + σ3 ) ]
- = [----------------------------------------------------------------------
ε 1 = ------------------------------------------- 0.62 – 0.28 ( – 40.62 – 11.2 ) ]- or ε 1 = 504μ
E 30000
[ σ2 – ν ( σ3 + σ1 ) ] [ – 40.62 – 0.28 ( 0.62 – 11.2 ) ]
ε 2 = -------------------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------------------- or ε 2 = – 1255 μ
E 30000
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 3 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 504 + 1255 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 1759μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.49 An orthotropic material has the following properties Ex=7,500ksi, Ey= 2,500 ksi, Gxy = 1,250 ksi
and νxy= 0.25. Using Equation 9.15, determine the principal directions for stresses and strains at a point
on a free surface where the following strains were measured.
ε xx = – 400 μ ε yy = 600 μ γ xy = – 500 μ
Solution Ex=7,500ksi Ey= 2,500 ksi Gxy = 1,250 ksi νxy= 0.25.
θ1 = ? for strains θ1 = ? for stresses
------------------------------------------------------------
We obtain the principal angle θp for strain as:
( – 500 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------------⎞ = 13.3
o
1
⎝ ( – 400 – 600 )⎠
We obtain one principal strain as:
2 2
ε p = ( – 400 ) cos ( 13.3 ) + ( 600 ) sin ( 13.3 ) + ( – 500 ) sin ( 13.3 ) cos ( 13.3 ) = – 459μ 2
We can find the other principal strain as: – 400 + 600 – ( – 459 ) = 659μ . As this strain is greater than the
strain in Eq. 2, therefore this strain is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 For
o o
strain, the principal angle 1 is: θ 1 = 103.3 or – 76.7
Ey ν 2, 500
- = ⎛ ---------------⎞ ( 0.25 ) = 0.0833
From the given material constants and Equation 9.15 we have: ν yx = --------------
xy
Ex ⎝ 7, 500⎠
Substituting the given strain values and the constants above in Equation 9.15 we obtain the following
σ xx ν yx σ xx 0.0833 –6
ε xx = -------- - – ---------------- σ yy = ( – 400 ) ( 10 )
- – -------- σ yy = -------------- or σ xx – 0.25σ yy = – 3ksi 3
Ex Ey 7, 500 2, 500
σ yy ν xy σ yy ( 0.25 ) –6
ε yy = -------- - – --------------- ( σ ) = 600 ( 10 )
- – -------- σ xx = -------------- or 3σ yy – 0.25σ xx = 4.5ksi 4
Ey Ex 2, 500 7500 xx
–6
τ xy = G xy γ xy = ( 1250 ) ( – 500 ) ( 10 ) = – 0.625ksi 5
Solving Eqs. (3) and (4), we obtain
σ xx = – 2.681ksi σ yy = 1.277ksi 6
( 2 ) ( – 0.625 )
Using Eq. 5 and 6, the principal angle θp for stress is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ------------------------------------------⎞⎠ = 8.76
o
( – 2.681 – 1.277 )
2 2
σ p = ( – 2.681 ) cos ( 8.76 ) + ( 1.277 ) sin ( 8.76 ) + 2 ( – 0.625 ) sin ( 8.76 ) cos ( 8.76 ) = – 2.78ksi 7
We can find the other principal stress as: – 2.68 + 1.28 – ( – 2.78 ) = 1.38ksi . As this stress is greater than the
stress in Eq. 7, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 . The prin-
o o
cipal angle 1 for stress is; θ 1 = 98.76 or – 81.24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.50 An orthotropic material has the following properties Ex=7,500ksi, Ey= 2,500 ksi, Gxy = 1,250 ksi
and νxy= 0.25. Using Equation 9.15, determine the principal directions for stresses and strain at a point on
a free surface where the following stresses were computed.
σ xx = 10 ksi ( T ) σ yy = 7 ksi ( C ) τ xy = 5 ksi .
Solution Ex=7,500ksi Ey= 2,500 ksi Gxy = 1,250 ksi νxy= 0.25.
------------------------------------------------------------
We obtain the principal angle θp for stress as:
(2)(5)
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ---------------------------⎞ = 15.23
o
1
⎝ ( 10 – ( – 7 ) )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( 10 ) cos ( 15.23 ) + ( – 7 ) sin ( 15.23 ) + 2 ( 5 ) sin ( 15.23 ) cos ( 15.23 ) = 11.36ksi 2
We can find the other principal stress as: 10 – 7 – 11.36 = – 8.36 ksi . As this stress is smaller than the stress
in Eq. 2, therefore the stress in Eq. 2 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p . The princi-
o o
pal angle 1 for stress is; θ 1 = 15.23 or – 164.77
Ey ν 2, 500
- = ⎛ ---------------⎞ ( 0.25 ) = 0.0833
xy
E ⎝ 7, 500⎠
x
Substituting the given stress values and the constants above in Equation 9.15 we obtain the following
σ xx ν yx 10 0.0833 –6
ε xx = --------
- – -------- σ = --------------- – ---------------- ( – 7 ) = 1567 ( 10 ) = 1567μ 3
E x E y yy 7, 500 2, 500
σ yy ν xy ( – 7 ) ( 0.25 ) –6
ε yy = --------
- – -------- σ xx = --------------- – --------------- ( 10 ) = – 3133 ( 10 ) = – 3133μ 4
Ey E x 2, 500 7500
τ xy 5 –6
γ xy = --------
- = ------------ = 4000 ( 10 ) = 4000μ 5
G xy 1250
( 4000 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ------------------------------------------⎞ = 20.2
o
6
⎝ ( 1567 – ( – 3133 ) )⎠
2 2
ε p = ( 1567 ) cos ( 20.2 ) + ( – 3133 ) sin ( 20.2 ) + ( 4000 ) sin ( 20.2 ) cos ( 20.2 ) = 2302μ 7
We can find the other principal strain as: 1567 – 3133 – 2302 = – 3868 μ . As this strain is smaller than the
strain in Eq. 7, therefore the strain in Eq. 7 is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p For
o o
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.51 An orthotropic material has the following properties Ex=50 MPa, Ey= 18 MPa, Gxy = 9 MPa and
νxy= 0.25. Using Equation 9.15, determine the principal directions for stresses and strains at a point on a
free surface where the following strains were measured.
ε xx = 800 μ ε yy = 200 μ γ xy = 300 μ .
Solution Ex=50 MPa Ey= 18 MPa Gxy = 9 MPa νxy= 0.25.
------------------------------------------------------------
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ = 13.3

300 o
1
( 800 – 200 )
2 2
ε p = 800 cos ( 13.3 ) + 200 sin ( 13.3 ) + 300 sin ( 13.3 ) cos ( 13.3 ) = 835.4μ 2
We can find the other principal strain as: 800 + 200 – 835.4 = 164.6μ . As this strain is smaller than the
o o
Ey ν
- = ⎛ ------⎞ ( 0.25 ) = 0.09
18
xy
⎝ 50⎠
Ex
Substituting the given strain values and the constants above in Equation 9.15 we obtain the following
σ xx ν yx σ xx 0.09 –6
ε xx = --------
- – -------- σ = ------------------- – ------------------- σ yy = 800 ( 10 ) or σ xx – 0.25σ yy = 40MPa 3
E x E y yy 9
50 ( 10 ) 18 ( 10 )
9
σ yy ν xy σ yy ( 0.25 ) –6
ε yy = --------
- – -------- σ xx = ------------------- – ------------------- ( σ xx ) = 200 ( 10 ) or 2.7778σ yy – 0.25σ xx = 10MPa 4
Ey E 9 9
x 18 ( 10 ) 50 ( 10 )
9 –6
τ xy = G xy γ xy = ( 9 ) ( 10 ) ( 300 ) ( 10 ) = 2.70MPa 5
Solving Eqs. (3) and (4), we obtain
σ xx = 41.84MPa σ yy = 7.37MPa 6
( 2 ) ( 2.70 )
Using Eq. 5 and 6, the principal angle θp for stress is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ----------------------------------⎞⎠ = 4.45
o
( 41.84 – 7.37 )
2 2
σ p = ( 41.84 ) cos ( 4.45 ) + ( 7.37 ) sin ( 4.45 ) + 2 ( 2.70 ) sin ( 4.45 ) cos ( 4.45 ) = 42.05MPa 7
We can find the other principal stress as: 41.84 + 7.37 – 42.05 = 7.16MPa . As this stress is smaller than the
stress in Eq. 7, therefore the stress in Eq. 7 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p . The
o o
principal angle 1 for stress is; θ 1 = 4.45 or – 175.55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.52 An orthotropic material has the following properties Ex=50 MPa, Ey= 18 MPa, Gxy = 9 MPa and
νxy= 0.25. Using Equation 9.15, determine the principal directions for stresses and strain at a point on a
free surface where the following stresses were computed.
σ xx = 70 MPa ( C ) σ yy = 49 MPa ( C ) τ xy = – 30 MPa .
Solution Ex=50 MPa Ey= 18 MPa Gxy = 9 MPa νxy= 0.25.
------------------------------------------------------------
We obtain the principal angle θp for stress as:
( 2 ) ( – 30 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ -----------------------------------⎞ = 35.35
o
1
⎝ ( – 70 – ( – 49 ) )⎠
2 2
σ p = ( – 70 ) cos ( 35.35 ) + ( – 49 ) sin ( 35.35 ) + 2 ( – 30 ) sin ( 35.35 ) cos ( 35.35 ) = – 91.3MPa 2
We can find the other principal stress as: – 70 – 49 – ( – 91.3 ) = – 27.7MPa . As this stress is greater than the
o
stress in Eq. 2, therefore this stress is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is θ 1 = θ p ± 90 . The
o o
principal angle 1 for stress is; θ 1 = 125.35 or – 54.65
Ey ν
- = ⎛ ------⎞ ( 0.25 ) = 0.09
xy 18
From the given material constants and Equation 9.15 we have: ν yx = -------------- ⎝ 50⎠
Ex
Substituting the given stress values and the constants above in Equation 9.15 we obtain the following
σ xx ν yx ( – 70 ) ( 10 )
6
0.09 6 –6
ε xx = --------
- – -------- σ yy = --------------------------- – ------------------- ( – 49 ) ( 10 ) = – 1155 ( 10 ) = – 1155 μ 3
Ex Ey 9 9
50 ( 10 ) 18 ( 10 )
σ yy ν xy ( – 49 ) ( 10 )
6
0.25 –6 6
ε yy = --------
- – -------- σ xx = --------------------------- – ------------------- ( – 70 ) = – 2372 ( 10 ) = – 2372μ ( 10 ) 4
Ey Ex 9 9
18 ( 10 ) 50 ( 10 )
τ xy ( – 30 ) –6
γ xy = --------
- = ---------------- = – 3333 ( 10 ) = – 3333 μ 5
G xy 9
9 ( 10 )
( – 3333 )
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ -----------------------------------------------⎞ = – 34.97
o
6
⎝ ( – 1155 – ( – 2372 ) )⎠
2 2
ε p = ( – 1155 ) cos ( – 34.97 ) + ( – 2372 ) sin ( – 34.97 ) + ( – 3333 ) sin ( – 34.97 ) cos ( – 34.97 ) = 10.7μ 7
We can find the other principal strain as: – 1155 – 2372 – 10.7 = – 3537.7 μ . As this strain is smaller than the
strain, the principal angle 1 is: o o
θ 1 = – 34.97 or 145.03
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
9.53 Show that by substituting ( θ ± 180 ) in place of θ, the strain transformation Equation is
unchanged.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
0 0
Substituting ( θ ± 180 ) in place of θ in Equation and noting that sin ( θ ± 180 ) = – sin θ and
0
cos ( θ ± 180 ) = – cos θ we obtain:
2 0 2 0 0 0
ε nn = ε xx cos ( θ ± 180 ) + ε yy sin ( θ ± 180 ) + γ xy sin ( θ ± 180 ) cos ( θ ± 180 ) or
2 2 2 2
ε nn = ε xx [ – cos θ ] + ε yy [ – sin θ ] + γ xy [ – sin θ ] [ – cos θ ] = ε nn = ε xx cos θ + ε yy sin θ + γ xy sin θ cos θ 1
Eq. 1 is same as Equation .
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.54 At a point on a free surface the strain components in x-y coordinates are calculated as
ε xx = 400μ in ⁄ in ε yy = – 200 μ in ⁄ in γ xy = 500μ rad
Predict the strains that the strain gages shown in Fig. P9.54 would record.
y
c
600 b
x
300
a
Fig. P9.54
Solution εa = ? εb = ? εc = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting the given strains and θa = -30o in Equation 9.4, we obtain
2 2
ε a = ( 400 ) cos ( – 30 ) + ( – 200 ) sin ( – 30 ) + 500 sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) ε a = 33.5μ in ⁄ in
By inspection of Fig. (b), we obtain: ε b = 400μ in ⁄ in
Substituting the given strains and θc = 60o in Equation 9.4, we obtain
2 2
ε a = ( 400 ) cos ( 60 ) + ( – 200 ) sin ( 60 ) + 500 sin ( 60 ) cos ( 60 ) ε c = 166.5μ in ⁄ in
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.55 At a point on a free surface the strains recorded by the three strain gages shown in Fig. P9.55 are
ε a = 200μ in ⁄ in ε b = 100μ in ⁄ in ε c = – 400 μ in ⁄ in
Determine the strains εxx, εyy, and γxy.

y
c
600 b x
300
a
Fig. P9.55
Solution εxx = ? εyy = ? γxy = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By inspection we obtain: ε xx = 100μ in./in.
Substituting θa = -30o and θc = 60o and the given strain values into Equation we obtain:
2 2
ε a = 100 cos ( – 30 ) + ε yy sin ( – 30 ) + γ xy sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) = 200 or 0.25ε yy – 0.433γ xy = 125 1
2 2
ε c = 100 cos ( 60 ) + ε yy sin ( 60 ) + γ xy sin ( 60 ) cos ( 60 ) = – 400 or 0.75ε yy + 0.433γ xy = – 425 2
Solving Eq. 1 and 2 we obtain: ε yy = – 300μ in./in. and γ xy = – 461.9 μ rad
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.56 At a point on a free surface of aluminum (E = 10,000 ksi and G =4,000 ksi) machine component
the stress components in x-y coordinates were calculated by Finite Element Method as
σ xx = 22 ksi ( T ) σ yy = 15 ksi ( C ) τ xy = – 10 ksi
Predict the strains that the strain gages shown in Fig. P9.56 would show.
y
c b
450 600 a x
Fig. P9.56
Solution εa = ? εb = ? εc = ? Plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
E- – 1 = -------------------
10000 - – 1 = 0.25 .The shear strain is:
2G 2 ( 4000 )
γ xy = τ xy ⁄ G = ( – 10 ) ⁄ 4000 = – 2500μ 1
From generalized Hooke’s law, for plane stress (σzz = 0) we obtain:
σ xx ν 22 0.25
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) = --------------- – --------------- ( – 15 ) = 2575μ 2
E E yy 10000 10000
σ yy ν ( – 15 ) 0.25
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) = --------------- – --------------- ( 22 ) = – 2050 μ
ε yy = -------- 3
E E xx 10000 10000
By inspectionwe obtain: ε a = 2575μ in./in.
Substituting θb = 60o, θc = 135o and Eqs. 1, 2, and 3 we obtain:
2 2
ε b = 2575 cos ( 60 ) + ( – 2050 ) sin ( 60 ) + ( – 2500 ) sin ( 60 ) cos ( 60 ) = – 1976.3 ε b = – 1976 μ in./in.
2 2
ε c = 2575 cos ( 135 ) + ( – 2050 ) sin ( 135 ) + ( – 2500 ) sin ( 135 ) cos ( 135 ) = 1512.5 ε c = 1513μ in./in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.57 At a point on a free surface of aluminum (E = 10,000 ksi and G =4,000 ksi) the strains recorded by
the three strain gages shown in Fig. P9.56 are

ε a = – 600 μ in ⁄ in ε b = 500 μ in ⁄ in ε c = 400 μ in ⁄ in
Determine the stresses σxx, σyy, and τxy.
y
c b
450 600 a x
Fig. P9.57
Solution E = 10,000 ksi G =4,000 ksi σxx = ? σyy = ? τxy= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
By inspection we obtain: ε xx = – 600 μ in ⁄ in
Substituting θb = 60o and θ c = 135o and the given strain values into Equation we obtain:
2 2
ε b = – 600 cos ( 60 ) + ε yy sin ( 60 ) + γ xy sin ( 60 ) cos ( 60 ) = 500 or 0.75ε yy + 0.433γ xy = 650 1
2 2
ε c = – 600 cos ( 135 ) + ε yy sin ( 135 ) + γ xy sin ( 135 ) cos ( 135 ) = 400 or 0.5ε yy – 0.5γ xy = 700 2
Solving Eq. 1 and 2 we obtain:
ε yy = 1061.9μ in ⁄ in and γ xy = – 338.1 μ rad 3
E 10000
- – 1 = -------------------- – 1 = 0.25 .
2G 2 ( 4000 )
–6
The shear stress is: τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 4000 ) ( – 338.1 ) ( 10 ) = – 1.352 or τ xy = – 1.35 ksi
σ xx ν –6
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) or σ xx – 0.25σ yy = Eε xx = ( 10000 ) ( – 600 ) ( 10 ) = – 6ksi 4
E E yy
σ yy ν –6
- – --- ( σ + σ zz )
ε yy = -------- or σ yy – 0.25σ xx = Eε yy = ( 10000 ) ( 1061.9 ) ( 10 ) = 10.62ksi 5
E E xx
Solving Eqs. 4 and 5 we obtain: σ xx = 3.57 ksi (C) and σ yy = 9.73 ksi (T)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.58 At a point on a free surface of machine component (E = 80 GPa and G = 32 GPa) the stress com-
ponents in x-y coordinates were calculated by Finite Element Method as
σ xx = 50 MPa ( T ) σ yy = 20 MPa ( C ) τ xy = 96 MPa
Predict the strains that the strain gages shown in Fig. P9.58 would show.
y
b
a x
250
c
Fig. P9.58
Solution εa = ? εb = ? εc = ? Plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
E 80
- – 1 = -------------- – 1 = 0.25 .The shear strain is:
2G 2 ( 32 )
τ xy ( 96 ) ( 10 )
6
γ xy = -------
- = ------------------------ = 3000μ 1
G 9
32 ( 10 )
σ xx ν ( 50 ) 0.25
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) = ------------------------ – ------------------------ ( – 20 ) = 687.5μ
ε xx = -------- 2
E E yy 9
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 ) ( 10 )
9
σ yy ν ( – 20 ) 0.25
ε yy = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) = ------------------------ – ------------------------ ( 50 ) = – 406.3 μ 3
E E xx 9
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 80 ) ( 10 )
9
By inspection of Fig. P9.61, we obtain: ε a = 687.5μ m/m and ε b = – 406.3 μ m/m

Substituting θc = -25 and Eqs. 1, 2, and 3 into Eq. 9.10 we obtain:
o
2 2
ε c = 687.5 cos ( – 25 ) + ( – 406.3 ) sin ( – 25 ) + ( 3000 ) sin ( – 25 ) cos ( – 25 ) = – 656.9 ε c = – 656.9 μ m/m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.59 At a point on a free surface of aluminum (E = 80 GPa and G = 32 GPa) the strains recorded by the
three strain gages shown in Fig. P9.58 are
ε a = 1000 μ m ⁄ m ε b = 1500μ m ⁄ m ε c = – 450 μ m ⁄ m
Determine the stresses σxx, σyy, and τxy.
y
b
a x
0
25
c
Fig. P9.59
Solution E = 80GPa G =32GPa σxx = ? σyy = ? τxy= ?

------------------------------------------------------------
By inspection of Fig. P9.62 we obtain: ε xx = 1000μ m ⁄ m and ε yy = 1500μ m ⁄ m
Substituting θc = -25o the given strain values into Eq. 9.10 we obtain:
2 2
ε c = 1000 cos ( – 25 ) + 1500 sin ( – 25 ) + γ xy sin ( – 25 ) cos ( – 25 ) = – 450 or γ xy = 4018.8μ rad 1
E- – 1 = -------------
80 - – 1 = 0.25 .
2G 2 ( 32 )
9 –6
The shear stress is: τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 32 ) ( 10 ) ( 4018.8 ) ( 10 ) or τ xy = 128.6 MPa
σ xx ν 9 –6
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) or σ xx – 0.25σ yy = Eε xx = ( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 1000 ) ( 10 ) = 80MPa 2
E E yy
σ yy ν 9 –6
ε yy = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) or σ yy – 0.25σ xx = Eε yy = ( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 1500 ) ( 10 ) = 120MPa 3
E E xx
Solving Eqs. 2 and 3 we obtain: σ xx = 117.3 MPa and σ yy = 149.3 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.60 On a free surface of steel (E = 210 GPa and ν= 0.28) the strains recorded by the three strain gages
shown in Fig. P9.60 are
ε a = – 800 μ m ⁄ m ε b = – 300 μ m ⁄ m ε c = – 700 μ m ⁄ m

Determine the principal strains, principal angle one and the maximum shear strain.
y
c
450 a x
Fig. P9.60
------------------------------------------------------------
By inspection of Fig. P9.63 we obtain: ε xx = – 800 μ m ⁄ m and ε yy = – 300 μ m ⁄ m
Substituting θc = 135o the given strain values into Eq. 9.10 we obtain:
2 2
ε c = ( – 800 ) cos ( 135 ) + ( – 300 ) sin ( 135 ) + γ xy sin ( 135 ) cos ( 135 ) = – 700 or γ xy = 300μ rad 1
From Eq. 9.13 we obtain the principal angle θp as:
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ----------------------------⎞ = – 15.48

300 o
2
⎝ – 800 + 300⎠
2 2
ε p = ( – 800 ) cos ( – 15.48 ) + ( – 300 ) sin ( – 15.48 ) + ( 300 ) sin ( – 15.48 ) cos ( – 15.48 ) = – 841.5 μ 3
From Eq. 9.15 we can find the other principal strain as: – 800 – 300 – ( – 841.5 ) = – 258.5 μ . As this strain is
greater than the strain in Eq. 3, therefore this strain is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is
θ 1 = θ p ± 90 . We have the following answers:
o o
ε 1 = – 258.5 μ ε 2 = – 841.5μ θ 1 = 74.52 or – 105.48
– 800 + 300 2
Check: From Eq. 9.14 we have: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ----------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 150 ) = – 550 ± 291.5 or
– 800 – 300 2
2 2
ε 1 = – 258.5 μ and ε 2 = – 841.5μ ,which are same as above.
ν 0.28
For plane stress: ε 3 = ε z = – ---------------- ( ε xx + ε yy ) = – ------------------------ ( – 800 – 300 ) ε 3 = 427.8μ
(1 – ν) ( 1 – 0.28 )
The difference between ε2 and ε3 is the largest difference between principal strains. Thus, the magnitude of
the maximum shear strain is given by:
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 3 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 427.8 + 841.5 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 1269μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.61 On a free surface of steel (E = 210 GPa and ν= 0.28) the strains recorded by the three strain gages
shown in Fig. P9.60 are
ε a = 400 μ m ⁄ m ε b = 200 μ m ⁄ m εc = 0
Determine the principal stresses, principal angle one and the maximum shear stress.
y
c
450 a x
Fig. P9.61
Solution Plane Stress σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? θ1 = ? τmax = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting θc = 135 the given strain values into Eq. 9.10 we obtain:
o
2 2
ε c = ( 400 ) cos ( 135 ) + ( 200 ) sin ( 135 ) + γ xy sin ( 135 ) cos ( 135 ) = 0 or γ xy = 600μ rad 1
E 210
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = -------------------
- = ---------------------------- = 82.03GPa .
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + 0.28 )
9 –6
The shear stress is: τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 82.03 ) ( 10 ) ( 600 ) ( 10 ) = 49.22MPa
σ xx ν 9 –6
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) or σ xx – 0.28σ yy = Eε xx = ( 210 ) ( 10 ) ( 400 ) ( 10 ) = 84MPa 2
E E yy
σ yy ν 9 –6
- – --- ( σ + σ zz )
ε yy = -------- or σ yy – 0.28σ xx = Eε yy = ( 210 ) ( 10 ) ( 200 ) ( 10 ) = 42MPa 3
E E xx
Solving Eqs. 2 and 3 we obtain: σ xx = 103.9MPa and σ yy = 71.1MPa
( 2 ) ( 49.22 )
The principal angle θp is: θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ = 35.79
o
103.9 – 71.1
2 2
σ p = ( 103.9 ) cos ( 35.79 ) + ( 71.1 ) sin ( 35.79 ) + 2 ( 49.22 ) sin ( 35.79 ) cos ( 35.79 ) = 139.38MPa 4
From Eq. 8.9 we can find the other principal stress as: 103.9 + 71.1 – 139.38 = 35.62MPa . As this stress is
smaller than the stress in Eq. 4, therefore the stress in Eq. 4 is principal stress one. Thus principal angle 1 is
o o
σ 1 = 139.4 MPa (T) σ 2 = 35.6 MPa (T) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = 35.79 or – 144.2
103.9 – 71.1 2
Check: From Eq. 8.6 we have: σ 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 49.22 ) = 87.95 ± 51.88 or
103.9 + 71.1 2
2 2
σ 1 = 139.4MPa and σ 2 = 35.6MPa , which are same as above.
The difference between σ1 and σ3 is the largest difference between principal stresses. Thus, the magnitude
of the maximum shear stress is given by:
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 3 ) ⁄ 2 = 139.4 ⁄ 2 or τ max = 69.7 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.62 On a free surface of an aluminum machine component (E = 10,000 ksi and ν = 0.25) the strains
recorded by the three strain gages shown in Fig. P9.62 are
ε a = – 100 μ in ⁄ in ε b = 200 μ in ⁄ in ε c = 300 μ in ⁄ in
Determine the principal strains, principal angle one and the maximum shear strain.
y
c
b x
600
a
Fig. P9.62
------------------------------------------------------------

Substituting θa = -60 the given strain values into Eq. 9.10 we obtain:
o
2 2
ε a = ( 200 ) cos ( – 60 ) + ( 300 ) sin ( – 60 ) + γ xy sin ( – 60 ) cos ( – 60 ) = – 100 or γ xy = 866μ rad 1
From Eq. 9.13 we obtain the principal angle θp as:
θ p = 0.5 atan ⎛ ------------------------⎞ = – 41.71

866 o
2
⎝ 200 – 300⎠
2 2
ε p = ( 200 ) cos ( – 41.71 ) + ( 300 ) sin ( – 41.71 ) + ( 866 ) sin ( – 41.71 ) cos ( – 41.71 ) = – 185.9 μ 3
From Eq. 9.15 we can find the other principal strain as: 200 + 300 – ( – 185.9 ) = 685.9μ . As this strain is
greater than the strain in Eq. 3, therefore this strain is principal strain one. Thus principal angle 1 is
θ 1 = θ p ± 90 For we have the following answers:
o o
ε 1 = 685.9μ ε 2 = – 185.9μ θ 1 = 48.29 or – 131.7
200 – 300 2
Check: From Eq. 9.14 we have: ε 1, 2 = ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ ± ⎛⎝ ------------------------⎞⎠ + ( 433 ) = 250 ± 435.9 or
200 + 300 2
2 2
ε 1 = 685.9μ and ε 2 = – 185.9μ ,which are same as above.
ν 0.25
For plane stress: ε 3 = ε z = – ---------------- ( ε xx + ε yy ) = – ------------------------ ( 200 + 300 ) ε 3 = – 166.7 μ
(1 – ν) ( 1 – 0.25 )
The difference between ε1 and ε2 is the largest difference between principal strains. Thus, the magnitude of
the maximum shear strain is given by:
γ max ⁄ 2 = ( ε 1 – ε 2 ) ⁄ 2 = ( 685.9 + 185.9 ) ⁄ 2 or γ max = 871.8μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.63 On a free surface of an aluminum machine component (E = 10,000 ksi and ν = 0.25) the strains
recorded by the three strain gages shown in Fig. P9.62 are
ε a = 500 μ in ⁄ in ε b = 500 μ in ⁄ in ε c = 500 μ in ⁄ in
Determine the principal stresses, principal angle one and the maximum shear stress.
y
c
b x
600
a
Fig. P9.63
Solution Plane Stress σ1 = ? σ2 = ? σ3 = ? θ1 = ? τmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting θa = -60o the given strain values into Eq. 9.10 we obtain:
2 2
ε a = ( 500 ) cos ( – 60 ) + ( 500 ) sin ( – 60 ) + γ xy sin ( – 60 ) cos ( – 60 ) = 500 or γ xy = 0 1
E - = ---------------------------
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = ------------------- 10000 - = 4000ksi .
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + 0.25 )
The shear stress is: τ xy = Gγ xy = ( 4000 ) ( 0 ) = 0
σ xx ν –6
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ + σ zz ) or σ xx – 0.25σ yy = Eε xx = ( 10000 ) ( 500 ) ( 10 ) = 5ksi 2
E E yy
σ yy ν –6
- – --- ( σ + σ zz )
ε yy = -------- or σ yy – 0.25σ xx = Eε yy = ( 10000 ) ( 500 ) ( 10 ) = 5ksi 3
E E xx
Solving Eqs. 2 and 3 we obtain: σ xx = 6.67ksi and σ yy = 6.67ksi
As shear stress is zero, σxx and σyy are the principal stress. As these two stress components are the same,
all planes have the same normal stress.We have the following results:
σ 1 = 6.67 ksi (T) σ 2 = 6.67 ksi (T) σ3 = 0 θ 1 = all directions
The difference between σ1 (or σ2) and σ3 is the largest difference between principal stresses. Thus, the
magnitude of the maximum shear stress is given by:
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 3 ) ⁄ 2 = 6.67 ⁄ 2 or τ max = 3.34 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.64 An aluminum 50 mm x 50 mm square bar is axially loaded with a force of F = 100 kN. The Modu-
lus of Elasticity is E = 70 GPa and the Shear Modulus G = 28 GPa. Determine the strain that will be
recorded by a strain gage shown in Fig. P9.64.
F F
30o
Fig. P9.64
Solution 50 mm x 50 mm F = 100 kN E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa ε30 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
3
100 ( 10 ) 6 2
The axial stress is: σ xx = ------------------------------
- = 40 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
( 0.05 ) ( 0.05 )
σ xx 40 ( 10 )
6
The axial strain is: ε xx = --------
- = ------------------- = 571.4μ
E 9
70 ( 10 )
E- – 1 = -------------
70 - – 1 = 0.25
2G 2 ( 28 )
The transverse strain is: ε yy = – νε xx = – 0.25 ( 571.4 ) = – 142.85μ
The shear strain is γxy = 0. Substituting the strains and θ = 30o into Eq. 9.10, we obtain
2 2
ε 30 = ( 571.4 ) cos ( 30 ) + ( – 142.85 ) sin ( 30 ) or ε 30 = 392.9μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.65 An aluminum 50 mm x 50 mm square bar is axially loaded with a force of F as shown in Fig.
P9.65. The modulus of elasticity is E = 70 GPa and the shear modulus G = 28 GPa. Determine the force F
when the gage shows a strain of 200 μ.
F F
30o
Fig. P9.65
Solution 50 mm x 50 mm E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa ε30 = 200 μ. F=?
------------------------------------------------------------
F
The axial stress is: σ xx = ------------------------------
2
- = 400FN ⁄ m
( 0.05 ) ( 0.05 )
400Fσ –9
xx
- = ------------------- = 5.7154F ( 10 )
E 9
70 ( 10 )
E 70
- – 1 = -------------- – 1 = 0.25
2G 2 ( 28 )
–9 –9
The transverse strain is: ε yy = – νε xx = – 0.25 ( 5.7154F ) ( 10 ) = – 1.428F ( 10 )
The shear strain is γxy = 0. We obtain
–9 2 –9 2 –9 –6
ε 30 = ( 5.7154F ) ( 10 ) cos ( 30 ) + ( – 1.428F ) ( 10 ) sin ( 30 ) = 3.924F ( 10 ) = 200 ( 10 ) or
F = 50.9 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.66 A circular steel bar is axially loaded as shown in Fig. P9.67. The diameter of the steel bar is 2
inches. and has modulus of elasticity E = 30,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of ν=0.3. If the applied axial
force F = 100 kips, determine the strain the gage will show.
F F
45o
Fig. P9.66
Solution d = 2 in E = 30000 ksi ν = 0.3 F = 100 kips ε45 =?
------------------------------------------------------------
100
The axial stress is: σ xx = --------------------
- = 31.83 ksi
2
( π2 ) ⁄ 4
σ xx 31.83
- = --------------- = 1061μ
E 30000
The transverse strain is: ε yy = – νε xx = – 0.3 ( 1061 ) = – 318.3μ
The shear strain is γxy = 0. We obtain
2 2
ε 45 = [ 1061 cos ( – 45 ) + ( – 318.3 ) sin ( – 45 ) ] = 371.6μ or ε 45 = 371.6μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.67 A circular steel bar is axially loaded. The diameter of the steel bar is 2 inches. and has modulus of
elasticity E = 30,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of ν=0.3. Determine the applied axial force F when the
strain gage shown in Fig. P9.67 records a reading of 1000 μ in/in.
F F
45o
Fig. P9.67
Solution d = 2 in E = 30000 ksi ν = 0.3 ε45 = 1000 μ F=?
------------------------------------------------------------
F
The axial stress is: σ xx = --------------------
- = 0.3183F ksi
2
( π2 ) ⁄ 4
σ xx
The axial strain is: ε xx = --------- = 0.3183F
-------------------- = 10.61Fμ
E 30000
The transverse strain is: ε yy = – νε xx = – 0.3 ( 10.61F ) = – 3.183Fμ

The shear strain is γxy = 0. Substituting the strains and θ = -45o into Eq. 9.10, we obtain
2 2 –6 –6 –6
ε 45 = [ ( 10.61F ) cos ( – 45 ) + ( – 3.183F ) sin ( – 45 ) ] ( 10 ) = 3.716F ( 10 ) = 1000 ( 10 ) or F = 269 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.68 A circular shaft of 2 inch diameter has a torque applied to it as shown in Fig. P9.68. The shaft
material has a Modulus of Elasticity of 30,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of 0.3. Determine the strain that
will be recorded by a strain gage.
T =30 in-kips
T
60o
Fig. P9.68
Solution d = 2 in E = 30000 ksi ν = 0.3 ε60 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
30 ( 1 )
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is: τ = -----------------------
- = 19.1ksi
4
π ( 2 ) ⁄ 32
Fig. (a) shows the direction of shear stress determined by inspection. In the x-y coordinate we have
τ xy = – 19.1ksi 1
T
(a) y
θ
T
x
E 30000
The shear modulus of elasticity is G = -------------------
- = --------------- = 11538.5ksi
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1.3 )
τ
19.1 - = – 1655.3μ
The shear strain is: γ xy = -------
xy
- = – ------------------
G 11538.5
The normal strains are: ε xx = 0 ε yy = 0 . Substituting the strains and θ = -60o, we obtain
ε 60 = ( – 1655.3 ) sin ( – 60 ) cos ( – 60 ) = 716.77 or ε 60 = 716.8μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.69 A circular shaft of 50-mm diameter has a torque applied to it as shown in Figure P9.69. The shaft
material has a modulus of elasticity E = 70 GPa and a shear modulus G = 28 GPa. If the applied torque T =
500 N-m, determine the strain that the gage will show.
T
T
40o
Fig. P9.69
Solution d = 50 mm E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa Τ =500 N-m ε40 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
( 500 ) ( 0.025 ) 6 2
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is: τ = -------------------------------
- = 20.372 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
4
π ( 0.05 ) ⁄ 32
6 2
τ xy = – 20.372 ( 10 )N ⁄ m 1
T
(a) y
θ
T
x
τ xy 20.372 ( 10 )
6
- = – ------------------------------ = – 727.55μ
G 9
28 ( 10 )
The normal strains are: ε xx = 0 ε yy = 0 . Substituting the strains and θ = 40o, we obtain
ε 40 = ( – 727.55T ) sin ( 40 ) cos ( 40 ) = – 358.25μ or ε 40 = – 358.3μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.70 A circular shaft of 50 mm diameter has a torque applied to it as shown in Fig. P9.70. The shaft
material has a Modulus of Elasticity of E = 70 GPa and the Shear Modulus of G = 28 GPa. If the strain
gage shows a reading of -600 μ, determine the applied torque T.
T
40o
Fig. P9.70
Solution d = 50 mm E = 70 GPa G = 28 GPa ε40 = -600 μ Τ =?
------------------------------------------------------------
T ( 0.025 ) = 3 2
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is: τ = ------------------------------
- 40.743T ( 10 )N ⁄ m
4
π ( 0.05 ) ⁄ 32
3 2
τ xy = – 40.743T ( 10 )N ⁄ m 1
T
(a) y
θ
T
x
τ xy 40.743T ( 10 )
3
- = – ---------------------------------- = – 1.4551Tμ
G 9
28 ( 10 )
The normal strains are: ε xx = 0 ε yy = 0 . Substituting the strains and θ = 40o, we obtain
ε 40 = ( – 1.4551T ) sin ( 40 ) cos ( 40 ) = – 600 or T = 837.4 N-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.71 A steel (E = 210GPa and ν= 0.28) cylindrical pressure vessel has a mean diameter of 1000 mm.
The wall of the cylinder is 10 mm thick and the gas pressure is 200 kPa. Determine the strain recorded by
the two strain gages attached on the surface of the cylinder.
b
50o a
40o
Fig. P9.71
Solution d = 1000 mm t = 10 mm p = 200 kPa E = 210GPa ν= 0.28 εa = ? εb = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 )
The axial stress is: σ xx = pr
----- = ---------------------------------------- = 5MPa
2t 2 ( 0.01 )
3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.5 )
The hoop stress is: σ yy = pr
----- = ---------------------------------------- = 10MPa
t ( 0.01 )
The normal strains are:
σ xx ν 5 ( 10 )
6
0.28 ( 10 ) ( 10 )
6
ε xx = --------
- – --- ( σ yy + σ zz ) = ---------------------- – ----------------------------------- = 10.476μ 2
E E 210 ( 10 )
9
210 ( 10 )
9
σ yy ν 6
( 10 ) ( 10 ) 0.28 ( 5 ) ( 10 )
6
ε yy = --------
- – --- ( σ xx + σ zz ) = ------------------------ – -------------------------------- = 40.952μ 3
E E 210 ( 10 )
9
210 ( 10 )
9
The shear stress τxy = 0, hence γxy = 0.

Substituting the strains and θa = 40o and θb = - 50o into Eq. 9.10 we obtain the following.
2 2
ε a = ( 10.476 ) cos 40 + ( 40.952 ) sin 40 or ε a = 23.1μ
2 2
ε b = ( 10.476 ) cos ( – 50 ) + ( 40.952 ) sin ( – 50 ) or ε b = 28.4μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.72 An aluminum (E = 70 GPa, and ν=0.25) beam is loaded by a force P= 10kN and moment
M = 5kN-m at the free end as shown in Fig. P9.72. If the two strain gages shown are at an angle of 25o to
the longitudinal axis, determine the strains in the gages.
y 10 mm 10mm
30 mm
a 30 mm
z b
M
Fig. P9.72 0.5 m 0.5m
P
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
3
( 0.02 ) ( 0.06 ) –6 4
- = 0.36 ( 10 )m
The area moment of inertia is: I zz = --------------------------------
12
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut through the section containing the gages.
(a) Vy 10 mm 10mm (b) y
30 mm
z 30 mm
Mz 30 mm
M
0.5m 20 mm
P
By equilibrium of forces and moment in Fig. (a) we obtain:

V y = P = 10 kN M z = M + 0.5P = 5 + 5 = 10 kN-m 1
The bending normal stresses at the two gage locations are:
3
–Mz yb – ( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( – 0.03 ) 6
( σ xx ) a = 0 ( σ xx ) b = ---------------- = ---------------------------------------------- = 833.3 ( 10 ) 2
I zz –6
0.36 ( 10 )
Fig. (b) shows the area As used in calculating the shear stress at the neutral axis. The first moment of the
–6 3
area is: ( Q z ) a = ( 0.02 ) ( 0.03 ) ( 0.015 ) = 9.0 ( 10 )m
As the shear force Vy is positive, the bending shear stress τxy will be positive at the neutral axis. The bend-
ing shear stresses at the two gage locations is:
Vy ( Qz )a 3
( 10 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.0 ) ( 10 )
–6
6
( τ xy ) a = -------------------- = ----------------------------------------------------- = 12.5 ( 10 ) ( τ xy ) b = 0 3
– 6
I zz t 0.36 ( 10 ) ( 0.02' )
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = E ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + ν ) ] = 70 ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + 0.25 ) ] = 28GPa
The bending normal and shear strains at the gage location are:
( τ xy ) 12.5 ( 10 )
6
–6
( ε xx ) a = 0 ( ε yy ) a = 0 ( γ xy ) a = --------------a- = ------------------------ = 446.4 ( 10 ) = 446.4μ 4
G 9
28 ( 10 )
6
833.3 ( 10 ) –3
( ε xx ) b = --------------------------- = 11.904 ( 10 ) = 11904μ ( ε yy ) b = – 0.25 ( ε xx ) b = – 2976μ ( γ xy ) a = 0 5
9
70 ( 10 )
Substituting θ = - 25o and the above strains we obtain the following
ε a = 446.4 sin ( – 25 ) cos ( – 25 ) = – 170.99 μ ε a = – 171 μ
2 2
ε b = 11904 cos ( – 25 ) + [ – 2976 ] sin ( – 25 ) = 9246.3μ or ε b = 9246μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.73 An aluminum beam (E = 70 GPa and ν = 0.25) is loaded by a force P and a moment M at the free
end, as shown in Figure P9.73. Two strain gages at 30° to the longitudinal axis recorded the following
strains: εa = –386 μm/m and εb = 4092 μm/m. Determine the applied force P and applied moment M
y 10 mm 10mm
30 mm
a 30 mm
z b
M
0.5 m 0.5m
P
Fig. P9.73
Solution E = 70 GPa ν=0.25
------------------------------------------------------------
3
( 0.02 ) ( 0.06 ) –6 4
- = 0.36 ( 10 )m
The area moment of inertia is: I zz = --------------------------------
12
(a) Vy 10 mm 10mm (b) y
30 mm
z 30 mm
Mz 30 mm
M
0.5m 20 mm
P
Vy = P M z = M + 0.5P 1
The bending normal stresses at the two gage locations are:
–Mz yb – ( M + 0.5P ) ( – 0.03 ) 3
( σ xx ) a = 0 ( σ xx ) b = ---------------- = ------------------------------------------------- = 83.33 ( M + 0.5P ) ( 10 ) 2
I zz –6
0.36 ( 10 )
–6 3
area is: ( Q z ) a = ( 0.02 ) ( 0.03 ) ( 0.015 ) = 9.0 ( 10 )m
As the shear force Vy is positive, the bending shear stress τxy will be positive at the neutral axis. The bend-
ing shear stresses at the two gage locations is:
Vy ( Qz )a ( P ) ( 9.0 ) ( 10 )
–6
( τ xy )a = -------------------- = ------------------------------------------- = 1250P ( τ xy ) b = 0 3
–6
I zz t 0.36 ( 10 ) ( 0.02' )
The bending normal and shear strains at the gage location are:
( τ xy ) 1250P = –9
( ε xx ) a = 0 ( ε yy ) a = 0 ( γ xy ) a = --------------a- = ------------------- 44.643P ( 10 ) 4
G 9
28 ( 10 )
( σ xx ) 83.33 ( M + 0.5P ) ( 10 )
3
–6
( ε xx ) b = ---------------b- = ------------------------------------------------------- = 1.1904 ( M + 0.5P ) ( 10 ) 5
E 9
70 ( 10 )
( ε yy ) b = – ν ( ε xx ) b = – 0.25 ( ε xx ) b ( γ xy ) a = 0 6
We are given: ε a = – 386 μ m ⁄ m ε b = 4092 μm ⁄ m . Substituting θ = - 30o and the strains in Eqs.
4,5, and 6 into Eq. 9.10 and equating to the given strain gage values, we obtain:
–9 –9 –6
ε a = 44.643P ( 10 ) sin ( – 30 ) cos ( – 30 ) = – 19.331 P ( 10 ) = – 386 ( 10 ) or P = 19.97 kN
2 2 –6
ε b = ( ε xx ) b cos ( – 30 ) + [ – 0.25 ( ε xx ) b ] sin ( – 30 ) = 0.6875 ( ε xx ) b = 0.6875 [ 1.1904 ( M + 0.5P ) ( 10 ) ] or
–6 –6
ε b = 0.8184 ( M + 0.5P ) ( 10 ) = 4092 ( 10 ) or M + 0.5P = 5000
Substituting P=19.97(103) we obtain: M = – 4985N – m or M = – 4.985 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.74 A steel (E = 210 GPa and ν=0.28) rod of diameter 50 mm is loaded by axial forces P = 100 kN as
shown in Fig. P9.74. Determine the strain that will be recorded by the strain gage.
P
20o
P B C
A
2m
0.75 m
Fig. P9.74
Solution E = 210 GPa ν=0.28 d = 50 mm

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the rigid plate.
(a) P
NAB NBC
P B
By equilibrium of forces we obtain:
3
N AB + N BC = 2P = 200 ( 10 ) 1
The deformation of the two bars is the same as shown below.
δ AB = δ BC 2
2 –3
The cross-sectional area of the rods is: A = π ( 0.05 ) ⁄ 4 = 1.963 ( 10 )
The deformation of the bars can be written as:
N AB L AB N AB ( 0.75 )
δ AB = ---------------------- - = 1.8189N AB ( 10 –9 )
= --------------------------------------------------------- 3
EA 9 –3
210 ( 10 ) ( 1.963 ) ( 10 )
N BC L BC N BC ( 2 )
δ BC = --------------------- - = 4.8504N BC ( 10 – 9 )
- = --------------------------------------------------------- 4
EA 9 –3
210 ( 10 ) ( 1.963 ) ( 10 )
Substituting Eqs. 3 and 4 into Eq. 2, we obtain:
1.8189N AB ( 10 – 9 ) = 4.8504N BC ( 10 – 9 ) or N BC = 0.375N AB 5
Solving Eqs. 1 and 5 we obtain:
3 3
N AB = 145.45 ( 10 ) and N BC = 0.5455P = 54.55 ( 10 ) 6
3 –3 6 N
The axial stress in segment BC is: σ xx = N BC ⁄ A = ( 54.55 ( 10 ) ) ⁄ [ 1.963 ( 10 ) ] = 27.79 ( 10 ) ------2- ( C )
m
6 9 –3
The axial strain in segment BC is: ε xx = σ xx ⁄ E = – ( 27.79 ( 10 ) ) ⁄ [ 210 ( 10 ) ] = – 0.1323 ( 10 )
–3 –3
The transverse strain in segment BC is: ε yy = – νε xx = – 0.28 [ – 0.1323 ( 10 ) ] = 0.03705 ( 10 )
The shear strain γxy = 0. We obtain the strain in the gage as:
–3 2 –3 2 –3
ε 20 = [ – 0.1323 ( 10 ) ] cos ( 20 ) + [ 0.03705 ( 10 ) ] sin ( 20 ) = – 112.51 ( 10 ) 7
ε 20 = – 112.5μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.75 The strain gage mounted on the surface of a solid axial steel (E = 210 GPa and ν=0.28) rod in Fig.
P9.75 showed a strain of -214 μ m/m. If the diameter of the shaft is 50 mm, determine the applied axial
force P.
P
20o
P B C
A
2m
0.75 m
Fig. P9.75
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the rigid plate.

(a) P
NAB NBC
P B
N AB + N BC = 2P 1
The deformation of the two bars is the same as shown below.
δ AB = δ BC 2
2 –3
The cross-sectional area of the rods is: A = π ( 0.05 ) ⁄ 4 = 1.963 ( 10 )
The deformation of the bars can be written as:
N AB L AB N AB ( 0.75 )
δ AB = ---------------------- - = 1.8189N AB ( 10 –9 )
= --------------------------------------------------------- 3
EA 9 –3
210 ( 10 ) ( 1.963 ) ( 10 )
N BC L BC N BC ( 2 )
δ BC = --------------------- - = 4.8504N BC ( 10 – 9 )
- = --------------------------------------------------------- 4
EA 9 –3
210 ( 10 ) ( 1.963 ) ( 10 )
1.8189N AB ( 10 – 9 ) = 4.8504N BC ( 10 – 9 ) or N BC = 0.375N AB 5
N AB = 1.4545P and N BC = 0.5455P 6
–3 3 N
The axial stress in segment BC is: σ xx = N BC ⁄ A = 0.5455P ⁄ [ 1.963 ( 10 ) ] = 0.2779P ( 10 ) ------2- ( C )
m
3 9 –9
The axial strain in segment BC is: ε xx = σ xx ⁄ E = – 0.2779P ( 10 ) ⁄ [ 210 ( 10 ) ] = – 1.3232P ( 10 )
–9 –9
The transverse strain in segment BC is: ε yy = – νε xx = – 0.28 [ – 1.3232P ( 10 ) ] = 0.3705P ( 10 )
The shear strain γxy = 0. We obtain the strain in the gage as:
–9 2 2 –9
ε 20 = [ – 1.3232P ( 10 ) ] cos ( 20 ) + [ 0.3705P ] sin ( 20 ) = – 1.1251P ( 10 ) 7
Substituting ε20 = -214(10-6) into Eq. 7, we obtain:
–9 –6
ε 20 = – 1.1251P ( 10 ) = – 214 ( 10 ) or P = 190.2 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.76 A steel (E = 210 GPa and ν=0.28) shaft of diameter 50 mm is loaded by a torque of T = 10 kN-m
as shown in Fig. P9.76. Determine the strain that will be recorded by the strain gage.
T
20o
A B C
0.75 m 2m
Fig. P9.76
------------------------------------------------------------
4 –6 4
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the shaft after imaginary cuts are made in section AB and BC. By
moment equilibrium we obtain:
3
T AB = T A T BC = T A – 10 ( 10 ) 1
T T
(a) TA TAB (b)
TA TBC y
x
A
A B A B C

T AB ( x B – x A ) ( T A ) ( 0.75 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = --------------------------- 2
GJ GJ
3
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( T A – 10 ( 10 ) ) ( 2 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------
- 3
GJ GJ
3
( T A ) ( 0.75 ) ( T A – 100 ( 10 ) ) ( 2 ) 20 ( 10 )
3
3
φ C – φ A = --------------------------- + ------------------------------------------------- = 0 or T A = ------------------- = 7.273 ( 10 ) 4
GJ GJ 2.75
3 3
From Eq. 1 we obtain: T AB = 7.273 ( 10 ) T BC = – 2.727 ( 10 ) .
The magnitude of torsional shear stress on the surface of segment BC is:
T BC ρ max 2.727 ( 10 ) ( 0.025 )
3
6 N
τ = ---------------------- - = 111.1 ( 10 ) -------
- = ---------------------------------------------
–6 2
J 0.6136 ( 10 ) m
Fig. (c) shows direction of torsional shear stress that is determined by inspection. In the x, y coordinates
6 N
the shear stress is negative. We obtain: τ xy = – 111.1 ( 10 ) ------2- .
m
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = E ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + ν ) ] = 210 ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + 0.28 ) ] = 82.03GPa
6 9 –3
The shear strain is: γ xy = τ xy ⁄ G = – 111.1 ( 10 ) [ 82.03 ( 10 ) ] = – 1.354 ( 10 ) = – 1354μ
The normal strains in the x, y coordinate are zero. We obtain the strain in the gage as:
ε 20 = – 1354 cos ( 20 ) sin ( 20 ) = – 435.16 μ 5
r ε 20 = – 435.2 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.77 The strain gage mounted on the surface of a solid steel (E = 210 GPa and ν=0.28) shaft shown in
Fig. P9.77 recorded a strain of 1088 μ. If the diameter of the shaft is 50 mm, determine the applied torque
T.
T
20o
A B C
0.75 m 2m
Fig. P9.77
------------------------------------------------------------
4 –6 4
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the shaft after imaginary cuts are made in section AB and BC. By
moment equilibrium we obtain:
T AB = T A T BC = T A – T 1
T T
(a) TA TAB (b)
TA TBC y
x
A
A B A B C

T AB ( x B – x A ) ( T A ) ( 0.75 )
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = --------------------------- 2
GJ GJ
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( TA – T ) ( 2 )
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = -----------------------------
- 3
GJ GJ
( T A ) ( 0.75 ) ( T A – T ) ( 2 ) 2T
φ C – φ A = --------------------------- + ------------------------------ = 0 or T A = ---------- = 0.7273T 4
GJ GJ 2.75
From Eq. 1 we obtain: T AB = 0.7273T T BC = – 0.2727T .
The magnitude of torsional shear stress on the surface of segment BC is:
T BC ρ max ( 0.2727T ) ( 0.025 ) 3 N
τ = ---------------------- - = 11.11T ( 10 ) -------
- = -------------------------------------------
– 6 2
J 0.6136 ( 10 ) m
Fig. (c) shows direction of torsional shear stress that is determined by inspection. In the x, y coordinates
3 N
the shear stress is negative. We obtain: τ xy = – 11.11T ( 10 ) ------2- .
m
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = E ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + ν ) ] = 210 ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + 0.28 ) ] = 82.03GPa
3 9 –6
The shear strain is: γ xy = τ xy ⁄ G = – 11.11T ( 10 ) ⁄ [ 82.03 ( 10 ) ] = – 0.1354T ( 10 ) = – 0.1354Tμ
The normal strains in the x, y coordinate are zero. Substituting the strains and θ = 20o into Eq. 9.10, we
obtain the strain in the gage as:
ε 20 = – 0.1354T cos ( 20 ) sin ( 20 ) = – 0.04352 Tμ 5
Substituting ε20 = 1088 μ into Eq. 5, we obtain
ε 20 = 0.04352Tμ = 1088μ or T = – 25 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
∂u n
9.78 Starting with ε nn = , using Equations 9.24a through 9.24d and chain rule for differentiation,
∂n
derive Equation 9.4.
t y
n = x cos θ + y sin θ 9.24a u n = u cos θ + v sin θ 9.24c
θ
n
t = – x sin θ + y cos θ 9.24b u t = – u sin θ + v cos θ 9.24d
θ x
Fig. P9.78
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
By chain rule we have
∂u n ∂u n ∂x ∂u n ∂y
ε nn = = ⎛ ⎞ +⎛ ⎞ 1
∂n ⎝∂x ⎠ ∂n ⎝∂y ⎠ ∂n
Eqs. 9.24a and b can be solved for x and y and written as:
x = n cos θ – t sin θ y = n sin θ + t cos θ 2
From Eq. 9.24c we obtain the following:
∂u n ∂u ∂v ∂u n ∂u ∂v
= cos θ + sin θ = cos θ + sin θ 3
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂y
From Eq. 2 we obtain the following:
∂x ∂y
= cos θ = sin θ 4
∂n ∂n
Substituting Eq. 3 and 4 into Eq. 1
∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v 2 ∂u ∂v
ε nn = ⎛ cos θ + sin θ⎞ ( cos θ ) + ⎛ cos θ + sin θ⎞ ( sin θ ) = cos θ + sin θ + ⎛ + ⎞ cos θ sin θ
2
5
⎝∂x ∂x ⎠ ⎝∂y ∂y ⎠ ∂x ∂y ⎝ ∂ y ∂ x⎠
Substituting the definition of strain into Eq.5 we obtain Equation 9.4.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
∂u t
9.79 Starting with ε tt = , using Equations 9.24a through 9.24d and chain rule for differentiation,
∂t
derive Equation 9.5.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
∂u t ∂u t ∂x ∂u t ∂y
ε tt = = ⎛ ⎞ +⎛ ⎞ 1
∂t ⎝ ⎠
∂x ∂t ⎝ ∂y ⎠ ∂t
From Eqs. 9.24d we obtain the following:
∂u t ∂u ∂v ∂u t ∂u ∂v
= – sin θ + cos θ = – sin θ + cos θ 3
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂y
∂x = – sin θ ∂y = cos θ 4
∂t ∂t
Substituting Eq. 3 and 4 into Eq. 1
∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v ∂u 2 ∂v ∂u ∂v
ε tt = ⎛ – sin θ + cos θ⎞ ( – sin θ ) + ⎛ – sin θ + cos θ⎞ ( cos θ ) = sin θ + cos θ – ⎛ + ⎞ cos θ sin θ 5
2
⎝ ∂x ∂x ⎠ ⎝ ∂y ∂y ⎠ ∂x ∂y ⎝ ∂ y ∂ x⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
∂u t ∂u n
9.80 Starting with γ nt = + , using Equations 9.24a through 9.24d and chain rule for differentia-
∂n ∂t
tion, derive Equation 9.6.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
∂u t ∂u t ∂x ∂u t ∂y ∂u n ∂u n ∂x ∂u n ∂y
= ⎛ ⎞ +⎛ ⎞ = ⎛ ⎞ +⎛ ⎞ 1
∂n ⎝ ∂ x ⎠ ∂ n ⎝ ∂y ⎠ ∂n ∂t ⎝∂x ⎠ ∂t ⎝∂y ⎠ ∂t

From Eqs. 9.24d we obtain the following:
∂u t ∂u ∂v ∂u t ∂u ∂v
= – sin θ + cos θ = – sin θ + cos θ 3
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂y
∂x = cos θ ∂y = sin θ 4
∂n ∂n
∂u t ∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v ∂v ∂u 2
= ⎛ – sin θ + cos θ⎞ cos θ + ⎛ – sin θ + cos θ⎞ sin θ = ⎛ – ∂u + ∂v ⎞ sin θ cos θ + cos θ – sin θ 5
2
∂n ⎝ ∂x ∂x ⎠ ⎝ ∂y ∂y ⎠ ⎝ ∂ x ∂ y⎠ ∂x ∂y
From Eq. 9.24c we obtain the following:
∂u n ∂u ∂v ∂u n ∂u ∂v
= cos θ + sin θ = cos θ + sin θ 6
∂x ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y ∂y
∂x ∂y
= – sin θ = cos θ 7
∂t ∂t
Substituting Eqs. 6 and 7 into Eq. 1, we obtain
∂u n ∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v ∂u ∂v ⎞ ∂u ∂v 2
= ⎛ cos θ + sin θ⎞ ( – sin θ ) + ⎛ cos θ + sin θ⎞ ( cos θ ) = ⎛ –
2
+ sin θ cos θ + cos θ – sin θ 8
∂t ⎝∂x ∂x ⎠ ⎝∂y ∂y ⎠ ⎝ ∂ x ∂ y⎠ ∂y ∂x
Adding Eqs. 5 and 8, we obtain:
∂u t ∂u n ∂u ∂v ⎞ ∂u ∂v
= 2⎛– sin θ cos θ + ⎛ + ⎞ ( cos θ – sin θ )
2 2
γ nt = + + 9
∂n ∂t ⎝ ∂ x ∂ y⎠ ⎝ ∂ y ∂ x⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.81 Starting from Equation 9.15, show that for isotropic materials E x = E y and G xy = E x ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + ν ) ] .
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Eq. 9.22 is written below:
σ xx ν yx σ yy ν xy τ xy ν yx ν xy 1
ε xx = --------
- – -------- σ ε yy = --------
- – -------- σ γ xy = --------
- -------- = -------
-
E x E y yy E y E x xx G xy Ey Ex
Consider the following state of stress:
σ xx = σ σ yy = – σ τ xy = 0 2
Substituting Eq. 2 into Eqs. 8.1 and 8.8, we obtain:
2 2
σ nn = σ cos θ + ( – σ ) sin θ = σ cos 2θ 3
2 2
σ tt = σ sin θ + ( – σ ) cos θ = – σ cos 2θ 4
ν yx⎞ 1- + ν
ε xx = ⎛ ----- ε yy = – ⎛ ----- xy⎞
1- + ------- γ xy = 0
- σ - σ
------- 5
⎝E E ⎠ ⎝E E ⎠
x y y x
Substituting Eq. 5 into Eqs. 9.10 we obtain:
1 ν yx⎞ 1 ν xy⎞
ε nn = ⎛ ------ + -------
- σ cos θ + – ⎛ ------ + -------
2 2
- σ sin θ or
⎝E Ey ⎠ ⎝ Ey Ex ⎠
x
1 ν yx⎞ (----------------------------
1 + cos 2θ ) 1 ν xy⎞ (----------------------------
1 – cos 2θ )
ε nn = ⎛ ------ + -------
- σ - + – ⎛ -----
- + -------- σ - or
⎝E Ey ⎠ 2 ⎝ Ey Ex ⎠ 2
x
1 ν yx ν xy⎞ σ 1 ν yx ν xy ------------------
σ cos 2θ
ε nn = ⎛ ------ – ------ + -------
1 1
- – -------- --- + ------ + ------ + -------
- + -------- - 6
⎝E E E E ⎠ 2 E E E E 2
x y y x x y y x
Substituting Eqs. 3, 4, and 6 into Generalized Hooke’s law for isotropic materials in plane stress we obtain:
σ nn νσ tt (1 + ν) 1 ν yx ν xy⎞ σ 1 ν yx ν xy σ
- – ---------- = ----------------- σ cos 2θ = ⎛ ------ – ------ + -------
1 1 cos 2θ
ε nn = -------- - – -------- --- + ------ + ------ + -------
- + -------- ------------------- 7
E E E ⎝ Ex Ey Ey Ex ⎠ 2 Ex Ey Ey Ex 2
If Eq. 7 is to be valid for any angle θ, then the following conditions must be satisfied.
⎛ -----
1 1 ν yx ν xy⎞
- – ------ + -------
- – -------- = 0 8
⎝E E E E ⎠
x y y x
1 1 1 ν yx ν xy
--- ------ + ----- (1 + ν)
- + -------- + -------- = ----------------- 9
2 Ex Ey Ey Ex E
ν ν
yx
Noting that ------- xy
- , Eq. 9 implies E x = E y , which in turn implies ν yx = ν xy . Substituting these identi-
- = -------
Ey Ex
2 1 ν xy (1 + ν)
ties into Eq. 10, we obtain --- -----
- + -------- = ----------------- , which implies
2 Ex Ex E
E - Ex
---------------- = ---------------------
- 10
(1 + ν) ( 1 + ν xy )
We now consider another state of stress
σ xx = 0 σ yy = 0 τ xy = τ 11
From Eq. 8.2, we obtain:
2 2
τ nt = τ ( cos θ – sin θ ) = τ cos 2θ 12
Substituting Eq. 11 into Eq. 1, we obtain
ε xx = 0 ε yy = 0 γ xy = τ ⁄ G xy
13
Substituting Eq. 13 into Eq. 9.12, we obtain:
2 2
γ nt = τ ( cos θ – sin θ ) ⁄ G xy = τ cos 2θ ⁄ G xy 14
Substituting Eqs. 12 and 14 into the generalized Hooke’s law for isotropic material, we obtain:
E E τ E
τ nt = Gγ nt = -------------------- γ nt or τ cos 2θ = -------------------- --------- cos 2θ or G xy = -------------------- 15
2(1 + ν) 2 ( 1 + ν ) G xy 2(1 + ν )
Substituting Eq. 10 into Eq. 15 we obtain: G xy = E x ⁄ ( 1 + ν xy )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.82 The displacements u and v in the x and y-direction are given by the following equations
2 2 –3 2 2 –3
u = [ 0.5 ( x – y ) + 0.5xy + 0.25x ] ( 10 )mm v = [ 0.25 ( x – y ) – xy ] ( 10 )mm
Assuming plane strain, determine the principal strains, the principal angle one, and the maximum shear
strain every 30o on a circle of radius one around the origin. Use a spread sheet or write a computer program
for the calculation.
------------------------------------------------------------
For plane strain the third principal strain is: ε3 = 0
From Eqs. 2.10a, 2.10b, and 2.10d we obtain the following strains from the given displacements.
∂u –3 –3
ε xx = = [ 0.5 ( 2x ) + 0.5y + 0.25 ] ( 10 ) = [ x + 0.5y + 0.25 ] ( 10 ) 1
∂x
ε yy = ∂v = [ 0.25 ( – 2 y ) – x ] ( 10 ) = – [ x + 0.5y ] ( 10 )
–3 –3
2
∂y
γ xy = ∂u + ∂v = [ 0.5 ( – 2y ) + 0.5x + 0.25 ( 2x ) – y ] ( 10 ) = [ x – 2y ] ( 10 )

–3 –3
3
∂y ∂x
The coordinates of a point are: x = cos θ y = sin θ . These coordinates can be found at 30o interval
values of θ. Using Eqs. 1,2, and 3, the strains εxx, εyy, and γxy can be found. The principal angle (θp) can be
found from Eq. 9.13 and a principal strain (εp) found using Eq. 9.10. The other principal strain (εp2) can be
found from Eq. 9.15. Using the results decision can be made on principal strain one and two and principal
angle one. These calculations can be done on a spreadsheet and the results reported in the table below.
θ x y εxx εyy γxy θp εp εp2 ε1 ε2 θ1
(o) (mm) (mm) μ μ μ (rads) μ μ μ μ ( o)
0 1.000 0.000 1250 -1000 1000 0.209 1356 -1106 1356 -1106 11.98
30 0.866 0.500 1366 -1116 -134 -0.027 1368 -1118 1368 -1118 -1.54
60 0.500 0.866 1183 -933 -1232 -0.264 1349 -1099 1349 -1099 -15.11
90 0.000 1.000 750 -500 -2000 -0.506 1304 -1054 1304 -1054 -29.00
120 -0.500 0.866 183 67 -2232 -0.759 1243 -993 1243 -993 -43.51
150 -0.866 0.500 -366 616 -1866 0.543 -929 1179 1179 -929 121.12
180 -1.000 0.000 -750 1000 -1000 0.260 -883 1133 1133 -883 104.87
210 -0.866 -0.500 -866 1116 134 -0.034 -868 1118 1118 -868 88.07
240 -0.500 -0.866 -683 933 1232 -0.326 -891 1141 1141 -891 71.34
270 -0.000 -1.000 -250 500 2000 -0.606 -943 1193 1193 -943 55.28
300 0.500 -0.866 317 -67 2232 0.700 1257 -1007 1257 -1007 40.12
330 0.866 -0.500 866 -616 1866 0.450 1316 -1066 1316 -1066 25.77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.83 On a aluminum (E = 70 GPa and ν = 0.25) beam two strain gages were attached to monitor loads P
and w that vary slowly over time. The measured values of strain gage readings are given in Table 9.1.
Determine the values of P and w at the times the strain were measured.
Table 9.1 Strain Values
y P
b a
y
w εa εb εa εb
45o 45o μ μ μ μ
x 30 mm
15 mm 1 1501 2368 6 1380 2191
30 mm
2 1433 2276 7 1448 2282
z
3 1385 2193 8 1496 2366
0.4 m 0.4 m 6 mm
6 mm 4 1483 2336 9 1398 2223
Fig. P9.83 5 1470 2331 10 1411 2228
Solution E = 70 GPa ν = 0.25 P= ? w=?

------------------------------------------------------------
3 –6
The area moment of inertia is: I zz = ( 0.012 ) ( 0.06 ) ⁄ 12 = 0.216 ( 10 )
Vy 0.2 m 0.4w P y
(a) (b)
30 mm 15 mm
Mz z 15 mm
30 mm
M 6mm
0.4m 6 mm 12 mm

V y = – ( P + 0.4w ) M z = – [ 0.4P + ( 0.4w ) ( 0.2 ) ] = – 0.4 ( P + 0.2w ) 1
The bending normal stress at the two gage locations is:
–Mz y [ – 0.4 ( P + 0.2w ) ] ( 0.015 ) 3
σ xx = -------------
- = – ------------------------------------------------------------- = 27.777 ( P + 0.2w ) ( 10 ) 2
I zz –6
( 0.216 ) ( 10 )
The bending normal strain at the gage location is:
σ xx 27.777 ( P + 0.2w ) ( 10 ) ( 10 )
3 3
–6
ε xx = --------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.3968 ( P + 0.2w ) ( 10 ) 3
E 9
70 ( 10 )
–6 3
area is: Q z = ( 0.012 ) ( 0.015 ) ( 0.0225 ) = 4.05 ( 10 )m
As the shear force Vy is negative, the bending shear stress τxy will be negative. The bending shear stresses
at the two gage locations is:
Vy ( Qz )a ( P + 0.4w ) ( 4.05 ) ( 10 )
–6
τ xy = – -------------------- = – ---------------------------------------------------------- = – 1562.5 ( P + 0.4w ) 4
–6
I zz t ( 0.216 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.012 )
The bending shear strain at the gage location is:
τ xy – 1562.5 ( P + 0.4w ) = –6
γ xy = -------
- = ---------------------------------------------- – 0.0558 ( P + 0.4w ) ( 10 ) 5
G 9
28 ( 10 )
Substituting ε yy = – νε xx and θa = 45o and θb = -45o into Eq. 9.10, we obtain:
2 2 ( 1 – ν )ε xx γ xy
ε a = ε xx cos ( 45 ) + ( – 0.28ε xx ) sin ( 45 ) + γ xy sin ( 45 ) cos ( 45 ) = ------------------------
- + ------- 6
2 2
2 2 ( 1 – ν )ε xx γ xy
ε b = ε xx cos ( – 45 ) + ( – νε xx ) sin ( – 45 ) + γ xy sin ( – 45 ) cos – ( 45 ) = ------------------------
- – ------- 7
2 2
1
Solving Eqs. 6 and 7, we obtain: ε xx = ---------------- ( ε a + ε b ) γ xy = ( ε a – ε b ) . Substituting Eqs. 3 and 5 we
(1 – ν)
obtain:
–6 1 6
0.3968 ( P + 0.2w ) ( 10 ) = ---------------- ( ε a + ε b ) or P + 0.2w = 3.36 ( ε a + ε b ) ( 10 ) 8
(1 – ν)
–6 6
– 0.0558 ( P + 0.4w ) ( 10 ) = ( ε a – ε b ) or P + 0.4w = – 17.92 ( ε a – ε b ) ( 10 ) 9
6
P = [ 6.72 ( ε a + ε b ) + 17.92 ( ε a – ε b ) ] ( 10 ) 10
w = – [ 16.8 ( ε a + ε b ) + 89.6 ( ε a – ε b ) ] 11
Using Eqs. 10 and 11 the various values of P and w can be found on a spreadsheet from the reading of εa
and εb as shown in the table below.

εa εb P w
(μ) (μ) N N/m
1501 2368 10463 12297
1433 2276 9818 12851
1385 2193 9565 11929
1483 2336 10378 11888
1470 2331 10114 12909
1380 2191 9464 12316
1448 2282 10120 11689
1496 2366 10362 12684
1398 2223 9549 12725
1411 2228 9813 11704
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1 Determine the normal and shear stress in the seam of the shaft passing through point A. The seam is at an angle
o to the axis of a solid shaft of 2 inch diameter.
of 60
P T =30 in-kips
T
θ A
P = 50 kips
Figure P10.1
Solution: d = 2in θ= σnn =? 60ο τnt =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram with the internal force and torque drawn as per our sign convention.
T (b) T (c) y
(a) y
θ 19.1 ksi
30 in-kips t
N n 15.9 ksi
P = 50 kips T
x 30o 60o x
By equilibrium of forces and moment in Fig (a) we obtain: N = 50 kips and T = 30 in - kips
The area of cross section and polar moment is.
π 2 2 π 4 4
A = --- ( 2 ) = 3.1419in J = ------ ( 2 ) = 1.5708in
4 32
N 50
The axial stress is σ xx = ---- = ---------------- = 15.92ksi
A 3.1419
Tρ ( 30 ) ( 1 )
The torsional shear stress is τ xθ = ------- = ------------------- = 19.1ksi
J 1.5708
Fig (b) shows the torsional shear stress direction. Fig (c) shows the stress cube at point A. We note σ xx = 15.92ksi ,
σ yy = 0ksi , σ xy = ( – 19.1 )ksi . The angle the outward normal to plane is 30ο
From Eqs. 8.1 and 8.2 we obtain
2
σ nn = 15.19 ( cos 30 ) + ( 2 ) ( – 19.1 )cos30 sin 30 or σ nn = 4.6ksi ( C )
2 2
τ nt = ( – 15.19 ) ( cos30 sin 30 ) + ( – 19.1 ) [ ( cos30 ) – ( sin 30 ) ] or τ nt = – 16.4k si
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2 A 4 inch diameter solid circular steel shaft is loaded as shown. Determine the shear stress and normal stress
on a plane passing through point E. Point E is on the surface of the shaft.
120 kips 120 in-kips
420 in-kips
A
200 in-kips
B
50o
E 100 in-kips
C
120 kips
Figure P10.2
Solution: d = 4 in σnn =? τnt =?
------------------------------------------------------------
N T (b) (c)
(a)
200 in-kips y 9.549 ksi
θ
100 in-kips t
E n 25.133 ksi
C
T
D x 40o 50o x
120 kips
By equilibrium of forces and moments in Fig (a) we obtain: N = 120 kips and T = -300 in - kips
The area of cross section and area moment of inertia is.
π 2 2 π 4 4
A = --- ( 4 ) = 12.566in J = ------ ( 4 ) = 25.133in
4 32
N 120
The axial stress is σ xx = ---- = ---------------- = 9.549ksi
A 12.566
Tρ ( – 300 ) ( 2 )
The torsional shear stress is τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------- = – 23.872 ksi
J 25.133
Fig (b) shows the torsional shear stress direction. Fig (c) shows the stress cube at point E. We note σ xx = 9.549ksi ,
σ yy = 0ksi , σ xy = 23.872ksi . The angle the outward normal to plane is 40ο
From Eq. 8.1 and 8.2 we obtain
2
σ nn = 9.549 ( cos 40 ) + ( 2 ) ( 23.872 )cos40 sin 40 or σ nn = 29.11 ksi (T)
2 2
τ nt = ( – 9.549 ) ( cos40 sin 40 ) + ( 23.872 ) [ ( cos40 ) – ( sin 40 ) ] or τ nt = – 0.557 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3 A solid shaft of 75 mm diameter is loaded as shown in Figure P10.3. The strain gage is 20o to the axis of the
shaft and the shaft material has a Modulus of Elasticity E = 250 GPa and Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.3. Use this data in the
problems below. If T = 20 kN-m and P = 50 kN what strain will the strain gage show.
20o
P
Figure P10.3
Solution: d = 75mm θ= E = 250 GPa 20ο ν = 0.3
------------------------------------------------------------
y
(a) (b) T (c)
y 12.072T MPa
T θ
T
P 0.226P MPa
N T
x x
By equilibrium of forces and moments in Fig (a) we obtain:T = T kN-m and N = -P kN

π 2 –3 2 π 4 –6 4
A = --- ( 0.075 ) = 4.418 ( 10 )m J = ------ ( 0.075 ) = 3.106 ( 10 )m
4 32
The axial stress is:
3
– P ( 10 ) 6 N 6 N
σ xx = N---- = ----------------------------- = – 0.226 P ( 10 ) ------- = – 11.3 ( 10 ) -------
A –3 2 2
4.418 ( 10 ) m m
The torsional shear stress is:
3 –3
Tρ T ( 10 ) ( 37.5 ) ( 10 ) 6 N 6 N
τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------------------------------- = 12.072T ( 10 ) ------- = 241.44 ( 10 ) -------
J –6 2 2
3.106 ( 10 ) m m
σ xx 11.3 ( 10 )
6
The normal strains are ε xx = --------
- = – ------------------------ = – 45.2 μ and ε yy = – νε xx = 13.56μ
E 9
250 ( 10 )
6 N
Fig. (b) shows the torsional shear stress. Fig. (c) shows the stress cube from which we note τ xy = – 241.44 ( 10 ) ------- .
2
m
E
The shear modulus is G = -------------------- = 96.15GPa
2(1 + ν)
τ xy – 241.44 ( 10 )
6
The shear strain is γ xy = -------
- = --------------------------------- = – 2511.1 μ
G 9
96.15 ( 10 )
We obtain
2 2
ε 20 = ( – 45.2 ) ( cos 20 ) + ( 13.56 ) ( sin 20 ) + ( – 2511.1 )cos20 sin 20 = – 845μ or ε 20 = – 845μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shaft and the shaft material has a Modulus of Elasticity E = 250 GPa and Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.3. Use this data in the
problems below. If the strain gage shows a reading of - 450 μ m/m, and T = 10 kN, determine the axial load P.
20o
P
Figure P10.4
Solution: d = 75mm θ = 20ο E = 250 GPa ν = 0.3
------------------------------------------------------------
y
(a) (b) T (c)
y 12.072T MPa
T θ
T
P 0.226P MPa
N T
x x

π 2 –3 2 π 4 –6 4
A = --- ( 0.075 ) = 4.418 ( 10 )m J = ------ ( 0.075 ) = 3.106 ( 10 )m
4 32
3
N – P ( 10 ) 6 N
The axial stress is: σ xx = ---- = ----------------------------- = – 0.226 P ( 10 ) -------
A –3 2
4.418 ( 10 ) m
3 –3
Tρ T ( 10 ) ( 37.5 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
The torsional shear stress is: τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------------------------------- = 12.072T ( 10 ) -------
J –6 2
3.106 ( 10 ) m
σ xx 0.226P ( 10 )
6
- = – ------------------------------- = – 0.9054Pμ and ε yy = – νε xx = 0.2716Pμ
E 9
250 ( 10 )
6 N
Fig. (b) shows the torsional shear stress. Fig. (c) shows the stress cube from which we note τ xy = – 12.072T ( 10 ) ------- .
2
m
E
2(1 + ν)
τ xy – 12.072T ( 10 )
6
- = ------------------------------------- = – 125.5Tμ
G 9
96.15 ( 10 )
From Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε 20 = ( – 0.9054P ) ( cos 20 ) + ( 0.2716P ) ( sin 20 ) + ( – 125.5T )cos20 sin 20 or
ε 20 = ( – 0.7677P – 40.335T )μ 1
We are given ε 20 = – 450μ and T = 10 kN-m. Substituting these values in Eq. 1 we obtain
ε 20 = – ( 0.7677 ) ( P ) – ( 40.335 ) ( 10 ) or P = 60.76 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shaft and the shaft material has a Modulus of Elasticity E = 250 GPa and Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.3. If the strain gage
shows a reading of -300 μ m/m and P = 55 kN, determine the applied torque T.
20o
P
Figure P10.5
Solution: d = 75mm θ = 20ο E = 250 GPa ν = 0.3

------------------------------------------------------------
y
(a) (b) T (c)
y 12.072T MPa
T θ
T
P 0.226P MPa
N T
x x

π 2 –3 2 π 4 –6 4
A = --- ( 0.075 ) = 4.418 ( 10 )m J = ------ ( 0.075 ) = 3.106 ( 10 )m
4 32
3
N – P ( 10 ) 6 N
The axial stress is: σ xx = ---- = ----------------------------- = – 0.226 P ( 10 ) -------
A –3 2
4.418 ( 10 ) m
3 –3
Tρ T ( 10 ) ( 37.5 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
The torsional shear stress is: τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------------------------------- = 12.072T ( 10 ) -------
J –6 2
3.106 ( 10 ) m
σ xx 0.226P ( 10 )
6
- = – ------------------------------- = – 0.9054Pμ and ε yy = – νε xx = 0.2716Pμ
E 9
250 ( 10 )
6 N
Fig. (b) shows the torsional shear stress. Fig. (c) shows the stress cube from which we note τ xy = – 12.072T ( 10 ) ------- .
2
m
E
2(1 + ν)
τ xy – 12.072T ( 10 )
6
- = ------------------------------------- = – 125.5Tμ
G 9
96.15 ( 10 )
From Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε 20 = ( – 0.9054P ) ( cos 20 ) + ( 0.2716P ) ( sin 20 ) + ( – 125.5T )cos20 sin 20 or
ε 20 = ( – 0.7677P – 40.335T )μ 1
We are given ε 20 = – 300μ and P = 55kN. Substituting these values in Eq. 1 we obtain
ε 20 = – ( 0.7677 ) ( 55 ) – ( 40.335 )T = – 300 or T = 6.39 kN-m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.6 A solid shaft of 2 inch diameter is loaded as shown in Figure P10.6. The shaft material has a Modulus of Elas-
ticity of E = 30,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.3. Use this data in the problems below. Determine the strain the
gage would show if P = 70 kips and T = 50 in-kips.
a b
60o
T 30o
Figure P10.6
Solution: d=2 E=30,000 ν = 0.3

------------------------------------------------------------
By equilibrium of forces and moments in Fig (a) we obtain: T = T and N = P kips
y
(a) T
(b) T (c)
T y 0.6366T ksi
θ
P 0.3183P ksi
N T
x x

π 2 2 4
A = --- ( 2 ) = 3.1416in J = 1.5708in
4
N P
The axial stress is σ xx = ---- = ---------------- = 0.3183Pksi
A 3.1416
3
Tρ T ( 10 ) ( 1 )
The torsional shear stress is τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------- = 0.6366Tksi
J 1.5708
σ xx
- = – 0.3183P
The normal strains are: ε xx = -------- -------------------- = 10.61Pμ and ε yy = – νε xx = ( – 3.183 )Pμ
E 30000
Fig. (b) shows the torsional shear stress. Fig (c) shows the stress cube. we note τ xy = – 0.6366Tksi . The shear modu-
E
lus is G = -------------------- = 11538ksi
2(1 + ν)
τ xy
The shear strain is γ xy = ------- - = –----------------------
0.6366T- = – 55.174Tμ
G 11538
Substituting θa = 150ο and the value of strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε a = ( 10.61P ) ( cos 150 ) + ( – 3.183P ) ( sin 150 ) + ( – 55.174T )cos150 sin 150 or
ε a = ( 7.1617P + 23.891T )μ 1
Substituting θb = 60ο and the value of strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε b = ( 10.61P ) ( cos 60 ) + ( – 3.183P ) ( sin 60 ) + ( – 55.174T )cos60 sin 60 or
ε b = ( 0.26525P – 23.891 T )μ 2
We are given P = 70 kips and T = 50 in-kips. Substituting these values in Eq. (1) and (2)we obtain
ε a = ( 7.1617 ) ( 70 ) + ( 23.891 ) ( 50 ) or ε a = 1696μ
ε b = ( 0.26525 ) ( 70 ) – ( 23.891 ) ( 50 ) or ε b = – 1176μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.7 A solid shaft of 2 inch diameter is loaded as shown in Figure P10.7. The shaft material has a Modulus of Elas-
ticity of E = 30,000 ksi and a Poisson’s ratio of ν = 0.3. Use this data in the problems below.The strain gages mounted
on the surface of the shaft recorded the following strain values: ε = 2078 μ ε = – 1410μ . Determine the axial
a b
force P and the torque T.
a b
60o
T 30o
Figure P10.7
Solution: d=2 E=30,000 ν = 0.3

------------------------------------------------------------
By equilibrium of forces and moments in Fig (a) we obtain: T = T and N = P kips
y
(a) T
(b) T (c)
T y 0.6366T ksi
θ
P 0.3183P ksi
N T
x x

π 2 2 4
A = --- ( 2 ) = 3.1416in J = 1.5708in
4
N P
The axial stress is σ xx = ---- = ---------------- = 0.3183Pksi
A 3.1416
3
Tρ T ( 10 ) ( 1 )
The torsional shear stress is τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------- = 0.6366Tksi
J 1.5708
σ xx 0.3183P
The normal strains are: ε xx = --------- = – -------------------- = 10.61Pμ and ε yy = – νε xx = ( – 3.183 )Pμ
E 30000
Fig. (b) shows the torsional shear stress. Fig (c) shows the stress cube. we note τ xy = – 0.6366Tksi . The shear modu-
E τ xy
- = –
lus is G = -------------------- = 11538ksi The shear strain is γ xy = -------
0.6366T- = – 55.174Tμ
----------------------
2(1 + ν) G 11538
Substituting θa = 150ο and the value of strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε a = ( 10.61P ) ( cos 150 ) + ( – 3.183P ) ( sin 150 ) + ( – 55.174T )cos150 sin 150 or
ε a = ( 7.1617P + 23.891T )μ 1
ο
Substituting θb = 60 and the value of strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε b = ( 10.61P ) ( cos 60 ) + ( – 3.183P ) ( sin 60 ) + ( – 55.174T )cos60 sin 60 or
ε b = ( 0.26525P – 23.891 T )μ 2
We are given ε a = 2078μ and ε b = – 1410 μ . Substituting these values in Eq. (1) and (2)we obtain
( 7.1617 )P + ( 23.891 )T = 2078 3
( 0.26525 )P – ( 23.891 )T = – 1410 4
Solving Eq. (3) and (4) we obtain P = 89.9 kips T = 60.0 in-kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.8 Two solid circular steel (Es= 200GPa, Gs= 80 GPa) shafts and a solid circular bronze (Ebr = 100 GPa, Gbr = 40
GPa) shaft are securely connected and loaded as shown Figure P10.8. Determine the maximum normal and shear stress
in the shaft.
F = 40 kN T = 10 kN-m
A 350 E B C D
100 mm
Steel Steel Bronze
F = 40 kN
5m 3m 4m
Figure P10.8
Solution: Es = 200 GPa Gs = 80 GPa Ebr = 100 GPa Gbr = 40 GPa
σmax =? τmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) and (b) show the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in AB and BC respectively.
(a) T = 10 kN-m
TA TAB (b) F = 40 kN
TA
TBC
NAB
RA
RA B NBC
F = 40 kN
By equilibrium of forces and moment in Figs (a) and (b) we obtain.

NAB = RA and TAB = -TA 1
NBC = RA -80 and TBC = -TA + 10 2
Noting that there are no external forces or moments at C we obtain
NCD = NBC = RA -80 and TCD =TBC = -TA + 10 3
The area of cross section and polar moment J are
π 2 –3 2 π 4 –6 4
A = --- ( 0.1 ) = 7.854 ( 0.1 )m J = ------ ( 0.1 ) = 9.817 ( 0.1 )m 4
4 32
The relative displacement of ends of each segment can be written as shown below.
N AB ( x B – x A ) RA ( 5 ) –9
u B – u A = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 3.183R A ( 10 ) 5
E AB A AB 9 –3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 7.854 ) ( 10 )
N BC ( x C – x B ) ( R A – 80 ) ( 3 ) –9
u C – u B = ----------------------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 1.9099 ( R A – 80 ) ( 10 ) 6
E BC A BC 9 –3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 7.854 ) ( 10 )
N CD ( x D – x C ) ( R A – 80 ) ( 4 ) –9
u D – u C = ----------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 5.0929 ( R A – 80 ) ( 10 ) 7
E CD A CD 9 – 3
( 100 ) ( 10 ) ( 7.854 ) ( 10 )
Adding Eqs. (5) (6) and (7) and noting uD = 0 and uA = 0 we obtain
–9
u D – u A = [ 3.183R A + 1.9099 ( R A – 80 ) + 5.0929 ( R A – 80 ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or
[ 1.9099 + 5.0929 ] ( 80 )
R A = ---------------------------------------------------------------- = 55kN 8
( 3.183 + 1.9099 + 5.0929 )
The relative rotation of ends of each segment can be written as
T AB ( x B – x A ) ( –TA ) ( 5 ) –6
φ B – φ A = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = – 6.3665 T A ( 10 ) 9
G AB J AB 9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
T BC ( x C – x B ) ( – T A + 10 ) ( 3 ) –6
φ C – φ B = ---------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 3.8199 ( – T A + 10 ) ( 10 ) 10
G BC J BC 9 – 6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
T CD ( x D – x C ) ( – T A + 10 ) ( 4 ) –6
φ D – φ C = ----------------------------------
- = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 10.186 ( – T A + 10 ) ( 10 ) 11
G DC J DC 9 –6
( 40 ) ( 10 ) ( 9.817 ) ( 10 )
Adding Eqs. (9) (10) and (11) and noting φA = 0 and φD = 0, we obtain
–6
φ D – φ A = [ – 6.3665 T A + 3.8199 ( – T A + 10 ) + 10.186 ( – T A + 10 ) ] ( 10 ) = 0 or
[ 3.8199 + 10.186 ] ( 10 )
T A = ------------------------------------------------------------------- = 6.875kN – m 12
( 6.3665 + 3.8199 + 10.186 )
Substituting Eqs. (8) and (12) into Eqs. (1), (2), (3) we obtain
NAB = 55 kN TAB = -6.875 kN-m
NBC = -25kN TBC = 3.125kN-m
NCD = -25kN TCD = 3.125kN-m
As diameter is the same in all segments the maximum axial and torsional shear stress will exist in segments AB, The
value of stresses are
3
55 ( 10 ) 6 N
σ xx = N
---- = ----------------------------- = 7.0 ( 10 ) ------- = 7.0MPa ( T ) 13
A –3 2
7.854 ( 10 ) m
T AB ρ ( – 6.875 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.05 )
3
6 N
τ xθ = -------------
- = --------------------------------------------------- = 35.0 ( 10 ) ------- = – 35.0 MPa ( T ) 14
J –6 2
9.817 ( 10 ) m
Noting that σyy = 0, the principal stresses are
+ 0- ± ⎛ 7---⎞ 2 + ( 35 ) 2 = 3.5 ± 35.17 or σ = 38.67MPa and σ = – 31.67 MPa

σ 1, 2 = 7
-----------
2 ⎝ 2⎠ 1 2
The maximum normal stress is σ max = 38.7 MPa

σ1 – σ2
As σ3 = 0, the maximum shear stress is τ max = ----------------- - = 35.17 or τ max = 35.2 MPa
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.9 Determine the normal and shear stress on a plane 35o to the axis of the shaft at point E in Figure P10.8. Point E
is on the surface of the shaft.
Solution: Es = 200 GPa Gs = 80 GPa Ebr = 100 GPa Gbr = 40 GPa
σnn =? τnt =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Solution
From Eqs. (14) and (15) of problem 10.8 we have σxx = 7MPa(T), τxθ = -35MPa.
Fig(a) shows the torsional shear stress. Fig (b) shows the stress cube.
(a) y
θ
(b) 35 MPa
TA t
n 7 MPa
E
6.875 55o 35o
x x
From Fig (b) we have the following stresses σxx = 7MPa,σyy = 0, τxy = 35MPa. The outward normal to the inclined
plane is at an angle of 55o from the X-axis. Substituting theses values in Eqs. (8.1) and (8.21) we obtain.
2
σ nn = ( 7 ) ( cos 55 ) + ( 2 ) ( 35 )cos55 sin 55 = 35.19 or σ nn = 35.2 MPa (T)
2 2
τ nt = ( – 7 )cos55 sin 55 + ( 35 ) [ ( cos55 ) – ( sin 55 ) ] = – 15.26 or τ nt = – 15.3 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10 A rectangular hollow member is constructed from a 1/2 inch thick sheet metal and loaded as shown Figure
P10.10. Determine the normal and shear stresses at points A and B and show it on the stress cubes for P1 = 72 kips,
P2 = 0, and P3 = 6 kips.
y
in
A
6
4 in
B P1
z P3 P2
60 in
Figure P10.10
1
Solution: t = --- in , P1 = 72 kips, P2 = 0, P3 = 6 kips, σA =?, τA =?, σB =?, τB =?
2
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram with the internal force and moments drawn as per our sign convention.
s
(a) Vy (b) y y
(c)
My A
in
A s 2 in
6
4 in
N B 3 in 4 in
z
P1
B z
5 in
Vz P3 P2 6 in
Mz 60 in 3in
By equilibrium of forces and moments we obtain
N = -P1 1
Vy = P2 and Mz = 60 P2 2
Vz = -P3 and My = -60 P3 3
with P2 = 0, we have axial stress, and stresses due to bending about y-axis. The cross-sectional area and second area
moment of inertia are
2 1 3 1 3 4
A = ( 6 ) ( 4 ) – ( 5 ) ( 3 ) = 9in I yy = ------ ( 4 ) ( 6 ) – ------ ( 3 ) ( 5 ) = 40.75in 4
12 12
Figs (b) and (c) shows the area As for calculation of shear stress at points B and A. From Fig. (b) we see
( Q y ) B = 0 , thus ( τ xy ) B = 0 . From Fig (c) we can find the first moment of inertia as
3
( Q y ) A = ( 2 ) ( 3 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 1.5 ) + ( 3 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 2.75 ) = 8.625in 5
The axial stress at A and B is
N – 72
( σ xx ) A, B = ---- = --------- = – 8 ksi 6
A 9
The normal stresses due to bending about y-axis are
–My zB – ( – 60 ) ( 6 ) ( 3 )
σA = 0 σ B = ----------------
- = --------------------------------- = 26.5ksi 7
I yy 40.75
The shear stress of point A is
–Vz ( Qy )A ( – 6 ) ( 8.625 )- = 1.27ksi
- = –--------------------------------
( τ xs ) A = ------------------------
I yy t ( 40.75 ) ( 1 )
Noting that s in Fig. (b) is in opposite direction to z we obtain
( τ xz ) A = – ( τ xs ) A = – 1.27ksi 8
The total stresses at point A and B are
( σ xx ) A = – 8 ksi or ( σ xx ) A = 8 ksi (C) ( τ xy ) A = 0 ( τ xz ) A = – 1.27 ksi
( σ xx ) B = – 8 + 26.5 = 18.5ksi or ( σ xx ) B = 18.5 ksi (T) ( τ xy ) B = 0 ( τ xz ) B = 0
Figs. (d) and (e) show the stress cube at points A and B.
y y
(d) (e)
18.5 ksi
8 ksi
1.27 ksi x x
A B
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.11 Determine the principal stresses and maximum shear stress at points A and B in problem Figure P10.10 for
P1 = 72 kips, P2 = 3 kips, and P3 = 0.
Solution: P1 = 72 kips, P2 = 3 kips, P3 = 0, (σ1)A,B =?, (σ2)A,B =?, (τmax)A,B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
With P3 = 0 we have axial and stresses due to bending about z -axis. The second area moment of inertia.
1 3 1 3 4
I zz = ------ ( 6 ) ( 4 ) – ------ ( 5 ) ( 3 ) = 20.75in 1
12 12
From Fig (c) in problem 10.10 we see (Qz)A=0, thus (τxz)A = 0. From Fig. (b) in problem 10.10 we can find the first
moment of inertia as.
4
( Q z ) B = ( 2 ) ( 2 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 1 ) + ( 5 ) ( 0.5 ) ( 1.75 ) = 6.375in 2
From Eqs. (1) and (2) in problem 10.10, we have
N = – P 1 = – 72kips 3
V y = P 2 = 3kips M z = 60P 2 = 180in – k ips 4
The axial stresses at points A and B are
( σ xx ) A, B = N
---- = –
72- = – 8 ksi
-------- 5
A 9
The normal stresses due to bending about z-axis are
–MzyB – ( 180 ) ( 2 )
( σ xx ) A = ----------------
- = ------------------------- = – 17.35 ksi and ( σ xx ) B = 0 6
I zz 20.75
–Vy ( Qz )B – ( 3 ) ( 6.375 )
The shear stress of point B is ( τ xs ) B = ------------------------
- = ----------------------------- = – 0.922 ksi
I zz t ( 20.75 ) ( 1 )
From Fig. (b) in problem 10.10 we note that the direction of coordinate s is opposite to the direction of y. Hence
( τ xy ) B = – ( τ xs ) B = 0.922ksi 7
The total stresses at points A and B are
( σ xx ) A = – 8 – 17.35 = – 25.35ksi and ( τ xy ) A = ( τ xz ) A = 0 8
( σ xx ) B = – 8ksi and ( τ xy ) B = 0.922ksi and ( τ xz ) B = 0 9
From Eq. (8) we note that shear stresses are zero. Thus the principal stresses are
( σ1 )A = 0 and ( σ 2 ) A = 25.35 ksi (C)
The maximum shear stress is:
σ1 – σ2 25.35
( τ max ) A = -----------------
- = ------------- or ( τ max ) A = 12.7 ksi
2 2
From Eq. (9) we obtain the principal stresses as
2
( σ 1, 2 ) B = ⎛ ------⎞ ± ⎛ ------⎞ + ( 0.922 ) = – 4 ± 4.1 or ( σ 1 ) B = 0.1 ksi (T)
–8 –8 2
and ( σ 2 ) B = 8.1 ksi (C)
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠
The maximum shear stress at point B is:
σ1 – σ2
( τ max ) B = ----------------- - = 0.1 + 8.1- or
-------------------- ( τ max ) B = 4.1 ksi
2 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.12 Determine the strain shown by the strain gages in Figure P10.13, if P1= 3 kN, P2= 40 kN and the Modulus of
Elasticity is 200 GPa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.3. The strain gages are parallel to the axis of the beam.
P1
a
30 mm
P2
30 mm
b
0.4 m 0.4 m 5 mm
5 mm
Figure P10.12
Solution: E = 200 GPa ν = 0.3 P1= 3 kN; P2= 40 kN εa = ? εb = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut.
(a) P1 kN
Mz
Vy P2 kN
N
0.4 m
Vy = -P1 kN N = P2 kN Mz = -0.4P1 kN-m 1
The area of cross section and second area moment of inertia is.
–3 2 1 3 –6 4
A = ( 0.01 ) ( 0.06 ) = 0.6 ( 10 )m and I zz = ------ ( 0.01 ) ( 0.06 ) = 0.18 ( 10 )m 2
12
The axial stresses at strain gage points a and b are
3
N P 2 ( 10 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) a, b = ---- = ---------------------------
- = 1.667P 2 ( 10 ) ------- 3
A –3 2
( 0.6 ) ( 10 ) m
The bending normal stresses at points A and B are
3 –3
– M z y a, b – ( – 0.4P 1 ) ( 10 ) ( ± 30 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) a, b = -------------------- - = ± 66.67P 1 ( 10 ) -------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
I zz –6 2
0.18 ( 10 ) m
There are no shear stresses at a and b. The total normal stresses at a and b is are:
6 N 6 N
( σ xx ) a = ( 1.667P 2 + 66.67P 1 ) ( 10 ) ------- and ( σ xx ) b = ( 1.667P 2 – 66.67 P 1 ) ( 10 ) -------
2 2
m m
The normal strain in the x -direction is
( σ xx )
ε a = ( ε xx ) a = ---------------a- = ( 8.333P 2 + 333.3P 1 )μ 5
E
( σ xx ) b
ε b = ( ε xx ) b = ---------------- = ( 8.333P 2 – 333.3 P 1 )μ 6
E
Substituting P1 = 3 kN and P2 = 40 kN. into Eqs. (5) and (6) we obtain
ε a = 8.333 ( 40 ) + 333.3 ( 3 ) = 1333.33 or ε a = 1333μ
ε b = 8.333 ( 40 ) – ( 333.3 ) ( 3 ) = – 666.66 or ε b = – 666.66 μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.13 The strain gages shown in Figure P10.13 recorded the following strain values: ε a = 1000 μ ε b = – 750 μ .
Determine the loads P1 and P2. The Modulus of Elasticity is 200 GPa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.3.
P1
a
30 mm
P2
30 mm
b
0.4 m 0.4 m 5 mm
5 mm
Figure P10.13
Solution: E = 200 GPa ν = 0.3 εa = 1000 μ; εb = −750 μ P1= ? kN, P2= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut.
(a) P1 kN
Mz
Vy P2 kN
N
0.4 m
Vy = -P1 kN N = P2 kN Mz = -0.4P1 kN-m 1
The area of cross section and second area moment of inertia is.
–3 2 1 3 –6 4
A = ( 0.01 ) ( 0.06 ) = 0.6 ( 10 )m and I zz = ------ ( 0.01 ) ( 0.06 ) = 0.18 ( 10 )m 2
12
The axial stresses at strain gage points a and b are
3
N P 2 ( 10 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) a, b = ---- = ---------------------------
- = 1.667P 2 ( 10 ) ------- 3
A –3 2
( 0.6 ) ( 10 ) m
The bending normal stresses at points A and B are
3 –3
– M z y a, b – ( – 0.4P 1 ) ( 10 ) ( ± 30 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) a, b = -------------------- - = ± 66.67P 1 ( 10 ) -------
- = --------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
I zz –6 2
0.18 ( 10 ) m
There are no shear stresses at a and b. The total normal stresses at a and b is are:
6 N 6 N
( σ xx ) a = ( 1.667P 2 + 66.67P 1 ) ( 10 ) ------- and ( σ xx ) b = ( 1.667P 2 – 66.67 P 1 ) ( 10 ) -------
2 2
m m
The normal strain in the x -direction is
( σ xx )
ε a = ( ε xx ) a = ---------------a- = ( 8.333P 2 + 333.3P 1 )μ 5
E
( σ xx ) b
ε b = ( ε xx ) b = ---------------- = ( 8.333P 2 – 333.3 P 1 )μ 6
E
Substituting εa = 1000μ and εb = -750μ. into Eqs. (5) and (6) we obtain
8.333P 2 + 333.3P 1 = 1000 7
8.333P 2 – 333.3 P 1 = – 750 8
Solving Eqs. (8) and (9) we obtain: P 1 = 2.625 kN and P 2 = 15 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.14 Determine the strain shown by the strain gages in Figure P10.14, if P1= 3 kN, P2= 40 kN and the Modulus of
Elasticity is 200 GPa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.3.
b a
35o 35o
P1
30 mm
P2
30 mm
Figure P10.14
0.4 m 0.4 m 5 mm
5 mm
Solution: E = 200 GPa ν = 0.3 P1= 3 kN; P2= 40 kN εa = ? εb = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq. (1) in problem 10.12 we have
N = P2 kN Vy = -P1 kN Mz = -0.4P1 kN-m 1
The axial stress at strain gauge a and b is given by Eq.(3) in problem 10-12 as
6 N
( σ xx ) a, b = 1.667P 2 ( 10 ) ------- 2
2
m
The normal stress due to bending at strain gage location is zero. Fig (a) shows the area As used in calculation of the
shear stress.
y
(a)
s 30 mm
z
10 mm
–6 3
The first moment of the area As is: Q t = ( 0.01 ) ( 0.03 ) ( 0.015 ) = 4.5 ( 10 )m
3 –6
–Vy Qz – ( – P 1 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.5 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
The bending shear stress is: τ xs = ---------------- - = 2.5P 1 ( 10 ) -------
= -----------------------------------------------------------
Iz t –6 2
( 0.18 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.01 ) m
6 N
Noting that s and y are in opposite direction in Fig. (a) we obtain: τ xy = ( – 2.5 )P 1 ( 10 ) -------
2
m
The normal strains are
6
σ xx 1.667P 2 ( 10 )
ε xx = -------- - = 8.333P 2 μ
- = -------------------------------- 3
E 9
200 ( 10 )
ε yy = – νσ xx = – 2.5 P 2 μ 4
E
The shear modulus is G = -------------------- = 76.923GPa . The shear strain is
2(1 + ν)
τ xy
γ xy = -------
- = – 32.5 P 1 μ 5
G
Substituting θa = 35o and the above strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε a = 8.333P 2 ( cos35 ) – 2.5P 2 ( sin 35 ) – 32.5P 1 cos35 sin 35 or
ε a = ( 4.769P 2 – 15.27P 1 )μ 6
Substituting θb = − 35 and the above strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
o
2 2
ε b = 8.333P 2 ( cos ( – 35 ) ) – 2.5P 2 ( sin ( – 35 ) ) – 32.5P 1 cos ( – 35 ) sin ( – 35 ) or
ε b = ( 4.769P 2 + 15.27P 1 )μ 7
Substituting P1 = 3 kN and P2 = 40 kN into Eqs. (6) and (7) we obtain.
ε a = 4.769 ( 40 ) – 15.27 ( 3 ) or ε a = 145μ
ε b = 4.769 ( 40 ) + 15.27 ( 3 ) or ε a = 236.6μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.15 The strain gages shown in Figure P10.15 recorded the following strain values: ε a = 133 μ , ε b = 159 μ .
Determine the loads P1 and P2. The Modulus of Elasticity is 200 GPa and the Poisson’s ratio is 0.3.
b a
35o 35o
P1
30 mm
P2
30 mm
0.4 m 0.4 m 5 mm
5 mm
Figure P10.15
Solution: E = 200 GPa ν = 0.3 εa = 133 μ; εb = −159 μ P1= ? kN, P2= ?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eq. (1) in problem 10.12 we have
N = P2 kN Vy = -P1 kN Mz = -0.4P1 kN-m 1
The axial stress at strain gauge a and b is given by Eq.(3) in problem 10-12 as
6 N
( σ xx ) a, b = 1.667P 2 ( 10 ) ------- 2
2
m
The normal stress due to bending at strain gage location is zero. Fig (a) shows the area As used in calculation of the
shear stress.
y
(a)
s 30 mm
z
10 mm
–6 3
The first moment of the area As is: Q t = ( 0.01 ) ( 0.03 ) ( 0.015 ) = 4.5 ( 10 )m
3 –6
–Vy Qz – ( – P 1 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.5 ) ( 10 ) 6 N
The bending shear stress is: τ xs = ---------------- - = 2.5P 1 ( 10 ) -------
= -----------------------------------------------------------
Iz t –6 2
( 0.18 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.01 ) m
6 N
Noting that s and y are in opposite direction in Fig. (a) we obtain: τ xy = ( – 2.5 )P 1 ( 10 ) -------
2
m
The normal strains are
6
σ xx 1.667P 2 ( 10 )
ε xx = -------- - = 8.333P 2 μ
- = -------------------------------- 3
E 9
200 ( 10 )
ε yy = – νσ xx = – 2.5 P 2 μ 4
E
The shear modulus is G = -------------------- = 76.923GPa . The shear strain is
2(1 + ν)
τ xy
γ xy = -------
- = – 32.5 P 1 μ 5
G
Substituting θa = 35o and the above strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε a = 8.333P 2 ( cos35 ) – 2.5P 2 ( sin 35 ) – 32.5P 1 cos35 sin 35 or
ε a = ( 4.769P 2 – 15.27P 1 )μ 6
Substituting θb = − 35 and the above strains in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
o
2 2
ε b = 8.333P 2 ( cos ( – 35 ) ) – 2.5P 2 ( sin ( – 35 ) ) – 32.5P 1 cos ( – 35 ) sin ( – 35 ) or
ε b = ( 4.769P 2 + 15.27P 1 )μ 7
Substituting εa = 133 μ and εb = 159μ into Eqs. (6) and (7) we obtain.
4.769 ( P 2 ) – 15.27 ( P 1 ) = 133 8
4.769 ( P 2 ) + 15.27 ( P 1 ) = 159 9
Solving Eqs. (8) and (9) we obtain. P 1 = 0.85 kN P 2 = 30.61 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.16 Determine the strain recorded by the gages at point A and B. Both gages are at 30o to the axis of the beam. The
Modulus of Elasticity is E = 30,000 ksi and ν = 0.3
y
Py=2 kips
30o
B
4 in
AA 30o Px =40 kips
Pz=3 kips
z 2 in
24 in
Figure P10.16
Solution: E = 30,000 ν = 0.3 εA =? εB =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) and (b) show the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section with the strain gages.
Vy Py=2 kips y
(a) My (b) y (c)
s B
s
2 in
4 in A z 4 in
N Px =40 kips z
Pz=3 kips 2 in
Vz
Mz 1 in
24 in 2 in
N = 40 kips 1
Vy = -2 kips
Mz = -48 in - kips 2
Vz = -3 kips
My = -72 in - kips 3
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertia are
3 2 1 3 4 1 3 4
A = ( 2 ) ( 4 ) = 8in I yy = ------ ( 4 ) ( 2 ) = 2.667in I zz = ------ ( 2 ) ( 4 ) = 10.667in 4
12 12
Fig (b) and (c) show the areas As used for finding shear stresses at A and B. The first moment of the areas can be found
as
2 3
( Q z ) A = ( 2 ) ( 2 ) ( 1 ) = 4in ( Q y ) B = ( 4 ) ( 1 ) ( 0.5 ) = 2in 5
We note that the x and y direction in Fig. (b) are opposite. The shear stress at A can be written as
–Vy ( Qz )A – ( – 2 ) ( 4 ) - = 0.375ksi
– ( τ xy ) A = ( τ xs ) A = ------------------------
- = ---------------------------- or ( τ xy ) A = ( – 0.375 )ksi 6
I zz t ( 10.667 ) ( 2 )
We note that the x and z direction are opposite in Fig. (c), we obtain
–Vz ( Qy )B –( –3 ) ( 2 )
– ( τ xz ) B = ( τ xs ) B = ------------------------
- = -------------------------- = 0.5625ksi or ( τ xz ) B = ( – 0.5625 )ksi 7
I yy t ( 2.667 ) ( 4 )
The axial stresses at A and B are: ( σ xx ) A, B = N ⁄ A = 40 ⁄ 8 = 5ksi
–Mz yB – ( – 48 ) ( 2 )
The normal stresses due to bending about z -axis are: ( σ xx ) A = 0 ( σ xx ) B = ----------------
- = ------------------------- = 9ksi
I zz 10.667
–My zA ( – 72 ) ( 1 )- = 27ksi ( σ ) = 0
The normal stresses due to bending about y-axis are ( σ xx ) A = ----------------- = –
------------------------ xx B
I yy 2.667
The total normal stresses at points A and B are
( σ xx ) A = 5 + 27 = 32ksi and ( σ xx ) B = 5 + 9 = 14ksi
The normal strains at points A and B are
( σ xx ) 32 - = 1067μ and ( ε ) = – ν ( ε ) = ( – 320 )μ
( ε xx )A = ----------------A- = -------------- yy A xx A
E 30000
( σ xx ) 14
( ε xx )B = ----------------B- = --------------- = 467μ and ( ε zz ) B = – ν ( ε xx ) B = ( – 140 )μ
E 30000
E
The shear modulus is: G = -------------------- = 11538
2(1 + ν)
( τ xy ) ( τ xz ) B
The shear strains at A and B are: ( γ xy ) A = ---------------A- = – 32.5μ ( γ xz ) B = ---------------
- = – 48.75μ
G G
Substituting θA = 30o and θB = 30o and the corresponding strains at A and B in Eq. (9.1) we obtain
2 2
ε a = 1067 ( cos30 ) – 320 ( sin 30 ) – 32.5cos30 sin 30 or ε a = 706.2μ
2 2
ε b = 467 ( cos30 ) – 140 ( sin 30 ) – 48.75cos30 sin 30 or ε b = 294.1μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.17 A thin cylinder with an outer diameter of 100 mm and thickness of 10 mm is loaded as shown in Figure
P10.18. Points A and B are on the surface of the shaft. Determine the normal and shear stresses at points A and B in the
x, y, and z coordinate system and show your results on stress cubes.
y
A T= 2 kN-m
x B
Px =100 kN
z
0.75 m
Pz=12 kN
Py =15 kN
Figure P10.17
Solution: (σxx)A =? (τxy)A =? (τxz)A =? (σxx)B =? (τxy)B =? (τxz)B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing points A and B. By
equilibrium of forces and moments we obtain
N = 100 kN Vy = 15kN Vz = -12 kN
T = 2kN-m My = (-12)(0.75) = -9 kN-m Mz = (15)(0.75) = 11.25 kN-m
Vy y y
My
(a) (b) A
(c)
T T= 2 kN-m s
N Px =100 kN
z z B
0.04 0.05 0.04
Vz 0.75 m 0.05
Mz Pz=12 kN s
Py =15 kN
π 2 2 –3 2 π 4 4 –6 4
A = --- [ ( 0.1 ) – ( 0.08 ) ] = 2.827 ( 10 )m J = ------ [ ( 0.1 ) – ( 0.08 ) ] = 5.796 ( 10 )m
4 32
I yy = I zz = --J- = 2.898 ( 10 )m
–6 4
2
Fig. (b) and (c) show the area As that is used in calculating shear stresses at points A and B. The first moment of inertia
are.
2 2
4R o ⎛ πR o⎞ 4R i ⎛ πR i ⎞
( Q y ) A = ⎛ ---------⎞ ⎜ ----------⎟ – ⎛ --------⎞ ⎜ ----------⎟
2 3 3 2 3 3 –6 3
= --- ( R o – R i ) = --- ( 0.05 – 0.04 ) = 40.67 ( 10 )m
⎝ 3π ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 3π ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 3 3
–6 3
In magnitude (Qz)B is same as (Qy)A. Thus ( Q z ) B = 40.67 ( 10 )m
3
N 100 ( 10 ) 6 2
The axial stresses at point A and B are: ( σ xx ) A, B = ---- = ----------------------------- = 35.37 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
A –3
2.827 ( 10 )
The normal stresses due to bending about y-axis are:
3
–My zB – ( – 9 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.05 ) 6 2
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( σ xx ) B = ----------------
- = ------------------------------------------- = 155.3 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
I yy –6
2.898 ( 10 )
The normal stress due to bending about z-axis is
3
–Mz yA – ( 11.25 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.05 ) 6 2
( σ xx ) A = ----------------- = --------------------------------------------------- = – 194.1 ( 10 )N ⁄ m ( σ xx ) B = 0
I zz –6
2.898 ( 10 )
The total stress at point A and B is

6 2
( σ xx ) A = ( 35.37 – 194.1 ) ( 10 )N ⁄ m or ( σ xx ) A = 158.7 MPa (C)
6 2
( σ xx ) B = ( 35.37 + 155.3 ) ( 10 )N ⁄ m or ( σ xx ) B = 190.7 MPa (T)
The shear stress due to bending about y-axis can be found out as shown below. Note s and z direction in Fig. (b) are
opposite. Hence
–Vz ( Qy )A 3
– ( – 12 ) ( 10 ) ( 40.67 ) ( 10 )
–6
6 N
– ( τ xz ) A = ( τ xs ) A = ------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------ or ( τ xz ) A = – 8.42 ( 10 ) ------- and ( τ xz ) B = 0
I yy t – 6 2
( 2.898 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) m
The shear stress due to bending about z -axis can be found out as shown below. Note s and y direction in Fig. (c) are
opposite, hence
3 –2
–Vy Qz – ( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 40.67 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
– ( τ xy ) B = ( τ xs ) B = ---------------- = --------------------------------------------------------------- or ( τ xy ) B = 10.52 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
I zz t ( 2.898 ) ( 0.02 )
3
Tρ ( 2 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.05 ) 6 2
The shear stress due to torsion is τ xθ = ------- = ------------------------------------- = 17.25 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
J –6
5.796 ( 10 )
Fig. (d) shows the direction of torsional shear stress, we obtain.
6 2 6 2
( τ xz ) A = 17.25 ( 10 )N ⁄ m and ( τ xy ) B = – 17.25 ( 10 )N ⁄ m
y y (f) y
(d) (e)
A θ 6.73 MPa
158.7 MPa 190.7 MPa
B
x
8.83 MPa x x
z z z
The total shear stresses of A and B are ( τ xy ) A = 0
6 2
( τ xz ) A = ( – 8.42 + 17.25 ) ( 10 )N ⁄ m or ( τ xz ) A = 8.83 MPa
6 2
( τ xy )B = ( 10.52 – 17.25 ) ( 10 )N ⁄ m or ( τ xy ) B = – 6.73 MPa
Figs. (e) and (f) shows the stress cubes at points A and B.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.18 Determine the principal stresses and the maximum shear stress at point B on the shaft shown in Figure P10.18.
y
A T= 2 kN-m
x B
Px =100 kN
z
0.75 m
Pz=12 kN
Py =15 kN
Figure P10.18
Solution: (σ1)B =?
(σ2)B =? (τmax)B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Problem 10.17 we have the following non-zero stress components at B.
( σ xx ) B = 190.7MPa ( T ) ( τ xy ) B = – 6.73 MPa 1
The third principal stress is zero as B is on the free surface. The other principal stresses can be found as:
190.7 2
σ 1, 2 = ------------- ± ⎛ -------------⎞ + ( – 6.73 ) = 95.35 ± 95.87 or
190.7 2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 190.9 MPa (T) σ 2 = 0.24 MPa (C) σ3 = 0
The maximum shear stress is
190.9 – ( – 0.24 )
τ max = -------------------------------------- = 95.87
2
τ max = 95.87 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.19 The pipe shown in Figure P10.19 has outer diameter 120 mm and a thickness of 10 mm. All forces execpt
Px = 9 kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
at points A and B which are on the surface of the pipe. (b) Calculate the stresses and show on the stress cube.
y
A
x
B
z
Py
1.5 m
1.2 m
Px
Pz
Figure P10.19
Solution Stresses at points A and B.
------------------------------------------------------------
All shear stresses are zero. The normal stresses are:
( σ xx ) A = σ axial ( σ xx ) B = σ axial + σ bend – y 1
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertia are:
π 2 2 –3 2
A = --- ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 3.4558 ( 10 ) m 2
4
π 4 4 –6 4
I yy = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 3
64
The internal forces and moment magnitudes are:
N = 9kN M y = ( 9 ) ( 1.5 ) = 13.5 kN – m 4
The stresses are:
3
( 9 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
σ axial = -------------------------------- = 2.6044 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 2.6044MPa 5
–3
3.4558 ( 10 )
3
( 13.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – y = -------------------------------------------- = 153.7 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 153.7MPa 6
–3
5.270 ( 10 )
The stresses at A and B are:
( σ xx ) A = 2.60 MPa (T) ( σ xx ) B = 2.6044 + 153.7 = 156.3 MPa (T)
Figs. (a) and (b) show the stress cubes at points A and B, respectively.
(a) Point A y (b) Point B y
2.6MPa 156.3MPa
x x
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Py = 12 kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
y
A
x
B
z
Py
1.5 m
1.2 m
Figure P10.20 Px
Pz
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal stresses are:
( σ xx ) A = – σ bend – z ( σ xx ) B = 0 1
Fig.(a) shows the shear stress direction, determined by inspection, due to the torsional moment caused by Py. Fig.(b)
shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a positive shear force Vy = Py.
The shear stresses at points A and B are:
( τ xz ) A = – τ tor ( τ xy ) B = τ tor + τ bend – z 2
The area moment of inertia and polar moment of inertia are:
π 4 4 –6 4 π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m J = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 10.54 ( 10 ) m 3
64 32
The first moment of area between free surface (point A) and point B is
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q z ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 4
3π 3π
The internal forces and moments are:
V y = 12kN T = ( 12 ) ( 1.5 ) = 18 kN – m M z = ( 12 ) ( 1.2 ) = 14.4 kN – m 5
The magnitude of stresses are:
3
( 18 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
τ tor = ---------------------------------------- = 102.47 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 102.47MPa 6
–6
10.54 ( 10 )
3
( 14.4 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = -------------------------------------------- = 163.95 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 163.95MPa 7
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 12 ) ( 10 )121.33 ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – z = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 13.814 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 13.814MPa 8
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
The stresses at A and B are
( σ xx ) A = 163.95 MPa (C) ( τ xz ) A = 0 ( σ xx ) B = 0 ( τ xy ) B = 102.47 + 13.814 = 116.28 MPa
Figs. (c) and (d) show the stress cubes at points A and B, respectively.
(a) Due to torsion (b) Due to bending (c) Point A y (d) Point B y
about z-axis
y y
A A 116.3MPa
163.9MPa
z z
B B 102.5MPa x x
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pz = 15 kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
y
A
x
B
z
Py
1.5 m
1.2 m
Figure P10.21 Px
Pz

------------------------------------------------------------
( σ xx ) A = 0 and ( σ xx ) B = – σ bend – y 1
Fig.(a) shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a positive shear force Vz = Pz.
The shear stresses at points A and B are: ( τ xz ) A = τ bend – y and ( τ xy ) B = 0
π 4 4 –6 4
I yy = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 2
64
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q z ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 3
3π 3π
V z = 15kN M y = ( 15 ) ( 1.2 ) = 18 kN – m 4
3
( 18 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – y = ---------------------------------------- = 204.9 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 204.9MPa 5
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 121.33 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – y = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 17.27 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 17.27MPa 6
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( τ xz ) A = 17.27 MPa
( σ xx ) B = 204.9 MPa (C) ( τ xy ) B = 0
Figs. (b) and (c) show the stress cubes at points A and B, respectively.
(a) Due to bending (b) Point A (c) Point B y
y
about y-axis
y
A
17.27MPa 204.9MPa
z
B x x
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Px = 9kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
Py
Px
y Pz
0.3 m
A
x B
Figure P10.22 z
0.64 m 0.5 m
------------------------------------------------------------
( σ xx ) A = σ axial + σ bend – z and ( σ xx ) B = σ axial 1
All shear stresses are zero.
π 2 2 –3 2
A = --- ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 3.4558 ( 10 ) m 2
4
π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 3
64
N = 9kN M z = ( 9 ) ( 0.3 ) = 2.7 kN – m 4
The stresses are:
3
( 9 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
σ axial = -------------------------------- = 2.604 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 2.604MPa 5
–3
3.4558 ( 10 )
3
( 2.7 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = ----------------------------------------- = 30.7 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 30.74MPa 6
–3
5.270 ( 10 )
( σ xx ) A = 2.604 + 30.74 = 33.34 MPa (T) ( σ xx ) B = 2.604 MPa (T)
y y
(a) Point A (b) Point B
33.34 MPa ( T )
2.60MPa
x x
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Py = 15kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
Py
Px
y Pz
0.3 m
A
x B
Figure P10.23 z
0.64 m 0.5 m

------------------------------------------------------------
( σ xx ) A = σ bend – z and ( σ xx ) B = 0 1
Fig.(a) shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a negative shear force Vy= -Py.
( τ xz ) A = 0 and ( τ xy ) B = – τ bend – z 2
π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 3
64
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q z ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 4
3π 3π
V z = 15kN M z = ( 15 ) ( 0.5 ) = 7.5 kN – m 5
3
( 7.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – y = ----------------------------------------- = 85.39 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 85.39MPa 6
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 121.33 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – y = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 17.27 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 17.27MPa 7
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
( σ xx ) A = 85.39 MPa (T) ( τ xz ) A = 0
( σ xx ) B = 0 ( τ xy ) B = – 17.27 MPa
(a) Due to bending (b) Point A y (c) Point B y
about z-axis
17.27MPa
y
A
85.39MPa
z x x
B
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pz = 15kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
Py
Px
y Pz
0.3 m
A
x B
Figure P10.24 z
0.64 m 0.5 m
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal stresses are: ( σ xx ) A = 0 and ( σ xx ) B = – σ bend – y
Fig.(a) shows the shear stress direction, determined by inspection, due to the torsional moment caused by Pz. Fig.(b)
shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a positive shear force Vz = Pz.
( τ xz ) A = τ tor + τ bend – y and ( τ xy ) B = – τ tor 1
π 4 4 –6 4 π 4 4 –6 4
I yy = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m J = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 10.54 ( 10 ) m 2
64 32
The first moment of area between free surface (point B) and point Ais
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q y ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 3
3π 3π
V z = 15kN T = ( 15 ) ( 0.3 ) = 4.5 kN – m M y = ( 15 ) ( 0.5 ) = 7.5 kN – m 4
3
( 4.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
τ tor = ----------------------------------------- = 25.62 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 25.62MPa 5
–6
10.54 ( 10 )
3
( 7.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = ----------------------------------------- = 85.39 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 85.39MPa 6
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 15 ) ( 10 )121.33 ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – z = ---------------------------------------------------------- = 17.27 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 17.27MPa 7
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( τ xz ) A = 25.62 + 17.27 = 42.89 MPa
( σ xx ) B = 85.39 MPa (C) ( τ xy ) B = – 25.62 MPa
(a) Due to torsion (b) Due to bending (c) Point A (d) Point B y
about y-axis y
y y 25.62MPa
A A 85.39MPa
z z x
B B x
42.89MPa
z
z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Px = 9kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
at points A and B which are on the surface of the pipe. (b) Calculate the stresses and show on the stress cube
y
A
x B
z
Py
0.7 m
Figure P10.25 Px
0.5 m 0.8 m Pz

------------------------------------------------------------
The normal stresses are: ( σ xx ) A = σ axial and ( σ xx ) B = σ axial + σ bend – y
π 2 2 –3 2
A = --- ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 3.4558 ( 10 ) m 8
4
π 4 4 –6 4
I yy = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 9
64
N = 9kN M y = ( 9 ) ( 0.7 ) = 6.3 kN – m 10
The stresses are:
3
( 9 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
σ axial = -------------------------------- = 2.604 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 2.604MPa 11
–3
3.4558 ( 10 )
3
( 6.3 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = ----------------------------------------- = 71.73 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 71.73MPa 12
–3
5.270 ( 10 )
( σ xx ) A = 2.604 MPa (T) ( σ xx ) B = 2.604 + 71.73 = 74.33 MPa (T)
(a) Point A y y
(b) Point B
2.6 MPa 74.33 MPa
x x
z
z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Py = 12kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
y
A
x B
z
Py
0.7 m
Figure P10.26 Px
0.5 m 0.8 m Pz
------------------------------------------------------------
The normal stresses are: ( σ xx ) A = σ bend – z and ( σ xx ) B = 0
Fig.(a) shows the shear stress direction, determined by inspection, due to the torsional moment caused by Py. Fig.(b)
shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a negative shear force Vy = -Py.
( τ xz ) A = τ tor and ( τ xy ) B = – τ tor – τ bend – z 1
π 4 4 –6 4 π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m J = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 10.54 ( 10 ) m 2
64 32
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q z ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 3
3π 3π
V y = 12kN T = ( 15 ) ( 0.7 ) = 10.5 kN – m M z = ( 12 ) ( 1.3 ) = 15.6 kN – m 4

3
( 10.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
τ tor = -------------------------------------------- = 59.77 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 59.77MPa 5
–6
10.54 ( 10 )
3
( 15.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = -------------------------------------------- = 177.6 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 177.6MPa 6
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 12 ) ( 10 ) ( 121.33 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – z = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 13.81 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 13.81MPa 7
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
( σ xx ) A = 177.6 MPa (T) ( τ xz ) A = 59.77 MPa
( σ xx ) B = 0 ( τ xy ) B = – 59.77 – 13.81 = – 73.58 MPa
(a) Due to torsion (b) Due to bending (c) Point A (d) Point B y
about z-axis y
y y
A A
73.58MPa
z z 177.6MPa
B B x
59.77MPa x
z
z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pz = 15kN are zero. (a) Using the notation in Equation 10.5 determine by inspection the total normal and shear stresses
at points A and B which are on the surface of the pipe. (b) Calculate the stresses and show on the stress cube..
y
A
x B
z
Py
0.7 m
Figure P10.27 Px
0.5 m 0.8 m Pz

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a positive shear force Vz = Pz.
( τ xz ) A = τ bend – y and ( τ xy ) B = 0 2
π 4 4 –6 4
I yy = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 3
64
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q y ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 4
3π 3π
V z = 15kN M y = ( 15 ) ( 1.3 ) = 19.5 kN – m 5
3
( 19.5 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – y = -------------------------------------------- = 222 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 222MPa 6
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 121.33 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – y = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 17.27 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 17.27MPa 7
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( τ xz ) A = 17.27 MPa
( σ xx ) B = 222 MPa (C) ( τ xy ) B = 0
(a) Due to bending (b) Point A (c) Point B
about y-axis y y
y
A
222MPa
z x
B x
17.27MPa
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Px = 10 kN are zero. Determine the maximum normal and shear stress at points A and B.
0.5 m
Px
y Pz 0.7 m
Py
A
x B
Figure P10.28
z 0.7 m 0.9 m

------------------------------------------------------------
( σ xx ) A = σ axial + σ bend – z and ( σ xx ) B = σ axial 1
π 2 2 –3 2
A = --- ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 3.4558 ( 10 ) m 2
4
π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 3
64
N = 10 kN M z = ( 10 ) ( 0.7 ) = 7 kN – m 4
The stresses are:
3
( 10 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
σ axial = -------------------------------- = 2.894 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 2.894MPa 5
–3
3.4558 ( 10 )
3
( 7 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = ------------------------------------- = 79.70 ( 10 ) ( N ⁄ m ) = 79.70MPa 6
–3
5.270 ( 10 )
( σ xx ) A = 2.894 + 79.70 = 84.11MPa ( T ) 7
( σ xx ) B = 79.70MPa ( T ) 8
The maximum normal stresses are the principal stress 1. The shear stresses are zero, hence
( σ max ) A = 84.11 MPa (T) ( σ max ) B = 79.70 MPa (T)
With other principal stresses zero, the maximum shear stress is half the principal stress 1.
( τ max ) A = 40.61 MPa ( τ max ) B = 39.85 MPa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Py = 15 kN are zero. Determine the maximum normal and shear stress at points A and B.
0.5 m
Px
y Pz 0.7 m
Py
A
x B
Figure P10.29
z 0.7 m 0.9 m

------------------------------------------------------------
( σ xx ) A = – σ bend – z and ( σ xx ) B = 0 1
Fig.(a) shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a positive shear force Vy= Py.
y
A
(a) Due to bending about z-axis
z
B
The shear stresses at points A and B are: ( τ xz ) A = 0 and ( τ xy ) B = τ bend – z

π 4 4 –6 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 2
64
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q z ) B = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 3
3π 3π
V y = 15kN M z = ( 15 ) ( 0.9 – 0.5 ) = 6 kN – m 4
3
( 6 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – z = ------------------------------------- = 68.31 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 68.31MPa 5
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 121.33 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – z = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 17.27 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 17.27MPa 6
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
( σ xx ) A = 68.31MPa ( C ) ( τ xz ) A = 0 7
( σ xx ) B = 0 ( τ xy ) B = 17.27MPa 8
The maximum normal stresses are the principal stresses.
( σ max ) A = 68.3 MPa (C) ( σ max ) B = 17.27 MPa (T) or (C)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pz = 20 kN are zero. Determine the maximum normal and shear stress at points A and B.
0.5 m
Px
y Pz 0.7 m
Py
A
x B
Figure P10.30
z 0.7 m 0.9 m

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the shear stress direction, determined by inspection, due to the torsional moment caused by Pz. Fig.(b)
shows the direction of shear stress, determined by inspection, due to a positive shear force Vz = Pz.
y y
A A
(b) Due to bending
(a) Due to torsion z about y-axis z
B B

( τ xz ) A = τ tor + τ bend – y and ( τ xy ) B = – τ tor 2
π 4 4 –6 4
I yy = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 5.270 ( 10 ) m 3
64
π 4 4 –6 4
J = ------ ( 0.12 – 0.1 ) = 10.54 ( 10 ) m 4
32
The first moment of area between free surface (point B) and point A is
4 ( 0.06 ) 2 4 ( 0.05 ) 2 –6 3
( Q y ) A = ------------------ ( π0.06 ) – ------------------ ( π0.05 ) = 121.33 ( 10 ) m 5
3π 3π
V z = 20kN T = ( 20 ) ( 0.7 ) = 14 kN – m M y = ( 20 ) ( 0.9 – 0.5 ) = 8 kN – m 6
3
( 14 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
τ tor = ---------------------------------------- = 79.70 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 79.70MPa 7
–6
10.54 ( 10 )
3
( 8 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
σ bend – y = ------------------------------------- = 91.08 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 91.08MPa 8
–6
5.270 ( 10 )
3 –6
( 20 ) ( 10 ) ( 121.33 ) ( 10 ) 6 2
τ bend – y = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 23.02 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 23.02MPa 9
–6
5.270 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )

( σ xx ) A = 0 ( τ xz ) A = 79.70 + 23.02 = 102.7MPa 10
( σ xx ) B = 91.08MPa ( C ) ( τ xy ) B = – 79.70MPa 11
The maximum normal stresses are the principal stresses.
( σ max ) A = 102.7 MPa (T) or (C)
91.08 2
( σ 2 ) B = – ------------- – ⎛ -------------⎞ + 79.70 = – 45.54 – 91.79 = – 137.33MPa
91.08 2
12
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
( σ max ) B = 137.33 MPa (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.31 A pipe with an outside diameter of 2.0 inch and wall thickness of 1/4 inch is loaded as shown in Figure P10.31.
Determine the normal and shear stresses at point A and B in the x, y, and z coordinate system and show it on a stress
cube. Points A and B are on the surface of the pipe.
y A
x B
z
60 in
48 in 30o
P= 200 lb
Figure P10.31
1
Solution d0 = 2 in, t = --- in , Stresses at points A and B =?
4
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing points A and B. By
equilibrium of forces and moments we obtain.
N = 200 cos ( 30 ) = 173.2lb T = [ 200 sin ( 30 ) ] ( 60 ) = 6000in – lb V y = ( – 200 ) sin ( 30 ) = – 100 lb
M y = [ ( – 200 ) cos ( 30 ) ] ( 60 ) = – 10392.3 in – lb M z = [ ( – 200 ) sin ( 30 ) ] ( 48 ) = – 4800 in – lb
Vy M
(a) y (b) (c) (d)
y y
T y A
A
N
s z
z
60 in B
Mz z B B
0.75 in
48 in 30o 1.0 in
P= 200 lb
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertias are

π 2 2 2 π 4 4 4 J 4
A = --- [ ( 2 ) – ( 1.5 ) ] = 1.374in J = ------ [ ( 2 ) – ( 1.5 ) ] = 1.0738in I yy = I zz = --- = 0.5369in
4 32 2
N 173.2
The axial stress at points A and B will be in tension and the value is ( σ xx ) A, B = ---- = ------------- = 126psi ( T )
A 1.374
The normal stress due to bending about z -axis will be tension at A and zero at B. Thus
Mz yA ( 4800 ) ( 1 )
- = ------------------------- = 8940psi ( T ) ( σ xx ) B = 0
( σ xx ) A = -------------
I zz 0.5369
The normal stress due to bending about y-axis will be tension at B and zero at A. Thus
My zA ( 10392.3 ) ( 1 )
- = -------------------------------- = 19356psi ( T )
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( σ xx ) B = -------------
I yy 0.5369
The total normal stress at points A and B is
( σ xx ) A = 126 + 8940 = 9066 psi (T) 1
( σ xx ) B = 126 + 19356 = 19482 psi (T) 2
2 3 3 3
Fig. (b) shows the area As used in calculation of shear stress at B: ( Q z ) B = --- [ ( 1 ) – ( 0.75 ) ] = 0.3854in
3
Fig.(c) shows the direction of shear stress due to Vy. We note that the shear stress at A is zero and at B is downwards.
Vy ( Qz )B – ( 100 ) ( 0.3854 )
Thus: ( τ xz ) A = 0 and ( τ xy ) B = – --------------------- = -------------------------------------- = – 143.6psi
I zz t ( 0.5369 ) ( 0.5 )
Tρ max ( 6000 ) ( 1 )
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is: τ tor = ---------------
- = ------------------------- = 5587.6psi
J 1.0738
Fig. (d) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. At point A it is in the positive z - direction and at point B it is in the
negative y-direction.
( τ xz ) A = 5587.6psi and ( τ xy ) B = – 5587.6 psi
The total shear stresses of A and B are
( τ xz ) A = 5588 psi 3
( τ xy ) B = ( – 143.6 – 5587.6 ) = – 5731.2 psi 4
Fig. (e) and (f) show the stress cubes of points A and B.
y y
(e) Point A (f) Point B
5731 psi
19356 psi
906.6 psi
5588 psi x x
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.32 Determine the maximum normal stress and maximum shear stress at point B on the pipe shown in Figure
P10.31.
Solution: σmax =? τmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eqs. (2) and (4) of problem 10.31 we have ( σ xx ) B = 19482psi ( T ) and ( τ xy ) B = – 5731psi
The principal stresses are
19482 2
σ 1, 2 = ⎛ ---------------⎞ ± ⎛ ---------------⎞ + ( 5731 ) or σ 1 = 9741 + 11302 = 21043psi σ 2 = 9741 – 11302 = – 1561 psi
19482 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
The maximum normal stress is σ max = 21043 psi (T)
σ1 – σ2
The magnitude of maximum shear stress is τ max = ----------------- - or τ max = 11302 psi
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.33 A pipe with an outside diameter of 40 mm and wall thickness of 10 mm is loaded as shown in Figure P10.33.
Determine the normal and shear stresses at point A and B in the x, y, and z coordinate system and show it on a stress
cube. Points A and B are on the surface of the pipe.
y A
x B
z
0.1 m
P = 10 kN
15o
0.25 m 0.4 m
Figure P10.33
Solution: d0 = 40 mm,t = 10 mm, stresses at A and B =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing points A and B. By equi-
librium of forces and moments we obtain
N = 10 cos ( 15 ) = 9.659kN T = ( – 10 sin ( 15 ) ) ( 0.1 ) = ( – 0.2588 )kN – m V y = 10 sin ( 15 ) = 2.588kN
M y = ( – 10 cos ( 15 ) ) ( 0.1 ) = – 0.9659 kN – m M z = ( 10 ) sin ( 15 ) ( 0.65 ) = 1.6823kN – m
Vy M (c)
(a) y (b) y (d) y
y
T A A
N s z
z
Mz z B B B
0.1 m
P = 10 kN
0.25 m 0.01 m
15o 0.02 m
0.4 m
π 2 2 –3 2
A = --- [ ( 0.04 ) – ( 0.02 ) ] = 0.9425 ( 10 )m
4
π
J = ------ [ ( 0.04 ) – ( 0.02 ) ] = 0.2356 ( 10 )m I yy = I zz = --J- = 0.1178 ( 10 )m
4 4 –6 4 –6 4
32 2
The axial stress at points A and B will be in tension
3
9.659 ( 10 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) A, B = N
---- = -------------------------------- = 10.25 ( 10 ) ------- = 10.25MPa ( T )
–3 2
A 0.9425 ( 10 ) m
The normal stress due to bending about the z-axis will be compression at point A and zero at point B
3
Mz yA ( 1.6823 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) A = -------------
- = -------------------------------------------------- = 285.6 ( 10 ) ------- = 285.6MPa ( C ) ( σ xx ) B = 0
– 6 2
I zz ( 0.1178 ) ( 10 ) m
The normal stress due to bending about y-axis will be tension at point B and zero at point A
3
My zB ( 0.9659 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) 6 N
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( σ xx ) B = -------------
- = -------------------------------------------------- = 163.98 ( 10 ) ------- = 164MPa ( T )
–6 2
I yy ( 0.1178 ) ( 10 ) m
The total stress at point A and B is
( σ xx ) A = 10.25 – 285.6 = – 275.35 MPa (C) 1
( σ xx ) B = 10.25 + 164 = 174.25 MPa (T) 2
Fig. (b) shows the area As used in calculation of shear stress at B.
2 3 3 –6 3
( Q z ) B = --- ( 0.02 – 0.01 ) = 4.667 ( 10 )m
3
Fig (c) shows the direction of shear stress due to Vy. We note that the shear stress at A is zero and at B is upwards. Thus
Vy ( Qt )B 3
( 2.588 ) ( 10 ) ( 4.667 ) ( 10 )
–6
6 N
( τ xz ) A = 0 and ( τ xy ) B = -------------------- - = 5.13 ( 10 ) ------- = 5.13MPa
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------
– 6 2
I zz t ( 0.1178 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) m
3
Tρ max ( 0.2588 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) 6 N
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is: τ tor = ---------------
- = -------------------------------------------------- = 21.97 ( 10 ) ------- = 21.97MPa
–6 2
J 0.2356 ( 10 ) m
Fig. (d) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. At point A it is in the negative z - direction and at point B it is in
the positive y-direction. Thus
( τ xz ) A = – 21.97 MPa and ( τ xy ) B = 21.97MPa
The total shear stresses of points A and B are
( τ xz ) A = – 22 MPa 3
( τ xy ) B = ( 5.13 + 21.97 ) = 27.1 MPa 4
Fig. (e) and (f) show the stress cubes of points A and B.
y y
(c) Point A (d) Point B
27.1 MPa
174.3 MPa
275.4 MPa
x x
22.0 MPa
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.34 Determine the maximum normal stress and maximum shear stress at point B on the pipe shown in Figure
P10.33.
Solution: σmax =? τmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eqs. (2) and (4) of problem 10.33 we have ( σ xx ) B = 174.3MPa and ( τ xy ) B = 27.1MPa
2
The principal stresses are: σ 1, 2 = ⎛ -------------⎞ ± ⎛ -------------⎞ + ( 27.1 ) or
174.3 174.3 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 87.15 + 91.27 = 178.42MPa and σ 2 = 87.15 – 91.27 = – 4.12 MPa
The maximum normal stress is σ max = 178.4 MPa (T)
σ1 – σ2
The magnitude of maximum shear stress is τ max = ----------------- - or τ max = 91.3 MPa
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.35 A bent pipe of 2 inch outside diameter and a wall thickness of 1/4 inch is loaded as shown in Figure P10.35.
Determine the stress components at point A which is on the surface of the shaft. Show your answer on a stress cube.
Py = 200 lb
Px = 1000 lb
Pz=800 lb
10 in
y
x 22o A
z
16 in 16 in
Figure P10.35
1
Solution d0 = 2 in, t = --- in , Stresses at points A =?
4
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing points A.
Py = 200 lb y
(a) (b) (c) y (d) y
Px = 1000 lb
Pz=800 lb s
Vy M z z
y 10 in z A A A
T 0.75 in
A 1.0 in
N
Vz 16 in
Mz
N = 1000lb T = ( 800 ) ( 10 ) = 8000in – lb V y = 200lb V z = 800lb
M y = ( 800 ) ( 16 ) = 12800in – lb M z = ( 200 ) ( 16 ) – ( 1000 ) ( 10 ) = ( – 6800 )in – lb
π 2 2 2 π 4 4 4 4
A = --- [ ( 2 ) – ( 1.5 ) ] = 1.3745in J = ------ [ ( 2 ) – ( 1.5 ) ] = 1.0738in I yy = I zz = 0.5369in
4 32
1000
The axial stress at points A is in tension: ( σ xx ) A = N ---- = ---------------- = 728psi
A 1.3745
The normal stress due to bending about z-axis is zero at point A. The normal stress due to bending about y axis is com-
pressive at point A
My zA 12800 ( 1 )
- = ----------------------- = 23841psi ( C )
( σ xx ) A = -------------
I yy 0.5369
The total normal stress at point A is:
( σ xx ) A = – 23841 + 728 = – 23113psi 1
2 3 3 3
Fig. (b) shows the area As used in calculation of shear stress at point A. ( Q z ) A = --- ( 1 – 0.75 ) = 0.3854in
3
Fig (c) shows the direction of shear stress due to Vy. We note that the shear stress at A is in the positive direction.
Vy ( Qz )A ( 200 ) ( 0.3854 )
( τ xy )A = ---------------------
- = ----------------------------------- = 287psi
I zz t ( 0.5369 ) ( 0.5 )
Fig. (a) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. At point A the direction of shear stress is in the negative y- direc-
tion.
– ( 8000 ) ( 1 )
( τ xy )A = – Tρ
------- = ---------------------------- = – 7450p si
J 1.0738
The total shear stresses of points A is:
( τ xy ) A = 287 – 7450 = – 7163psi 2
Fig. (e) shows the stress cube at point A.
y
(e)
23113 psi
x
7163 psi
z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.36 Determine the normal and shear stress on a seam through point A that is 22o to the axis of the pipe shown in
Figure P10.35.
Solution: σnn =? τnn =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eqs. (1) and (2) in problem 10.35 we have: ( σ xx ) A = – 23113psi and ( τ xy ) A = – 7163p si
Fig (a) shows the stress cube with inclined plane at point A
(a) 7163 psi
t n
23113 psi
68o 22o
Substituting the stresses of Eq. (1) and the angle of the normal to the plane as 68o in Eqs. 8.1 and 8.2 we obtain.
2
σ nn = ( – 23113 ) ( cos 68 ) + 2 ( – 7163 )cos68 sin 68 or σ nn = 8219psi ( C )
2 2
τ nt = – ( – 23113 ) cos68 sin 68 + ( – 7163 ) [ ( cos68 ) – ( sin 68 ) ] or τ nt = 13180psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.37 A hollow steel shaft has an outside diameter of 4 inches and an inside diameter of 3 inches. Two pulleys of
24 inch diameter carry belts that have the given tensions. The shaft is supported at the walls using flexible bearings per-
mitting rotation in all directions. Determine the maximum normal and shear stress in the shaft.
400 lbs
1200 lbs
1200 lbs 400 lbs
3 ft. 4.5 ft. 3 ft.

Figure P10.37
Solution: do = 4 in,
di = 3 in, σmax =?, τmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
By symmetry the reaction force at each wall is half the total force i.e. RA = RB = 1600lb. The magnitude of the torque
on each pulley is: T ext = ( 1200 ) ( 12 ) – ( 400 ) ( 12 ) = 9600in – lb . Fig (a) shows the shaft with equivalent loads. Fig
(b) shows the shear force and bending moment diagram.
1600 lbs 1600 lbs 1600 lbs 1600 lbs
(a) 9600 in-lb 9600 in-lb
A B C D
3 ft. 4.5 ft. 3 ft.
1600
Vy = -V
lbs
1600
Mz
ft-lbs
4800 4800
π 4 4 4 J 4
The area moment of inertias are: J = ------ [ ( 4 ) – ( 3 ) ] = 17.18in and I zz = --- = 8.59in
32 2
In segment AB and CD we have bending stresses only. The normal stress due to bending will be at top and bottom sur-
face but the shear stress is zero at top and bottom. In segment BC in addition to the bending stress at top and bottom we
also have torsional shear stress. Thus the maximum normal stress (principal stress and maximum shear stress will be in
segment BC.
M z y max ( 4800 ) ( 12 ) ( 2 )
The magnitude of maximum bending normal stress is: σ bend = -------------------
- = ------------------------------------ = 13411psi
I zz 8.59
Tρ max ( 9600 ) ( 2 )
The magnitude of maximum torsional shear stress is: τ tor = ---------------
- = ------------------------- = 1118psi
J 17.18
2
The magnitude of maximum normal stress is: σ max = ⎛ ---------------⎞ ± ⎛ ---------------⎞ + ( 1118 ) or σ max = 13504 psi (T)
13411 13411 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
2
The magnitude of the maximum shear stress is: τ max = ⎛ 13411
---------------⎞ + ( 1118 ) or
2
τ max = 6798 psi
⎝ 2 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.38 A thin hollow cylinder with an outer diameter of 120 mm and a wall thickness of 15 mm is loaded as shown in
Figure P10.38. In x, y, z coordinate system, determine the normal and shear stresses at points A and B on the surface of
the cylinder and show your results on stress cubes.
y
15 kN
20 kN
x A
9 kN-m
15 kN-m
z B
7 kN-m
0.4 m
Figure P10.38 0.2 m
0.4 m
10 kN 0.4 m
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The polar moment and area moment of inertia are:
π 4 4 –6 4 J –6 4
J = ------ [ 0.12 – 0.09 ] = 13.916 ( 10 ) m I zz = --- = 6.958 ( 10 ) m 1
32 2
We make an imaginary cut at section containing points A and B to obtain the free body diagram below.
(a) 20 kN z
T Vy A (b) (c)
+θ
9 kN-m
A
B y
z
7 kN-m
y B x
B
Mz
0.4 m
10 kN 0.4 m
By equilibrium we obtain:
T+9–7 = 0 or T = – 2 kN-m 2
– V y – 10 + 20 = 0 or V y = 10 kN 3
M z + 20 ( 0.8 ) – 10 ( 0.4 ) = 0 or M z = – 12 kN-m 4
The first moment of area for point B can be found using Fig. (b) as:
4R o 2 4R i 2 4 3 3 4 3 3 –6 3
( Q z ) B = --------- ( πR o ) – -------- ( πR i ) = --- ( R o – R i ) = --- ( 0.06 – 0.045 ) = 166.5 ( 10 ) m 5
3π 3π 3 3
3
Tρ ( – 2 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
The shear stress due to torsion is τ xθ = ------- = ---------------------------------------- = ( – 8.623 ) ( 10 )N ⁄ m
J –6
13.916 ( 10 )
From Fig. (c) showing direction of trosional shear stress we obtain:
( τ xz ) A = – 8.623 MPa and ( τ xy ) B = 8.623 MPa 6
The normal stress due to bending about z-axis is
3
–Mz yA – ( – 12 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.06 ) 6 2
( σ xx ) A = ----------------- = ---------------------------------------------- = 103.48 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 103.48 MPa(T) and ( σ xx ) B = 0 7
I zz –6
6.958 ( 10 )
The shear stress due to bending about z -axis can be found out as shown below. Note s and y direction in Fig. (c) are
opposite, hence
3 –6
–Vy Qz – ( 10 ) ( 10 )166.5 ( 10 ) 6 2
– ( τ xy ) B = ( τ xs ) B = ---------------- = ---------------------------------------------------------- = – 7.976 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
I zz t –6
[ 6.958 ( 10 ) ] ( 0.03 )
( τ xy ) B = 7.976 MPa 8
The total shear stresses at B ( τ xy ) B = ( 8.623 + 7.976 ) MPa =16.599 MPa
The answers are: ( σ xx ) A = 103.5 MPa (T) ( σ xx ) B = 0 ( τ xz ) A = – 8.62 MPa ( τ xy ) B = 16.6 MPa
The stresses are shown on stress cubes below.
(d) Point A y (e) Point b y
16.6 MPa
103.5 MPa
8.62 MPa x x
z z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.39 A 6 in. x 1 in. rectangular structural member is loaded as shown in Figure P10.39. Determine the maximum
normal and shear stress in the member.
100 lb 150 lb
2 kips 4 kips
1.5 kips
p
6 in
2 kips 4 kips
Figure P10.39
60 in
25 in 20 in
250 lb
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The crosssectional area and area moment of inertia can be found as:
2 1 3 4
A = ( 6 ) ( 1 ) = 6 in I zz = ------ ( 1 ) ( 6 ) = 18 in 1
12
We can draw axial force and shear moment diagram as shown below.
y 100 lb 150 lb
MD
2 kips 4 kips
z 6 in 1.5 kips
p
6 in
2 kips 4 kips RD
60 in
25 in 20 in
1 in
250 lb
N 2500
lb
1500
5500
V=-Vy 150 150
lb
100 6500
Mz
in-lb
2500 3500
The maximum σxx will be just before C and its magnitude will be:
M z y max 5500 6500 ( 3 )
( σ xx ) max = N
---- + -------------------
- = ------------ + -------------------- = 2000 psi 2
A I zz 6 18
As ( σ xx ) max » ( τ xy ) max in bending, the maximum normal and shear stress will be ( σ xx ) max and ( σ xx ) max ⁄ 2 ,
respectively.
The answer are: σ max = 2 ksi ; τ max = 1 ksi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.40 A thin cylinder is subjected to a uniform pressure of 300 psi and torques as shown. The outer radius of the cyl-
inder is 10 inches and has a wall thickness of 0.25 inch. Determine the normal and shear stress at point A and show it on
a stress element in cartesian coordinates.
T3 = 50 in kips
T2 = 300 in -kips
T1 = 100 in-kips
Figure P10.40
Solution p = 300 psi, d0 = 10 in, t = 0.25 , Stresses at A =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) shows the free body diagram for purpose of calculating the internal torque.
(a) 300 in -kips y (c) y
(b) 12000 psi
T 100 in-kips
θ
6000 psi
A
x
1332 psi x
z
z
By equilibrium of moment T = -200 in-kips.
π 4 4 4
The polar moment of inertia is: J = --- [ ( 10 ) – ( 9.75 ) ] = 1512.9in
2
( – 200 ) ( 10 )
The torsional shear stress is: τ xθ = Tρ
------- = ---------------------------- = – 1.322 ksi = – 1322 psi
J 1512.9
Fig (b) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. At point A it is in the positive y - direction. Hence
( τ xy )A = 1322psi
The hoop and axial stress due to pressure are
----- = (------------------------
300 ) ( 10 )- = 12000 psi and σ = pr
σ θθ = pr xx ----- = 6000 psi
t 0.25 2t
The stresses in cartesian coordinates are: σ xx = 6000 psi ; σ yy = 12000 psi ; τ xy = 1322 psi
Fig. (c) shows the stress cube at point A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.41 A brick chimney shown in Figure P10.41 has an outside diameter of 5 ft and a wall thickness of 6 in. The
average specific weight of the brick and mortar is γ = 120 lb/ft3. The height of the chimney is H= 30 ft. Determine
the maximum wind pressure p that the chimney could withstand if there is to be no tensile stress.
30H p
Figure P10.41
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
The crossectional area and area moment of inertia is:
π 2 2 π 2 2 2 π 4 4 π 4 4 4
A = --- ( d o – d i ) = --- ( 5 – 4 ) = 7.0686 ft I = ------ ( d o – d i ) = ------ ( 5 – 4 ) = 18.11 ft
4 4 64 64
The maximum tensile bending stress will be at the bottom of the chimmney. The free body diagram is:
pdoH
W
H/2
Mz Vy
2 2
pd o H ( p ) ( 5 ) ( 30 )
By equilibrium: N = W = γAH M Z = ---------------
- = ----------------------------- = 2250p ft-lb
2 2
The compressive axial stress is:

N γAH 2
σ axial = ---- = ----------- = γH = ( 120 ) ( 30 ) = 3600 lb/ft ( C )
A A
M Z y max [ 2250p ] ( 5 ⁄ 2 ) 2
The maximum tensile bending stress: σ bend = --------------------
- = ----------------------------------- = 310.54p lb/ft ( T ).
I 18.11
For no tensile stress to exist
3600 2
σ axial > σ bend or 3600 > 310.54p or p < ---------------- or p < 11.59 lb/ft
310.54
2
The answer is: p max = 11.5 lb/ft
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.42 A brick chimney shown in Figure P10.41 has an outside diameter of 1.5 m and a wall thickness of 150 mm.
The average specific density of the brick and mortar is γ = 1800 kg/m3. The wind pressure acting on the chimney is
p = 800 Pa. Determine the maximum height H of the chimney is if there is to be no tensile stress.
30H p
Figure P10.42
------------------------------------------------------------
π 4 4 π 4 4 4
The area moment of inertia is: I = ------ ( d o – d i ) = ------ ( 1.5 – 1.2 ) = 0.1467 m
64 64
Inhe maximum tensile bending stress will be at the bottom of the chimmney. The free body diagram is:
pdoH
W
H/2
Mz Vy
N
2 2
pd o H ( 800 ) ( 1.5 )H 2
By equilibrium: N = W = γAH M Z = ---------------
- = --------------------------------- = 600H
2 2
N γAH 2
The compressive axial stress is: σ axial = ---- = ----------- = γH = ( 1800 ) ( 9.81 )H = 17658H N ⁄ m ( C )
A A
M Z y max [ 600H 2 ] ( 1.5 ⁄ 2 ) 2 2
The maximum tensile bending stress: σ bend = --------------------
- = ---------------------------------------- = 3067.1H N ⁄ m ( T ) .
I 0.1467
For no tensile stress to exist
2 17658
σ axial > σ bend or 17658H > 3067.1H or H < ---------------- or H < 5.757 m
3067.1
The answer is: H max = 5.75 m

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.43 A hollow shaft that has an outside diameter of 100 mm and an inside diameter of 50 mm is loaded as shown.
The normal stress and shear stress in the shaft must be limited to 200 MPa and 115 MPa, respectively. (a) Determine the
maximum value of the torque T that can be applied to the shaft. (b) Using the result of part (a), determine the strain that
will be shown by the strain gage that is mounted on the surface at an angle of 350 to the axis of the shaft. Use
E = 200 GPa, G = 80 GPa, ν = 0.25
350 T kN-m
A
P = 800 kN
Figure P10.43
Solution: do = 100 mm,
di = 50 mm, σmax < 200MPa, τmax < 115 MPa,
E = 200 GPaG = 80 GPa, ν= 0.25 Tmax =?, εA =?,
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross sectional area and polar moment of inertia are
π 2 2 –3 2 π 4 4 –6 4
A = --- [ ( 0.1 ) – ( 0.05 ) ] = 5.89 ( 10 )m and J = ------ [ ( 0.1 ) – ( 0.05 ) ] = 9.204 ( 10 )m
4 32
The axial stress will be compressive and its value is
3
800 ( 10 ) 6 N
σ xx = -------------------------- = 135.8 ( 10 ) ------- = 135.8MPa ( C ) 1
–3 2
5.89 ( 10 ) m
3
T ( 10 ) ( 0.05 )
The magnitude of torsional shear stress is: τ tor = Tρ - = 5.432 ( T )MPa
------- = --------------------------------
–6
J 9.204 ( 10 )
Fig (a) shows the direction of shear stress
(a) y
θ
T
x
From Fig (a) we note that the torsional shear stress is in the positive y-direction at A. Thus,
( τ xy ) A = 5.432 ( T )MPa 2
2
The maximum normal stress is: σ max = ⎛ ----------------⎞ – ⎛ ----------------⎞ + ( 5.432T ) ≤ 200 or
– 135.8 – 135.8 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
2
⎛ 135.8
-------------⎞ + ( 5.432T ) ≤ 132.1
2
3
⎝ 2 ⎠
2
τ max = ⎛ 135.8
-------------⎞ + ( 5.432T ) ≤ 115
2
4
⎝ 2 ⎠
If T is found from Eq. (4) than the condition of Eq. (3) will be met.
2
⎛ 135.8
-------------⎞ + ( 5.432T ) ≤ 13225 or T ≤ 17.08in – kips or
2
T max = 17.0 in.-kips
⎝ 2 ⎠
The strains are:
( – 135.8 ) ( 10 )
6 τ xy ( 5.432 ) ( 17 ) ( 10 )
6
ε xx = ----------------------------------- = – 679 μ and ε yy = – νε xx = 169.75μ γ xy = -------
- = ------------------------------------------- = 1154μ
9 G 9
200 ( 10 ) ( 80 ) ( 10 )
Substituting the above strains and θ = −35o in Eq. 9.1 we obtain
2 2
ε A = – ( 679 ) ( cos ( – 35 ) ) + ( 169.75 ) ( sin ( – 35 ) ) + 1154 ( cos ( – 35 ) sin ( – 35 ) ) ε A = – 942μ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.44 On the C-clamp, determine the maximum clamping force P, if the allowable normal stress is 160 MPa in ten-
sion and 120 MPa in compression.
16.5 mm
6 mm
x 18 mm 12 mm
C
y
54 mm
y C z
P z
P 6 mm 18 mm 6 mm
Figure P10.44
Solution: σT < 160 MPa (T) σC < 120 MPa (C)
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross sectional area is ( 12 ) ( 6 ) + ( 18 ) ( 6 ) + ( 18 ) ( 6 ) = 288m
. The area moment of inertia about z -axis is.
1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2
I zz = ------ ( 12 ) ( 6 ) + ( 12 ) ( 6 ) ( 16.5 – 3 ) + ------ ( 6 ) ( 18 ) + ( 6 ) ( 18 ) ( 15 – 16.5 ) + ------ ( 18 ) ( 6 ) + ( 18 ) ( 6 ) ( 27 – 16.5 )
12 12 12
3 4
I zz = 28.728 ( 10 )mm
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made.
N
(a)
54 mm
B A
Mz
P
By equilibrium of forces and moments N = P and Mz = -0.054P

P 3 N
The axial stress will be in tension. Its value is: ( σ xx ) A, B = ------------------------- = 3.472P ( 10 ) ------- ( T )
–6 2
288 ( 10 ) m
Due to bending about z -axis, point B will be in tension and point A will be in compression.
–3
Mz yB ( 0.054P ) ( 30 – 16.5 ) ( 10 ) 3 N
( σ xx ) B = ------------- - = 25.376P ( 10 ) ------- ( T )
- = -----------------------------------------------------------------
– 9 2
I zz 28.728 ( 10 ) m
–3
Mz yA ( 0.054P ) ( 16.5 ) ( 10 ) 3 N
( σ xx ) A = ------------- - = 31.01P ( 10 ) ------- ( C )
- = -----------------------------------------------------
–9 2
I zz 28.728 ( 10 ) m
The total normal stresses at points A and B can be found and compared with the limiting values as shown below.
3 3 6 3
( σ xx ) A = ( 31.01P – 3.472P ) ( 10 ) = 27.538P ( 10 ) ≤ 120 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 4.357 ( 10 )N 5
3 3 6 3
( σ xx ) B = ( 25.376P + 3.472P ) ( 10 ) = 28.848P ( 10 ) ≤ 160 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 5.546 ( 10 )N 6
The maximum value of P that meets the requirements in Eqs. (1) and (2) is P max = 4.3kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.45 The T cross-section of the beam was constructed by gluing two rectangular pieces together. A small crack was
detected in the glue joint at section AA. Determine the maximum value of the applied load P if the normal stress in the
glue at section AA is to be limited to 20MPa in tension and 12 MPa in shear.The load P acts at the centroid of the cross-
section at C as shown.
55o 50 mm
A
2m 3m
100 mm 100 mm
A 5m 250 mm
C P 50 mm
Cross-section AA
Figure P10.45
Solution: σG < 20MPa, τG < 12 MPa, Pmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the cross section with centroid at C. The location of the centroid can be found as
η c = (------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50 ) ( 250 ) ( 125 ) + ( 50 ) ( 250 ) ( 275 ) = 200mm
( 50 ) ( 250 ) + ( 50 ) ( 250 )
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertia are.
3 2
A = ( 50 ) ( 250 ) + ( 50 ) ( 250 ) = 25 ( 10 )mm
1 3 2 1 3 2
I zz = ------ ( 50 ) ( 250 ) + ( 50 ) ( 250 ) ( 200 – 125 ) + ------ ( 250 ) ( 50 ) + ( 50 ) ( 250 ) ( 275 – 200 )
12 12
6 4
I zz = 208.3 ( 10 )mm
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made at section AA.
(a) 55o y
3m (b) (c) y (d)
G 50 mm
5m G
z 100 mm 100 mm
N 250 mm z
Mz Vy ηc
C P
50 mm
By equilibrium of forces and moment we obtain:
N = Pcos55 = 0.5736P and Vy = -Psin55 = -0.8191P and Mz = (-Psin55)(3) = -2.457P
0.5736P
The axial stress is tensile and its value is: ( σ xx ) G = ---------------------- = 22.943P
–3
25 ( 10 )
The bending normal stress on upper side of the neutral axis will be in tension. Its value is
–3
Mz yG ( 2.457P ) ( 250 – 200 ) ( 10 )
( σ xx ) G = -------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------
- = 589.77P
–6
I zz 208.3 ( 10 )
The total normal stress in glue is: ( σ xx ) G = ( 22.943 + 589.77 )P = 612.72P
Fig.(c) shows the area As used in calculating shear stress in the glue. The first moment of area is.
3 3
( Q z ) G = ( 250 ) ( 50 ) ( 75 ) = 937.5 ( 10 )mm
The magnitude of shear stress due to bending is:
Vy ( Qt )G ( 0.8191P ) ( 937.5 ) ( 10 )
–6
( τ xy )G = --------------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------
- = 73.73P
–6 –3
I zz t ( 208.3 ) ( 10 ) ( 50 ) ( 10 )
The magnitude of maximum normal stress in glue is
612.72P 2
σ max = ⎛ --------------------⎞ + ⎛ --------------------⎞ + ( 73.73P ) = ( 306.4 + 315.1 )P = 621.5P ≤ 20 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 32.18 ( 10 )N 1
612.72P 2 6 3
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
2
τ max = ⎛ 612.72P
--------------------⎞ + ( 73.73P ) = 315.1P = 12 ( 10 ) or P ≤ 38.08 ( 10 )N
2 6 3
2
⎝ 2 ⎠
The maximum value of P that meets the requirements of Eq.(1) and (2) is P max = 32.1 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.46 The bars in the pin connected structure shown in Figure P10.46 are circular bars of diameters that are available
in increments of 5 mm. The allowable shear stress in the bars is 90 MPa. Determine the diameters of the bars for design-
ing the lightest structure to support a force of P = 40 kN.
C P
0.5 m
B
1m
A D
Figure P10.46
1.2 m
Solution: τmax < 90 MPa, P = 40 kN, dBD =?, dAB =? to nearest 5 mm
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram of the structure.
P x x
(a) C (b) 40 kN (c) 40 (d)
0.5 m C
B 0.5 m
B
60 kN 20 20
θ
1m 50 kN
Ax NBD
Ay 50 kN x
A D
20 kN A 20
1.2 m y V = - Vy (kN) Mz(kN-m)
In Fig. (a) tanθ = 1.2 or θ = 50.194o. By equilibrium of moment about point A, we obtain.
( N BD sin θ ) ( 1 ) – P ( 1.5 ) = 0 or N BD = 78.10kN 1
By equilibrium of forces we obtain.
A y + P – ( N BD sin θ ) = 0 or A y = 20kN 2
A x – ( N BD cos θ ) = 0 or A x = 50kN 3
Maximum shear stress in axial member BD is half the axial stress. We obtain.
σ BD 1 N BD 1 ( 78.10 ) ( 10 )
3
6
τ max = ---------- = --- ----------- = --- -------------------------------- ≤ 90 ( 10 ) or d BD ≥ 0.0235m
2 2 A BD 2 πd 2 ⁄ 4
BD
The minimum diameter to the nearest 5 mm is d BD = 25 mm
Fig (b) shows the forces in component form that are acting on member ABC. Figs.(b) and (c) show the shear force and
bending moment diagrams. Noting that the axial stress in segment AB is compressive, the maximum normal stress is
σxx is sum of maximum bending normal stress and axial stress.
3
( 20 ) ( 10 ) ( d AB ⁄ 2 ) ( 50 ) ( 10 3 ) 203.72 ( 10 ) 63.66 ( 10 )
3 3
σ xx = ----------------------------------------------
- + ------------------------ = ------------------------------ + --------------------------- 4
4 2 3 2
πd AB ⁄ 64 πd AB ⁄ 4 d AB d AB
The normal stress in Eq. (4) is on the left surface of segment AB, where the bending shear stress is zero. The maximum
shear stress is thus
σ xx 101.86 ( 10 ) 31.83 ( 10 )
3 3
6
τ max = --------
- = ------------------------------ + --------------------------- = 90 ( 10 ) 5
2 3 2
d AB d AB
For an initial guess we neglect the second term and obtain: d AB ≥ ⎛ ----------------⎞ ( 10 ) or d AB ≥ 0.104m
3 101.86 –3
⎝ 90 ⎠
We consider values of dAB = 0.105 m and obtain τmax = 90.93 (106) which exceeds the allowable stress. We next con-
sider dAB = 0.11 and obtain τmax = 79.2.93 (106) which is below the allowable stress value. The minimum diameter of
member ABC is: d AB = 110 mm
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.47 Member AB has a circular cross-section with a diameter of 0.75 inch. Member BC has a square cross-section
of 2 in x 2 in.Determine the maximum normal stress in members AB and BC.
60 in A
80 lb./in B
60o 66 in
C
Figure P10.47
Solution: dAB = 0.75in,
ABC = 2 in x 2 in, σAB =?, σBC =?,
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram with distributed force replaced by an equivalent force.
(a) (b) Mmax (c) Mmax
B 60o
5280 lb N N
NAB 80 lb./in 2640
y x
V V
33 in C 60o C
C 60o 16.5 in
33 in
33 in 16.5 in
1524.2 1524.2
Cx 2640 2640
Cy
By equilibrium of moment about point C, we obtain: N AB ( 66 sin 60 ) – ( 5280 ) ( 33 ) = 0 or N AB = 3048.4lbs
By equilibrium of forces we obtain
C y – 5280 + N AB sin 60 = 0 or C y = 2640lb and C x – N AB cos 60 = 0 or C x = 1524.2lb
N AB 3048.4 3048.4
The axial stress in AB is: σ AB = ---------- - = ---------------- psi
- = --------------------------- σ AB = 6.9 ksi (T)
A AB π ( 0.75 ) ⁄ 4
2 0.4418
The maximum bending moment will occur at the center of CB. Fig (b) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary
cut is made through the center of CB. Fig (C) shows the statically equivalent diagram.
By equilibrium of force and moment about point O we obtain.
N BC = 1524.2 and M max + ( 2640 ) ( 33 ) – ( 2640 ) ( 16.5 ) = 0 or M max = 43560
The maximum normal stress in BC is
1524.2 ( 43560 ) ( 1 )
σ CD = ---------------- + ---------------------------- = ( 381 + 32670 )psi or σ CD = 33.05 ksi (T)
( 2 ) ( 2 ) ( 2 ) ( 2 3 ) ⁄ 12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.48 The members of the structure have rectangular cross-sections and are pin connected. Cross-section dimensions
for members are: 100 mm x 150 mm for ABC, 100 mm x 200 mm for CDE, and 100 mm x 50 mm for BD. The allow-
able normal stress in the members is 20 MPa. Determine the maximum intensity of the distributed load w.
B C 150 mm
A
50 mm
3m D
E
m 2.5 m 2.5 m
0m
20
Figure P10.48
Solution: AABC = 100 mm x 150 mm, ACDE = 100 mm x 200 mm, ABD = 100 mm x 50 mm,
σ max ≤ 20MPa , wmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram of the entire structure. By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain.
E x ( 3 ) – ( 2.5 ) ( 5w ) = 0 E x = 4.1667w
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: A x = E x = 4.1667w and A y = 5w
5w 2.5w
(a) Ay (b) 5w
(c) Ay MABC
Ax Ay Cy
B C Ax
A Ax Cx A
B C
A 2.5 m
NABC
3m 2.5 m 2.5 m
D VABC
Ex NBD
E
2.5 m 2.5 m
Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram of the member ABC. By equilibrium of moment about (C) we obtain.
A y ( 5 ) – 5w ( 2.5 ) – N BD ( 2.5 ) = 0 or N BD = 5w
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: C x = A x = 4.1667w and C y = 5w + N BD – A y = 5w
N BD 5w 6
The axial stress in member BD is σ BD = ----------
- = ---------------------------- = 1000w ≤ 20 ( 10 ) or
A BD ( 0.1 ) ( 0.05 )
3 N
w ≤ 20 ( 10 ) ---- 1
m
The maximum moment in member ABC will be in the center. Fig (c) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary
cut is made through middle of ABC. By equilibrium of force and moment about O we obtain.
N ABC = A x = 4.1667w and M ABC = A y ( 2.5 ) – ( 2.5w ) ( 1.25 ) = 9.375w
The maximum normal stress in member ABC is
4.1667w - ( 9.375w ) ( 0.075 ) = 6 N
σ ABC = --------------------------- + ----------------------------------------- 277.78w + 25000w = 25278w ≤ 20 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 791.2 ---- 2
( 0.1 ) ( 0.15 ) ( 0.1 ) ( 0.15 3 ) ⁄ 12 m
Fig (d) shows member CDE with all calculated forces acting on it. Fig (e) shows the equivalent diagram with forces
resolved in axial and transverse direction.

(d) Cy = 5w 2.1437w
(e) 6.1449 w (f)
NBD = 5 w θ 6.1449 w
C
4.287w
C
2.1437w
Cx = 4.1667w
θ 2.572w
C
2.1437w 4.287w
D D 2.915 m
Ex = 4.1667 w
1.5 μ 2.1437w 2.915 m
E θ = 30.96o E
2.5 m 2.915 m NCD
MCD VCD
2.5 m
3.5729 w
The maximum bending moment will be in the middle of member CDE. The maximum axial stress will be in segment
CD. Fig (f) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just right of D. By equilibrium of forces and
moment about point O2, we obtain.
N CD = 6.1449w and M CD = ( – 2.1437w ) ( 2.915 ) = – 6.25w
The maximum normal stress in segment CD will be compressive and its value is
6.1449w ( 6.25w ) ( 0.1 ) 6 3 N
σ CD = ------------------------- + ---------------------------------- = 9682.1w ≤ 20 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 2.06 ( 10 ) ---- 3
( 0.1 ) ( 0.2 ) 1 3 m
------ ( 0.1 ) ( 0.2 )
12
The maximum value of w that satisfies Eqs. (1), (2) and (3) is w = 791.2 N/m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.49 A hoist is to be designed for lifting a maximum weight of W = 300 lbs. The hoist will be installed at a certain
height above ground and will be constructed using lumber and assembled using steel bolts. The lumber rectangular
cross-section dimensions are listed in Table 10.2. The bolt joints will be modeled as pins in single shear. Same size bolts
will be used in all joints. The allowable normal stress in the wood is 1.2 ksi and the allowable shear stress in bolts is
6 ksi. Design the lightest hoist by choosing the lumber from Table 10.2 and bolt size to the nearest 1/8 inch diameter.
4 ft
2 ft 3 ft 3 ft
P
W
9 ft
Figure P10.49
Solution: σw < 1.2 psi,
W = 300lb, τw < 6 ksi, Lumber =?, db =? nearest 118
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram of the entire structure. By equilibrium of moment about point (A) and equilibrium
of forces we obtain.
F y ( 9 ) = ( 600 ) ( 3 ) or F y = 200lb and A y + F y = 600 or A y = 400lb and A x = 0
(a) C Cy
(b) Cx (c) (d)
4 ft By Ey By
4 ft
VDE
Bx Ex
B D E
Bx D
2 ft 3 ft 3 ft
2 ft By 3 ft 3 ft
600 lb 3 ft
Ax
MDE
600 lb
Ay 9 ft Fy Ay
Figs. (b), (c) and (d) are the free body diagram of members ABC, BDE and CEF. By equilibrium of moment about point
B in Fig (b) and equilibrium of force in the x - direction we obtain.
C x ( 4 ) = 0 or C x = 0 and B x = – C x = 0
By equilibrium of moment about point (E) and force equilibrium we obtain.
B y ( 6 ) – ( 600 ) ( 3 ) = 0 or B y = 300lb and B y + E y = 600 or E y = 300lb and E x = B x = 0
By equilibrium of forces in y-direction in Fig.(b) we obtain: C y + B y – A y = 0 or C y = 100lb
600 3
The largest force acts on pin D.The shear stress in pin D is. τ A = ------------ ≤ 6 ( 10 ) or d b ≥ 0.356in
π 2
--- d b
4
The diameter of the bolt to the nearest 1/8 is d b = ( 3 ⁄ 8 ) in.
Segment AB of member ABC will have the largest compressive axial stress.
400 2
σ AB = ----------- ≤ 1200psi or A AB ≥ 0.333in
A AB
| For member ABC, use lumber with cross section dimension of 2 in x 4 in |
The maximum bending moment in member BDE will be at the center, Fig (d) shows the free body diagram of member
BDE after an imaginary cut is made in the middle.
By equilibrium of moment: M DE = ( 3 ) ( B y ) = 900ft – lb = 10800in – lb
10800
The maximum normal stress in BDE can be written as σ BDE = --------------- ≤ 1200 or S DE ≥ 9in3
S BDE
The lightest lumber for which the section modulus is greater than 9 in3 in Table 10.3 is 2 in x 6 in
| For member BDE, use lumber with cross section dimension of 2 in x 6in |
Fig (e) shows the forces acting on member CEF. Fig (f) shows the equivalent diagram with forces resolved in axial and
transverse direction.
83.20 lb MEF VEF
(e) Cy=100 lb (f) (g)
55.47 lb
θ
7.21 ft. 7.21 ft. 3.61 ft.
C C
166.4 lb
4 ft F
θ 3.61 ft. 3.61 ft.
E E 110.94
166.4 lb
2 ft
Ey=300 lb 249.6 lb 166.4 lb
F F
θ = 33.69o 110.94
Fy=200 lb
9 ft
The maximum axial stress will be in segment EF. The maximum bending moment will be at E in member CEF. Fig (g)
shows the free body diagram of segment EF. By equilibrium of forces and moment we obtain.
N EF = 110.94lb
M EF = ( 166.4 ) ( 3.61 ) = 600ft – lb = 7200in – lb
The maximum compressive stress in member CEF is
110.94 7200
σ CEF = ---------------- + ------------- ≤ 1200 4
A CEF S CEF
From Table 10.3, the 2 in. x 4 in. cross-section has as area ACEF = 8 and section modulus SCEF = 5.3. Substituting these
values in Eq. (4) we obtain, σCEF = 1372 psi, which exceeds 1200 psi. We consider 2 in. x 6 in. cross-section for which
ACEF = 12 and SEF = 12. Substituting these values in Eq. (1), we obtain σCEF = 609 psi which is less than 1200 psi.
| For member CEF, use lumber with cross section dimension of 2 in x 6in |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.50 A rectangular wooden beam of 4 in x 8 in cross-section is supported at the right end by an aluminum circular
rod of 1/2 in diameter. The allowable normal stress in the wood is 1.5 ksi and the allowable shear stress in aluminum
8 ksi. The Modulus of Elasticity for wood and aluminum are EW = 1,800 ksi and Eal = 10,000 ksi. Determine the maxi-
mum force P that the structure can support.
4.5 ft
A
B 8 in
10 ft
P
Figure P10.50
1
Solution: AAB = 4 in. x 8 in.,d al = --- in· , σw < 1.5 ksi, τal < 8 ksi,
2
Ew = 1800 ksi, Eal = 10,000 Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) and (b) shows the cantilever beam and the axial rod.
NAl
(a) (b) C
A
B
10 ft NAl
P
Comparing Fig (a) to case 1 in Table 7.1 we obtain. a = 120 in., b = 0, P = (P - Nal), E = 1800 and
1 3 4
I = ------ ( 4 ) ( 8 ) = 170.67in we obtain
12
3
( P – N al ) ( 120 )
v A = ---------------------------------------------- = 1.875 ( P – N al ) 1
( 3 ) ( 1800 ) ( 170.67 )
The extension of aluminium rod can be found using Eq. (4.27)
N al ( 54 )
δ al = ----------------------------------------------------
- = 0.0275N al 2
2
( 10000 ) ( π ) ( 1 ⁄ 2 ) ⁄ 4
Equating Eq. (1) and (2) we obtain: 1.875P – 1.875N al = 0.0275N al or
1.875
N al = ---------------- P = 0.9855P 3
1.9025
0.9855P
The axial stress in aluminium rod is: σ al = ---------------------------- = 5.0193P
2
π(1 ⁄ 2) ⁄ 4
The maximum shear stress in aluminium is: τ al = σ al ⁄ 2 = 2.5097P ≤ 8 or
P ≤ 3.19kips 4
The maximum bending moment in the beam will be at the left wall. Its value is
M max = ( P – N al ) ( 120 ) = 1.735P . The maximum normal stress in the beam is
( 1.735P ) ( 4 )
σ w = ------------------------------ ≤ 1.5 or P ≤ 36.9kips 5
( 170.67 )
The maximum value of P that meets the requirements in Eqs. (4) and (5) is P max = 3.1 kips
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.51 A steel pipe with an outside diameter of 1.5 inch and wall thickness of 1/4 inch is simply supported at D. A
torque of 120 in-kips is applied as shown in Figure P10.51. Determine the normal and shear stresses at point A and B in
the x, y, and z coordinate system and show it on a stress cube. Points A and B are on the surface of the pipe. The Modu-
lus of Elasticity is E = 30,000 ksi and the Poisson’s ratio ν = 0.28.
y
A
x B
D
z
60 in
12 in
48 in T = 30 in-kips
C
Figure P10.51
1
Solution: t = --- in· E = 30,000 ksi, ν = 0.28
do = 1.5 in. Stresses at A and B.
4
------------------------------------------------------------
In Fig (a) support at D is replaced by a reaction force.
Vy
(a) y (b) (c) y

A A
D D
x B
z Mz z
B
RD RD
12 in
60 in 60 in
48 in 48 in T = 30 in-kips
T = 30 in-kips
C C
The beam ED is subjected to a couple of 30 in-kips and a force RD comparing beam in Fig. (a) to cases (1) and (2) in
π 4 4 4
Table 1. We have M = -30 in-kips, P = RD, L = 60, E = 30,000 ksi. I = ------ [ 1.5 – 1 ] = 0.1994in . The deflection of
64
D is the superposition of deflection in cases 1 and 2 and should equal to zero.
3
( – 30 ) ( 60 )
2 ( R o ) ( 60 ) 3 ( 30 )
- = 0 or R D = --- ---------- = 0.75kip
v D = ------------------------------------------------- + ------------------------------------------------
( 2 ) ( 30000 ) ( 0.1994 ) ( 2 ) ( 30000 ) ( 0.1994 ) 2 60
Fig (b) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing points A and B. By equi-
librium of forces and moment.
V y = R D = 0.75kip and M z + 30 – R D ( 48 ) = 0 or M z = 6in – kips
The normal stress at point A is compressive and at B it is zero.
( σ xx ) A = (----------------------
6 ) ( 0.75 -) or ( σ ) = 22.6 ksi (C) and ( σ ) = 0
( 0.1994 ) xx A xx B
Fig.(c) shows the direction of shear stress. At point A the shear stress is zero and at point B it is in the positive y - direc-
tion. The first moment of area As shown in Fig. (d) is.
2 1.5 3 1 3
( Q z ) B = --- ⎛ -------⎞ – ⎛ ---⎞ = 0.1979in
3
3 2 ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
( 0.75 ) ( 0.1979 )
The shear stress at B is ( τ xy ) B = ------------------------------------- or ( τ xy ) B = 1.49 ksi and ( τ xy ) A = 0
( 0.1994 ) ( 0.5 )
Fig. (e) and (f) show the stress cube at points A and B
y
(d) y (e) Point A (f) Point B y
s 1.49 ksi
22.6 ksi
z B
x x
0.5 in
0.75 in z
z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.52 A composite beam is constructed by attaching steel strips on top and bottom of a wooden beam. The beam is
supported at the right end by an aluminum circular rod of 8 mm diameter. The allowable normal stresses in the wood
and steel are 14 MPa and 140 MPa, respectively. The allowable shear stress in aluminum is 60 MPa. The Modulus of
Elasticity for wood, steel, and aluminum are EW = 12.6 GPa, ES = 200 GPa and Eal = 70 GPa, respectively. Determine
the maximum intensity w of the distributed load that the structure can support.
C
6 mm
w
1.3 m 100 mm
6 mm
A
B
40 mm
3m Cross-section
Figure P10.52
Solution: σw < 14 MPa,
dal = 8 mm, σs < 140 MPa, τal < 60 MPa,
Ew = 12.6 GPa, Es = 200 GPa Eal = 70 GPa, wmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertia for each material cross section is
1 3 6 4 1 3 2 6 4
( I zz ) w = ------ ( 40 ) ( 100 ) = 3.333 ( 10 )mm and ( I zz ) s = ------ ( 40 ) ( 6 ) + ( 40 ) ( 6 ) ( 53 ) = 0.6749 ( 10 )mm
12 12
The bending rigidity of the cross section is
3 N
∑
9 –6 9 –6
E j ( I zz ) j = ( 12.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 3.333 ) ( 10 ) + ( 2 ) ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.6749 ) ( 10 ) = 311.95 ( 10 ) ------- 1
2
m
π 2 2
The cross sectional area of aluminium rod is: A al = --- ( 8 ) = 50.26mm
4
Fig (a) and (b) show the cantilever beam and axial rod. Comparing Fig (a) to case 1 and 3 in Table 7.1, we obtain a =
3m, b = 0, P = -Nal, po = w. We note that the bending rigidity (EI) is replaced by value given in Eq. (1). We obtain
3
– N al ( 3 ) w(3 )
4
–6
- + ------------------------------------------- = [ – 28.95N al + 32.46w ] ( 10 )
v A = ------------------------------------------ 2
3 3
( 3 ) ( 311.95 ) ( 10 ) ( 8 ) ( 311.95 ) ( 10 )
NAl NAl
(a) C (c)
(b) 3w
w
Mmax
A
A
B NAl
3m V 1.5 m 1.5 m
The extension of aluminium rod can be found using Eq. (4.27)
N al ( 1.3 ) –6
δ al = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 0.3695N al ( 10 ) 3
9 –6
( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 50.26 ) ( 10 )
Equating Eq. (2) and (3) we obtain: – 28.95N al + 32.46w = 0.3695N al or
N al = 1.107W 4
1.107w 3
The axial stress in aluminium rod is: σ al = ---------------------------------- = 22.02w ( 10 )
–6
( 50.26 ) ( 10 )
The maximum shear stress in aluminium rod is
σ al 3 6 3 N
τ max = ------
- = 11.01w ( 10 ) ≤ 60 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 5.45 ( 10 ) ---- 5
2 m
As in Example 10.7, the maximum bending moment will be at the wall. Its value can be found from the free body dia-
gram in Fig. (c).
M max + 3w ( 1.5 ) – N al ( 3 ) = 0 or M max = – 1.179w
The maximum normal stress in wood will be at y w = ± 0.05m . Its value is
Ew Mz yw 9
σ w = – ------------------------- ( 12.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.179w ) ( 0.05 ) = 2.381w ( 10 3 ) ≤ 14 ( 10 6 ) or w ≤ 5.88 ( 10 3 ) ---
- = -------------------------------------------------------------------
N
- 6
-
∑
m
E j ( I zz ) j ( 311.95 ) ( 10 )
3
The maximum normal stress in steel will be at y s = ± 0.056m . Its value is

Es Mz ys 9
σ s = – ------------------------- ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.179w ) ( 0.05 ) = 42.33w ( 10 3 ) ≤ 140 ( 10 6 ) or w ≤ 3.307 ( 10 3 ) ---
- = ------------------------------------------------------------------
N
- 7
∑
m
E j ( I zz ) j ( 311.95 ) ( 10 )
3
The maximum value of w that meets the requirements of Eq. (5),(6) and (7) is w max = 3.3 kN/m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.53 A park structure is modeled with pin joints at the points shown. Members BD and CE have a cross-sectional
dimensions of 6 in x 6 in, while the members AB, AC, and BC have a cross-sectional dimensions of 2in x 8 in. Deter-
mine the maximum normal stress in each of the members due to the estimated snow load shown on the structure.
/ft 20
lbs lbs
A 20 A
/ft
B 30o 30o
C B C
8 ft
D D E
E 16 ft
Figure P10.53
Solution: ABD = ACE = 6 in x 6in, AAB = AAC = ABC = 2 in x 8 in,
σmax =? in each member
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs. (a) through (d) shows free body diagrams of various members, with distributed force replaced by equivalent load
ft (b) (c)
(a) 184.75 lb .618 NBD (d)
4 184.75 lb t
t 184.75 lb 8f
1 8f 4 .6 1
4.6 t
Ay Bx Cx
A f
18
30 o
30o
A 4.6
B C Ax 16 ft
B C (NCE-Cy)-
8 ft 30o
Bx
(NBD-By)
Dx
16 ft Dy By
Dy DEy E
From equilibrium in Fig. (a)
D x = 0 D y = E y = 184.75 1
From Fig. (b) N BD = D y = 184.75 . Thus the axial stress in BD and CE is
σ BD = σ CE = 184.75
---------------- or σ BD = σ CE = 5.13 psi (C)
(6)( 6)
By equilibrium of moment about point C in Fig (d) we obtain
( 184.75 – B y ) = 0 or B y = 184.75 2
By equilibrium of moment about point A in Fig.(c) we obtain
B x ( 9.236 sin 30 ) – B y ( 9.236 cos 30 ) + 184.75 ( 4.68 cos 30 ) = 0 or B x = 159.78lb 3

A x = B x = 159.78 4
( A y + B y ) = 184.75 or A y = 0 5
159.78
The axial stress in member BC is tensile its value is: σ BC = ---------------- = 9.986 or σ BC = 10 psi (T)
(2 )(8)
Fig. (e) shows the coordinates x, y and coordinates x1, y1that are in axial and in transverse direction to member AB
(a) (b) f t (c) (d) MAB
in3
0 lb/
F ys y 32 138.52 lb t MAB
y1 17. 2l
b/f 80 lb NAB
A 17
.3 NAB
x1 80 lb 46.2 lb
Fy 0
o s3
F yc
30o
F xs
F xc B 10 lb/ft B VAB
230.9 lb B VAB 230.9 lb
o s3
in3
30o 230.9 lb ft
10 lb/ft 9
.30
0
0
Fx x t
1 8f ft 2
80 lb 4.6 80 lb 2.309
80 lb
The resolution of forces can be written as: F x1 = F x cos 30 + F y sin 30 and F y1 = – F x sin 30 + F y cos 30
Using the above transformation equations the forces in Fig. (e) are transformed to those shown in Fig. (f). The bending
moment will be maximum at the center of member AB. The axial force will be maximum at the center of member AB.
The axial force will be maximum at a point other than center. Noting that bending stresses are much greater than axial
stresses for same magnitude of external force, we expect the maximum normal stress to reach a maximum at the center.
Fig. (g.) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made in the center. Fig. (b) is the statically equivalent
diagram. By equilibrium of forces and moments we obtain.
N AB = 230.9 – 46.2 = 184.7lb and M AB = ( 80 ) ( 4.618 ) – ( 80 ) ( 2.309 ) = 184.72lb – ft
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertia for member AB is
3 1 3 4
A AB = ( 2 ) ( 8 ) = 16in I AB = ------ ( 2 ) ( 8 ) = 85.33in
12
The maximum compressive stress in AB is
184.7 ( 184.72 ) ( 12 ) ( 4 )
σ AB = ------------- + ---------------------------------------- = 11.5 + 103.91 σ AB = 115.5psi ( C )
16 85.33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.54 A highway sign uses a 16 inch hollow pipe as a vertical post and 12 inch hollow pipe for horizontal arms. The
pipes are one inch thick. Assume a uniform wind pressure of 20 lbs/ft2 acts on the sign boards and the pipes. Note the
pressure on the pipes acts on the projected area of L d, where L is the length of pipe and d is the diameter of the pipe.
Neglecting the weight of the pipe, determine the normal and shear stresses at points A and B and show these stresses on
stress cubes.
1 ft 6 ft 8 ft
6 ft
3 ft
5ft
17 ft
A
B
Figure P10.54
Solution: (dCD)0= 16 in, (dEF)0 = (dPG)0 = 12 in, t = 1,
p = 20 lb/ft2
Stresses at A and B=?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing points A and B. The
pressure on the pipes and signboards are replaced by statically equivalent forces.
14.5 ft
4 ft 8/12 ft
(a) 10.5 ft (b)
1.5 ft y A
20 lb 160 lb
1.5 ft 10 ft B
z
600lb
20 lb 600 (c)
160 lb A
11.0 ft 18.5 ft y
18 ft. B
533.3lb 10 ft z
x
My (d) A
A y
y
B
B T
Vz z
z
By equilibrium of forces and moment we obtain
·
V z = – [ ( 2 ) ( 600 ) + ( 2 ) ( 20 ) + 2 ( 160 ) + 533.3 ] = – 2093.3l b (1)
T = – ( 2 ) ( 20 ) ⎛ 14.5 + -----
8-⎞ + ( 600 ) ⎛ 11 + -----
8-⎞ + ( 600 ) ⎛ 18 + -----
8-⎞ + ( 2 ) ( 160 ) ⎛ 4 + ----- 8-⎞
⎝
or
12⎠ ⎝ 12⎠ ⎝ 12⎠ ⎝ 12⎠
T = – 20300 ft – lb = – 243600 in – lb (2)
M y = ( 20 + 160 ) ( 20 ) + ( 20 + 160 ) ( 17 ) + 2 ( 600 ) ( 18.5 ) + ( 533.3 ) ( 10 ) or
M y = 34193.3 ft – lb = 410320 in – lb (3)
π 4 4 4 J 4
The polar moment of inertia for pipe CDE is J = ------ [ ( 16 ) – ( 14 ) ] = 2662.5in and I = --- = 1331.3in
32 2
The normal stress at point A is zero and at point B is tensile.
( 410320 ) ( 8 )- or
( σ xx ) A = 0 ( σ xx ) B = ------------------------------ ( σ xx ) B = 2465.7psi ( T )
1331.3
Fig (b) shows the area As used in calculating the shear stress of A. The first moment of area As is
2 3 3 3
Q y = --- [ 8 – 7 ] = 112.67 in
3
( – 243600 ) ( 8 )
The torsional shear stress is on the outer radius of pipe CDE is: τ xθ = ---------------------------------- = – 731.94psi
2662.5
Fig. (c) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. From Fig. (c) we obtain
( τ xz ) A = – 731.94psi and ( τ xy ) B = 731.94psi
Fig. (d) shows the direction of shear stress due to bending about y - axis. At point B the shear stress is zero and at point
A it is in negative z - direction.
( 2093.3 ) ( 112.67 )
( τ xz ) A = – ------------------------------------------- = – 88.579psi and ( τ xy ) B = 0
( 1331.3 ) ( 2 )
The total shear stress at points A and B are
τ xz ) A = ( – 731.94 – 88.579 )ps or ( τ xz ) A = – 820.5 psi and ( τ xy ) B = 731.9 psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.55 A bicycle rack is made from thin aluminum tubes of thickness 1/16th inch, and outer diameter 1 inch. Weight
of the bicycles is supported by the belts from C to D and members between C and B. Members AC carries negligible
force and is neglected in the stress analysis as shown on the model to the right. If the allowable normal stress in the steel
tubes is 12 ksi and the allowable shear stress is 8 ksi, determine the maximum weight W to the nearest lb of each bicycle
that can be put on the rack.
D
D
W/2 W/2
A
C C 38.6o
45o
B 8 in 3 in
B
12 in
Figure P10.55
1
Solution: do = 1 in., t = ------ in· , σmax < 12ksi, τmax < 8 ksi, Wmax =?, to nearest lb.
16
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the bicycle rack.
W/2 W/2 TCD W/2 W/2
(a) (b) (c) (d) TCD
C 38.6o
y 45o 45o
W/2 W/2
E 45o MC C
E 83.6o
8 in 3 in
By C 8 in 3 in M
Bx z E
8 in 3 inVC V
12 in N
By equilibrium of moment about B, we obtain:
W
----- ( 23 ) + W
----- ( 15 ) – ( T CD sin 38.6 ) ( 12 ) – ( T CD cos 38.6 ) ( 12 ) = 0 or T CD = 1.126W
2 2
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: B x = T CD cos 38.6 = 0.88W and B y = W – T CD sin 38.6 = 0.298W
In EC, the maximum moment and shear force will be just before C as shown in Fig. (c).
M c = – ( W ⁄ 2 ) ( 11 ) – ( W ⁄ 2 ) ( 3 ) = – 7W and V c = W
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertia can be found as
2 2 2 4 4 –3 4
A = π ( 1 – 0.875 ) ⁄ 4 = 0.184in I = π ( 1 – 0.875 ) ⁄ 64 = 20.31 ( 10 )in
Fig. (b) shows the area As used in calculating shear stress.The first moment of the area is
1 3 3 3
Q z = ------ [ 1 – 0.875 ] = 0.0275in
12
The magnitude of maximum bending normal and shear stress can be found as
( 7W ) ( 0.5 ) 5
( σ xx ) max = ----------------------------- = 172.31W ≤ 12 ( 10 ) or W ≤ 69.6lb 1
–3
20.31 ( 10 )
( W ) ( 0.0275 )
( τ xy ) max = -----------------------------------------------
3
- = 10.835W ≤ 8 ( 10 ) or W ≤ 738.4lb 2
–3
20.31 ( 10 ) ( 0.125 )
The maximum shear stress on the top and bottom surface on a plane 45o to the axis of EC is
( σ xx ) max 3
τ max = ---------------------- - = 86.15W ≤ 8 ( 10 ) or W ≤ 92.86lb 3
2
In BC, the maximum moment will be next to C. Fig (d). shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made just
next to C in member BC. The moment value is same as before. By equilibrium of forces we obtain.
N = T CD ( cos 83.6 ) + 2 ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠ ( cos 45 ) = 0.833W and V = T CD ( sin 83.6 ) – 2 ⎛⎝ -----⎞⎠ ( sin 45 ) = 0.412W
W W
2 2
The magnitude of maximum normal stress is
0.833W ( 7W ) ( 0.5 ) 5
σ = ------------------- + ---------------------------------- = 176.86W ≤ 12 ( 10 ) or W ≤ 67.86lb 4
0.184 – 3
( 20.31 ) ( 10 )
Eqs. (1), (2) and (3) show that the limiting design constraint is the normal stress in member EC. This will be also true in
member BC. The maximum value of W that meets requirements of Eqs. (1) through (4) to the nearest pound is
W max = 67 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.56 The hoist shown was used to lift heavy loads in a mining operation. Member EF supported load only if the load
being lifted was un-symmetric with respect to the pulley, otherwise it carried no load and can be neglected in the stress
analysis. If the allowable normal stress in steel is 18 ksi and the allowable shear stress is 10 ksi, determine the maximum
load W that could be lifted using the hoist.
W/2
D 1 ft
E D 9 ft 1/4 in
B B A
B
B 4 in
W/2 1.5 ft
1/4 in
A F A 1/4 in
2
in 8 ft
2i A 2 in
n Section BB
2
in
1/
Se 8 1/
ct i 1/ 8 C
on 8
AA
C
Solution:σmax < 18ksi, Wmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of member ABD
W/2
(a) (b) 0.527W
1 ft
D 9 ft
B Ax 9 ft
W/2 B 0.093W
θ = 41.63o
W/2 Ay 0.593W
1.5 ft 0.027W
1.5 ft
W/2
NBC
By equilibrium of moment about point A, we obtain.
o W W
( N BC sin 41.63 ) ( 9 ) + ----- ( 2 ) – ----- ( 11.5 ) = 0 or N BC = 0.794W
2 2
o W o W
A y = N BC sin 41.63 – ----- = 0.027W and A x = N BC cos 41.63 – ----- = 0.093W
2 2
The area of cross section of member BC is
A AA = 2 ( 2 ) ⎛ ---⎞ + ⎛ 2 – ---⎞ ⎛ ---⎞

1 1 1 2
= 0.969in
⎝ 8⎠ ⎝ 8⎠ ⎝ 8⎠
The axial stress in BC is
σ BC = 0.794W
------------------- = 0.8196W ≤ 18ksi or W ≤ 21.96kip 1
0.969
Fig. (b) shows the forces acting in axial and transverse direction on member ABD. The maximum moment and axial
force will be just left of B. The magnitudes are
N = 0.5W and M = ( 0.5W ) ( 1.5 ) = 0.75Wft – kips = 9Win – kips
The cross sectional area and area moment of inertia for cross section BB can be found as
2
A BB = [ ( 4 ) ( 0.25 ) + ( 2 ) ( 1.75 ) ( 0.25 ) ] = 1.875in
1 3 1 3 2 4
I zz = ------ ( 0.25 ) ( 4 ) + 2 ------ ( 1.75 ) ( 0.25 ) + ( 1.75 ) ( 0.25 ) ( 1.875 ) = 4.414in
12 12
The maximum compressive stress in segment BD is
( 9W ) ( 2 ) ( 0.5 )W
( σ BD ) max = ---------------------
- + ------------------ = 4.375W ≤ 18ksi or W ≤ 4.14kip 2
4.414 1.875
The maximum weight that satisfies the requirements in Eqs. (1) and (2) is W max = 4.1 kips
Member BC should be checked for buckling.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.57 A solid shaft of 50 mm diameter is made from a brittle material that has an allowable tensile stress of
100 MPa. Draw a failure envelope representing the maximum permissible positive values of T and P.
P T
Figure P10.57
Solution: d = 50 mm, σmax < 100 MPa, Failure Envelope =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The area of cross section and the polar moment of inertia is.
π 2 –3 2
A = --- ( 0.05 ) = 1.963 ( 10 )mm 1
4
π 4 –6 4
J = ------ ( 0.05 ) = 0.613 ( 10 )mm 2
32
The axial stress can be written as
3
P ( 10 ) 6 N
σ xx = ----------------------------- = 0.5094P ( 10 ) ------- = 0.5094P MPa 3
–3 2
1.963 ( 10 ) m
where P is in kN. The torsional shear stress is
T ( 0.025 ) 6 N
τ xθ = ----------------------------- = 0.0408T ( 10 ) ------- = 0.0408TMPa 4
–6 2
0.613 ( 10 ) m
2
where T is in N-m. The principal stress 1 is σ 1 = ⎛ --------------------⎞ + ⎛ --------------------⎞ + ( 0.0408T ) or
0.5094P 0.5094P 2
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
2 2
σ 1 = 0.2547P + ( 0.2547P ) + ( 0.0408T ) ≤ 100 5
when T = 0 the value of P = 196.3 kN. The table below show the values of P and T that satisfy the equality in Eq. (1).
Failure envelope is shown in figure below.
P (kN) T (N-m) P (kN) T (N-m)
0.00 2450.98 120.00 1528.12
15.00 2355.48 135.00 1369.72
30.00 2255.94 150.00 1190.43
45.00 2151.80 165.00 978.83
60.00 2042.36 180.00 706.46
75.00 1926.71 195.00 200.17
90.00 1803.66 196.31 0.00
105.00 1671.58
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.58 The shaft shown in Figure P10.57 is made from a ductile material and has an allowable shear stress of 75 MPa.
Draw a failure envelope representing the maximum permissible positive values of T and P.
Solution: τmax < 75 MPa, Failure Envelope =?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2
From Eq. (5) in problem 10.53 we have: σ 1 = 0.2547P + ( 0.2547P ) + ( 0.0408T )
2 2
The principal stresses two can be written as: σ 2 = 0.2547P – ( 0.2547P ) + ( 0.0408T )
σ1 – σ2 2 2
- = ( 0.2547P ) + ( 0.0408T ) ≤ 75
The maximum shear stress is : τ max = -----------------
2
when T = 0, the value of P = 294.46 kN. The table below shows the values of P and T that satisfy the equality in Eq. (1).
Failure envelope is shown in figure below.
P (kN) T (N-m) P (kN) T (N-m)
0.00 1840.94 160.00 1545.60
20.00 1836.69 180.00 1457.13
40.00 1823.89 200.00 1351.40
60.00 1802.34 220.00 1223.97
80.00 1771.73 240.00 1067.08
100.00 1731.58 260.00 864.85
120.00 1681.21 280.00 570.98
140.00 1619.66 294.52 0.07
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.59 The shaft in Problem 10.57 is 1.5 m long and has a Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa and a Modulus of
Rigidity G = 80 GPa. Modify the failure envelope of Problem 10.57 to incorporate the limitation that the elongation
cannot exceed 0.5 mm and the relative rotation of the right end with respect to the left end cannot exceed 3o.
Solution: L = 1.5 m E = 200 GPa G = 80 GPa δ < 0.5 mm
Δφ < 3 o σmax < 100 MPa, Failure Envelope =?
------------------------------------------------------------
–3 2 –6 4
From Eqs. (1), (2) and (5) in problem 10.53, we have: A = 1.963 ( 10 )mm , J = 0.613 ( 10 )mm and
2 2
σ 1 = 0.2547P + ( 0.2547P ) + ( 0.0408T ) ≤ 100 1
3
P ( 10 )1.5 –6 –3
The deformation can be written as: δ = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 3.820P ( 10 ) ≤ 0.5 ( 10 ) or
9 –3
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.963 ) ( 10 )
P ≤ 130.9kN 2
–3
The relative rotation in radians is: Δφ = ( 3 ) ( π ⁄ 180 ) = 52.36 ( 10 )rads We can write
T ( 1.5 ) –6 –3 3
Δφ = ----------------------------------------------------------- = 30.59T ( 10 ) ≤ 52.36 ( 10 ) or T ≤ 1.712 ( 10 ) 3
9 –6
( 80 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.613 ) ( 10 )
Table in problem 10.59 shows the values of T and P corresponding to the equality sign in Eq. (1). Figure below shows
the failure envelope corresponding to the equality sign in Eqs. (1), (2) and (3).
1712
130.9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.60 A pipe with an outside diameter of 40 mm and wall thickness of 10 mm is loaded as shown in Figure P10.60.
At section AA, the allowable shear stress 60 MPa. Draw the failure envelope for the applied loads P1 and P2.
y A
x
z A
P2 0.1m
0.25 m P1
0.4m
Figure P10.60
Solution: t = 10mm ,
do = 40 mm. τmax < 60MPa, Failure Envelope =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figure (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section.
Vy M y y y
y
(a) (b) (c) (d)
T
N s z z
Mz B B
0.1 m P2 z
0.25 m P1 0.01 m A
0.02 m A
0.4 m
By equilibrium of forces and moment we obtain:
N = P1 Vy = P2 M z = 0.65P 2 T = ( – 0.1 )P 1 M y = ( – 0.1 )P 1
The area of cross section and the area moment of inertia are as follows.
2 2 –3 2
A = π [ ( 0.04 ) – ( 0.02 ) ] ⁄ 4 = 0.9425 ( 10 )m
4 4 –6 4 –6 4
J = π [ ( 0.04 ) – ( 0.02 ) ] ⁄ 32 = 0.2356 ( 10 )m and I = J ⁄ 2 = 0.1178 ( 10 )m
We assume that P1 and P2 are in kN. The normal stresses at points A and B are
3 3
P 1 ( 10 ) ( 0.65P 2 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) 6
( σ xx ) A = -------------------------------- - = ( 1.061P 1 + 110.36P 2 ) ( 10 ) = ( 1.061P 1 + 110.36P 2 )MPa 1
+ --------------------------------------------------
–3 –6
0.9425 ( 10 ) 0.1178 ( 10 )
3 3
P 1 ( 10 ) ( 0.1P 1 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) 6
( σ xx ) B = -------------------------------- - = 18.039P 1 ( 10 ) = 18.039P 1 MPa
+ ----------------------------------------------- 2
–3 –6
0.9425 ( 10 ) 0.1178 ( 10 )
Fig. (b) shows the area As used for calculating the shear stress at the neutral axis. The first moment of the area is:
2 3 3 –6 3
Q z = --- [ ( 0.02 ) – ( 0.01 ) ] = 4.67 ( 10 )m
3
Fig. (c) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. Fig. (d) shows direction of shear stress due bending about z - axis.
The shear stress at points A and B are
3
( 0.1 )P 2 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) 6
( τ xz ) A = -----------------------------------------------
- = 8.489P 2 ( 10 ) = 8.489P 2 MPa 3
–6
0.2356 ( 10 )
3 3 –6
( 0.1 )P 2 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 ) P 2 ( 10 ) ( 4.67 ) ( 10 ) 6
( τ xz ) B = -----------------------------------------------
- + --------------------------------------------------- = 10.471P 2 ( 10 ) = 10.471P 2 MPa 4
–6 –6
0.2356 ( 10 ) 0.1178 ( 10 ) ( 0.02 )
The maximum shear stress at points A and B are
1.061P 1 + 110.36P 2 2
( τ max ) A = ⎛ ------------------------------------------------
-⎞ + ( 8.489P 2 ) ≤ 60
2
5
⎝ 2 ⎠
18.039P 2
⎛ ----------------------1⎞ + ( 10.471P ) 2 ≤ 60
( τ max ) B = 6
⎝ 2 ⎠ 2
Using the equality sign, Eqs. (5) and (6) can be rewritten as
2 2
P 1 = [ ( 60 ) – ( 8.489P 2 ) – 55.18P 2 ] ⁄ 0.5305 7
2 2
P 1 = [ ( 60 ) – ( 10.471P 2 ) ] ⁄ 9.0195 8
Table below can be constructed on a spread sheet and failure envelope constructed as shown below
P2 P1 P2 P1
Eq.(7) Eq. (7) Eq. (8) Eq. (8)
0.000 113.10 0.00 6.65
Eq. 6
0.100 102.69 0.50 6.63
0.200 92.25 1.00 6.55 Failure Space
0.300 81.79 1.50 6.42
0.400 71.31 2.00 6.23
0.500 60.81 2.50 5.99 Design
0.600 50.28 3.00 5.67 Space Eq. 5
0.700 39.73 3.50 5.27
0.800 29.16 4.00 4.76
0.900 18.57 4.50 4.12
1.000 7.95 5.00 3.25
1.075 0.00 5.73 0.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.61 A bent pipe of 2 inch outside diameter and a wall thickness of 1/4 inch is loaded as shown. The maximum
shear stress the pipe material can support is 24 ksi. Draw the failure envelope for the applied loads P1 and P2.
P1
P2
10 in
y
x 22o A
z
16 in 16 in
Figure P10.61
Solution: t = 1 ⁄ 4 in ,
do = 2 in., τmax < 24 ksi, Failure Envelope =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figure (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made through section containing point A.By equilib-
rium of forces and moment we obtain.
N = P 1 V z = P 2 T = 10P 2 M y = 16P 2 M z = ( – 10 )P 1
The area of cross section and the area moment of inertia are as follows.
2 2 2 4 4 4 4
A = π [ ( 2 ) – ( 1.5 ) ] ⁄ 4 = 1.374in J = π [ ( 2 ) – ( 1.5 ) ] ⁄ 32 = 1.074in I = J ⁄ 2 = 0.5369in
The normal stresses at points A and B are
P1 ( 10P 1 ) ( 1 )
( σ xx ) A = ------------ - = 19.353P 1
- + ------------------------ 1
1.374 0.5369
P1 ( 16P 2 ) ( 1 )
( σ xx ) B = ------------ - = 0.7278P 1 + 29.801P 2
- + ------------------------ 2
1.374 0.5369
(a) P1 (b) y (c) (d)
P2 y y
Vy A A
My 10 in
z z
T z B B
N 0.75 in 1.0 in
Vz 16 in
Mz s
2 3 3 3
Fig. (b) shows the area As used for calculating the shear stress due to bending: Q y = --- [ ( 1 ) – ( 0.75 ) ] = 0.3854in
3
Fig. (c) shows the direction of torsional shear stress. Fig. (d) shows direction of shear stress due bending about z - axis.
The shear stress at points A and B are
( 10 )P 2 ( 1 ) P 2 ( 0.3854 )
( τ xz ) A = ------------------------ - = 10.746P 2
- + --------------------------------- 3
1.074 ( 0.5369 ) ( 0.5 )
( 10 )P 2 ( 1 )
( τ xz ) B = ------------------------ - = 9.311P 2 4
1.074
The maximum shear stress at points A and B are
19.353P 1 2
( τ max ) A = ⎛ ----------------------⎞ + ( 10.746P 2 ) ≤ 24
2
5
⎝ 2 ⎠
0.7278P 1 + 29.801P 2 2
( τ max ) B = ⎛ ---------------------------------------------------
-⎞ + ( 9.311P 2 ) ≤ 24
2
6
⎝ 2 ⎠
Eqs. (5) and (6) can be rewritten as
1 2 2
P 1 = ------------- [ ( 24 ) – ( 10.746P 2 ) ] 7
9.676
1 2 2
P 1 = ---------------- [ ( 24 ) – ( 9.311P 2 ) – 14.90P 2 ] 8
0.3637
Table below can be constructed on a spread sheet and failure envelope constructed as shown below
P2 P1 P2 P1
Eq.(7) Eq. (7) Eq. (8) Eq. (8)
0.000 2.480 0.000 65.952
0.200 2.470 0.150 59.699
0.400 2.440 0.300 53.220 Failure
Eq.5 Space
0.600 2.389 0.450 46.514
0.800 2.316 0.600 39.573
1.000 2.218 0.750 32.390
Design
1.200 2.092 0.900 24.951 Eq.6
Space
1.400 1.933 1.050 17.240
1.600 1.731 1.200 9.235
1.800 1.468 1.350 0.907
2.000 1.104 1.360 0.339
2.200 0.427 1.365 0.055
2.233 0.000 1.366 0.000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.62 A hollow aluminum shaft of 5 feet length is to carry a torque of 200 in-kips and an axial force of 100 kips. The
inner radius of the shaft is 1 inch. If the allowable shear stress in the shaft is 10 ksi, determine the outer radius of the
lightest shaft.
Solution: L = 5 ft. T = 200 in-kips, P = 100 kips, Ri = 1, τmax < 10 ksi Ro =? lightest
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the shaft with loading
(a) T T= 2 in -kip
N P =100 kip
The axial stress and maximum torsional shear stress can be written as
100 31.831 200 ( R o ) 127.323 ( R o )
σ xx = -------------------------- = ----------------------- and τ xθ = -------------------------
- = ------------------------------
-
2 2 4 4
π(R o – 1) (R o – 1) π(R o – 1) (R o – 1)
15.915 ⎞ 2 ⎛ 127.323 ( R o )⎞
2
τ max = ⎛ ----------------------
- + ⎜ -------------------------------⎟ ≤ 10 1
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ( R4o – 1 ) ⎠
(R o – 1)
15.915 ⎞ 2 ⎛ 127.323 ( R o )⎞
2
We let f ( R o ) = ⎛ ----------------------
- + ⎜ -------------------------------⎟ – 10
⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ ( R4o – 1 ) ⎠
(R o – 1)
The root of f(Ro) corresponding to the equality sign can be found on a spreadsheet as shown in table below.
Ro f(Ro) Ro f(Ro)
2.000 7.786 2.4000 0.068
2.100 5.227 2.4025 0.036
2.200 3.160 2.4050 0.004
2.300 1.469 2.4075 -0.027
2.400 0.068 2.4100 -0.059
2.500 -1.105 2.4125 -0.090
2.600 -2.095 2.4150 -0.121
2.700 -2.938 2.4175 -0.152
The smallest value of Ro that satisfies the Eq. (1) is R o = 2.405in

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.63 A hollow cylinder is fabricated from a sheet metal of thickness15 mm. Determine the minimum outer radius to
the nearest millimeter if the allowable normal stress is 150 MPa in tension or compression.
T= 2 kN-m
x
Px =100 kN
z
1.2 m
Py =15 kN
Figure P10.63
Solution t = 15 mm σ max ≤ 150 MPa Ro = ? nearest millimeter

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut is made next to the wall.
(a) Vy (c) (d)
(b) y y
N T T= 2 kN-m y
Px =100 kN
z B z
1.2 m z B
Mz
Py =15 kN
A A
By force and moment equilibrium we obtain the following.
N = 100 kN V y = 15 kN T = 2 kN – m M z = ( 15 ) ( 1.2 ) = 18 kN – m .
The area of cross-section and area moment of inertias can be written as shown below.
2 2 2 π 4 4 4
A = π [ R o – ( R o – 0.015 ) ] m I = --- [ R o – ( R o – 0.015 ) ] m J = 2I
4
Fig.(b) shows the area As used in the calculation of shear stress. The first moment of the area As can be written as
2 3 3 3
Q z = --- [ R o – ( R o – 0.015 ) ] m
3
The normal stress at points A and B can be written as
3
100 ( 10 ) ( 18 ) ( 10 ) ( R o )
3 3
100 ( 10 )
( σ xx ) A = ---------------------- + -----------------------------------
- and ( σ xx ) B = ----------------------
A I A
Fig.(c) shows the direction of torsional shear stress and Fig. (d) shows the direction of shear stress due to bending about
the z-axis. The shear stresses at A and B can be written as
3 3 3
( 2 ) ( 10 ) ( R o ) ( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( Q z ) ( 2 ) ( 10 ) ( R o )
( τ xz ) A = --------------------------------
- + ------------------------------------ and ( τ xy ) B = --------------------------------
-.
J I ( 0.015 ) J
Principal stress one is the maximum normal stress at points A and B. The principal stress should be less than or equal to
150 MPa. The value can be written as:
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) 2 2 6
( σ max ) A = ----------------A- + ----------------A- + ( τ xz ) ≤ 150 ( 10 ) or
2 2 A
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) 2 2 6
f 1 ( R o ) = ----------------A- + ----------------A- + ( τ xz ) – 150 ( 10 ) ≤ 0
2 2 A
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) 2 2 6
( σ max ) B = ----------------B- + ----------------B- + ( τ xy ) ≤ 150 ( 10 ) or
2 2 B
( σ xx ) ( σ xx ) B 2 2 6
f 2 ( R o ) = ----------------B- + ----------------- + ( τ xy )B – 150 ( 10 ) ≤ 0
2 2
The calculation of the various quantities as a function of Ro can be done on a spread sheet. The results are shown in the
table below. f2(Ro) is always less than zero for values of Ro shown in column one. f1(Ro) changes sign at the value of
Ro = 0.064 m. Thus the minimum value of Ro is R o = 64 mm

Ro A I Qz (σxx)A (τxz)A f1(Ro) (σxx)B (τxy)B f2(Ro)
m m2 m4 m3 MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
0.055 4.477E-03 5.176E-06 6.825E-05 213.6 10.6 64.1 22.3 6.6 -125.9
0.056 4.571E-03 5.505E-06 7.113E-05 205.0 10.2 55.5 21.9 6.5 -126.4
0.057 4.665E-03 5.847E-06 7.407E-05 196.9 9.7 47.4 21.4 6.3 -126.8
0.058 4.760E-03 6.203E-06 7.707E-05 189.3 9.4 39.8 21.0 6.2 -127.3
0.059 4.854E-03 6.573E-06 8.013E-05 182.2 9.0 32.6 20.6 6.1 -127.7
0.060 4.948E-03 6.958E-06 8.325E-05 175.4 8.6 25.8 20.2 6.0 -128.2
0.061 5.042E-03 7.358E-06 8.643E-05 169.1 8.3 19.5 19.8 5.9 -128.6
0.062 5.137E-03 7.773E-06 8.967E-05 163.0 8.0 13.4 19.5 5.8 -129.0
0.063 5.231E-03 8.203E-06 9.297E-05 157.4 7.7 7.7 19.1 5.7 -129.3
0.064 5.325E-03 8.649E-06 9.633E-05 152.0 7.4 2.3 18.8 5.6 -129.7
0.065 5.419E-03 9.111E-06 9.975E-05 146.9 7.1 -2.8 18.5 5.5 -130.0
0.066 5.513E-03 9.589E-06 1.032E-04 142.0 6.9 -7.6 18.1 5.4 -130.4
0.067 5.608E-03 1.008E-05 1.068E-04 137.4 6.6 -12.3 17.8 5.3 -130.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.64 Table 10.1 shows the measured radii of a solid tapered member at several point along the axis of the shaft. The
member is subjected to a torque T = 30 kN-m and an axial force P = 100 kN. Plot the maximum normal and shear stress
as a function of x.
R(x) x (m) R(x) (mm) x (m) R(x) (mm)

T
0.0 100.6 0.8 60.1
A B P 0.1 92.7 0.9 60.3
x 0.2 82.6 1.0 59.1
0.3 79.6 1.1 54.0
Figure P10.64
0.4 75.9 1.2 54.8
0.5 68.8 1.3 54.1
0.6 68.0 1.4 49.4
0.7 65.9 1.5 50.6
Solution T = 30 kN-m P = 100 kN σmax and τmax vs. x

------------------------------------------------------------
3 3
100 ( 10 ) 31.83 ( 10 )
The axial stress is: σ xx = ---------------------- = ---------------------------
2 2
πR R
3 3
( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( R ) 19.098 ( 10 )
The maximum torsional shear stress is: τ xθ = --------------------------------- = ------------------------------
4 3
( πR ⁄ 2 ) R
σ xx σ xx 2
- + ⎛ ---------⎞ + τ xθ
2
The maximum normal stress is: σ max = --------
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ xx 2
The maximum shear stress is: τ max = ⎛ --------
-⎞ + τ xθ
2
⎝ 2 ⎠
The table below shows the calculation of the stresses and the figure shows the plot of σmax and τmax vs. x.
x R σxx τxθ σmax τmax
(m (mm) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
0.00 100.60 3.15 18.76 20.40 18.82
0.10 92.70 3.70 23.98 25.90 24.05
0.20 82.60 4.67 33.89 36.30 33.97
0.30 79.60 5.02 37.87 40.46 37.95
0.40 75.90 5.53 43.68 46.53 43.77
0.50 68.80 6.72 58.65 62.10 58.74
0.60 68.00 6.88 60.74 64.28 60.84
0.70 65.90 7.33 66.73 70.50 66.83
0.80 60.10 8.81 87.98 92.50 88.09
0.90 60.30 8.75 87.11 91.59 87.22
1.00 59.10 9.11 92.52 97.19 92.63
1.10 54.00 10.92 121.29 126.87 121.41
1.20 54.80 10.60 116.05 121.47 116.17
1.30 54.10 10.88 120.62 126.18 120.74
1.40 49.40 13.04 158.42 165.08 158.56
1.50 50.60 12.43 147.42 153.76 147.55
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.65 Due to a force P, the stress components at a critical point that is in plane stress were found to be
σ xx = 10 P MPa ( T ) σ yy = 20 P MPa ( C ) τ xy = 5 P MPa . The material has a yield stress
of 160 MPa as determined in a tension test. If yielding must be avoided, predict the maximum value of the force P
using: (a) Maximum Shear Stress theory. (b) Maximum Distortion Energy theory.
Solution: σxx = 10 MPa σyy = −20 MPa τxy = 5 P MP σyield = 160MPa
Pmax = ? Max. Shear Pmax = ? Μax. Distortion . Plane stress
------------------------------------------------------------
The principal stresses can be found as:
( 10P – 20P ) 10P + 20P 2
σ 1, 2 = ------------------------------ ± ⎛ -------------------------⎞ + ( 5P ) = – 5P ± 15.81P or σ 1 = 10.81P and σ 2 = – 20.81P
2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
The third principal stress σ3 = 0. The maximum shear stress is:
σ1 – σ2 σ yield
τ max = -----------------
- = 15.81P ≤ -------------- or P ≤ 5.06 P max = 5kN
2 2
The von-mises stresses is
1 2 2 2
σ von = ------- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 2 – σ 3 ) + ( σ 3 – σ 1 ) or
2
P 2 2 2
σ von = ------- ( 31.62 ) + ( 20.81 ) + ( 10.81 ) = 27.836P ≤ 160 or P ≤ 5.75 or P max = 5.75kN
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.66 Due to a force P, the stress components at a critical point that is in plane stress were found to be
σ xx = 4P ksi ( C ) σ yy = 3P ksi ( T ) τ xy = – 5 P ksi . The material has a tensile rupture strength of
18 ksi and a compressive rupture strength of 32 ksi. Determine the maximum value of force P using the modified
Mohr’s theory.
Solution: σxx = −4P σyy = 3P τxy = −5P σT < 18 ksi σc < 32 ksi Pmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
( – 4 P + 3P ) – 4 P – 3P 2
The principal stresses can be found as: σ 1, 2 = --------------------------- ± ⎛ ----------------------⎞ + ( – 5 P ) = – 0.5P ± 6.1P or
2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 5.6P ksi ( T ) and σ 2 = – 6.6P = 6.6P ksi ( T )
σ σ 5.6P 6.6P
From Mohr’s modified theory: -----1- – ------1- ≤ 1 or ----------- – ----------- ≤ 1 or P max = 9.5kips
σT σC 18 32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.67 A material has a tensile rupture strength of 18 ksi and a compressive rupture strength of 32 ksi. During usage a
component made from this showed the following stresses on a free surface at a critical point:
σ xx = 9 ksi ( T ) σ yy = 6 ksi ( C ) τ xy = – 4 ksi . Determine the factor of safety using the modified
Mohr’s theory.
Solution: σxx = 9 ksi
σyy = −6 ksi τxy = −4 ksi σT =18 ksi σc =32 ksi k=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The principal stresses can be found as
(9 – 6) 9+6 2
σ 1, 2 = ---------------- ± ⎛ ------------⎞ + ( – 4 ) = 1.5 ± 8.5 or σ 1 = 10ksi ( T ) and σ 2 = – 7ksi = 7ksi ( C )
2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ σ 10 7
From Mohr’s modified theory: F = -----1- – ------1- = ------ – ------ = 0.3368
σT σC 18 32
1 1
The factor of safety is k = --- = ----------------- or k = 2.969
F 0.336P
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.68 On a free surface of aluminum (E=10,000 ksi, ν = 0.25, σyield = 24 ksi). the strains recorded by the three strain
gages shown in Figure P10.68 are ε a = – 600 μ in ⁄ in ε b = 500 μ in ⁄ in ε c = 400 μ in ⁄ in
By how much can the loads be scaled without exceeding the yield stress of aluminum at the point. Use Maximum shear
stress theory.
y
c b
450 600 a
x
Figure P10.68
Solution: E = 10,000 ksi,ν= 0.25, σyeild = 24 ksi, k=?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Fig. P10.78 we have ε xx = – 600μ in/in. Substituting θb = 60o and θc = 135ο in strain transformation equations
we obtain.
2 2
ε b = – 600 ( cos 60 ) + ε yy ( sin 60 ) + σ xy ( cos 60 ) ( sin 60 ) = 500 or
0.75ε yy + 0.433γ xy = 650 1
2 2
ε c = – 600 ( cos 135 ) + ε yy ( sin 135 ) + γ xy ( cos 135 ) ( sin 135 ) = 400 or
0.5ε yy – 0.5γ xy = 700 2
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) we obtain
ε yy = 1061.8μ and γ xy = – 338.1 μ 3
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = E ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + ν ) ] = 10000 ⁄ [ 2 ( 1.25 ) ] = 4000ksi
The shear stress is τ xy = Gγ xy = – 1.352ksi . From generalised Hookes law we can unite,
–6
σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = ( 10000 ) ( – 600 ) ( 10 ) = – 6ksi 4
–6
σ yy – νσ xx = Eε xy = ( 10000 ) ( 1061.8 ) ( 10 ) = 10.62ksi 5
Solving equations (4) and (5) with ν = 0.25 we obtain
σ xx = – 3.568ksi and σ yy = 9.728ksi 6
( – 3.568 + 9.728 ) – 3.568 – 9.728 2

The principal stresses are: σ 1, 2 = ------------------------------------------ ± ⎛ -------------------------------------⎞ + ( – 1.352 ) = 3.080 ± 6.784 or
2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = 9.864ksi and σ 2 = – 3.704 ksi .The third principal stress is zero σ3 = 0. The maximum shear stress is
τ max = ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) ⁄ 2 = 6.784ksi . The failure shear stress is = σ yield ⁄ 2 = 12ksi
The scaling factor is k = 12 ⁄ 6.784 or k = 1.76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.69 On a free surface of steel (E = 200 GPa, ν=0.28, σyield = 210 MPa) the strains recorded by the three strain
gages shown in Figure P10.69 are
ε a = – 800 μ m ⁄ m ε b = – 300 μ m ⁄ m ε c = – 700 μ m ⁄ m
By how much can the loads be scaled without exceeding the yield stress of steel at the point. Use Maximum Distortions
Energy theory.
y
c
450 a
x
Figure P10.69
Solution: E = 200 GPa, ν= 0.28, σyield = 210 MPa, k=?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Fig. P10.80 we have ε xx = – 800μ m/m ε yy = – 300μ m/m. Substituting θc = 135ο in strain transformation
equation we obtain.
2 2
ε c = – 800 ( cos 135 ) + ( – 300 ) ( sin 135 ) + γ xy ( cos 135 ) ( sin 135 ) = – 700 or γ xy = 300μ
The shear modulus of elasticity is: G = 200 ⁄ [ 2 ( 1 + 0.28 ) ] = 78.125GPa
–6 9 6 2
The shear stress is τ xy = 300 ( 10 ) ( 78.125 ) ( 10 ) = 23.44 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 23.44MPa . From generalised Hooke’s
law we have,
9 –6 6 2
σ xx – νσ yy = Eε xx = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 800 ) ( 10 ) = – 160 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = – 160MPa 1
9 –6 6 2
σ yy – νσ xx = Eε yy = ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( – 300 ) ( 10 ) = – 60 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = – 60MPa 2
Solving Eqs. (1) and (2) with ν = 0.28 we obtain: σ xx = – 191.8MPa and σ yy = – 113.7MPa
( – 191.8 – 113.7 ) – 191.8 + 113.7 2

The principal stresses are: σ 1, 2 = ------------------------------------------ ± ⎛ -------------------------------------⎞ + ( 23.44 ) = – 152.75 ± 45.55 or
2
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
σ 1 = – 107.2MPa and σ 2 = – 198.3M Pa . The third principal stress is zero σ3 = 0. The von-mises stresses is
1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
σ von = ------- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 2 – σ 3 ) + ( σ 3 – σ 1 ) = ------- ( – 107.2 + 198.3 ) + ( 107.2 ) + ( 198.3 ) = 171.9MPa
2 2
The scaling factor is k = σ yield ⁄ σ von = 210 ⁄ 171.9 or k = 1.22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.70 A thin-walled cylindrical gas vessel has a mean radius of 3 feet and a wall thickness of 1/2 inch. The yield
stress of the material is 30 ksi. Using Von-Mises failure criterion determine the maximum pressure of the gas inside the
cylinder if yielding is to be avoided.
Solution: r = 3 ft., t = 1/2 in., σyield = 30 ksi, pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
p ( 36 )
The axial stress is σ xx = --------------- = 36p
2 ( 0.5 )
p ( 36 )
The hoop stress is σ θθ = -------------- = 72p
( 0.5 )
As there are no shear stresses the principal stresses are: σ 1 = 72p ; σ 2 = 36p ; σ 3 = 0
The von mises stresses can be written as:
1 2 2 2 P 2 2 2
σ von = ------- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 2 – σ 3 ) + ( σ 3 – σ 1 ) = ------- ( 36p ) + ( 36p ) + ( 72p ) = 62.35p ≤ 30 or
2 2
p ≤ 0.481ksi p = 481psi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.71 A thin-cylindrical boiler can have a minimum mean radius of 18 inches and a maximum mean radius of 36
inches. The boiler will be subjected to a pressure of 750 psi. A sheet metal with a yield stress of 60 ksi is to be used with
a factor of safety of 1.5. Construct a failure envelope with the mean radius R and sheet metal thickness t as axis using
Maximum Energy Distortion theory.
Solution: 18in < R < 36in p = 750 psi σyield = 60 ksi k = 1.5 Failure envelope: R and t
------------------------------------------------------------
The allowable stress is: σ max = 60 ⁄ 1.5 = 40psi
The axial stress is: σ xx = pR ⁄ ( 2t ) = 375R ⁄ t
The hoop stress is: σ θθ = pR ⁄ t = 750R ⁄ t
The principal stresses are: σ 1 = 750R ⁄ t ; σ 2 = 375R ⁄ t ; σ 3 = 0
The von mises stress is: σ von = ------- ( 750 – 375 ) + ( 750 ) + ( 375 ) ⎛ ----⎞ = 649.5 ⎛ ----⎞ ≤ 40 ( 10 ) or
1 2 2 2 R R 3
2 ⎝ t⎠ ⎝ t⎠
( R ⁄ t ) ≤ 61.58 1
The value of R and t that satisfy Eq. 1 and are in the range for r that is given can be found using a spread sheet as shown
in table below. The failure envelope is shown in the figure below.
R (in) t (in)
18 0.292
20 0.325
Design
Space
22 0.357
Failure
24 0.390
Space
26 0.422
28 0.455
30 0.487
32 0.520
34 0.552
36 0.585
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.72 For plane stress show that the von-Mises stress representing the left-hand side of Equation (10.13) can be writ-
ten as
2 2 2
σ von = σ xx + σ yy – σ xx σ yy + 3τ xy 10.17
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
For plane stresses σ 3 = 0 and the other principal stresses are
( σ xx – σ yy ) σ xx + σ yy 2 ( σ xx – σ yy ) σ xx + σ yy 2
+ ⎛ ------------------------⎞ + ( τ xy ) – ⎛ ------------------------⎞ + ( τ xy )
2 2
σ 1 = ---------------------------- σ 2 = ---------------------------- 1
2 ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 ⎝ 2 ⎠
The von mises stresses with σ 3 = 0 is
1 2 2 2
σ von = ------- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 1 ) + ( σ 2 ) 2
2
We can write the following:
2
2 ( σ xx – σ yy ) 2 2 2 2
( σ 1 – σ 2 ) = 4 ------------------------------
- + ( τ xy ) = ( σ xx ) + ( σ yy ) – 2 ( σ xx ) ( σ yy ) + 4 ( τ xy ) 3
2
2 2 2 2
2 ( σ xx + σ yy )
2 ( σ xx – σ yy ) 2 2 ( σ xx ) 2 ( σ yy ) 2
( σ 1 ) + ( σ 2 ) = 2 ------------------------------- - + ( τ xy ) = 2 -------------------
+ ------------------------------ + ------------------- + ( τ xy ) or
2 2 4 4
2 2 2 2 2
( σ 1 ) + ( σ 2 ) = ( σ xx ) + ( σ yy ) + 2 ( τ xy ) 4
Substituting Eqs. (4) and (5) into Eq. (3) we obtain
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
σ von = ------- 2 ( σ xx ) + 2 ( σ yy ) – 2 ( σ xx ) ( σ yy ) + 6 ( τ xy ) = ( σ xx ) + ( σ yy ) – ( σ xx ) ( σ yy ) + 3 ( τ xy ) 5
2
Eq. (6) is same as Eq. 10.17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.73 In cartesian coordinates the von-Mises stress in three dimension is given by:
2 2 2 2 2 2
σ von = σ xx + σ yy + σ zz – σ xx σ yy – σ yy σ zz – σ zz σ xx + 3τ xy + 3τ yz + 3τ zx 10.18
Show that for plane strain the above equation reduces to the following:
2 2 2 2 2
σ von = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ( 1 + ν – ν ) – σ xx σ yy ( 1 + 2ν – 2ν ) + 3τ xy 10.19
where, ν is the Poisson’s ratio of the material.
Solution:
------------------------------------------------------------
For plain strain ε zz = 0 = [ σ zz – υ ( σ xx + σ yy ) ] ⁄ E or σ zz = υ ( σ xx + σ yy )
The shear strains γ zx = 0 and γ zy = 0 which implies τ zx = 0 and τ zy = 0 . Substituting the stress values in Eq.
10.18 we obtain
2 2 2 2
σ von = σ xx + σ yy + σ zz – σ xx σ yy – σ zz ( σ xx + σ yy ) + 3τ xy or
2 2 2 2 2
σ von = σ xx + σ yy – σ xx σ yy + υ ( σ xx + σ yy ) – υ ( σ xx + σ yy ) + 3τ xy or
2 2 2 2 2 2
σ von = σ xx + σ yy – σ xx σ yy + ( υ – υ ) [ σ xx + σ yy + 2σ xx σ yy ] + 3τ xy or
2 2 2 2 2
σ von = ( σ xx + σ yy ) ( 1 + ν – ν ) – σ xx σ yy ( 1 + 2ν – 2 ν ) + 3τ xy 1
Eq. (1) is same as Eq. 10.18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.74 Fracture Mechanics shows that the stresses in the vicinity of the crack tip for Mode I, are given by Equations
10.20a,10.20b, and 10.20c. Notice at θ = π, i.e., at crack surface all stresses are zero. In terms of KI and r, obtain the
von-Mises stress at θ = 0 and θ = π/2.

KI θ θ 3θ
y σ xx = ------------- cos --- 1 – sin --- sin ------ 10.20a
2πr 2 2 2
r
θ KI θ θ 3θ
σ yy = ------------- cos --- 1 + sin --- sin ------ 10.20b
2πr 2 2 2
x
2a
KI θ θ 3θ
τ xy = ------------- sin --- cos --- cos ------ 10.20c
Figure P10.74 2πr 2 2 2
Solution: σ von = ? at θ = 0 and θ = π / 2
------------------------------------------------------------
Substituting θ = 0 in Eqs. (10.20a), (10.20b) and (10.20c) we obtain:
KI KI
σ xx = ------------
- ; σ yy = ------------
- ; τ xy = 0
2πr 2πr
KI
For plane stress the principal stresses are: σ 1 = σ 2 = ------------
- and σ 3 = 0 .
2πr
1 2 2 2 1 KI 0.7071K
The von-mises stress is: σ von = ------- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 1 ) + ( σ 2 ) = ------- ------------- 2 or σ von = -----------------------I
2 2 2πr πr
Substituting θ = π / 2 in Eqs. (10.20a), (10.20b) and (10.20c) we obtain:
KI 3K I –KI
σ xx = ------------
- ; σ yy = ------------
- ; τ xy = ------------
-
4 πr 4 πr 4 πr
For plane stress the principal stresses are: σ 3 = 0 . and
KI KI 2 –KI 2 KI 0.85355K 0.14645K

- ± ⎛ -------------⎞ + ⎛ -------------⎞ = --------- ⎛ 1
--- ± -------⎞
2
σ 1, 2 = ------------ or σ 1 = --------------------------I and σ 2 = --------------------------I
2 πr ⎝ 4 πr ⎠ ⎝ 4 πr ⎠ πr ⎝ 2 4 ⎠ πr πr
1 2 2 2 K I 2 2 2
The von-mises stress is: σ von = ------- ( σ 1 – σ 2 ) + ( σ 1 ) + ( σ 2 ) = ----------------- ( 0.7071 ) + ( 0.8535 ) + ( 0.1464 ) or
2 2 πr
0.7906K
σ von = -----------------------I
πr
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.1 In terms of the linear spring constant k and the length of the rigid bar L, determine Pcr, the critical load
value.The springs can be in tension or compression.
P
k
O
Figure P11.1
Solution: Pcr = f(k,L) =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram at any angle θ.
P
δ
(a) kδ
θ L cosθ
L
Ax
Ay
The deformation of the spring is δ=L sinθ
The moment at point A is: M A = PL sin θ – ( kL sin θ )L cos θ = L sin θ ( P – kL cos θ )
When P = kL then equilibrium condition of MA = 0 cannot be met at any θ except θ = 0. The critical load is thus
P cr = kL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P
k
L/2
k
L/2
O
Figure P11.2
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram at any angle θ
P
(a) δ1
kδ1
(L/2) cosθ
δ2
kδ2
L θ
(L/2) cosθ
Ax
Ay
The deformation of the springs are δ 1 = L sin θ and δ 2 = ( L ⁄ 2 ) sin θ

The moment at point A is
M A = PL sin θ – ( kL sin θ )L cos θ – ⎛ ------- sin θ⎞ --- cos θ or M A = L sin θ ⎛ P – ---------- cos θ⎞
kL L 5kL
⎝ 2 ⎠2 ⎝ 4 ⎠
When P=5kL/4 the equilibrium condition of MA = 0 cannot be met at any θ except θ = 0. The critical load is thus
5kL
P cr = ----------
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P
L/2
k
L/2
O
Figure P11.3
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) and (b) show the free body diagram at any angle θ
P
P
(a) R
(b)
L/2 R
(L/2) cosθ
θ
k kδ
θ
θ
(L/2) cosθ
L/2
Ax
N
Ay
The deformation of the spring is δ = ( L ⁄ 2 ) sin θ

By equilibrium of forces in Fig.(b) we obtain N cos θ = P and R = N sin θ = P tan θ
The moment at point A in Fig.(a) is
2
M A = R ⎛ --- cos θ + --- cos θ⎞ – ⎛ ------- sin θ⎞ --- cos θ = P tan θ ( L cos θ ) – --------- sin θ cos θ = L sin θ ⎛ P – ------- cos θ⎞
L L kL L kL kL
⎝2 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠2 4 ⎝ 4 ⎠
When P= kL/4 the equilibrium condition of MA = 0 cannot be met at any θ except θ = 0. The critical load is thus
P cr = kL ⁄ 4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.4 Linear deflection springs and torsional springs are attached to rigid bars as shown.The springs can act in ten-
sion or compression and resist rotation in either direction. Determine Pcr, the critical load value.
P
k=25 kN/m
1.2 m
K= 30 kN-m/rads
O
Figure P11.4
Solution: Pcr =?
------------------------------------------------------------
P δ
(a)
25δ
θ 1.2 cosθ
m
1.2 30 θ
Ax
Ay
The deformation of the linear spring is δ=1.2 sinθ.

The moment at point A is: M A = P ( 1.2 ) sin θ – 25 ( 1.2 sin θ ) ( 1.2 cos θ ) – 30θ
At θ = 0, the equilibrium condition MA = 0 is met. For small perturbations from this equilibrium positions we can approx-
imate sinθ = θ and cosθ = 1 to obtain
2
M A = 1.2Pθ – 25 ( 1.2 ) θ – 30 = ( 1.2P – 36 – 30 )θ = ( 1.2P – 66 )θ
For P= 66/1.2= 55kN, the equilibrium condition of MA = 0 is met at every θ, implying the system is in neutral equilib-
rium. The critical load is P cr = 55 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sion or compression and resist rotation in either direction. Determine Pcr, the critical load value.
P
k = 8 lbs/in
30 in
k = 8 lbs/in
30 in
K = 2000 in-lbs/rads
O
Figure P11.5
Solution: Pcr =?
------------------------------------------------------------

P
(a)
δ1
8δ1
30 cosθ
30 δ2
8δ2
θ
30 cosθ
30
Ax
Ay 2000 θ
The deformation of the linear springs are δ 1 = 60 sin θ and δ 2 = 30 sin θ

The moment at point A can be written as: M A = P ( 60 ) sin θ – 8 ( 60 sin θ ) ( 60 cos θ ) – 8 ( 30 sin θ ) ( 30 cos θ ) – 2000θ
imate sinθ = θ and cosθ = 1 to obtain
M A ≅ 60Pθ – 28800θ – 7200 θ – 2000 θ = ( 60P – 38000 )θ
For P= 38000/60 = 633.3 lb., the equilibrium condition of MA = 0 is met at every θ, implying the system is in neutral
equilibrium. The critical load is P cr = 633.3lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sion or compression and resist rotation in either direction. Determine Pcr, the critical load value
.
30 in
k = 8 lbs/in
30 in
K = 2000 in-lbs/rads
O
Figure P11.6
Solution: Pcr =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) and (b) show the free body diagram at any angle θ
P P
(a) (b)
R R
30
30 cosθ
θ θ
8δ
k
θ N
30 cosθ
30
Ax
Ay
2000 θ
The deformation of the linear spring is δ = 30 sin θ
By equilibrium of forces in Fig.(b) we obtain N = P cos θ and R = N sin θ = P tan θ
The moment at point A in Fig.(a) is
M A = R ( 30 cos θ + 30 cos θ ) – 8 ( 30 sin θ ) ( 30 cos θ ) – 2000θ = 60P sin θ – 7200 sin θ cos θ – 2000 θ
imate sinθ = θ and cosθ = 1 to obtain M A = 60Pθ – 7200θ – 2000θ = ( 60P – 9200 )θ
For P= 9200/60 = 153.3 lb., the equilibrium condition of MA = 0 is met at every θ, implying the system is in neutral
equilibrium. The critical load is P cr = 153.3 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.7 Two rigid bars are pin connected and supported as shown in Figure 11.7. The linear displacement spring con-
stant is k = 25 kN/m and the linear rotational spring constant is K= 30 kN/rad. Using θ1 and θ2 as the angle of rotation
of the bars AB and BC from the vertical, write the equilibrium equations in matrix form and determine the critical load
P by finding the eigenvalues of the matrix. Assume small angles of rotation to simplify the calculations.
P
k
C
1.2 m
1.2 m
A
Figure P11.7 K
11.8 Two rigid bars are pin connected and supported as shown in Figure 11.8. The linear displacement spring con-
stant is k = 8 lb/in. and the linear rotational spring constant is K= 2000 in.-lb/rad. Using θ1 and θ2 as the angle of rota-
tion of the bars AB and BC from the vertical, write the equilibrium equations in matrix form and determine the critical
load P by finding the eigenvalues of the matrix. Assume small angles of rotation to simplify the calculations.
P
k
C
30 in.
k
B
30 in.
A
Figure P11.8 K
11.9 A hollow circular steel (E = 200 GPa) column is simply supported over a length of 5 m. The inner and outer
diameters of the cross-section are 75 mm and 100 mm. Determine (a) The slenderness ratio. (b) The critical buckling
load. (c) The axial stress at the critical buckling load. (d) If roller supports are added at the mid-point, what would be
new critical buckling load.
Solution: E =200 GPa L=5m d i=75 mm do=100 mm
L/r =? Pcr =? σcr =? Pcr2 =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-sectional area and area moment of inertia are:
π 2 2 –3 2 π 4 4 –6 4
A = --- [ 0.1 – 0.075 ] = 3.436 ( 10 )m and I = ------ [ 0.1 – 0.075 ] = 3.356 ( 10 )m
4 64
I –3
The radius of gyration is r = ---- = 31.25 ( 10 )m
A
L 5
The slenderness ratio is --- = ----------------------------- or L ⁄ r = 160
r –3
31.25 ( 10 )
2 2 9 –6
π EI π ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 3.356 ) ( 10 ) 3
The critical buckling load is ( P cr ) = ------------ = --------------------------------------------------------------------- = 264.9 ( 10 )N or P cr = 265 kN
2 2
L 5
3
P cr 264.9 ( 10 ) 6 2
The axial stress at critical buckling load is: σ cr = ------
- = ---------------------------------- = 77.1 ( 10 )N ⁄ m or
A – 3
( 3.436 ) ( 10 )
σ cr = 77.1 MPa (T)
The middle support will cause the column to fail at the next buckling mode
2 ⎛ π EI⎞
2
P cr2 = 2 ⎜ ------------⎟ = 4P cr or P cr2 = 1060 kN
⎝ L2 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.10 A 30 ft. long hollow square steel ( E = 30,000 ksi) column is built into the wall at either end. The column is
constructed from 1/2 inch thick sheet and has an outer dimension of 4 in x 4 in. Determine (a) The slenderness ratio. (b)
The critical buckling load. (c) The axial stress at the critical buckling load.
Solution: L = 30 ft E = 30000 ksi t= 0.5 in 4in x 4in built in ends
Leff/r =? Pcr =? σcr =?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 3 3 4
A = ( 4 ) ( 4 ) – ( 3 ) ( 3 ) = 7in and I = ------ [ ( 4 ) ( 4 ) – ( 3 ) ( 3 ) ] = 14.583in
12
The radius of gyration is r = ---I- = 1.443in

A
The effective length is L eff = 0.5L = ( 0.5 ) ( 30 ) ( 12 ) = 180in
L eff 180
The slenderness ratio is --------- = ------------- or L eff ⁄ r = 124.7
r 1.443
2 2
4π EI 4π ( 30000 ) ( 14.583 )
The critical buckling load is ( P cr ) = --------------- = --------------------------------------------------- or P cr = 133.3 kips
2 2
L ( 360 )
P cr
The axial stress at critical buckling load is: σ cr = ------ - = 133.3
------------- or σ cr = 19.0 ksi (C)
A 7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.11 A 10 ft long lumber (E = 1,800 ksi) column with a rectangular cross section of 4 in. x 6 in. is pinned at both
ends. (a) Determine the critical buckling load P. (b) What is the next higher buckling load?
11.12 A 4 m long column is constructed from a steel (E = 210 GPa) sheet metal of thickness 10 mm. The sheet metal
is bent to form a hollow rectangular cross section with outer dimension of 120 mm x 80 mm. One end of the column is
fixed and the other is a free end as in case 2 of Table 11.1 (a) Determine the critical buckling load P. (b) What is the next
higher buckling load?
11.13 A 12 ft long lumber (E = 1,800 ksi) column with a rectangular cross section of 6 in. x 8 in. is pinned at one end
and fixed at the other as in case 3 of Table 11.1. (a) Determine the critical buckling load P. (b) What is the next higher
buckling load?
11.14 A 5 m long column is constructed from a steel (E = 210 GPa) sheet metal of thickness 15 mm. The sheet metal
is bent to form a hollow rectangular cross section with outer dimension of 120 mm x 90 mm. The ends of the column
are fixed as in case 4 of Table 11.1. Determine the critical buckling load P.
11.15 A 20 ft. long wooden (E = 1,800 ksi) column has a cross-section dimension of 8 in x 8 in. The column is built
in at one end and simply supported at the other end. Determine (a) The slenderness ratio. (b) The critical buckling load.
(c) The axial stress at the critical buckling load.
Solution: L = 20 ft E = 1800 ksi 8in x 8in built and simple support
------------------------------------------------------------

2 1 3 4
A = ( 8 ) ( 8 ) = 64in and I = ------ ( 8 ) ( 8 ) = 341.33in
12
I
The radius of gyration is r = ---- = 2.309in
A
The effective length is L eff = 0.7L = ( 0.7 ) ( 240 ) = 168in
L eff 168 - or L eff
The slenderness ratio is --------- = ------------ --------- = 72.7
r 2.309 r
( 20.19 )EI ( 20.19 ) ( 1800 ) ( 341.33 )
The critical buckling load is ( P cr ) = ------------------------ = --------------------------------------------------------- or P cr = 215.4kip
2 2
L ( 240 )
P cr
------------- or σ cr = 3.36ksi ( C )
A 64
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.16 A W12 x 35 steel section is used for a 21 ft. column that is simply supported at each end. Use E = 30,000 ksi
and determine: Determine (a) The slenderness ratio. (b) The critical buckling load. (c) The axial stress at the critical
buckling load. (d) If roller supports are added at intervals of 7 feet, what would be the critical buckling load.
Solution: W12x35 L = 21 ft E = 30000 ksi simple support
L/r =? Pcr =? σcr =? Pcr3 =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Table E.1 we have the following:
The cross-sectional area A = 10.3 in2.
Minimum area moment of inertia I = 24.5 in4
The minimum radius of gyration is = 1.54 in
L ( 21 ) ( 12 )
The slenderness ratio is --- = ---------------------- or L ⁄ r = 163.6
r 1.54
2 2
π EI π ( 30000 ) ( 24.5 )
The critical buckling load is ( P cr ) = ------------ = ----------------------------------------- or P cr = 114.2 kip
2 2
L ( 252 )
P cr
------------- or σ cr = 11.1 ksi (C)
A 10.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.17 A S200 x 34 steel section is used as a 6 m column that is built in at each end. E = 200 GPa and determine:
Determine (a) The slenderness ratio. (b) The critical buckling load. (c) The axial stress at the critical buckling load.
Solution: S200 x 34 L=6m E = 200 GPa built in ends
------------------------------------------------------------
From Table E.1 we have the following:
The cross-sectional area A = 4368 mm2
Minimum area moment of inertia I = 1.794(106) m
The minimum radius of gyration is = 20.3 mm
The effective length is Leff = 0.5L= 3m
L eff 3 L eff
The slenderness ratio is --------- = ------------------------------- or --------- = 147.8
r – 3 r
( 20.3 ) ( 10 )
2 2 9 –6
4π EI 4π ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.794 ) ( 10 ) 3
The critical buckling load is ( P cr ) = --------------- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------ or P cr = 393.5 ( 10 ) N
2 2
L 6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.18 Columns made from an alloy will be used in a construction of a frame. The cross-section of the columns is a
hollow-square of thickness 0.125 inch and outer dimension of ‘a’ inches. The Modulus of Elasticity is E = 9000 ksi and
the yield stress is σyield = 90 ksi. Table 11.18 shows a list of the length ‘L’ and outer square dimension ‘a’. Identify the
long and the short columns. Assume the ends will be simply supported.
Table P11.18 Column Geometric properties.

L a
feet inches
1 1.125
1.5 1.5
2.0 1.75
2.5 2.75
3.0 3.0
3.5 3.0
4.0 3.0
Solution t = 0.125 in E = 90 ksi σyield = 90 ksi Long and Short Columns = ?

------------------------------------------------------------
2 2
The cross-sectional area is: A = a – ( a – 2 ( 0.125 ) )
4 4
The area moment of inertia is: I = [ a – ( a – 2 ( 0.125 ) ) ] ⁄ 12
Equating the axial stress at critical buckling load we can obtain the critical slenderness ratio as shown below.
2 2
P cr π E π ( 9000 )
σ cr = ------
- = ------------------ = 90 or ( L ⁄ r ) cr = ----------------------- = 31.41 (1)
A 2 90
( L ⁄ r ) cr
From the given values of L and a, the area moment of inertia I, the cross-sectional area A, the radius of gyration r, and
the slenderness ratio can be found using spreadsheet as shown in the table below. Columns with slenderness ratio less
than the critical slenderness ratio in Eq. 1 are short columns and those greater than the critical slenderness ratio are long
columns as shown in the table below.
L a I A r L/r Column
(ft) (in) (in4) (in2) (in) Type
1.0 1.125 0.085 0.500 0.411 29.167 Short
1.5 1.500 0.218 0.688 0.564 31.934 Long
2.0 1.750 0.360 0.813 0.665 36.071 Long
2.5 2.750 1.511 1.313 1.073 27.962 Short
3.0 3.000 1.984 1.438 1.175 30.643 Short
3.5 3.000 1.984 1.438 1.175 35.750 Long
4.0 3.000 1.984 1.438 1.175 40.857 Long
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.19 Columns made from an alloy will be used in a construction of a frame. The cross-section of the columns is a
hollow-cylinder of thickness 10 mm and outer diameter of ‘d’ mm. The Modulus of Elasticity is E = 200 GPa and the
yield stress is σyield = 300 MPa. Table 11.19 shows a list of the length ‘L’ and outer diameter ‘d’. Identify the long and
the short columns. Assume the ends of the column are built in.
Table P11.19 Column Geometric properties.

L d
m mm
1 60
2 80
3 100
4 150
5 200
6 225
7 250
Solution t = 10 mm E = 200 GPa σyield =300 MPa Long and Short Columns = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2
The cross-sectional area is: A = π [ d – ( d – 20 ) ] ⁄ 4 mm
4 4
The area moment of inertia is: I = π ( [ d – ( d – 20 ) ] ⁄ 64 )
Equating the axial stress at critical buckling load we can obtain the critical slenderness ratio as shown below.
2 2 9
P cr 4π E 6 4π ( 100 ) ( 10 )
σ cr = ------
- = ------------------ = 300 ( 10 ) or ( L ⁄ r ) cr = ------------------------------------- = 81.11 (1)
A 2 6
( L ⁄ r ) cr 600 ( 10 )
From the given values of L and d, the area moment of inertia I, the cross-sectional area A, the radius of gyration r, and
the slenderness ratio can be found using as shown in the table below. Columns with slenderness ratio less than the critical
slenderness ratio in Eq. 1 are short columns and those greater than the critical slenderness ratio are long columns as shown
in the table below.
L d I A r L/r Column
(m) (mm) (mm4) (mm2) (mm) Type
1 60 5.11E+05 1.57E+03 18.0 55.5 Short
2 80 1.37E+06 2.20E+03 25.0 80.0 Short
3 100 2.90E+06 2.83E+03 32.0 93.7 Long
4 150 1.08E+07 4.40E+03 49.6 80.6 Short
5 200 2.70E+07 5.97E+03 67.3 74.3 Short
6 225 3.91E+07 6.75E+03 76.1 78.8 Short
7 250 5.44E+07 7.54E+03 84.9 82.4 Long
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.20 Three column cross-sections are shown. The area of each of the three cross-section is equal to ‘A’. Determine
the ratios of critical loads Pcr1:Pc2:Pcr3 assuming (a) the ends are simply supported. (b) the ends are built in. (c) How do
you expect the ratios to change if the end conditions were as in Case 2 and 3 of Table 11.1?
(1) Square (2) Circle (3) Equilateral Triangle
Figure P11.20
Solution: Pcr1:Pc2:Pcr3 =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Let as, ac and at represent the side of a square, radius of the circle, and side of an equilateral triangle respectively. These
dimensions in terms of cross-sectional area are:
2
1 4
For square: as2 = A or a s = A The area moment of inertia is: I s = ------ a s = A
------
12 12
2
A π 4 A
For circle: πac2 = A or a c = ---- The area moment of inertia is: I c = ------ a c = ------
π 12 4π
2
4A 1 3 3 3 4 A
For triangle: (1/2)at2 sin60 = A or a t = ------- . The area moment of inertia is: I t = ------ a t ( a t sin 60 ) = ---------- a t = ----------
3 36 288 6 3
2
π EI
Noting that ( P cr ) = ------------ we obtain Pcr1:Pc2:Pcr3 = Is: Ic: It =0.0833A2: 0.0796A2: 0.0962A2 or
2
L
P cr1 ;P cr2 ;P cr3 = 1 ;0.9549 ;1.1547
The ratio of critical loads will not change with end conditions.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.21 A force F= 750 lb. Both bars have a diameter of d = 1/4 inch, Modulus of Elasticity E = 30,000 ksi, and yield
stress σyield = 30 ksi. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP= 8 inches and LBP= 10 inches, respectively. Determine the
factor of safety for the two-bar structure.
30o F
110o
A P
Figure P11.21
Solution F=750 lb E = 30000 ksi d = 1/4 in σyield=30 ksi
LAP= 8 in LBP = 10 in K=?
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-sectional area and area moment of inertia for the two members are:
π 1 2 π 1 4
A = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = 0.0491in I = ------ ⎛ ---⎞ = 191.7 ( 10 )in
2 –6 4
4 ⎝ 4⎠ 64 ⎝ 4⎠
Fig(a) shows the free body diagram
(a) NBP
Compressive
Tensile o
110
40o F
30o
NAP

N BP sin 70 = 750 sin 40 or N BP = 513.03lb and N AP = 750 cos 40 – N BP cos 70 or N AP = 399.07lb
399.07
The axial stress in AP is: σ AP = ---------------- = 8126.5psi
0.0491
2 2 6 –6
π EI π ( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 191.7 ) ( 10 )
The critical buckling load for member BP is: ( P cr ) BP = ------------ = ------------------------------------------------------------------ = 567.6lb
2 2
L BP 10
The factor of safety with respect to failure due to yield stress Ky and with respect to failure due to buckling Kcr are:
σ yield ( P cr ) BP
K y = -------------- = 3.69 K cr = ------------------ = 1.106
σ AP N BP
The factor of safety for the structure is: K = 1.106
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stress σyield = 30 ksi. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP= 7 inches and LBP= 10 inches, respectively. Determine the
factor of safety for the two-bar structures.
.
A 60o
P
25o
F
Figure P11.22
LAP= 7in LBP = 10 in K=?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 1 2 π 1 4
A = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = 0.0491in I = ------ ⎛ ---⎞ = 191.7 ( 10 )in
2 –6 4
(1)
4 ⎝ 4⎠ 64 ⎝ 4⎠
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram
(a) NBP
Tensile
60o
NAP
Compressive 25o
750 lb
N BP sin 60 = 600 sin 25 or N BP = 253.57lb (2)
N AP = 600 cos 25 + N BP cos 60 or N AP = 544.285lb (3)
The axial stress in BP can be found using the cross-sectional area calculated in Eq.(1) in problem 11-15:
N AP
- = 544.285
σ AP = --------- ------------------- = 11085psi ( C ) = 11.085ksi ( C ) (4)
A 0.0491
The critical buckling load for member AP can be found as
2 2 6 –6
π EI π ( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 191.7 ) ( 10 )
( P cr ) AP = ------------ = ------------------------------------------------------------------ = 1158.4lb (5)
2 2
L AP 7
The factor of safety with respect to failure due to yield Ky and with respect to failure due to buckling Kcr are:
σ yield
K y = -------------- = 2.58 (6)
σ AP
( P cr ) AP
K cr = ------------------
- = 2.13 (7)
N AP
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
stress σyield = 12 ksi. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP= 7 inches and LBP= 9 inches, respectively. Determine the fac-
tor of safety for the two-bar structures.
30o
75o
A
P
F
40o
Figure P11.23
LAP= 7in LBP = 9in K=?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 1 2 π 1 4
A = --- ⎛ ---⎞ = 0.0491in I = ------ ⎛ ---⎞ = 191.7 ( 10 )in
2 –6 4
(1)
4 ⎝ 4⎠ 64 ⎝ 4⎠
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram

(a) Tensile
NBP
30o
NAP 75o
Compressive F
40o
N AP cos 75 + N BP cos 30 = 500 cos 40 = 383.02 (2)
N AP sin 75 – N BP sin 30 = 500 sin 40 = 321.39 (3)
Solving Eqs.(1) and (2) we obtain
N AP = 486.42lb and N BP = 296.91lb (4)
The axial stress in member AP as:
N AP
- = 486.42
σ AP = --------- ---------------- = 9906.7psi ( C ) (5)
A 0.0491
The critical buckling load for member AP and BP can be found as
2 2 6 –6
π ( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 191.7 ) ( 10 )
( P cr ) AP = π
EI- = -----------------------------------------------------------------
----------- - = 579.2lb (6)
2 2
L AP 7
2 2 6 –6
π EI π ( 15 ) ( 10 ) ( 191.7 ) ( 10 )
( P cr ) BP = ------------ = ------------------------------------------------------------------ = 350.37lb (7)
2 2
L BP 9
We obtain the following Factor of safety:
σ yield ( P cr ) AP ( P cr ) BP
K y = -------------- = 1.211 K cr1 = ------------------
- = 1.191 an K cr2 = ------------------ = 1.180
σ AP N AP N BP
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.24 A force F= 10 kN is applied to the roller that slides inside a slot. Both bars have a diameter of d = 10 mm,
Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa, and yield stress σyield = 200 MPa. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP = 200 mm
and LBP = 350 mm respectively. Determine the factor of safety for the two-bar structures.
110o
A F
P
Figure P11.24
Solution F=10 kN E = 200 GPa d = 10 m σyield = 200 MPa
LAP= 200 mm LBP= 300 mm K=?
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 –6 2 π 4 –9 4
A = --- 0.01 = 78.54 ( 10 )m I = ------ 0.01 = 0.4909 ( 10 )m (1)
4 64
We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bars as shown in Fig. (a)
(a) B
NB (b)
Compressive
Tensile o
110
70o
F Contraction δB P2 Extension
NA 70o
R
A P δA=δP P1
By force equilibrium in the x-direction in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.
3
N A + N B cos 70 = F or N A + 0.342N B = 10 ( 10 )
(2)
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b). As per small strain approximation, we need component
of PP1 in the original direction of AP and BP, i.e., PP1 represents the deformation of bar AP and PP2 represents the
deformation of bar BP and are calculated as shown below.
δA = δP (3)
δ B = δ P cos 70 = 0.342δ P (4)
From Eq 4.27, we have the following:
NA LA N A ( 0.2 ) or 6
δ A = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = δP N A = 78.54δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 ) (5)
NBLB N B ( 0.35 ) or 6
δ B = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.342δ P N B = 15.35δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 ) (6)
Substituting Eqs. (5) and (6) into Eq. (2), we obtain the displacement δP as shown below.
6 3 –3
[ ( 78.54δ P ) + 0.342 ( 15.35δ P ) ] ( 10 ) = 10 ( 10 ) or δ P = 0.1193 ( 10 )m
(7)
Substituting Eq.(7) into Eqs. (5) and (6) we obtain:
3 3 3 3
N A = ( 78.54 ) ( 0.1193 ) ( 10 ) = 9.373 ( 10 ) N N B = ( 15.35 ) ( 0.1193 ) ( 10 ) = 1.832 ( 10 ) N (8)
3
N 9.373 ( 10 ) 6 2
The axial stress in member A is: σ A = ------A- = ---------------------------------- = 119.34 ( 10 ) N ⁄ m = 119.3 MPa ( T )
A –6
( 78.54 ) ( 10 )
The critical buckling load for member BP is:
2 2 9 –9
π EI π ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4909 ) ( 10 ) 3
( P cr ) B = ------------ = ------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 7.910 ( 10 ) N (9)
2 2
LB 0.35
σ yield ( P cr ) B
K y = -------------- = 1.676 K cr = --------------- = 4.32
σA NB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa, and yield stress σyield = 360 MPa. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP= 200 mm
and LBP= 300 mm respectively. Determine the factor of safety for the two-bar structures.
60o
P
30o
F
A
Figure P11.25
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 –6 2 π 4 –9 4
A = --- 0.01 = 78.54 ( 10 )m I = ------ 0.01 = 0.4909 ( 10 )m (1)
4 64
We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown in Fig. (a)
(a) B
NB (b)
Tensile
60o
R Extension
Contraction δA P
30o 60o
δB
P3 δP
NA F P2
60o
Compressive A P1
By force equilibrium in the y-direction in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.
3
N A sin 30 + N B sin 60 = F or 0.5N A + 0.866N B = 10 ( 10 )
(2)
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b) As per small strain approximation, we need component
δ A = δ P cos 60 = 0.5δ P (3)
δ B = δ P sin 60 = 0.866δ P (4)
NA LA N A ( 0.2 ) or 6
δ A = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.5δ P N A = 39.27δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 ) (5)
NBLB N B ( 0.3 ) or 6
δ B = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.866δ P N B = 45.34δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 ) (6)
6 3 –3
[ 0.5 ( 39.27δ P ) + 0.866 ( 45.34δ P ) ] ( 10 ) = 10 ( 10 ) or δ P = 0.1698 ( 10 )m
(7)
Substituting Eq.(6) into Eqs. (4) and (5) we obtain:
3 3 3 3
N A = ( 39.27 ) ( 0.1698 ) ( 10 ) = 6.667 ( 10 ) N N B = ( 45.34 ) ( 0.1698 ) ( 10 ) = 7.697 ( 10 ) N (8)
3
N 7.697 ( 10 ) 6 2
The axial stress in member B is: σ B = ------B- = ---------------------------------- = 98.01 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 98.01 MPa ( T )
A – 6
( 78.54 ) ( 10 )
The critical buckling load for member AP is:
2 2 9 –9
π ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4909 ) ( 10 )
( P cr ) A = π EI- = ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
----------- - = 24.22 ( 10 ) N (9)
2 2
LA 0.2
σ yield ( P cr ) A
K y = -------------- = 3.673 K cr = ---------------- = 3.633
σA NA
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Modulus of Elasticity E = 200 GPa, and yield stress σyield = 200 MPa. Bar AP and BP have lengths of LAP= 200 mm
and LBP= 300 mm respectively. Determine the factor of safety for the two-bar structures.
30o
75o
A
P
Figure P11.26
------------------------------------------------------------
π 2 –6 2 π 4 –9 4
A = --- 0.01 = 78.54 ( 10 )m I = ------ 0.01 = 0.4909 ( 10 )m (1)
4 64
We draw the free body diagram of the rigid bar as shown in Fig. (a)
(a) B
Compressive (b)
NB P1
30o δP P3
75o
R A 30o δB
NA P2
75o
Compressive F Contraction δA P Contraction
By force equilibrium in the y-direction in Fig.(a), we obtain the following.

3
N A cos 75 + N B cos 30 = F or 0.2588N A + 0.8660N B = 20 ( 10 )
(1)
We draw the exaggerated deformed shape as shown in Fig. (b). As per small strain approximation, we need component
δ A = δ P cos 75 = 0.2588δ P (2)
δ B = δ P cos 30 = 0.8660δ P (3)
NALA N A ( 0.2 ) or 6
δ A = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.2588δ P N A = 20.326δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 ) (4)
NB LB N B ( 0.3 ) or 6
δ B = --------------
- = -------------------------------------------------------------- = 0.866δ P N B = 45.343δ P ( 10 )
EA 9 –6
( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 78.54 ) ( 10 ) (5)
6 3 –3
[ 0.2588 ( 20.326δ P ) + 0.866 ( 45.343δ P ) ] ( 10 ) = 10 ( 10 ) or δ P = 0.2246 ( 10 )m (6)
Substituting Eq.(6) into Eq. (4) we obtain:
3 3 3 3
N A = ( 20.326 ) ( 0.2246 ) ( 10 ) = 4.564 ( 10 ) N N B = ( 45.343 ) ( 0.2246 ) ( 10 ) = 10.183 ( 10 ) N
3
N 10.183 ( 10 ) 6 2
The axial stress in member B is: σ B = ------B- = ---------------------------------- = 129.65 ( 10 )N ⁄ m = 129.65 MPa ( C )
A – 6
( 78.54 ) ( 10 )
3 3
From Eq. 9 in problems 11.18 and 11.19 we have: ( P cr ) A = 24.22 ( 10 ) N ( P cr ) B = 10.76 ( 10 ) N
The critical buckling load for members AP and BP are:
2 2 9 –9
π EI π ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4909 ) ( 10 ) 3
( P cr ) A = ------------ = ------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 24.22 ( 10 ) N (7)
2 2
LA ( 0.2 )
2 2 9 –9
π ( 200 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.4909 ) ( 10 )
( P cr ) B = π EI- = ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
----------- - = 10.77 ( 10 ) N (8)
2 2
LB 0.3
σ yield ( P cr ) A ( P cr ) B
K y = -------------- = 1.543 K cr = --------------- - = 5.31 K cr = --------------- = 1.057
σB 1 NA 2 NB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.27 (a) Solve the Boundary Value Problem for Case 2 in Table 11.1 and obtain the critical load value Pcr that is
given in the table. (b) If buckling in mode one is prevented, then what would be the Pcr value.
Solution Pcr1 = ?
Pcr2 = ? for Case 2 in Table 11.1
------------------------------------------------------------
The boundary value problem for Case 2 in Table 11.1 is:
2 2
EI d V + P V = Pv ( L ) or d v + λ2 v = λ2 v ( L ) (1)
2 2
dX dx
dv
v(0) = 0 (2) (0) = 0 (3)
dx
The homogenous solution to Eq. 1 is: v h ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx

The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = v ( L )
The total solution to Eq. 1 is: v ( x ) = v h ( x ) + v p ( x ) or
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + v ( L ) (4)
Substituting x = 0 into Eq. 4 and using Eq. 2 we obtain:
v(0) = A + v(L) = 0 or A = –v ( L ) (5)
Taking the first derivative of Eq. 4 we obtain:
dv
( x ) = – λA sin λx + λB cos λx (6)
dx
dv
( 0 ) = λB = 0 or B = 0 (7)
dx
Substituting x = L into Eq. 4 and using Eq. 5 and Eq. 6 we obtain:
v ( L ) = A cos λL + B sin λL + v ( L ) = v ( L ) [ – cos λL + 1 ] or

cos λL = 0 (8)
The roots of the characteristics equation above are
π
λL = ( 2n + 1 ) --- where n = 0, 1, 2…… (9)
2
2
The critical value corresponds to n = 0 is
P cr1
--------- π-
- = ------ or
π EI
P cr1 = ------------
EI 2L 2
4L
P cr2 2
3π 9π EI
The critical value corresponding (next mode) to n = 1 is: - = -------
--------- or P cr2 = ---------------
EI 2L 2
4L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.28 Solve the Boundary Value Problem for Case 3 in Table 11.1 and obtain the critical load value Pcr that is given
in the table. (b) If buckling in mode one is prevented, then what would be the Pcr value.
Solution Pcr1 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2
dV d v 2 RB
EI + P V = RB ( L – x ) or + λ v = ------- ( L – x ) (1)
2 2 EI
dX dx
dv
v(0) = 0 (2) (0) = 0 (3) v(L) = 0 (4)
dx

RB
The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = ------------ ( L – x )
2
λ EI
RB
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + ------------ ( L – x ) (5)
2
λ EI
RBL RB L
v ( 0 ) = A + -----------
- = 0 or A = – -----------
- (6)
2 2
λ EI λ EI
dv RB
( x ) = – λA sin λx + λB cos λx – ------------ (7)
dx 2
λ EI
dv RB RB
( 0 ) = λB – -----------
- = 0 or B = -----------
- (8)
dx 2 3
λ EI λ EI
Substituting x = L into Eq. 5 and using Eqs. 6, 8, and 4 we obtain:
RB L RB RB L
v ( L ) = A cos λL + B sin λL = – ------------ cos λL + ------------ sin λL = ------------ ( – λL cos λL + sin λL ) = 0 or
2 3 2
λ EI λ EI λ EI
tan λ L = λL (9)
The two lowest roots of the above characteristics equation are
λL = 4.4934 and λL = 7.7253 (10)
P cr1
- = 4.4934
The critical value corresponds to smaller root --------- ---------------- or P cr1 = 20.19EI
-------------------
EI L 2
L
P cr2 2
- = 7.7253
59.68π EI
The critical value corresponding (next mode) to the next root: --------- ---------------- or P cr2 = --------------------------
EI L 2
L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.29 Solve the Boundary Value Problem for Case 4 in Table 11.1 and obtain the critical load value Pcr that is given
in the table.(b) If buckling in mode one is prevented, then what would be the Pcr value.
Solution Pcr1 = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2
EI d v + Pv = R B ( L – x ) + M B d v + 2v = R M
------B- ( L – x ) + -------B-
or λ (1)
dx
2
dx
2 EI EI
dv dv
v(0) = 0 (2) (0) = 0 (3) v(L) = 0 (4) (L) = 0 (5)
dx dx

RB MB
The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = ------------ ( L – x ) + -----------
-
2 2
λ EI λ EI
RB MB
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + ------------ ( L – x ) + -----------
- (6)
2 2
λ EI λ EI
RB L MB
v ( 0 ) = A + -----------
- + ------------ = 0 (7)
2 2
λ EI λ EI
dv RB
( x ) = – λA sin λx + λB cos λx – ----------- - (8)
dx 2
λ EI
dv RB RB
( 0 ) = λB – -----------
- = 0 or - = λB
----------- (9)
dx 2
λ EI λ EI
2
Substituting Eq. 9 into Eq. 7 we obtain:

MB MB
A + λLB + -----------
- = 0 or - = – ( A + λLB )
----------- (10)
2 2
λ EI λ EI
MB
v ( L ) = A cos λL + B sin λL + -----------
- = 0 or A ( cos λL – 1 ) + B ( sin λL – λL ) = 0 (11)
2
λ EI
dv RB
( L ) = – λA sin λL + λB cos λL – ------------ = 0 or – A sin λL + B ( cos λL – 1 ) = 0 (12)
dx 2
λ EI
Multiplying Eq. 11 by sinλL, Eq. 12 by (cosλL-1) and adding we obtain:
2 2 2
B [ ( cos λL – 1 ) + sin λL ( sin λL – λL ) ] = 0 or B [ cos λL + sin λL + 1 – 2 cos λL – λL sin λL ] = 0
or B [ 2 ( 1 – cos λL ) – λL sin λL ] = 0 . For non-trivial solution ( B ≠ 0 ) we obtain:
2 ( 1 – cos λL ) – λL sin λL = 0 (13)
The above characteristic equation can be written as:
λL λL λL λL
sin ⎛ -------⎞ sin ⎛ -------⎞ – ------- cos ⎛ -------⎞ = 0 (14)
2
2 [ 2 sin ( λL ⁄ 2 ) ] – λL [ 2 sin ( λL ⁄ 2 ) cos ( λL ⁄ 2 ) ] = 0 or
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ 2 ⎝ 2⎠
λL λL λL
Eq. 14 is satisfied if: (i) sin ⎛ -------⎞ = 0 or if (ii) tan ⎛ -------⎞ = ------- .
⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2⎠ 2
λL λL
From the first possibility we obtain: ------- = nπ n = 1, 2…… . The first two roots correspond to ------- = π and
2 2
λL
------- = 2π .
2
λL λL
From the second possibility we obtain: ------- = 4.4934 and ------- = 7.7253
2 2
λL λL
Thus, the two lowest roots of the equations are: ------- = π and ------- = 4.4934
2 2
P cr1 2
2π 4π EI
The critical value corresponds to smaller root - = ------
--------- or P cr1 = ---------------
EI L 2
L
P cr2 2 ( 4.4934 ) 80.76EI
The critical value corresponding (next mode) to the next root: - = ------------------------ or P cr2 = -------------------
---------
EI L 2
L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.30 torsional spring with a spring constant K is attached at one end of a column as shown. Assume that bending
about y-axis is prevented. (a) Determine the Characteristic Equation for this buckling problem. (b) Show that for
K = 0 and K = ∞ the critical load Pcr is as given in Table 11.1 for Cases 1 and 3, respectively.
P
Figure P11.30
Solution Characteristic Equation = ? K = 0 is Case 1 and K = ∞ is Case 3

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the entire column. Fig.(b)shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut
through the deformed column.
P
(a) P (b) RB
RB B
(L-x)
dv
RA A K (0) Mz Vy
O
dx v
P N=P
dv K dv
By equilibrium of moment about point A in Fig. (a) we obtain. R B L = K ( 0 ) or R B = ---- ( 0 ) .
dx L dx
K dv
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z + Pv = R B ( L – x ) = ---- ( 0 ) ( L – x )
L dx
2 2
K dv K dv
EI d v + Pv = ---- ( 0 ) ( L – x ) or d v + λ 2 v = ---------
- ( 0)(L – x ) (1)
2 L dx 2 EIL d x
dx dx
v(0) = 0 (2) v(L) = 0 (3)

K dv
The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = ---------------- ( 0 ) ( L – x )
2
λ EIL d x
K dv
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + ---------------- ( 0 ) ( L – x ) (4)
2
λ EIL d x
K dv K dv
v ( 0 ) = A + ------------ ( 0 ) = 0 or A = – ------------ ( 0 ) (5)
2 dx 2 dx
λ EI λ EI
Substituting x = L into Eq. 4 and using Eq. 3 we obtain:
K dv
v ( L ) = A cos λL + B sin λL = 0 or B tan λL = ------------ ( 0 ) (6)
2 dx
λ EI
dv K dv
( x ) = – λA sin λx + λB cos λx – ---------------- ( 0 ) (7)
dx 2
λ EIL d x
Substituting x = 0 into Eq. 7 we obtain:
B = --- ( 0 ) ⎛ 1 + ---------------
K -⎞
dv K dv 1 dv
( 0 ) = λB – ---------------- ( 0 ) or (8)
dx 2
λ EIL d x λdx ⎝ 2
λ EIL
⎠
Substituting Eq. 8 into Eq. 6 we obtain: --- ( 0 ) ⎛ 1 + ----------------⎞ tan λL = ------------ ( 0 ) or tan λL = ---------------------------
1 dv K K dv KλL
λdx ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2 dx
λ EI
2
λ EIL K + λ EIL
As K → 0 we obtain tan λL = 0 or sin λ L = 0 , which is the characteristic equation of case 1 in Table 11.1.
λL
The Characteristic equation can be written as: tan λL = -------------------------------------- . As K → ∞ we obtain tan λL = λL which
2
1 + ( λ EIL ) ⁄ K
is the characteristic equation of case 3 in Table 11.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.31 A torsional spring with a spring constant K is attached at one end of a column as shown. Assume that bending
about y-axis is prevented. (a) Determine the Characteristic Equation for this buckling problem. (b) Show that for
K = 0 and the critical load Pcr is as given for Case 2 in Table 11.1.(c) For K = ∞ obtain the critical load Pcr.
P
K
L
x
y
Figure P11.31
Solution Characteristic Equation = ? K = 0 is Case 2 and K = ∞ is?

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a)shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut through the deformed column.
P
(a) dv
K (L) B
dx
(L-x)
O
Mz Vy
v-v(L)
N=P
dv
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z + P ( v – v ( L ) ) – K ( L ) = 0
dx
2 2
dv K dv
EI d v + Pv = Pv ( L ) + K ( L ) or
d v + λ 2 v = λ 2 v ( L ) + -----
- (L) (1)
2 dx 2 EI d x
dx dx
dv
v(0) = 0 (2) (0) = 0 (3)
dx
K dv
The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = v ( L ) + ------------ ( L )
2 dx
λ EI
K dv
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + v ( L ) + ------------ ( L ) (4)
2 dx
λ EI
K dv K dv
v ( 0 ) = A + v ( L ) + ------------ ( L ) = 0 or A = – v ( L ) + ------------ ( L ) (5)
2 dx 2 dx
λ EI λ EI
dv
dx
dv
( 0 ) = λB = 0 or B = 0 (7)
dx
K dv ⎛ K dv ⎞ K dv
v ( L ) = A cos λL + v ( L ) + ------------ ( L ) = – ⎜ v ( L ) + ------------ ( L )⎟ cos λL + v ( L ) + ------------ ( L ) or
2 dx
λ EI ⎝ λ EI
2 dx
⎠ λ EI
2 dx
2
λ EI cos λL
------------ dv ( L ) ( 1 – cos λL ) = v ( L ) cos λL ( L ) = ⎛ ------------⎞ ------------------------- v ( L )
K dv
or (8)
2 dx dx ⎝ K ⎠ 1 – cos λL
λ EI
Substituting x = 0 into Eq. 6 and using Eq. 8 we obtain
2
dv K dv ⎛ ----------- cos λL -
λ EI-⎞ ------------------------ cos λL
( L ) = λ v ( L ) + ------------ ( L ) sin λL or v ( L ) = λv ( L ) 1 + ------------------------- sin λL or
dx 2 ⎝ K ⎠ 1 – cos λL 1 – cos λL
λ EI d x
tan λ L = λEI ⁄ K
We can write the characteristic equation as K sin λ L = λEI cos λ L . As K → 0 we obtain cos λ L = 0 which is the
characteristic equation of case 2 in Table 11.1.
λEI cos λ L
The characteristic equation can also be written as: sin λ L = -------------------------- . As K → ∞ we obtain sin λ L = 0 which is
K
the characteristic equation of case 1 in Table 11.1.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.32 (a) Determine the critical buckling in terms of E, I, L, and α. (b) Show that when α = 0.5 the critical load cor-
responds to mode 2 as shown in Figure 11.8.
αL (L-αL)
Figure P11.32
Solution Pcr = f(E, I, L, α) = ? For α = 0.5 Pcr = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
In Fig. (a) the support in middle is replaced by a reaction force. Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary
cut.
R αL R
(a) αL (L-αL) (b)
o N=P
x v(x)
P P A
Mz
1
Using singularity functions we can write the moment equilibrium equation as: M z + Pv + R 〈 x – αL〉 = 0
2 2
d v 1 d v 2 R 1
EI + Pv = – R 〈 x – αL〉 or + λ v = – ------ 〈 x – αL〉 (1)
dx
2
dx
2 EI
v(0) = 0 (2) v(L) = 0 (3) v ( αL ) = 0 (4)

R 1
The particular solution to Eq. 1 is:v p ( x ) = – ------------ 〈 x – αL〉
2
λ EI
R 1
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx – ------------ 〈 x – αL〉 (5)
2
λ EI
v(0) = A – 0 = 0 or A = 0 (6)
R 1 RL
v ( L ) = B sin λL – ------------ 〈 L – αL〉 = 0 or B sin λL = ------------ ( 1 – α ) (7)
2 2
λ EI λ EI
Substituting x = αL into Eq. 5 and using Eq. 3 we obtain
v ( L ) = B sin λαL = 0 or sin λαL = 0 or λαL = nπ n = 1, 2.…… (8)
The critical load value corresponds to n = 1 in Eq. 8. We obtain:
2
P cr π π EI
λ cr = ------ - = ------- or P cr = -------------
EI αL 2 2
α L
2
4π EI
For α = 0.5 we obtain P cr = --------------- , which corresponds critical value at mode 2.
2
L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.33 In terms of the Modulus of Elasticity E, the length of the column L, the area moment of inertia I, the axial force
P, and the parameter α, determine (a) the deflection at x = L. (b) the critical load Pcr.
y αP
P
x
L
Figure P11.33
Solution v(L) = f1(E, L, I, α) = ? Pcr = f2(E, L, I, α) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the column after an imaginary cut.
αP
(a)
P
N=P
Vy v(L) – v(x)
Mz o
(L x)
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z – P ( v ( L ) – v ) + αP ( L – x ) = 0
2 2
EI d v + Pv = Pv ( L ) – αP ( L – x ) or d v + λ2 v = λ2 v ( L ) – λ2 α ( L – x ) (1)
2 2
dx dx
dv
v(0) = 0 (2) (0) = 0 (3)
dx

The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = v ( L ) – α ( L – x )
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + v ( L ) – α ( L – x ) (4)
v ( 0 ) = A + v ( L ) – αL = 0 or A = αL – v ( L ) (5)
dv
( x ) = – λA sin λx + λB cos λx – α (6)
dx
B = α
dv
( 0 ) = λB – α = 0 or --- (7)
dx λ
α
v ( L ) = A cos λL + B sin λL + v ( L ) = ( αL – v ( L ) ) cos λL + --- sin λL + v ( L ) or v ( L ) = α ( λL + tan λL )
λ
2
π EI
The tangent function, hence displacement v(L), becomes unbounded at λL = π ⁄ 2 thus, P cr = ------------
2
4L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P, and the parameter α, determine (a) the deflection at x = L. (b) the critical load Pcr
y αPL
P
x
L
Figure P11.34

------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram of the column after an imaginary cut.
αPL
(a) P
N=P
Vy v(L) – v(x)
Mz o
(L - x)
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z – P ( v ( L ) – v ) – αPL = 0
2 2
d v d v 2 2 2
EI + Pv = Pv ( L ) + αPL or + λ v = λ v ( L ) + λ αL (1)
2 2
dx dx
dv
v(0) = 0 (2) (0) = 0 (3)
dx

The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = v ( L ) + αL
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + v ( L ) + αL (4)
v ( 0 ) = A + v ( L ) + αL = 0 or A = –α L – v ( L ) (5)
dv
dx
dv
( 0 ) = λB = 0 or B = 0 (7)
dx
αL ( 1 – cos λL )
v ( L ) = A cos λL + v ( L ) + αL = ( – α L – v ( L ) ) cos λL + v ( L ) + αL or v ( L ) = --------------------------------------
cos λL
2
π EI
The denominator is zero when λL = π ⁄ 2 thus, P cr = ------------
2
4L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P, and the parameter α, determine (a) the deflection at x = L. (b) the critical load Pcr
y
P
α
x
L
Figure P11.35
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows the column of problem 11.33.
(a) y α 1 P1
P1
x
L
From the results of problem 11.33, the deflection at x = L is:

v ( L ) = α 1 ( λ 1 L + tan λ 1 L ) λ1 = P 1 ⁄ EI (1)
Resolving the force P in Fig. 11.29 into components we obtain:
P 1 = P cos α (2)
α 1 P 1 = P sin α (3)
From Eqs. 2 and 3, we obtain α 1 = tan α . From Eq. 1 and 2 we obtain: λ 1 = P cos α ⁄ EI = λ cos α
The deflection at x = L can be written as: v ( L ) = tan α [ λL cos α + tan ( λL cos α ) ]
The tangent function, hence displacement v(L), becomes unbounded at ( λL cos α ) = π ⁄ 2 thus,
2
π EI
P cr = ----------------------
2
4L cos α
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.36 Steel (E = 210 GPa) rectangular bars of 15 mm x 25 mm cross section form an assembly shown in Figure
P11.36. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied without buckling of any bar.
1m
B
A
0.7 m
P
D
C
Figure P11.36
1m
11.37 Steel (E = 210 GPa) rectangular bars of 15 mm x 25 mm cross section form an assembly shown in Figure
P11.36. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied without buckling of any bar.
1m
B
A
0.7 m P
D
C
Figure P11.37 1.4 m
11.38 Steel (E= 30,000 ksi, σyield = 30 ksi) rectangular bars of 1/2 in.x 1 in. cross section form an assembly shown in
Figure P11.38. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied without buckling of any bar.
48 in.
C
D
36 in.
Figure P11.38
A
B
45o
11.39 Steel (E= 30,000 ksi, σyield = 30 ksi) rectangular bars of 1/2 in.x 1 in. cross section form an assembly shown in
Figure P11.38. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied without buckling of any bar.
48 in.
C
D
36 in.
Figure P11.39
A
B
45o
11.40 A hoist is constructed using two wooden bars to lift a weight of 5 kips. The Modulus of Elasticity for wood is
E = 1,800 ksi and the allowable normal stress 3.0 ksi. Determine the maximum value of L to the nearest inch that can
be used in constructing the hoist.
B L ft. C
A
4 in
A 30o
A
W 2 in
A
A Cross-section AA
Figure P11.40
Solution: W = 5 kip , E = 1880 ksi , σmax = 3 ksi , Lmax =? to nearest inch
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig.(a) shows the free body diagram of the pulley.
C L
(a) NBC (b) 30o
30o
LAC
5 kip 5 kip
NAC
By the equilibrium of forces we obtain
N AC sin 30 = 10 or N AC = 20kip and N BC = N AC cos 30 or N BC = 17.32kip

2 1 3 4
A = ( 2 ) ( 4 ) = 8in I min = ------ ( 4 ) ( 2 ) = 2.667in
12
The maximum normal stress in AB is: σ max = 20 ⁄ 8 = 2.5ksi irrespective of the length.
The critical buckling load for member AC is
2
π EI min 2
π ( 1800 ) ( 2.667 ) 2
2
π ( 1800 ) ( 2.667 ) 2
- = ----------------------------------------- ≥ N AC or L AC ≤ ----------------------------------------- or L AC ≤ 48.67in
P cr = -------------------
2 2 20
L AC L AC
L L
From Fig.(b) we have L AC = -------------- cos 30 . Thus we obtain cos 30 ≤ 48.67in or L ≤ 42.15in
--------------
The maximum value of L to the nearest inch is: L = 42in

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.41 Two steel cylinders (E = 30,000 ksi and σyield = 30 ksi) AB and CD are loaded as shown in Figure P11.41.
Determine the maximum load P, if a factor of safety of 2 is desired. Model the ends of the column AB as built in.
2 in
10 ft.
B
C
8 ft.
3 in P P
D
Figure P11.41
Solution: σyield = 30ksi
E = 30000 psi k=2 Pmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs (a) and (b) show free body diagrams
NAB
(a) (b)
NCD
B
C
D P
P
D
R
R
N CD = R and N AB = 2P – R (1)
The deformation of the two bars is the same
δ AB = δ CD (2)
The cross-sectional area of the two bars is
2 2 2 2
A AB = π ( 2 ) ⁄ 4 = 3.141in A CD = π ( 3 ) ⁄ 4 = 7.068in (3)
Eq. (2) can be written as
N AB L AB N CD L CD R ( 120 ) ( 2P – R ) ( 96 )
---------------------- = ---------------------- or ------------------ = -------------------------------- or 38.197R = 13.582 ( 2P – R ) or R = 0.5246P (4)
EA AB EA CD 3.141 7.068
From Eq.(1) we obtain
N CD = 0.5246P or N AB = 1.4754P (5)
The axial stress in both bars should be less than σyield/k = 15ksi
N CD 0.5246P
σ CD = ----------
- = -------------------- ≤ 15 or P ≤ 202.1kip (6)
A CD 7.068
N AB ( 1.4754P )
σ AB = ----------
- = ------------------------- ≤ 15 or P ≤ 31.94kips (7)
A AB 3.141
π 4 4
The area moment of inertia is I AB = ------ ( 2 ) = 0.7854in
64
The critical buckling load is
20.13EI AB 20.13 ( 30000 ) ( 0.7854 )
P cr = --------------------------
- = ------------------------------------------------------- = 32.94 (8)
2 2
L AB ( 120 )
with a factor of safety of 2
P cr 32.94
N AB ≤ ------- or 1.4754P ≤ ------------- or P ≤ 11.162kip (9)
2 2
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eqs. (6), (7), (9) is: P max = 11162 lb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.42 A spreader is to be made from an aluminum pipe (E = 10,000 ksi) of thickness 1/8 inch and outer diameter of
2 inches. The pipe lengths available for design are from 4 ft. in six inch steps up to 8 ft. The allowable normal stress is
40 ksi. Develop a table for the length of pipe and the maximum force F the spreader can support.
30o 30o
Spreader
F F
30o 30o
Figure P11.42
Solution: E = 10000 psi t = 1/8in d0= 2in σ max ≤ 40ksi L =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Figs (a) and (b) show free body diagrams of the roller and the ring
(a) (b) T
o 30o
30
60o
T T 60o
F
T
N
Figs (a) and (b) show free body diagrams of the roller and the ring
N = 2T cos 30 and F = 2T cos 60 or N = F cos 30- = 1.732F
----------------- (1)
cos 60
The cross-sectional area and the area moment of inertia of the spreader are
2 2 2 4 4 4
A = π ( 2 – 1.75 ) ⁄ 4 = 0.7363in I = π ( 2 – 1.75 ) ⁄ 64 = 0.325in
The axial stress in the spreader is:
σ = N ---- = 1.732F
----------------- = 2.352F ≤ 40 or F ≤ 17kips (2)
A 0.7363
The critical buckling load can be written as
2 2
π EI π ( 10000 ) ( 0.325 ) 32076.2 32076.2 18519
P cr = ------------ = -------------------------------------------- = ------------------- or N ≤ P cr or 1.732F ≤ ------------------- or F ≤ --------------- (3)
2 2 2 2 2
L L L L L
The table below shows the values of F calculated from Eq. 3 for values of L varying between 4ft to 8ft in increments of
6 inches. As the value of F in the table is always less than 17kips, Eq.(2) does not affect the solution.
L (ft) 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0
F (kip) 8.04 6.35 5.14 4.25 3.57 3.04 2.62 2.29 2.01
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.43 Two 200 mm x 50 mm lumber (E = 12.6 GPa) form a part of a deck that is modeled as shown. The allowable
stress for the lumber is 18 MPa. (a) Determine the maximum intensity of the distributed load w. (b) What is the factor of
safety for bar BD corresponding to the answer in part (a).
w
A B C 200 mm
2.25 m 1m
2m
200 mm
Figure P11.43
Solution: E = 12.6GPa σmax = 18MPa 200mm x 50mm wmax =? kBD =?
------------------------------------------------------------
Figs (a) shows free body diagram of member ABC
(a) w
h ( 2.25 – h )
A B C --------------------- = ------------------------
0.9028w 1.3472w
h = 0.9028
2.25 m 1m
(b) RA N
1
Vy = -V w A 1 = --- ( 0.9028w ) ( 0.9028 ) = 0.4075w
0.9028w (2.25 - h ) 2
A1 A3 x
1
(c) h
A2
A 2 = --- ( 1.3472w ) ( 1.3472 ) = 0.9075w
1.3472w 2
0.4075w
Mz
x 1
A 3 = --- ( 1 ) ( w ) = 0.5w
2
0.5w
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain
N ( 2.25 ) – ( 3.25w ) ( 1.625w ) = 0 N = 2.3472w (1)
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: R A = 3.25w – N = 0.9028w
Figs. (b) and (c) show the shear and moment diagrams.
The maximum moment is Mmax = 0.5w
1 3 4 –6 4
The area moment of inertia is: I zz = ------ ( 0.05 ) ( 0.2 ) m = 33.33 ( 10 )m
12
The maximum bending normal stress will also be the maximum normal stress as bending shear stress is an order of mag-
nitude less.
M max y max ( 0.5w ) ( 0.1 ) 3 N

σ max = --------------------------
- = ----------------------------- = 1500w ≤ 18 or w ≤ 12 ( 10 ) ---- (2)
I zz 33.33 ( 10 )
–6 m
1 3 –6 4
The minimum area moment of inertia to member BD is: I min = ------ ( 0.2 ) ( 0.05 ) = 2.083 ( 10 )m
12
The critical buckling load for member BD is
2
π EI min 2 9
π ( 12.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 2.083 ) ( 10 )
–6
P cr = -------------------
- = ---------------------------------------------------------------------- = 64.77 (3)
2 2
L BD 2
From Eqs.(1) and (3) we obtain:
3 3 N
N ≤ P cr or 2.3472w ≤ 64.76 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 27.59 ( 10 ) ---- (4)
m
The maximum axial stress in BD is
N 2.3472w 6 3 N
σ BD = ---- = ---------------------------- = 234.7w ≤ 18 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 76.7 ( 10 ) ---- (5)
A ( 0.05 ) ( 0.2 ) m
The maximum value of w that can satisfy Eqs. (2), (4), (5) is w max = 12 kN/m
3 3
From Eq.(1) we obtain N = ( 2.3472 ) ( 12 ) ( 10 ) = 28.17 ( 10 )
3
P cr 64.76 ( 10 )
The factor of safety of member BD is k BD = ------ - = --------------------------- or k BD = 2.3
N 3
28.17 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.44 Two 200 mm x 50 mm lumber (E = 12.6 GPa) form a part of a deck that is modeled as shown. The allowable
stress for the lumber is 18 MPa. (a) Determine the maximum intensity of the distributed load w. (b) What is the factor of
safety for bar BC corresponding to the answer in part (a).
w
A B 200 mm
3.25 m
2m
200 mm
Figure P11.44
Solution: 200mm x 50mm E = 12.6GPa σ max ≤ 18MPa wmax =? kBD =?

------------------------------------------------------------
Beam AB can be considered as the sum of two beams below
(a)
w (b) w (c)
B B A B
A A
LAB = 3.25 m LAB = 3.25 m

LAB = 3.25 m N N
The deflection of point B can be written as superposition of deflection in case 1 and 3 of table 7.1 with a =L and b = 0
4 3
wL AB NL AB
v B = ---------------
- – ---------------- (1)
8EI AB 3EI AB
The axial deformation of bar BC can be written as
NL BC
δ BC = -------------- - (2)
EA BC
1 3 –6 4
The area moment of inertia of beam AB is I AB = ------ ( 0.05 ) ( 0.2 ) = 33.33 ( 10 )m
12
2
The cross-sectional area of bar BC is A BC = ( 0.05 ) ( 0.2 ) = 0.01m
Equating Eqs.(1) and (2) we obtain
4 3
w ( 3.25 ) N ( 3.25 ) N(2)
------------------------------------------------------------------- – ------------------------------------------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------- or
9 –6 9 –6 9
8 ( 12.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 33.33 ) ( 10 ) 3 ( 12.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 33.33 ) ( 10 ) ( 12.6 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.01 )
–6 –6 –9
33.2w ( 10 ) – 27.24N ( 10 ) = 15.87N ( 10 ) or N = 1.218W (3)
Fig.(d) shows the free body diagram of the beam AB. By force equilibrium we obtain
R A = 3.25w – 1.218w = 2.032w (4)
By moment equilibrium we obtain
M A – 3.25w ⎛ ----------⎞ + 1.218w ( 3.25 ) = 0 or M A = 1.3228w

3.25
(5)
⎝ 2 ⎠
MA w
(d)
A B h - = (-----------------------
3.25 – h )-
-----------------
2.032w 1.218w
(e) RA 1.218w h = 2.032
2.032w
(3.25 - h )
Vy = -V A1 x 1
A 1 = --- ( 2.032w ) ( 2.032 ) = 2.0645w
A2 2
h 1.218w
0.7418w 1
x A 2 = --- ( 1.218w ) ( 1.218 ) = 0.7418w
Mz 2
1.3228w
Fig. (e) shows the shear and moment diagram. The maximum moment is Mmax = 1.3228w. The maximum bending nor-
mal stress will also be the maximum normal stress as bending shear stress is an order of magnitude less.
M max y max ( 1.3228w ) ( 0.1 ) 3 6 3
σ max = -------------------------- - = 3.9684w ( 10 ) ≤ 18 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 4.538 ( 10 )
- = ------------------------------------- (6)
– 6
I AB 33.33 ( 10 )
3
The critical buckling load for member BD is given by Eq.(3) in problem 11.44 as: P cr = 64.77 ( 10 )
From Eqs.(3) and (5) we obtain
3 3
1.218w ≤ 64.77 ( 10 ) or w ≤ 53.18 ( 10 ) (7)
The maximum value of w that can satisfy Eqs. (4) and (7) is w max = 4.5 kN/m
3 3
From Eq.(3) we have N = ( 1.218 ) ( 4.5 ) ( 10 ) = 5.481 ( 10 )
3
64.77 ( 10 )
The factor of safety for bar BD is k BD = --------------------------- or k BD = 11.8
3
5.481 ( 10 )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.45 A rigid bar hinged at point O has a force P applied to it as shown. Bars A and B are made of steel with a Mod-
ulus of Elasticity E = 30,000 ksi and a allowable stress of 25 ksi. Bars A and B have a circular cross-section with areas
of AA = 1 in 2 and AB = 2 in 2 respectively. Determine the maximum force P that can be applied.
24 in 30 in 42 in 0.005in
rigid
C O
36 in
A 48 in
B
Figure P11.45
Solution: E = 30000ksi σ max ≤ 25ksi AA = 1in2 AB = 2in2 Pmax=?

------------------------------------------------------------
From problem 4.80 Eq.(10) we have compressive axial force in members A and B as
N A = ( 0.085P + 1.556 )kip (1)
N B = ( 0.2988P – 0.6483 )kip (2)
The axial stress in A and B should be less than 25 ksi. we obtain
NA ( 0.083P + 1.556 )
σ A = -------
- = ----------------------------------------- ≤ 25 or P ≤ 282.4kips (3)
AA 1
N ( 0.2988P – 0.6483 )
σ B = ------B- = ----------------------------------------------- ≤ 25 or P ≤ 169.5kips (4)
AB 2
4 4
The diameters of bars A and B are πd A ⁄ 4 = 1 or d A = 1.128 and πd B ⁄ 4 = 2 or d B = 1.595
The area moment of inertia of bars A and B are
4 4 4
I A = πd A ⁄ 64 = π ( 1.128 ) ⁄ 64 = 0.0796in (5)
4 4 4
I B = πd B ⁄ 64 = π ( 1.595 ) ⁄ 64 = 0.3183in (6)
Member A can be modeled as pin connected and member B as built in on one end
The critical buckling loads are
2
π EI A 2
π ( 30000 ) ( 0.0796 ) = 18.18kip
( P cr ) A = ---------------
- = ----------------------------------------------- (7)
2 2
LA ( 36 )
2
π EI 2
π ( 30000 ) ( 0.3183 )
( P cr ) B = --------------B- = ----------------------------------------------- = 10.22kip (8)
2 2
4L B 4 ( 48 )
Now N A ≤ ( P cr ) A and N B ≤ ( P cr ) B we obtain
0.083P + 1.556 ≤ 18.18 or P ≤ 200.3kips (9)
0.2988P – 0.6483 ≤ 10.22 or P ≤ 36.37kips (10)
The maximum value of P that satisfies Eqs. (3), (4), (9) and (10) is P max = 36.3 kip
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.46 Show that for a beam with a constant bending rigidity EI, the fourth order differential equation for solving
Buckling problems is given by the equation below.
4 2
d v d v
EI +P = py 11.13
4 2
dx dx
where, P is a compressive axial force and py is the distributed force in the y-direction.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows a differential element.

py
(a) Mz + dMz
o N=P
Mz
dv
A
P
dx Vy +dVy
Vy
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: V y + dV y – V y + p y dx = 0 or
dV y
= –py (1)
dx
dx
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: ( V y + dV y )dx + M z + dM z – M z – ( p y dx ) ------ + PdV = 0 or
2
V y dx + dM z + PdV = 0 or
dM z dM z
= 0 or V y = – ⎛ +P ⎞
dv dv
+ Vy + P (2)
dx dx ⎝dx d x⎠
2 2
d Mz d v
– –P = –py (3)
2 2
dx dx
2
d v
Substituting M z = EI into Eq. (3) we obtain
2
dx
4 2
d v dv
EI +P = py (4)
4 2
dx dx
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.47 Using Equation 11.13 solve Example 11.4.
Solution: vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
In Example 11.4 py = -w. From Eq.11.20 and the simple support conditions, we obtain the following boundary value
problem
4 2 4 2
d v dv d v + λ 2 d v = – -----
w-
EI +P = –w or (1)
4 2 4 2 EI
dx dx dx dx
v(0) = 0 (2)
2
d v
M z ( 0 ) = EI (0) = 0 (3)
2
dx
v(L) = 0 (4)
2
d v
M z ( L ) = EI (L) = 0 (5)
2
dx
Integrating Eq.(1) twice we obtain
2 2
d v + λ 2 v = – ⎛ -----
w⎞x
- ----- + C 1 x + C 2 (6)
2 ⎝ EI⎠ 2
dx
Substituting x = 0 in Eq.(6) and using Eq.(2) and (3) we obtain C 2 = 0
Substituting x = L in Eq.(6) and using Eq.(4) and (5) we obtain

2
– ------ ⎛ ------⎞ + C 1 L = 0 or C 1 = --------
w L wL
-
EI ⎝ 2 ⎠ 2EI
Substituting C1 and C2 in Eq.(6) we obtain
2 2
2 wLx wx d v
+ λ v = ----------- – ---------- (7)
2 2EI 2EI
dx
Eqs (7), (2) and (4) are identical to the boundary value problem given by Eqs (E3), (E4), and (E5)
The maximum deflection is as given in Example 11.4
v max = – ---------- sec ⎛ --- -----

wEI L P⎞ wL
- – 1 + --------
2 ⎝ 2 EI⎠ 8P
P
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.48 Show that the critical change of temperature at which the beam shown will buckle is given by
2
π
ΔT crit = ---------------------
2
α(L ⁄ r)
where, α is the thermal coefficient of expansion, and r is the radius of gyration.
L
Figure P11.48
Solution: ΔT crit =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The compressive axial reaction force P can be found by noting that the total axial strain is zero
ε = σ
P-
--- + αΔT = 0 or σ = – EαΔT = – --- or P = EαΔTA (1)
E A
At critical Temperature P would equal to the critical buckling load. Thus
2 2 2 2 2
π EI π (I ⁄ A) π r π
P cr = EαΔT crit A = ------------ or ΔT crit = --------------------- = ---------- or ΔT crit = ---------------------
2 2 2 2
L αL αL α( L ⁄ r)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.49 A column with a constant bending rigidity EI rests on an elastic foundation.The foundation modulus is k that
exerts a spring force per unit length of kv. Show that the governing differential equation is
4 2
d v d v
EI +P + kv = 0 11.14
4 2
dx dx
y
L
x
P
Figure P11.49
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows a differential element of the column.

(a) Vy +dVy Mz + dMz
o N=P
Mz dv
A
P
dx/2 dx/2
Vy
(kdx)v
By equilibrium of forces we obtain: V y + dV y – V y – ( kdx )v = 0 or
dV y
– kv = 0 (1)
dx
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z + dM z – M z + V y dx – ( kdx )v ⎛ ------⎞ + Pdv = 0 or

dx
⎝ 2⎠
dM z dv
+P = –Vy (2)
dx dx
2 2 4 2
⎛ d Mz d v⎞ d v
–⎜ +P ⎟ – kv = 0 or EI + P d v + kv = 0 (3)
⎝dx 2
dx ⎠
2
dx
4
dx
2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.50 Show that the Buckling Load (eigenvalues) for the column on elastic foundation described in problem 11.49 is
given by the equation below.
π EI 2 1 ⎛ kL ⎞
2 4
P n = ------------ n + ----- ⎜ ------------⎟ n = 1, 2, 3. ⋅ ⋅ 11.15
n ⎝ π EI⎠
2 2 4
L
Note: for n = 1 and k = 0 the above equation gives the Euler Buckling load.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Consider the following solution for Eq. 11.14:
v ( x ) = A cos Λx + B sin Λx (1)
The value of the second and fourth derivative is as shown below.
dv
= – AΛ sin Λx + BΛ cos Λx (2)
dx
2
d v = – AΛ 2 cos Λx – BΛ 2 sin Λx = – Λ 2 ( A cos Λx + B sin Λx ) = – Λ 2 v (3)
2
dx
4 2
d v = –Λ2 d v = Λ4 v (4)
4 2
dx dx
Substituting Eqs. 1, 3, and 4 into Eq. 11.14 we obtain:
4 2 4 2
( EIΛ – PΛ + k )v = 0 or EIΛ – PΛ + k = 0 (5)
For simply supported column v(0) = 0 hence from Eq. 1 we obtain A = 0. We also have v(L) = 0. From Eq. 1 we obtain:
v ( L ) = B sin ΛL = 0 or sin ΛL = 0 or ΛL = nπ or Λ = nπ
------ (6)
L
Substituting Eq. 6 into Eq. 5 and letting P= Pn we obtain:
nπ 4 nπ 2 ⎛ n 2 π 2⎞ ⎛ n 4 π 4⎞ ⎛ n 2 π 2⎞ 2
EI ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ – P n ⎛⎝ ------⎞⎠ + k = 0
L
or P n ⎜ -----------⎟ = EI ⎜ -----------⎟ + k or P n = EI ⎜ -----------⎟ + k ----------- or
L L ⎝ L2 ⎠ ⎝ L4 ⎠ ⎝ L2 ⎠ n π
2 2
π EI 2 1 ⎛ kL ⎞
2 4
P n = ------------ n + ----- ⎜ ------------⎟ (7)
n ⎝ π EI⎠
2 2 4
L
Eq. 7 is the same as Eq. 11.15.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.51 For a simply supported column with a symmetric composite cross-section, show that the critical load Pcr is as
given below:
n
∑ Ei Ii
2 2
P cr = π ⁄ L eff 11.16
i=1
where, Leff = effective length of the column, Ei is the Modulus of Elasticity for the ith material, Ii is the area moment of
inertia about the buckling axis, n is the number of materials in the cross-section.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows a simply supported column and Fig. (b) shows the free body diagram.
y N=P
(a) (b)
Mz v(x)
x
P
A L
P A
By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M z + Pv = 0 . Substituting the moment-curvature relationship for
composite given by Eq. 6.30, we obtain the differential equation below.
⎛ n ⎞ 2
⎜ E j ( I zz ) j⎟
∑
d v
+ Pv = 0 (1)
⎜ ⎟ 2
⎝j = 1 ⎠ d x
The above differential Eq. differs from the case 1 of Table 11.1 in the bending rigidity which is a constant. We may thus
replace EI the bending rigidity in the Euler buckling load formula with the bending rigidity for the composite to obtain
Eq. 11.23.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.52 A composite column has a cross-section shown. The Modulus of Elasticity of the outside material is twice that
of the inside material. In terms of E, d, and L, determine the critical buckling load.
y
L
E
x
P
2E
d
2d
Figure P11.52
Solution Pcr = f(E, d, L)
------------------------------------------------------------
The area moment of inertias of inner and outer cylinder are:
4 4 4 4
I i = πd ⁄ 64 I o = π ( ( 2d ) – d ) ⁄ 64 = ( 15π )d ⁄ 64 (1)
The bending rigidity of the cross-section is:
n
π 4
= EI i + 2EI o = E ⎛ ------ d ⎞ + 2E ⎛ --------- d ⎞ = --------- d
15π 4 31π 4
∑ Ej ( Izz )j ⎝ 64 ⎠ ⎝ 64 ⎠ 64
(2)
j=1
Substituting Eq. 2 into Eq. 11.16 and L eff = L we obtain:
3 4
P cr = π ⎛ --------- d ⎞ ⁄ L or
2 31π 4 2 31π d
P cr = ------------------
⎝ 64 ⎠ 2
64L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.53 Two strips of material of Modulus of Elasticity of 2E are attached to a material with a Modulus of Elasticity
E to form a composite cross-section of the column as shown. In terms of E, a, and L, determine the critical buckling
load. The column is free to buckle in any direction.
y
2E 0.25 a
P
z E a
L 2E 0.25 a
a
Figure P11.53
Solution Pcr = f(E, d, L)
------------------------------------------------------------
The minimum area moment of inertias will be about the y axis and the values of the inertias are
1 4 1 3 1 4
I 1 = ------ a I 2 = ------ ( 0.25a ) ( a ) = ------ a (1)
12 12 48
The bending rigidity of the cross-section is:
= EI 1 + 2 [ 2EI o ] = E ⎛ ------ a ⎞ + 4E ⎛ ------ a ⎞ = --- a

1 4 1 4 E 4
∑ Ej ( Izz )j ⎝ 12 ⎠ ⎝ 48 ⎠ 6
(2)
j=1
Substituting Eq. 2 into Eq. 11.16 and L eff = 2L we obtain:
P cr = π ⎛ --- a ⎞ ⁄ ( 2L ) or
2 E 4 2 2 4 2
P cr = π a E ⁄ ( 24L )
⎝6 ⎠
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.54 A column built in on one end and free at the other end has a load that is eccentrically applied at a distance e
from the centroid. Show that the deflection curve is given by the following equation.
( 1 – cos λx -)
v ( x ) = e-------------------------------
cos λL
where, λ is as given by Equation 11.3c.
y P
e
x
Figure P11.54
Solution v(x) = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
Fig. (a) shows an equivalent diagram to Figure P11.54.
y eP
(a)
P
x
L
Comparing Fig. (a) to Figure P11.34 we obtain: αL = e . Substituting Eq. 5 and 7 of problem 11.34 into Eq. 4 of prob-
lem 11.34 and αL = e we obtain
v ( x ) = ( – α L – v ( L ) ) cos λx + v ( L ) + αL = ( v ( L ) + αL ) ( 1 – cos λx ) = ( v ( L ) + e ) ( 1 – cos λx ) (1)
Substituting x = L into Eq. 1 we obtain:
e ( 1 – cos λL )
v ( L ) = ( v ( L ) + e ) ( 1 – cos λL ) or v ( L ) = --------------------------------- (2)
cos λL
e ( 1 – cos λL ) e ( 1 – cos λx )
Substituting Eq. 2 into Eq. 1 we obtain: v ( x ) = ⎛ --------------------------------- + e⎞ ( 1 – cos λx ) or v ( x ) = --------------------------------
⎝ cos λL ⎠ cos λL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.55 On the cylinder shown in Figure P11.55 the applied load P = 3 kips and the length L = 5 feet. The Modulus of
Elasticity is E = 30,000 ksi. What is the maximum stress and the maximum deflection?
P e = 0.25 in
2 in
2.5 in
Figure P11.55
Solution: P = 3 kips
E = 30000 psi L= 5 ft ε = 0.25 σmax =? vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 2 4 4 4
A = π [ 2.5 – 2 ] ⁄ 4 = 1.767in and I = π [ 2.5 – 2 ] ⁄ 64 = 1.132in
The radius of gyration is: r = ---I- = 0.8004in

A
ec ( 0.25 ) ( 1.25 )
The eccentricity ratio is: ----- = ------------------------------- = 0.4878
2 2
r ( 0.8004 )
L eff ( 2 ) ( 5 ) ( 12 )
The slenderness ratio is --------- = --------------------------- = 149.92
r ( 0.8004 )
2 2
π EI π ( 30000 ) ( 1.132 )
The critical buckling load is P cr = ------------ = -------------------------------------------- = 23.37kip
2 2
4L 4 ( 60 )
π P π
The maximum deflection is: v max = e sec ⎛ --- -------⎞ – 1 = 0.25 sec ⎛ --- -------------⎞ – 1 or v max = 0.0458in
3
⎝2 P ⎠ ⎝ 2 23.37⎠
cr
The maximum normal stress is:
L eff P
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- ------- -⎞ = ------------- 1 + 0.4878 sec ⎛ ---------------- ------------------------------------- -⎞ or σ max = 2.68ksi ( C )
P ec 3 149.92 3
A 2 ⎝ 2r EA⎠ 1.767 ⎝ 2 ( 30000 ) ( 1.767 )⎠
r
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.56 On the cylinder shown in Figure P11.56 the applied load is P = 3 kips. The Modulus of Elasticity is
E = 30,000 ksi. If the allowable normal stress is 8 ksi, what is the maximum permissible length L of the cylinder?
P e = 0.25 in
2 in
2.5 in
Figure P11.56
Solution: P = 3 kips E = 30000 ksi σmax = 8 ksi Lmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From equations (1), (2) and (3) of problem 11.31 we have A = 1.767 in2, r = 0.8004, ec/r2 = 0.4878
The maximum normal stress is
L eff P L eff
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- -------
-⎞ = ------------- 1 + 0.4878 sec ⎛ ------------------------ -------------------------------------
-⎞ or
P ec 3 3
A 2 ⎝ 2r EA⎠ 1.767 ⎝ 2 ( 0.8004 ) ( 30000 ) ( 1.767 )⎠
r
–3
σ max = 1.6978 [ 1 + 0.4878 sec ( 4.699L eff ( 10 ) ) ] = 8 or
–3 –3 1.439
sec ( 4.699L eff ( 10 ) ) = 7.6097 or 4.699L eff ( 10 ) = 1.439 or L eff = ----------------------------- = 2L max or
–3
4.699 ( 10 )
L max = 154.1 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.57 The length of the cylinder shown in Figure P11.57 is L = 5 feet. The yield stress of steel used in the cylinder is
30 ksi, and the Modulus of Elasticity is E = 30,000 ksi. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied. Use plot
for steel in Figure 11.18.
P e = 0.25 in
2 in
2.5 in
Figure P11.57
Solution: L = 5 ft σyield = 30 ksi E = 30000 ksi e = 0.25 Pmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Equation (1), (3) and (4) in problem 11.31 we have: A= 1.767 in2. ec/r2 = 0.4878, Leff/r = 149.92
We note that σyield/E = 0.001. From Figure 11.17 for steel we obtain the following estimates
(P/A)/σyield = 0.32
Thus P max = ( 0.32 ) ( 30 ) ( 1.767 ) or P max = 16.96 kip
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.58 On the column shown in Figure P11.58 the applied load P = 100 kN and the length L = 2 m. The Modulus of
Elasticity is E = 70 GPa. What is the maximum stress and the maximum deflection?
30 mm
e =9 mm L
P
30 mm
50 mm
Cross-section
50 mm
Figure P11.58
Solution: P = 100 kN
E = 70 GPa L= 2 m e = 0.009 σmax =? vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 –3 2 1 4 4 –6 4
A = ( 0.05 ) – ( 0.03 ) = 1.6 ( 10 )m and I = ------ [ 0.05 – 0.03 ] = 0.453 ( 10 )m
12
The radius of gyration is: r = ---I- = 0.01683m

A
ec ( 0.009 ) ( 0.025 )
The eccentricity ratio is: ----- = ------------------------------------- = 0.7942
2 2
r ( 0.01683 )
9 –6
20.13EI ( 20.13 ) ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 0.453 ) ( 10 )
The critical buckling load is: P cr = ------------------- = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ = 159.69kN
2 2
L 2
π P π 100
The maximum deflection is: v max = e sec ⎛ --- -------⎞ – 1 = 0.009 sec ⎛ --- ----------------⎞ – 1 or v max = 18.96 mm
⎝2 P ⎠ ⎝ 2 159.69⎠
cr
L eff
The slenderness ratio is ---------
( 0.7 ) ( 2 )- = 83.172
= -----------------------
r ( 0.01683 )
L eff P 100 ( 10 )
3 ⎛ 83.172 100 ( 10 )
3 ⎞
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- -------
-⎞
P ec
= ----------------------- 1 + 0.7942 sec ⎜ ---------------- -----------------------------------------------------⎟ or
⎝ 2r EA⎠ ⎝ ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.6 ) ( 10 )⎠
A 2 –3 2 9 – 3
r 1.6 ( 10 )
σ max = 216.5 MPa (C)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.59 On the column shown in Figure P11.59 the applied load is P = 100 kN kips. The Modulus of Elasticity is
E = 70 GPa. If the allowable normal stress is 250 MPa, what is the maximum permissible length L of the column?
30 mm
e =9 mm L
P
30 mm
50 mm
Cross-section 50 mm
Figure P11.59
Solution: P = 100 kN
E = 70 GPa ε = 0.009 Lmax =? σmax = 250 MPa
------------------------------------------------------------
From Eqs. (1), (2) and (3) of problem 11.34 we have: A = 1.6(10-3) m2, r = 0.01683, ec/r2 = 0.7942
The maximum normal stress is
L eff P 100 ( 10 )
3 ⎛ L eff 100 ( 10 )
3 ⎞
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- -------
-⎞
P ec
= ----------------------- 1 + 0.7942 sec ⎜ --------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------⎟ or
⎝ 2r EA⎠ ⎝ ( ) ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.6 ) ( 10 )⎠
A 2 –3 2 0.01683 9 – 3
r 1.6 ( 10 )
6 6
σ max = 62.5 ( 10 ) [ 1 + 0.7942 sec ( 0.8877L eff ) ] = 250 ( 10 ) or sec ( 0.8877L eff ) = 3.777 or
0.8877L eff = 1.3028 or L eff = 1.4676 = 0.7L max or L max = 2.09m
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.60 The length of the column shown in Figure P11.60 is L = 2 m. The yield stress of aluminum used in the column
is 280 MPa, and the Modulus of Elasticity is E = 70 GPa. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied. Use the
plot for aluminum in Figure 11.18.
30 mm
e =9 mm L
P
30 mm
50 mm
Cross-section 50 mm
Figure P11.60
Solution: L=2m σyield = 280 MPa E = 70 GPa e = 0.009m Pmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
ec- = 0.7942 L eff –3 2
From Eqs. (1), (3), and (4) problem 11.59 we have: A = 1.6 ( 10 )m ---- --------- = 83.172
2 r
r
We note that σyield/E = 0.004. From Figure 11.17 for Aluminum we obtain the following estimates
(P/A)/σyield = 0.23
6 –3
Thus P max = ( 0.23 ) ( 280 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.6 ) ( 10 ) or P max = 103 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.61 A wide flange W 8 x18 member is used as a column as shown in Figure P11.61. The applied load P = 20 kips
and the length L = 9 ft. . The Modulus of Elasticity is E = 30,000 ksi. What is the maximum stress and the maximum
deflection?
P e = 0.3 in
W 8 x 18
L
Figure P11.61
Solution: W8 X 18 P = 20kips E = 30000 psi L= 9ft e = 0.3 in σmax =? vmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Table E-1 we have:
A = 5.26 in2, I = 7.97 in4, r = 1.23 in, c = 5.25/2 = 2.625
ec ( 0.3 ) ( 2.625 )
The eccentricity ratio is: ----- = ------------------------------- = 0.5205
2 2
r ( 1.23 )
= (--------------------------
L eff
The slenderness ratio is: ---------
2 ) ( 9 ) ( 12 )- = 175.61
r ( 1.23 )
2 2
π EI π ( 30000 ) ( 7.97 )
The critical buckling load is P cr = ------------ = ----------------------------------------- = 50.579kip
2 2
4L 4 ( 108 )
π P π
The maximum deflection is: v max = e sec ⎛ --- -------⎞ – 1 = 0.3 sec ⎛ --- ----------------⎞ – 1 or v max = 0.245 in.
20
⎝2 P ⎠ ⎝ 2 50.579⎠
cr
L eff P
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- ------- -⎞ = ---------- 1 + 0.5305 sec ⎛ ---------------- ---------------------------------- -⎞ or σ max = 7.4 ksi (C)
P ec 20 175.61 20
A 2 ⎝ 2r EA⎠ 5.26 ⎝ 2 ( 30000 ) ( 5.26 )⎠
r
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.62 On the column shown in Figure P11.62 the applied load is P = 20 kips. The Modulus of Elasticity is
E = 30,000 ksi. If the allowable normal stress is 24 ksi, what is the maximum permissible length L of the column?
P e = 0.3 in
W 8 x 18
L
Figure P11.62
Solution: W8 x 18 P = 20kips E = 30000 psi e = 0.3 in σmax = 24 ksi Lmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Table E-1 and Eq.(1) of problem 11-37 we have: A = 5.26 in2, r = 1.23 in, ec/r2 = 0.5205
L eff P L eff
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- --------⎞ = ---------- 1 + 0.5205 sec ⎛ ------------------ -----------------------------------⎞
P ec 20 20
or
A 2 ⎝ 2r EA⎠ 5.26 ⎝ 2 ( 1.23 ) ( 30000 ) ( 5.26 )⎠
r
–3 –3
σ max = 3.802 [ 1 + 0.5205 sec ( 4.576L eff ( 10 ) ) ] = 24 or sec ( 4.576L eff ( 10 ) ) = 10.205 or
–3
4.576L eff ( 10 ) = 1.473 or L eff = 321.8 = 2L max or L max = 160.9 in.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.63 The length of the column shown in Figure P11.63 is L = 9 ft. The yield stress of steel is 30 ksi, and the Modu-
lus of Elasticity is 30,000 ksi. Determine the maximum load P that can be applied. Use the plot for steel in Figure
11.18.?
P e = 0.3 in
W 8 x 18
L
Figure P11.63
Solution: W 8x 18 L = 9 ft E = 30000 psi e = 0.3 in σyield = 30ksi Pmax =?
------------------------------------------------------------
From Table E-1 and Eqs.(1) and (2) of problem 11-37 we have:
2 ec- = 0.5205 L eff
A = 5.26in ---- --------- = 175.61 We note that σyield/E = 0.001.
2 r
r
From Figure 11.17 for steel we obtain the following estimate (P/A)/σyield = 0.25
Thus P max = ( 0.3 ) ( 30 ) ( 5.26 ) or P max = 39.45ksi ( C )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.64 A simply supported 6 ft. pipe has an outside diameter of 3 inches and a thickness of 1/8 inch. The pipe material
has the stress-strain curve shown. Using Equation 11.26 determine the critical buckling load.
43
σ 37
ksi
14
ε
0.001 0.004 0.007
Figure P11.64
Solution: L = 6 ft d0 = 3in t = 1/8in Pcr =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-sectional area and the area moment of inertia are
π 2 2 2 π 4 4 4
A = --- ( 3 – 2.75 ) = 1.129in I = ------ ( 3 – 2.75 ) = 1.168in
4 64
The tangent modulus of elasticity for the three regions of stress- strain curve are
14 37 – 14 43 – 37
E 1 = ------------- = 14000ksi , E 2 = --------------------------------- = 7666.7ksi , and E 3 = --------------------------------- = 2000ksi
0.001 0.004 – 0.001 0.007 – 0.004
2
π E t ( 1.168 ) –3
- = 2.224E t ( 10 )
P cr = ----------------------------- (1)
2
72
The axial stress at critical buckling load is
–3
P cr 2.224E t ( 10 )
σ cr = ------
- = ----------------------------------
- = 1.9696E t (2)
A 1.129
–3
Substituting E t = E 1 we obtain: σ cr = ( 1.9696 ) ( 14000 ) ( 10 ) = 27.57ksi
As the above stress value is greater than 14ksi we next try E t = E 2 and obtain
–3
σ cr = ( 1.9696 ) ( 7666.7 ) ( 10 ) = 15.1ksi
The above stress value is in the second linear region. Substituting E t = E 2 in Eqs.(2) we obtain
–3
P cr = ( 2.224 ) ( 7666.7 ) ( 10 ) or P cr = 17.0 kip
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.65 A square box column is constructed from an aluminum sheet of thickness 10 mm. The outside dimension of
the square is 75 mm x 75 mm and the column has a length of 0.75 m. The mainlining stress-strain curve is approxi-
mated as shown. Using Equation 11.26 determine the critical buckling load.
390
σ 330
Mpa 280
ε
0.004 0.005 0.007
Figure P11.65
Solution: t = 10mm 75mm x 75mm L = 0.75m Pcr =?
------------------------------------------------------------
The cross-sectional area and the area moment of inertia are
2 2 –3 2 1 4 4 –6 4
A = ( 0.075 – 0.055 ) = 2.6 ( 10 )m I = ------ ( 0.075 – 0.055 ) = 1.874 ( 10 )m
12
The tangent modulus of elasticity for the three regions of stress- strain curve are
6 6 6
280 ( 10 ) ( 330 – 280 ) ( 10 ) ( 390 – 330 ) ( 10 )
E 1 = ---------------------- = 70GPa , E 2 = ------------------------------------------ = 50GPa , and E 3 = ------------------------------------------ = 30GPa
0.004 0.005 – 0.004 0.007 – 0.005
2 –6
π E t ( 1.874 ) ( 10 ) –6
- = 32.88E t ( 10 )
P cr = --------------------------------------------- (1)
2
0.75
The axial stress at critical buckling load is
P cr 32.88E t –3
σ cr = ------- = ----------------------- = 12.65E t ( 10 ) (2)
A –3
2.6 ( 10 )
9 –3
Substituting E t = E 1 we obtain: σ cr = ( 12.65 ) ( 70 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 885MPa
9 –3
As this stress is greater than 280MPa, we try E t = E 2 and obtain: σ cr = ( 12.65 ) ( 50 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 632.5MPa
Once more the stress level is greater than the upper limit of region two i.e greater than 330MPa.
9 –3
We next try E t = 30MPa and obtain: σ cr = ( 12.65 ) ( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) = 379.5MPa
The above stress is in the third linear region. Substituting E t = E 3 in Eq.(1) we obtain
9 –6
P cr = ( 32.88 ) ( 30 ) ( 10 ) ( 10 ) or P cr = 986 kN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.66 A column that is pin held at its ends has a small initial curvature that is approximate by the Sine function
shown. Show that the elastic curve of the column is given by the equation below.
vo
v ( x ) = ⎛ ------------------------⎞ sin πx
------
⎝ 1 – P ⁄ P cr⎠ L
y v o sin πx
------
L
x
P
L
Figure P11.66
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
Let v(x) represent the deflection from y = 0 in Figure 11.66. Fig. (a) shows the free body diagram after an imaginary cut.
(a) o N=P
πx
P v ( x ) – v o sin ------
A L
Mz
By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain:

2
πx πx
M z + P ⎛⎝ v – v o sin ------⎞⎠ = 0
d v
or EI + Pv ( x ) = Pv o sin ------ or
L 2 L
dx
2
d v 2 2 πx
+ λ v = λ v o sin ------ (1)
2 L
dx
The boundary conditions are:
v(0) = 0 (2) v(L) = 0 (3)

πx
The particular solution to Eq. 1 is: v p ( x ) = C sin ------ . Substituting vp in Eq. 1 we obtain:
L
2
π 2 πx πx λ vo vo
– C ⎛ ---⎞ + λ C sin ------ = λ v o sin ------
2 2
or C = -----------------------------
- = -----------------------
- (4)
⎝ L⎠ L L 2 2 1 – P ⁄ P cr
λ – (π ⁄ L)
vo
v ( x ) = A cos λx + B sin λx + ------------------------ sin πx
------ (5)
1 – P ⁄ P cr L
v(0) = A = 0 or A = 0 (6)
v ( L ) = B sin λL = 0 or B = 0 (7)
vo πx
Substituting Eqs. 6 and 7 into 5 we obtain: v ( x ) = ⎛ ------------------------⎞ sin ------
⎝ 1 – P ⁄ P cr⎠ L
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.67 In Double Modulus theory, also known as Reduced Modulus theory for Intermediate columns it was recog-
nized that the bending action during buckling increases the compressive axial stress on the concave side of the beam but
decreases the compressive stress on the convex side of the beam.Thus, the use of Tangent Modulus of Elasticity Et is
appropriate on the concave side, but on the convex side of the beam it may be better to use the original Modulus of Elas-
ticity. Modeling the cross-section material with two Modulus Et and E, and using Equation 11.16 show:
2
π Er I I1 I2
P cr = -------------
- E r = E t ---- + E ---- 11.17
L eff
2 I I
where, Er is called the Reduced Modulus of Elasticity, I1 and I2 are the moment of inertia of the area on the concave and
convex side of the axis passing through the centroid, and I is the moment of inertia of the entire cross-section.
Solution
------------------------------------------------------------
We write the bending rigidity for composite beam as:
2
I1 I2
∑
E j ( I zz ) j = E t I 1 + EI 2 = E r I or E r = E t ---- + E ----
I I
(1)
j=1
Substituting Eq. 1 into Eq. 11.16 we obtain Eq. 11.17.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.68 A circular marble column of diameter 2 feet and length 20 feet has a load P applied to it at a distance of
2 inches from the center. The Modulus of Elasticity is 8,000 ksi and the allowable stress is 20 ksi. Determine the maxi-
mum load P the column can support assuming that both ends are (a) pinned (b) built in.
Solution: d = 2ft E = 8000 ksi L= 20ft e = 2in σ max ≤ 20ksi
Pmax =? (a) pinned (b) built in
------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 π 4 4
A = π ( 12 ) = 452.4in and I = --- ( 12 ) = 16286in
4
( 2 ) ( 12 -) = 0.6667
The radius of gyration is: r = ---I- = 6in . The eccentricity ratio is: ec
----- = ------------------
A 2 2
r 6
(a) For pinned column Leff = L = 240in. Let σ = P/A
The maximum normal stress can be written as:
L eff σ σ
σ max = σ 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- ----⎞ = σ 1 + 0.6667 sec ⎛ 20 ------------⎞
ec
= 20ksi or
2 ⎝ 2r A⎠ ⎝ 8000 ⎠
r
f 1 ( σ ) = σ [ 1 + 0.6667 sec ( 0.2236 σ ) ] – 20 = 0 (1)
Table below shows the calculation of the root σ in Eq. 1. From the Table we obtain the root as σ = 7.12ksi
Thus P max = ( 10.56 ) ( 452.4 ) or P max = 4777 kip
(b) For built in ends Leff = 0.5L = 120in.
σ
The maximum normal stress can be written as: σ max = σ 1 + 0.6667 sec ⎛ 10 ------------⎞ = 20ksi or
⎝ 8000⎠
f 2 ( σ ) = σ [ 1 + 0.6667 sec ( 0.1118 σ ) ] – 20 = 0 (2)
Table below shows the calculation of the root in Eq.2. From the table we obtain the root as σ =11.64 ksi
Thus P max = ( 11.64 ) ( 452.4 ) or P max = 5265 kip
σ f1(σ) σ f1(σ) σ f1(σ) σ f2(σ) σ f2(σ) σ f2(σ)

1.00 -18.32 10.00 -1.23 10.50 -0.15 4.00 -13.27 11.00 -1.13 11.60 -0.07
2.00 -16.60 10.10 -1.02 10.51 -0.13 5.00 -11.56 11.10 -0.95 11.61 -0.05
3.00 -14.84 10.20 -0.80 10.52 -0.11 6.00 -9.84 11.20 -0.78 11.62 -0.03
4.00 -13.04 10.30 -0.58 10.53 -0.09 7.00 -8.12 11.30 -0.60 11.63 -0.02
5.00 -11.20 10.40 -0.37 10.54 -0.06 8.00 -6.39 11.40 -0.42 11.64 0.00
6.00 -9.31 10.50 -0.15 10.55 -0.04 9.00 -4.65 11.50 -0.25 11.65 0.02
7.00 -7.38 10.60 0.07 10.56 -0.02 10.00 -2.89 11.60 -0.07 11.66 0.04
8.00 -5.39 10.70 0.29 10.57 0.00 11.00 -1.13 11.70 0.11 11.67 0.05
9.00 -3.34 10.80 0.50 10.58 0.02 12.00 0.64 11.80 0.29 11.68 0.07
10.00 -1.23 10.90 0.72 10.59 0.05 13.00 2.42 11.90 0.46 11.69 0.09
11.00 0.95 11.00 0.95 10.60 0.07 14.00 4.21 12.00 0.64 11.70 0.11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.69 Determine the maximum load P to the nearest newton in problem11.60.
Solution E = 70 GPa Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
–3 2 ec L eff
From problem 11.60 we have: A = 1.6 ( 10 ) m ----- = 0.7942 --------- = 83.172
2 r
r
L eff P ⎛ 83.172 σ ( 10 6 ) ⎞
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- --------⎞
P ec 6 6
= σ ( 10 ) 1 + 0.7942 sec ⎜ ---------------- -------------------⎟ = 280 ( 10 )
⎝ 2r EA⎠ ⎝ 70 ( 10 )⎠
A 2 2 9
r
where σ = P/A and is in MPa. The above equation can be re-written as:
σ
f ( σ ) = σ 1 + 0.7942 sec ⎛ ---------------- ---------------⎞ – 280 = 0
83.172
(1)
⎝ 2 70000⎠
The roots of the above equation can be solved on a spreadsheet as shown in Appendix B. The results are reported in the
table below.
σ=P/A σ=P/A σ=P/A σ=P/A
f(σ) f(σ) f(σ) f(σ)
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)
50 -140.10 65 -41.65 69 -1.10 69.09 -0.08
55 -113.75 65.5 -37.06 69.01 -0.99 69.091 -0.06
60 -81.75 66 -32.35 69.02 -0.87 69.092 -0.05
65 -41.65 66.5 -27.50 69.03 -0.76 69.093 -0.04
70 10.61 67 -22.52 69.04 -0.65 69.094 -0.03
75 82.39 67.5 -17.40 69.05 -0.53 69.095 -0.02
80 188.44 68 -12.12 69.06 -0.42 69.096 -0.01
85 363.33 68.5 -6.69 69.07 -0.30 69.097 0.00
90 711.71 69 -1.10 69.08 -0.19 69.098 0.02
95 1767.79 69.5 4.66 69.09 -0.08 69.099 0.03
70 10.61 69.1 0.04 69.1 0.04
From the above table we obtain:

P 6 –3
σ = ---- = 69.1 MPa or P = ( 69.097 ) ( 10 ) ( 1.6 ) ( 10 ) = 110555.2 N or P = 110555 N
A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.70 Determine the maximum load P to the nearest lb. in problem 11.63.
Solution E = 30000 ksi Pmax = ?
------------------------------------------------------------
2 ec L eff
From problem 11.63 we have: A = 5.26 in ----- = 0.5205 --------- = 175.61
2 r
r
L eff P σ -⎞
σ max = ---- 1 + ----- sec ⎛ --------- -------
-⎞ = σ 1 + 0.5205 sec ⎛ ---------------- --------------
P ec 175.61
= 30
A 2 ⎝ 2r EA⎠ ⎝ 2 30000⎠
r
where σ = P/A and is in ksi. The above equation can be re-written as:
σ
f ( σ ) = σ 1 + 0.5205 sec ⎛ ---------------- ---------------⎞ – 30 = 0
175.61
(1)
⎝ 2 30000⎠
The roots of the above equation can be solved on a spreadsheet as shown in Appendix B. The results are reported in the
table below.
σ=P/A σ=P/A σ=P/A σ=P/A
f(σ) f(σ) f(σ) f(σ)
(ksi) (ksi) (ksi) (ksi)
1 -28.40 7.000 -6.99 7.500 -1.00 7.560 -0.09
2 -26.62 7.100 -5.97 7.510 -0.85 7.561 -0.08
3 -24.56 7.200 -4.87 7.520 -0.70 7.562 -0.06
4 -22.06 7.300 -3.69 7.530 -0.55 7.563 -0.05
5 -18.85 7.400 -2.40 7.540 -0.40 7.564 -0.03
6 -14.34 7.500 -1.00 7.550 -0.25 7.565 -0.02
7 -6.99 7.600 0.54 7.560 -0.09 7.566 -0.00
8 8.48 7.700 2.22 7.570 0.06 7.567 0.01
9 72.62 7.800 4.09 7.580 0.22 7.568 0.03
10 -181.65 7.900 6.16 7.590 0.38 7.569 0.05
11 -70.95 8.000 8.48 7.600 0.54 7.570 0.06
From the above table we obtain:
P
σ = ---- = 7.567 ksi or P = ( 7567 ) ( 5.26 ) = 39802 lb or P = 39802 lb
A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Solution Mechanics of Materials Vable Part 2

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Solution Mechanics of Materials Vable Part 2

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

M.

Solution ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in ε 2 = – 1500 μ in ⁄ in ψ=?

Solution ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in ε 2 = – 1500 μ in ⁄ in h=? where ε 3 = 0

We draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below.

From the deformed geometry, we obtain the following.

Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (3) we obtain: ε 1 = (------------------------------------------

Substituting Eq. (2) into Eq. (4) we obtain: ε 3 = – (------------------------------------------

Substituting Eq. (5) into Eq. (6) we obtain: ε 4 = – (--------------------------------------------------------------------

Substituting Eq. (5) into Eq. (7) we obtain: ε 6 = (--------------------------------------------------------------------

Solution ε 1 = 800 μ ε 3 = 500 μ ε2 = ? ε4 = ?

ψ 1 = ⎛ ---------⎞ π = 0.03491 rads ψ 2 = ⎛⎝ ---------⎞⎠ π = 0.06109 rads

We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown below

From the deformed geometry we obtain the following.

Solution ε 1 = 2000 μ in ⁄ in ψ = 2o E = 30,000 ksi A = 1/2 in2 Mz = ? P= ?

By equilibrium of moment about point O we obtain: M z – ( 13.63 ) ( 2 ) – ( 30 ) ( 2 ) = 0 or

Solution ε 2 = 0 ψ = 1.25o E = 200 GPa A = 100 mm2 Mz = ? P= ?

We can draw an exaggerated approximate deformed geometry as shown in figure (a).

From the deformed geometry, we obtain the following.

Solution ε 1 = 800 μ ε 3 = 500 μ ψ1 = 2o ψ1 = 3.5o E1 = E3 =200 GPa

Solution Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = - 0.012y

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( –120y ) ( 0.02 ) dy ∫ y ( –120y ) ( 0.25 ) dy

Solution Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = - 0.15y

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( –1.5y ) ( 0.01 ) dy ∫ y ( –1.5y ) ( 0.05 ) dy

Solution Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = 0.02y

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( 0.2y ) ( 0.015 ) dy ∫ y ( 0.2y ) ( 0.3 ) dy

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y ( – 3.0y ) ( 2 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 0.2y ) ( 2 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 3.0y ) ( 2 ) dy or

given below. Determine the equivalent internal moment Mz

Solution Esteel = 30,000 ksi Ewood = 2,000 ksi εxx = - 50 y μ.

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y ( – 1.5y ) ( 1 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 0.1y ) ( 1 ) dy + ∫ y ( – 1.5y ) ( 1 ) dy or

Solution Esteel = 30,000 ksi Ewood = 2,000 ksi εxx = 200 y μ.

⎧ 6y ksi 1.0 < y ≤ 1.0625

Solution Esteel = 200 GPa Ewood = 10 GPa εxx = 0.02y

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫y ( 0.2y ) ( 0.015 ) dy ∫ y ( 4y ) ( 0.3 ) dy

The stress distribution in the linear region is: σ = – 30y

σ xx = – 20y ksi dA = 0.5dy – 1.5 < y < 1.5 1

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – 2 ∫ y [ σxx ] ( 0.5 dy ) + ∫ y [ σxx ] ( 0.5 dy ) (2)

tension and compression (see problem 3.152)

Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σyield=250MPa E=200GPa Mz = ?

⎧ – 250 MPa 0.125m < y < 0.150m

Substituting the stress distribution and dA = 0.2 dy in moment equation, we obtain:

in tension and compression (see problem 3.153).

Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σyield=250MPa E1 = 200 GPa E2= 80 GPa Mz = ?

⎧ ( – 150 – 800y )MPa 0.125m < y < 0.150m

Solution εxx=-0.01y y in meters σ = 952ε

M z = – ∫ yσ xx dA = – ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 0.2 dy ) + ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 0.2 dy ) = – 2 ∫ y [ σ xx ] ( 0.2 dy ) (3)

I T = ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ [ a – ( a – 2at ) ] ≈ ⎛⎝ -------⎞⎠ [ a – ( a – 4a t + t ) ]

normal stress on the cross-section.

. Using similar triangle in figure (b) we obtain:

The maximum bending normal stress in material 2 is at y = -1.75

Substituting yA= 0.035 m into Eq. 1, we obtain:

0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m

The free body diagram of the entire beam is shown below.

By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = 10 kN – m

Case II: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 20 kN

By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = 10 kN – m

Case 1 Case 2 Case 3

Case III: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = 20 kN

By equilibrium of moment about point A we obtain: M Z = – 10 kN – m

By moment equilibrium at the right support we obtain: R L ( 1 ) – ( 10 ) ( 0.5 ) = 0 or R L = 5 kN

Case I: By equilibrium of forces in the y-direction we obtain: V y = – 5 kN

By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is ( C ) and σ B is ( T )

By inspection, the bending normal stresses are: σ A is (C); and σ B is (T);